Regional Parks Management Plan 2010 · 2019-03-13 · Foreword It is my great pleasure to introduce...

Regional Parks Management Plan

Volume 1: Management Policies

August 2010

Local Government Act 1974 Reserves Act 1977

Approval of Regional Parks Management Plan

This Plan has been prepared in fulfilment of the requirements of the Local Government Act

2002 and the Reserves Act 1977. The process prescribed in the Reserves Act requires the

Minister of Conservation to approve the Plan with regard to land administered as scenic

reserves under the Reserves Act. The Auckland Regional Council is required to approve the

Plan in respect of all other lands owned or administered by the Council.

The Auckland Regional Council approved the Regional Parks Management on 30 August

2010. The Minister of Conservation approved the Regional Parks Management Plan on 21

September 2010. A copy of the Minister’s consent is shown below.

CONSENT BY THE MINISTER OF CONSERVATION TO THE

AUCKLAND REGIONAL PARKS MANAGMENT PLAN 2010

Pursuant to the provisions of section 41(1) of the Reserves Act 1977, and to a delegation from the

Minister of Conservation, the Acting Conservation Support Management for the Auckland

Conservancy of the Department of Conservation, hereby approves the Regional Parks

Management Plan 2010 in so far as it relates to classified scenic and scientific reserves within the

regional parks covered by the plan.

Foreword It is my great pleasure to introduce the Regional Parks Management Plan (RPMP) 2010. The

RPMP 2010 sets the vision and direction for how we will manage the regional parks network for

the next 10 years. This Plan covers 23 regional parks, which include five new parks. As Chair of

the Auckland Regional Council’s Parks and Heritage Committee, I have been privileged to be a

part of creating and managing this remarkable network of parks.

Our regional parks are much loved and treasured by the people of Auckland and visitors alike,

receiving up to 6 million visits a year. They represent the iconic landscapes of the Auckland

region and are home to many rare and threatened ecosystems and native species. For many of

us, they are places that inspire and define us; places where we seek tranquillity and respite in

nature, or more active recreation in the bush or on the beach.

Building upon years of on-the-ground experience in managing the regional parks, the RPMP

2010 reflects current best practice and research. The regional parks are owned and managed on

behalf of the people of Auckland, and as always, this Plan has been developed in consultation

with members of the public and partner organisations. I would like to thank all those who made

submissions and helped to guide the future of our parks.

As a foundation, the RPMP 2010 outlines 19 principles that guide the management philosophy

and direction for the network, now and into the future. These principles reflect the values that

we, the people of Auckland, ascribe to the regional parks; from protection of the environment, to

providing a dedicated ranger service; from protecting the region’s heritage and landscapes, to

ensuring ongoing access to the coastline and beach recreation.

The RPMP 2010 promotes the ethic of stewardship and reflects the concepts of sustainability

and guardianship of the parks. Collectively, we volunteer around 65,000 hours a year on the

parks; working on planting days, supporting events such native bird releases, helping with

farming and biosecurity, undertaking beach clean-ups and research. I would like to acknowledge

the hard work, passion and dedication the ranger staff, partner organisations and volunteers

have given, and will continue to give, to protect our parks.

Another theme of the RPMP 2010 is that of linkage and connectivity. Linking people to the land;

restoring ecosystems to create wildlife corridors; creating recreation trails and connecting

regional parks to other public open spaces and trails. In this Plan we seek to encourage people

to access the regional parks. We have increased the number of opportunities to stay overnight

on park, either in a bach, a campground or campervan. We have created new opportunities to go

horse-riding, mountain biking or orienteering, and we created the first multi-day tramp in the

region, the Hillary Trail in the Waitākere Ranges, and a multi-day sea-kayak / waka trail in the

southern Hauraki Gulf.

This new Plan comes at a time of great change. The Auckland Regional Council is going out of

existence and the regional parks’ network will be managed by the new Auckland Council. We

were very conscious of this when developing this Plan, so we have explicitly stated aspects of

the regional parks that previously might have been taken for granted; such as the unique ranger

service and the fact the parks are free to visit. We hope the Plan serves as a strong foundation

for the future management and growth of the regional parks’ network.

The Plan emphasises that the parks are owned by the people of the Auckland region. I

encourage you to be a part of the parks and give us your feedback on how we manage them.

Most of all I encourage you to get out there and enjoy your parks – I for one will see you there.

Sandra Coney (QSO) Chair ARC Parks and Heritage Committee

i

Regional Parks Management Plan 2010

Contents

1. VISION ............................................................................................................................................. 1

2. PURPOSE OF REGIONAL PARKS .................................................................................................. 3

2.1 THE PURPOSE OF REGIONAL PARKS ............................................................................................... 3

2.2 BACKGROUND TO REGIONAL PARKS .............................................................................................. 3

2.3 FUTURE REGIONAL PARKS ............................................................................................................ 4

3. PARK VALUES ................................................................................................................................ 7

3.1 INTRINSIC VALUES ....................................................................................................................... 7

3.2 NATURAL VALUES........................................................................................................................ 7

3.3 LANDSCAPE VALUES .................................................................................................................... 8

3.4 TANGATA WHENUA VALUES .......................................................................................................... 8

3.5 CULTURAL VALUES ...................................................................................................................... 8

3.6 RECREATIONAL VALUES ............................................................................................................... 9

3.7 ECONOMIC VALUES ................................................................................................................... 10

4. PRESSURES AND CHALLENGES ................................................................................................. 11

4.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ..................................................................................................................... 11

4.2 DEVELOPMENT ......................................................................................................................... 12

4.3 RECREATION ............................................................................................................................ 12

4.4 ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................................................... 13

4.5 MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................................... 14

5. INTRODUCTION TO THE PLAN ................................................................................................... 15

5.1 PURPOSE OF THE PLAN .............................................................................................................. 15

5.2 PARKS COVERED BY THE PLAN .................................................................................................... 15

5.3 THE NEED FOR THE PLAN –LEGISLATIVE OVERVIEW........................................................................ 17

5.4 OTHER LEGISLATION AND POLICY FRAMEWORKS .......................................................................... 18

5.5 HOW TO USE THE PLAN .............................................................................................................. 18

6. MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES ....................................................................................................... 21

7. INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ............................................................................. 23

7.1 PARK CLASSIFICATION ............................................................................................................... 24

7.2 DESIGN PRINCIPLES ................................................................................................................... 27

7.3 CONCEPT AND DEVELOPMENT PLANS .......................................................................................... 31

7.4 GENERAL MANAGEMENT ZONES ................................................................................................. 33

7.5 SPECIAL MANAGEMENT ZONES ................................................................................................... 37

7.6 MANAGEMENT TOOLS ............................................................................................................... 38

7.7 RESEARCH, MONITORING AND BENCHMARKING ............................................................................ 41

8. SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................... 45

8.1 CLIMATE CHANGE ..................................................................................................................... 46

8.1.1 Mitigation .......................................................................................................................... 46

8.1.2 Adaptation ......................................................................................................................... 48

8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BEST PRACTICE ............................................................................................... 49

8.2.1 Environmental best practice .............................................................................................. 49

8.2.2 Energy, water, waste and procurement of materials ........................................................ 49

8.3 TRAVEL DEMAND MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................. 52

ii


8.4 NATURAL HAZARDS ................................................................................................................... 53

8.4.1 Flooding, land instability and coastal erosion .................................................................... 53

8.4.2 Fire .................................................................................................................................... 54

9. TANGATA WHENUA ..................................................................................................................... 57

9.1 TANGATA WHENUA .................................................................................................................... 58

9.2 TE TIRITI O WAITANGI/TREATY OF WAITANGI ............................................................................... 60

10. NATURAL SETTINGS ................................................................................................................ 63

10.1 LANDSCAPE .............................................................................................................................. 63

10.1.1 Landscape protection .................................................................................................... 63

10.1.2 Landscape management and enhancement ................................................................. 66

10.2 GEOLOGICAL FEATURES ............................................................................................................. 67

10.3 BIODIVERSITY AND ECOSYSTEMS ................................................................................................ 70

10.3.1 Species, habitat and ecosystem protection .................................................................. 71

10.3.2 Habitat restoration and enhancement ........................................................................... 74

10.3.3 Species recovery ........................................................................................................... 76

10.4 BIOSECURITY AND INTRODUCED PLANTS, ANIMALS AND PATHOGENS .............................................. 77

10.4.1 Biosecurity - general provisions .................................................................................... 78

10.4.2 Introduced plants........................................................................................................... 79

10.4.3 Introduced animals ........................................................................................................ 81

10.4.4 Pathogens, including kauri dieback ............................................................................... 83

11. CULTURAL HERITAGE SETTINGS ........................................................................................... 87

11.1 INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 87

11.2 PROTECTION............................................................................................................................. 88

11.3 ACTIVE MANAGEMENT .............................................................................................................. 90

12. FARMED SETTINGS ................................................................................................................. 93

12.1 PASTORAL SETTINGS ................................................................................................................. 94

12.2 EFFICIENT FARMING OPERATIONS................................................................................................ 95

12.3 SUSTAINABLE FARMING PRACTICES ............................................................................................. 97

12.4 WOODLOTS.............................................................................................................................. 98

13. RECREATION AND USE MANAGEMENT .............................................................................. 101

13.1 RECREATION AND USE MANAGEMENT GENERAL POLICIES ............................................................ 102

13.1.1 Range of recreation and use opportunities ................................................................. 102

13.1.2 Park visitor wellbeing .................................................................................................. 107

13.1.3 Limited and special mobility needs ............................................................................. 109

13.1.4 Smoke free regional parks .......................................................................................... 110

13.1.5 Alcohol on regional parks ............................................................................................ 111

13.1.6 Use of park buildings ................................................................................................... 111

13.1.7 Commercial activities on regional parks ...................................................................... 113

13.1.8 Fees and charges ........................................................................................................ 114

13.2 VISITOR SERVICES ................................................................................................................... 115

13.2.1 General visitor services ............................................................................................... 115

13.2.2 Ranger service ............................................................................................................. 116

13.2.3 Promotion and information services ........................................................................... 117

13.2.4 Education ..................................................................................................................... 119

13.2.5 Interpretation ............................................................................................................... 121

13.2.6 Partnerships and volunteering ..................................................................................... 123

iii


13.2.7 Art in parks .................................................................................................................. 126

13.3 PERMITTED ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................. 126

13.3.1 Permitted activities – general policies ......................................................................... 127

13.3.2 Walking, tramping and running ................................................................................... 129

13.3.3 Dogs ............................................................................................................................ 132

13.3.4 Recreational cycling and mountain biking ................................................................... 135

13.3.5 Vehicle use .................................................................................................................. 137

13.3.6 Sea-based watercraft recreation and transport ........................................................... 139

13.4 CONTROLLED ACTIVITIES .......................................................................................................... 141

13.4.1 Controlled activities – general policies ........................................................................ 141

13.4.2 Camping ...................................................................................................................... 143

13.4.3 Lodges ......................................................................................................................... 147

13.4.4 Bach escapes .............................................................................................................. 149

13.4.5 Designated sites.......................................................................................................... 151

13.4.6 Recreational horse riding ............................................................................................. 153

13.5 DISCRETIONARY ACTIVITIES ...................................................................................................... 155

13.5.1 Discretionary activities - general policies .................................................................... 156

13.5.2 Concessionaires .......................................................................................................... 164

13.5.3 Filming ......................................................................................................................... 165

13.5.4 Leases ......................................................................................................................... 166

13.5.5 Licences ...................................................................................................................... 167

13.5.6 Plaques and memorials ............................................................................................... 169

13.5.7 Research ..................................................................................................................... 170

13.6 PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................ 171

14. INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................................................................. 175

14.1 INFRASTRUCTURE – GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................. 176

14.2 ROADS AND PARKING .............................................................................................................. 179

14.3. TRACK NETWORK .................................................................................................................... 180

14.4 CAMPGROUNDS: ..................................................................................................................... 186

14.5 LODGES ................................................................................................................................. 188

14.6 BACHES ................................................................................................................................. 188

14.7 DESIGNATED SITES: ................................................................................................................. 189

14.8 RECREATIONAL HORSE RIDING FACILITIES .................................................................................. 190

14.9 SIGNS AND NOTICEBOARDS ...................................................................................................... 191

14.10 WATER SUPPLIES .................................................................................................................... 191

14.11 WASTEWATER ........................................................................................................................ 192

14.12 ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLIES ...................................................................................................... 194

14.13 PUBLIC UTILITIES AND COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................. 194

15. GENERAL ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................ 195

15.1 NAMING OF PARKS AND FEATURES ............................................................................................ 195

15.2 PARK CLOSURES ..................................................................................................................... 197

15.3 TRANSFER OF MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................... 198

15.4 GIFTS AND BEQUESTS .............................................................................................................. 199

15.5 ROAD CLOSURES .................................................................................................................... 199

15.6 ADJOINING LAND AND COASTAL AREAS ..................................................................................... 200

iv


16. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN ........................................................................................ 203

16.1 FINANCIAL PLANNING .............................................................................................................. 203

16.2 REVIEW AND VARIATIONS ......................................................................................................... 204

16.3 BYLAWS ................................................................................................................................. 205

16.4 RESOURCE INVENTORY ............................................................................................................ 206

16.5 DESIGNATION AND CLASSIFICATION........................................................................................... 207

16.6 CONSULTATION ...................................................................................................................... 207

16.7 REPORTING ............................................................................................................................ 208

17. PARK SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................ 209

17.1 AMBURY REGIONAL PARK ........................................................................................... 211

17.2 ĀTIU CREEK REGIONAL PARK ....................................................................................... 221

17.3 ĀWHITU REGIONAL PARK ........................................................................................... 229

17.4 DUDER REGIONAL PARK ............................................................................................. 239

17.5 HŪNUA RANGES REGIONAL PARK ................................................................................. 247

17.6 LONG BAY REGIONAL PARK ......................................................................................... 265

17.7 MAHURANGI REGIONAL PARK ...................................................................................... 275

17.8 MURIWAI REGIONAL PARK (INCLUDING 5 MILE STRIP) ........................................................ 285

17.9 ŌMANA REGIONAL PARK ............................................................................................ 299

17.10 PĀKIRI REGIONAL PARK LAND ...................................................................................... 307

17.11 SCANDRETT REGIONAL PARK ....................................................................................... 313

17.12 SHAKESPEAR REGIONAL PARK ..................................................................................... 319

17.13 TĀPAPAKANGA REGIONAL PARK ................................................................................... 329

17.14 TĀWHARANUI REGIONAL PARK ..................................................................................... 339

17.15 TAWHITOKINO AND ŌRERE POINT REGIONAL PARK ............................................................ 347

17.16 TE ĀRAI REGIONAL PARK LAND .................................................................................... 353

17.17 TE RAU PŪRIRI REGIONAL PARK ................................................................................... 359

17.18 WAHARAU REGIONAL PARK ........................................................................................ 367

17.19 WAITĀKERE RANGES REGIONAL PARK ........................................................................... 375

17.20 WAITAWA REGIONAL PARK LAND ...................................... ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

17.21 WENDERHOLM REGIONAL PARK ................................................................................... 421

17.22 WHAKANEWHA REGIONAL PARK ................................................................................... 441

17.23 WHAKATĪWAI REGIONAL PARK ..................................................................................... 449

GLOSSARY ......................................................................................................................................... 457

APPENDICES ...................................................................................................................................... 463

APPENDIX 1 SCHEDULE OF PARKS COVERED BY THIS PLAN ...................................................................... 481

APPENDIX 2 INDEX OF RELEVANT LEGISLATION ...................................................................................... 485

APPENDIX 3 MODEL PARK CARE CODE ................................................................................................ 494

APPENDIX 4 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ...................................................................................................... 495

APPENDIX 5 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................... 508

LIST OF FIGURES, MAPS AND TABLES

Map 1 - Location of regional parks .................................................................................................................... 14

Figure 1 - Relationship between Parts of this Plan ........................................................................................... 20

Table 1 - Park classification criteria ................................................................................................................... 21

Figure 2 - Regional park classifications ............................................................................................................. 23

Figure 3 - General management zones (schematic) .......................................................................................... 33

Table 2 - List of significant geological sites on or bordering Auckland’s regional parks .................................... 64

1


1. Vision

The vision for Auckland Regional Parks is:

Regional parks are exemplars of the diverse landscapes and natural environments of the

Auckland region, enabling people to enjoy respite and recreation in outstanding locations,

and through linking them to the land and sea, encouraging them to become stewards of this

legacy for future generations

In the care for and management of the regional parks, the council wishes to instil the ethic

of stewardship in staff, park visitors and the region’s residents, that is complementary to

the Māori concept of kaitiakitanga. Both concepts promote guardianship of the earth as a

key responsibility and reflect a belief that we need to work towards a future not just better

for our children, but for all things, and all time.

The council embraces the concept of mana motuhake that describes tangata whenua’s

concept of sustainability, as it focuses on the essence of the relationships between the

land, people and atua (spirit). This is captured in the whakatauki (saying):

Ko te hau ō te tangata, ko te hau te whenua

The vitality of the people, the essence of the land

2


3


2. Purpose of Regional Parks

2.1 The purpose of regional parks

The regional parks represent many of the special natural and cultural qualities of the

Auckland region. The parks are purchased, and are managed, to protect their intrinsic,

natural, cultural and landscape values and to provide outdoor recreational opportunities for

the enjoyment and benefit of the people of the region and are held in perpetuity for that

purpose1.

2.2 Background to regional parks

The genesis of the Auckland’s parks network dates back to the turn of the 19th century

when the Crown acquired public domains and scenic reserves to preserve native bush and

for the recreational use of Auckland’s citizenry. Subsequent local body purchases, including

the securing of land for metropolitan water supply purposes, added to the pool of land

available for recreation and other uses, such as forestry. In the 1920s the emergence of

town and country planning defined an Auckland region and required an assessment of the

new region’s resources and their future management. The Auckland Regional Planning

Authority, established in 1954, observing the loss of valuable coastal land to development,

began a systematic appraisal of the need for public open space, including the creation of

large coastal beach reserves for the use of the metropolitan community.

In 1941 the Auckland Centennial Memorial Park (ACMP) was created in the Waitākere

Ranges to commemorate the centenary of Auckland city. This period also saw further

significant bequests of land to the ACMP, which acted as a template for regional public

ownership and management of large tracts of open space in the Auckland region. The

creation of the Auckland Regional Authority (ARA) in 1963 provided the administrative

framework for the purchase and management of the nascent regional parks network. It

provided for the transfer of land previously owned and managed by other public agencies,

such as the ACMP and the water catchment lands in the Waitākere and Hūnua Ranges.

In 1965 the growth of a network of regional parks commenced with the purchase of the

sand-spit and headland at Wenderholm. Further land purchases followed the systematic

evaluation of land considered suitable for regional park purposes undertaken in 19762. Since

then the network has progressively grown through land purchases, transfers of land from

other public agencies, and bequests from private individuals and organisations. As with

Wenderholm, many of the parks were acquired to protect outstanding coastal land from

development and other threats, and to maintain public access to the region’s coast. A

unique feature of the regional parks from the beginning was that they were managed by

resident park officers who not only looked after the park setting but offered assistance to

the park visitor. This tradition of professional park rangers as park managers continues till

today.

The regional parks network now, in 2010, consists of 26 parks covering approximately

40,000 hectares of land spread across the Auckland region, including Waiheke Island in the

Hauraki Gulf. (Refer to Map 1 below in Part 5 Introduction to the plan). The regional parks

1 By way of the Order in Council procedures outlined in Section 139 of the LGA 2002. Refer also to Appendix 1.

2 An evaluation of the Regional Park Network, July 1976, ARA Planning Division

4


represent 8.5% of the region’s land area and 69% of the public open space on the mainland

of the region. The regional parks retain over 182 kilometres of region’s coastline in an

undeveloped state. 3

The regional park network is a special and unique feature of Auckland that is part of its

identity and makes a major contribution to the quality of life of the people in the region. The

regional parks contribute to Auckland’s sense of place and are a source of pride for

Aucklanders, which they use to showcase the region to visitors.

The regional park network is, however, part of a spectrum of public open spaces across the

Auckland region that serve a range of ecological, recreational and amenity purposes, that are

owned and managed by a variety of public agencies and the private sector. One end of the

spectrum comprises open space provided and managed by the territorial local authorities to

meet local community and sub-regional needs, and includes sporting facilities and local

parks and reserves. At the other end of the spectrum are nationally significant open spaces

owned by the Crown and managed by the Department of Conservation (DOC). In the

Auckland context, over 60 per cent of the approximate 34,000 hectares of DOC land in the

region is located on the Hauraki Gulf Islands, with the majority being of Great Barrier Island.

The regional parks sit in the middle of this spectrum, and embody many of the region’s

unique physical, ecological and historical characteristics that are of regional and national

significance. While they are used by local communities, their primary role is to serve a

regional constituency. The council however works closely with the other public agencies

and the private sector to provide and care for the region’s public open space network to

maximise the recreational opportunities in the region and to ensure that there is a minimum

of duplication of effort or confusion of roles.

Most of the parks contain places and features of particular significance to tangata whenua

(which in this plan, refers to iwi that have mana whenua over the land in the regional parks).

The parks provide opportunities for the practical expression of the kaitiaki role of tangata

whenua, and for tangata whenua to provide for their hauora (long term wellbeing) where

appropriate and practicable. The parks provide an opportunity for tangata whenua to

maintain cultural identity and connection to places they value.

The new southern regional boundary, determined by the Local Government Commission

and given effect to in the Local Government (Auckland Council) Amendment Act 2010,

comes into effect on 1 November 2010. This boundary change will mean that 10,861.7

hectares of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and the Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional

Parks will sit within the Waikato region, though will still be owned and managed by the

Auckland Council. Of this land, part of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and Waharau and

Whakatīwai Regional Parks will be within the Hauraki District Council’s boundary. The

remainder of the Hūnua Ranges will be located within the Whangamarino Ward of the

Waikato District Council.

2.3 Future regional parks

There is a need to continue to expand the regional parks network to meet the challenges of

the future, such as the need to protect valued open space and coastline from development

and to serve the needs of a growing and increasingly diverse population. The pressures and

challenges are outlined in more detail in Part 4 below.

The future purchase of regional parkland will be undertaken in accordance with the Auckland

Regional Parkland Acquisition Plan 19994. Much of the land recommended for purchase in

3 These calculations are based on areas prior to the transition to the Auckland Council.

5


that plan has been acquired. Future purchases will also be governed by the vision and

outcomes sought by the Auckland Regional Open Space Strategy 2005 for a linked regional

open space network.

There will be a need to also consider meeting the needs for emerging recreational activities

and those that find they are being displaced from their current venues, although these may

not be able to be accommodated on regional parks. This includes motorised, aquatic and

equestrian activities. There will also be a need to consider the cultural heritage landscape

linkages, such as the network of Pa settlements and associated cultural features,

associations and ecological linkages.

Many of the current regional parks are located away from urban areas. This is seen as a

virtue by those seeking remote wilderness experiences. There is, however, an increasing

demand for the sort of visitor experiences and recreational opportunities the regional parks

offer, closer to urban populations. While regional parks such as Long Bay, Shakespear,

Ambury, Mutukaroa-Hamlins Hill Regional Parks5 and the Auckland Botanic Gardens6 offer

this opportunity, research and public comment suggests a need to consider expanding and

supplementing these opportunities as the population grows and the urban area intensifies.

Recent joint ventures between the council and local authorities included securing regionally

significant open space within the metropolitan limits at Chelsea on the North Shore and the

Wynyard reclamation on the central city foreshore.

The potential exists to consider further initiatives to secure interlinking open spaces close to

urban populations during the life of this plan under the auspices of the Auckland Council.

The volcanic cones and some of the larger metropolitan parks, such as the Auckland

Domain, which are currently perceived by the public as fitting within the regional

framework, have the potential to be managed in conjunction with the regional parks. Some

regional parks may also be extended by the addition of adjoining local parks and reserves.

4 Auckland Regional Parkland Acquisition Plan 1999 (due to be reviewed in 2011) 5 Mutukaroa-Hamlins Hill Regional Park has a separate management plan (refer to section 5.2) 6 The Auckland Botanic Gardens have a separate management plan (refer to section 5.2)

6


7


3. Park values

Council research has shown that people value and derive benefit from the regional parks in

many ways. The council acknowledges the range and variety of values people ascribe to

regional parks and will use these as a basis of ensuring that the parks are managed in such

a way that they do not undermine or diminish these values.

Throughout this plan, reference is made to ‚park values‛; the values referred to are those

identified below.

3.1 Intrinsic values

The regional parks have an intrinsic value that goes beyond their physical features and

characteristics, and the uses people make of the parks. This value is defined by both their

innate worth and the psychological benefit people derive from parks. The innate worth of

the parks is that the natural and cultural features exist and have value in their own right,

beyond their value for the use and enjoyment of people. Knowing the parks are there, that

they are in public ownership and that they are protected in perpetuity for future generations

is a significant part of their value to people.

3.2 Natural values

Ecosystems and biodiversity

The regional parks contain and protect representative examples of Auckland’s landscapes,

ecosystems, biodiversity and cultural heritage. Some parks, such as Tāwharanui, are

managed as open sanctuaries to allow for the restoration of flora and fauna that have

disappeared from the mainland. While the parks provide the opportunity for people to learn

about and experience the natural and cultural heritage of the region, it is also recognised

that the parks offer an opportunity to preserve these values for their own sake, over and

above their use for the enjoyment of the public.

National and regional significance

Many of the natural and historic features of the regional parks are unique to the Auckland

region and not found elsewhere in the country, or the world. Features such as the large

contiguous native forests of the Waitākere Ranges, the most northerly examples of

montane forests in the Hūnua Ranges and the unique dune wetlands at Whatipu are of

national scientific significance.

Viable ecosystems

The regional parks contain a range of ecosystems that are mostly intact and contribute to

increasing the viability of adjoining environmental systems, such as coastal, bush and

wetland environments in the region as a whole. They provide and extend ecological

corridors, and contribute to addressing the impacts of climate change by providing a carbon

sink.

Getting in touch with and restoring nature

The parks allow people to appreciate and learn about the natural heritage of the region. They

provide opportunities for the enhancement and restoration of the region’s biodiversity, and

for people to participate in and learn about these processes.

8


3.3 Landscape values

Iconic scenery

Most regional parks have high scenic qualities and landscapes that are significant in the

region. Many are located on coastal peninsulas that offer panoramic views of the region’s

coastlines and harbours, and the Hauraki Gulf. This is particularly valued by people visiting

the region and residents who want to share their pride in the region. The coastal peninsulas,

headlands and harbours have ancestral significance to iwi.

Minimal development

While many of the parks contain historic development and have been modified by past land

practices, they are perceived as having a high degree of naturalness which is particularly

valued by people who appreciate the ability to escape the pressures of the urban

environment. This has particular implications for the amount, nature and location of

structures and development on the parks and the controlled management of recreational

activities.

3.4 Tangata whenua values

Expression of kaitiakitanga

Regional parks contain a variety of taonga (valued resources, both tangible and intangible) of

significance to tangata whenua (referred to as tangata whenua values throughout this plan).

The mauri or essential life-force of these taonga is sacred and provides a link to the source

of tribal origins and history. Resources with an intact mauri sustain healthy ecosystems and

are a source of identity to iwi. The council’s management of regional parks will enable

tangata whenua to have practical expressions of kaitiaki that will lead to greater protection

and enhancement of the park values.

Tangata whenua hauora (long term wellbeing)

For tangata whenua, the regional parks offer the opportunity to have their traditional, historic

and cultural relationship to ancestral sites acknowledged and provided for. The ability to

reconnect physically and spiritually to these sites is extremely important to the iwi that have

made Tāmaki Makaurau (the Māori name for the Auckland region which means ‚Tāmaki

desired by the hundreds‛), the Auckland isthmus, their home. The regional parks provide an

opportunity for tangata whenua to maintain cultural sustainability through the inter-

generational transfer of knowledge, practices and linkages with the land.

3.5 Cultural values

Historic associations

The parks contain many features, structures, buildings and land practices that are reminders

of the history of settlement and occupation in the region. These range from pre-European

habitation sites, historic homesteads and gardens, historic farming practices and

infrastructure, to remnants of WWII defence facilities and the remains of Auckland’s past

maritime, trade, farming and timber industries. They show the continuum of settlement and

use of the land over many hundreds of years. People’s experience and appreciation of a

park can be greatly enhanced by learning about the human stories attached to localities.

9


Sense of identity and place

The parks contain many of the features that define the unique character of the Auckland

region and imbue it with a sense of place and identity. In particular, they provide access to

large areas of the region’s coastline and harbours that are dominant aspects of the region’s

character. The parks and harbours are one of the reasons so many New Zealanders (over a

third) live in the region. Knowledge that the regional parks are publicly owned and managed

is highly valued by the public of Auckland.

Farming

Many of the regional parks are farmed. They retain the open rural landscapes that were an

historic characteristic of the region, enable the council to showcase farming and sustainable

farming practices, and provide people, particularly city-dwellers, with an opportunity to

experience the region’s farming heritage. All of the farmed regional parks model sustainable

farming practices. Some farmed regional parks, such as Ambury, run hands-on farming

based education programmes for children and interested members of the public, who

volunteer their time to help raise and care for farm animals.

3.6 Recreational values

Freedom of access

Access to regional parks is free to all people where they can enjoy a range of activities at no

cost. The management of the parks and the provision of infrastructure and services that

support informal activities on the parks are paid for by the people of the Auckland region

through their rates. The parks are therefore theirs to enjoy.

Available for future generations

People derive a strong psychological benefit from knowing that the parks are in public

ownership and will be available for future generations to enjoy.

Experiencing wilderness and nature

The parks offer people the ability to enjoy the peace and quiet of natural settings, the

sounds of nature away from urban pressures and the dark night sky. Many of the parks are

located some distance from urban populations and are remote. Others parks, while closer to

urban areas, retain a sense of wilderness, such as many parts of the Waitākere Ranges.

Range of outdoor activities

The recreational uses of regional parks have traditionally been nature-based outdoor

activities, such as picnicking, walking, swimming, tramping, orienteering and camping. The

parks also accommodate activities that cannot be accommodated in urban areas and require

large open spaces, such as horse riding, mountain biking and hang gliding.

Access to the coastline

Many of the regional parks guarantee public access to parts of the region’s coastline,

including many fine beaches that are relatively safe for swimming and other aquatic

activities, such as surfing, fishing, exploring rock pools and venturing onto the sea in kayaks

and small boats. The parks also provide access to relatively undeveloped coastal

environments and remnants of the region’s maritime history and coastal settlement

patterns.

10


Health benefits

The regional parks provide both physical and mental health benefits to the public of the

Auckland region. The parks offer visitors the opportunity for physical activity in a large

natural setting which they can undertake in their own way and at their own pace. However,

the most common reasons people give for visiting regional parks is the ability to escape to

places of peace and quiet for respite from the pressures of everyday life. In this way, parks

also have a psychological benefit. Research undertaken by the council shows that, even if

people may not personally use the parks, they still support regional parks.

The ability to socialise

The parks provide people with the opportunity to socialise in the natural environment. Many

visitors value the parks for the opportunity for visiting with large groups, friends and family

and socialising with others. Regional parks such as Ōmana, Long Bay, Shakespear,

Wenderholm and Cornwallis in the Waitākere Ranges, are heavily used by people enjoying

the beach experience in larger groups.

The opportunity to volunteer

Some people like to volunteer as part of a collective effort to help the parks and the wider

environment. They value the opportunity to contribute and to give back to places they love.

Volunteering also provides the opportunity to be active and socialise with people with

similar ideals.

Ability to learn

Many of the natural and cultural features on regional parks have considerable scientific and

educational value. They form the basis of on-site interpretation, and research and education

programmes on the parks, including the ability to model wise environmental practices that

can be applied at home or on the farm. Specific education programmes operate at the

Arataki Visitor Centre in the Waitākere Ranges and Ambury Regional Park.

Ability to stay on a park

Most of the parks provide the opportunity for people to holiday at a minimal cost. People are

able to enjoy simple and basic camping, stay in a campervan, and escape to a traditional kiwi

bach or stay as a group at a residential lodge.

3.7 Economic values

The regional parks make a contribution to the regional economy in a variety of ways. The

parks provide the outdoor lifestyle that contributes to the quality of life that makes the

Auckland region an attractive place to live and work. They attract people to the region and

thereby enhance the economic viability of Auckland competing on the global stage. Enjoyed

by over five million visitors each year, the parks also contribute indirectly to local service and

retail economies through people travelling to the parks; and directly through the cost of

developing, managing and farming the parks.

11


4. Pressures and challenges

The Auckland region is changing. The population of the Auckland region continues to grow,

affecting the demographic, social and economic environment of the region. This will place

pressures on existing public open space and is likely to change the demands on public open

space in the region. There is, as a result of the pressures and changes in society and the

pressures of urban development, also a need to continue to acquire and protect the region’s

outstanding landscapes and ecosystems from the threat of development (refer to section

2.3 Future regional parks). The pressures and changes are:

4.1 Socio-economic

Population growth

In 2010 the Auckland region contained over 1.3 million people and is expected to reach two

million by 2036. The majority of the regional population lives in the urban areas with less

personal open space. This urban intensification has resulted in pressure on existing public

open spaces and increased demand for more public open space closer to the urban

populations. It has also placed greater pressure on the regional parks as visitor numbers

increase and the range of visitor expectations change.

Demographic changes

The population is aging overall but is also trending to a high proportion of young people

under the age of 15 years in some parts of the region. The ethnic composition of the

population is becoming more diverse. One third of Aucklanders were born overseas. This

trend is anticipated to continue and will create demands for different forms of recreation

and new ways of using open space. It also raises the need to help new migrants to learn

about the parks, to fully enjoy the park experiences, and to understand and respect the

environment of the parks and the region’s coastline. These demographic changes will give

rise to different recreation demands for people with differing needs and abilities.

Economic changes

Changes in work patterns have meant that many people have less discretionary time

available for leisure pursuits. These changes have resulted in demand for a greater range of

easily accessible activities close to where people live and work. It has also created a

demand to undertake a number of activities at the one location. On the other hand,

increases in the level of unemployment can mean that many people do not have disposable

income and will seek low-cost recreational opportunities close where they live.

The parks provide locations for recreation activity, events, tourism and filming; all of which

are major contributors to the regional economy. However, there is also growing demand for

economic activity on the parks, arising from activities such as commercial filming and

tourism. It is important that these pressures do not result in exploitation of the parks at the

expense of maintaining their values.

Cost of travel

The cost of living is increasing, especially the cost of transport. Research shows that the

lack of public transport and the cost of private transport are reasons some people do not

visit some regional parks. However, visitors to the regional parks predominantly use private

vehicles. This creates the demand to provide car parking that can impact on the parks

natural and landscape values, and adds to the cost of developing and managing the parks.

12


There is a need, therefore, to consider managing travel by private vehicles to regional parks,

for example, by increasing the use of public transport (especially to events on the parks) and

not providing additional car parking in some instances.

Tangata whenua aspirations

The strengthening of iwi, hapū and marae organisations is enabling tangata whenua to

engage with regional parks and, in particular, to explore the role the parks could play in

meeting their need for the practical expression of kaitiaki, and supporting tangata whenua in

providing for their hauora.

4.2 Development

Urban expansion and intensification

The Region Growth Strategy: 2050 anticipates that 70% of the future regional population

will be accommodated through urban intensification, with 30% being absorbed by urban

expansion and in the rural areas. Urban intensification will result in the reduction of private

open space associated with housing and a greater demand on existing and future public

open space. Urban expansion and rural-lifestyle development around the city will place

pressure of the surrounding private rural land and could displace recreational activities such

as recreational horse riding on private land.

Development of the coastline

The region has seen much of its coastline come under pressure for urban and life style

development in recent years. One of the roles that regional parks have played in the past is

to retain tracts of the region’s coastline in a relatively undeveloped state and to guarantee

public access to the region’s beaches. Furthermore, with the reduction in private sector

provision of camping opportunities, the council is now the major provider of camping in the

region. These pressures on the region’s coastline are likely to continue.

4.3 Recreation

Loss of open space

There are a number of factors that could affect the availability of outdoor recreation

opportunities in the region. Large tracts of private open spaces, forests and private coastal

campgrounds are likely to continue to disappear under development or as a result of land

ownership changes, while demand for open space for recreation grows. For example,

private commercial forests provide for high impact recreation such as horse riding, mountain

biking and some motorised sports. Closing these to the public, as a result of a change of

ownership or closure for forestry operational needs, would significantly reduce the

recreational resources in the region. While the public have been clear that they do not want

to see existing regional parks used for motorised sports, it may be possible to secure other

land for these purposes in the future (refer to section 2.3 Future regional parks). This

demand could also be satisfied through joint ventures with private landowners and other

public agencies.

Lack of confidence

Research has shown that there is also increasing evidence of decreasing knowledge,

confidence and ability of the urban population to access outdoor experiences, such as

tramping and camping. It is no longer sufficient to merely provide the open spaces. There is

13


a need to consider offering advice and assistance to facilitate and enhance people’s ability

to participate in outdoor activities.

Farming

There is growing demand to experience farm settings and have contact with farm animals

as the population becomes increasingly urbanised and traditional pastoral farming is lost

from the region. Some parks are grazed to create a countryside landscape that provides

settings for a range of recreation, heritage, conservation and education activities. Many of

the farmed parks are also located on challenging coastal land. The council needs to carefully

manage the parks in a sustainable manner that achieves an optimal, rather than a maximum,

economic return from the farming operations.

Public involvement

There is an increased interest in volunteering on regional parks as a way of contributing to

places the public values, but also to meet social, educational and recreational needs.

Volunteer input is a valued and essential contribution to the regional park network, however,

it requires investment to manage and facilitate, and can place pressure on the management

of some parks.

4.4 Environment

Attitudes to the environment

Over a number of years there has been increased interest in understanding the region’s

heritage and biodiversity. There is a world-wide trend towards maintaining the viability of

ecosystems rather than species management. The regional parks play an important role in

managing entire and relatively intact ecosystems, and allowing people to experience the

sights and sounds of nature and to participate in the management of the parks. Meeting

these expectations places pressures on providing the funding, supervision and expertise to

support conservation programmes.

Human disturbance

Conflict can occur between the need to protect ecological, geological and cultural features

and visitor access or recreational activities. While some park features, such as streams,

coastal dunes and similar natural ecosystems, may be considered attractive for some

recreation pursuits, they may not be suitable for many activities because of their

vulnerability to irreversible change. High impact activities need to be managed to avoid

adverse effects on vulnerable species or habitats.

Pest control

The greatest challenge to indigenous biodiversity and the viability of ecosystems is the

ongoing need for pest plant and animal control. While it is possible to achieve intensive

control of key animal pests in discrete areas such as fenced sanctuaries, the wider parks

network is permanently vulnerable to incursion by pest plants and animals. Surveillance is

necessary to identify incursions of new pests so they can be controlled at an early stage.

Threatened species

Effective management of threatened plant and animal species can be complex and requires

specialist expertise. Threatened species recovery is a long-term process and success may

take time and be financially costly.

14


Climate change

Global climate change will result in changes to natural physical processes, ecosystems and

habitats on many of the regional parks. Altered weather patterns may result in an increase in

plant pests and the spread of pathogens but also could change recreational access to areas

if the ground is saturated for longer periods. Some parks may experience inundation from

sea rise and increased coastal erosion. The policies in this plan provide a framework that will

meet these challenges and assist in a regional response, however, it will be necessary to

monitor, understood and respond to these through adaption and/or mitigation.

Pathogens

Occurrences of new plant pathogens and diseases are likely to increase with climate

change, global population growth and movement and the movement of goods around the

world. Sudden decline disease in cabbage trees and the recent incidence of kauri dieback

disease are difficult to control, can be widespread and affect iconic species.

4.5 Management

Sustainable management

As well as the pressures that growth and social and demographic changes bring, the council

also recognises the need to manage parks sustainably over the long term and to

demonstrate environmental best practice in all it does. It must also address the challenges

posed by phenomena such as climate change, natural hazards such as fire, flooding and

erosion. These pressures place demand on skills and resourcing.

Prioritisation of conservation efforts

There will inevitably be challenges in prioritising efforts to manage indigenous biodiversity

and ecosystems effectively. With an important and wide range of biodiversity and

ecosystems to protect and restore over numerous sites, robust information and processes

are necessary to make good decisions about where to focus efforts (eg balancing effort

between open sanctuaries and wider parks network, or balancing protection and

restoration).

Managing transition to the Auckland Council

The new Auckland Council will come into being on the 1 November 2010. One of the main

challenges associated with this new regime will be a change to the southern regional

boundary that will result in a large percentage of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and

Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional Parks sitting outside of the Auckland Region. While the

Auckland Council will continue to own and manage this land as regional parks, there will be

a new resource management act framework and a new regional pest management strategy

to operate within.

Monitoring and research

Ongoing monitoring and research is required to evaluate the success of conservation

programmes, the impact of activities on parks and to determine where additional efforts

may be required.

15


5. Introduction to the plan

5.1 Purpose of the plan

This plan sets out how the council intends to manage the regional parks. However, while

the plan focuses on the specific management actions and programmes planned for the next

5 to 10 years, these have been developed with a 20 to 50 year horizon in mind.

The Regional Parks Management Plan has two primary functions;

1. It represents a contract with the general public as to how the council will manage the

regional parks on their behalf, and

2. It provides the framework that guides the council’s staff on the day-to-day and long

term management of the parks.

The process of developing this plan enables the public to comment on the proposed

direction for the regional parks network and the specific management policies for each of

the parks. Once adopted, it will guide staff management of the parks, and tell park users

about the policies and rules that might apply to them when using the parks. This information

is also provided to the general public through a range of other communication methods,

such as park notice boards, brochures and the council website (refer to section 13.2 Visitor

services)

This plan represents council policy and can only be changed through due process as defined

in the Local Government Act 2002 and the Reserves Act 1977. That is, the consultation

processes outlined in these acts allows the public to be informed about, and participate in,

these changes. (Refer to section 16.2 Review and variations).

5.2 Parks covered by the plan

The regional parks covered by this plan are as follows:

Ambury

Ātiu Creek

Āwhitu

Duder

Hūnua Ranges including the Hūnua Water Catchment Land2

Long Bay

Mahurangi

Muriwai including 5 Mile Strip

Ōmana

Park land at Pākiri 1

Scandrett

Shakespear

Tāpapakanga

Tāwharanui

16


Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point

Parkland at Te Ārai 1

Te Rau Pūriri

Waitākere Ranges including Auckland Centennial Memorial Park and the Waitākere

Water Catchment Land

Park land at Waitawa 1

Waharau2

Wenderholm

Whakanewha

Whakatīwai2 1 Parkland yet to be formally named 2 11355 hectares of the Hūnua Ranges, Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional Parks will be within the Waikato

region from 1 November 2010.

Map 1 below shows the location of the regional parks covered by this Plan. Further

information about the area, legal status and zonings of these parks can be found in Part 17 Park

specific management and Appendix 1

Map 1 – Location of the regional parks

17


This plan does not apply to Mt Smart Stadium, the Auckland Botanic Gardens, or

Mutukaroa-Hamlins Hill Regional Park. Mt Smart Stadium at Penrose is unlike other regional

parks in that it is used for organised sports and entertainment purposes. The Auckland

Botanic Gardens focus on presenting gardening ideas, taxonomy and plant conservation

programmes. Mutukaroa-Hamlins Hill is jointly owned and managed by the council and

Auckland City Council. These regional parks are covered by separate management plans.

However, it is intended that the high-level principles within this plan will be applied to the

entire regional parks network and will be incorporated into these management plans as they

are reviewed.

It is intended that the general objectives and management policies of this plan will apply to

new acquisitions to the regional park network.

5.3 The need for the plan –legislative overview

The council owns and/or manages approximately 40,000 hectares of park land at 26 regional

park locations, 23 of which are covered by this plan. The majority of land the council owns

or manages (about 90 per cent) is administered by the council under the Local Government

Act 2002; however, some (about 10 per cent) is also administered under the Reserves Act

1977.

The Reserves Act 1977 [Section 41] requires the council to prepare reserve management

plans for the parks and reserves they manage. The purposes of these plans are to:

…provide for and ensure the use, enjoyment, maintenance, protection, and

preservation, as the case may require, and, to the extent that the administering

body’s resources permit, the development, as appropriate, of the reserve for the

purpose for which it is classified, and shall incorporate and ensure compliance with

the principles set out in…this Act for a reserve of that classification [Section 41(3)

Reserves Act].

The Local Government Act 2002 does not require the preparation of a management plan,

however it does allow for one. The council considers it best practice to prepare a plan to

ensure an integrated management approach across the parks network. The process of

preparing the plan requires a consultation and submission process which gives the public

the opportunity to contribute to the formulation of policy and decision-making on matters

that will affect the future of the regional parks. These processes meets the requirements of

Part 6, and more specifically Section 83, of the LGA 2002 (refer to sections 16.2 Review and

variations and 16.6 Consultation and Appendix 2).

The LGA 2002 also provides a framework to establish and maintain processes for Māori to

participate in decision-making. It includes the requirement to take into account the principles

of the Treaty of Waitangi, and the relationship between Māori and land, or a body of water,

where there is a significant decision to be made.

The Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008, which covers the Waitākere Ranges

Regional Park, requires the council to prepare, adopt and maintain a management plan for

the integrated management of the park. Part of this process requires the council to use the

special consultative procedure set out in section 83 of the LGA 2002, as outlined above.

18


5.4 Other legislation and policy frameworks

Other legislation also has implications for the management of regional parks. This legislation

includes the following:

Resource Management Act 1991

The Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000

Biosecurity Act 1993

Historic Places Act 1993

Building Act 2004

This plan does not exist in isolation from other plans and strategies prepared by the council

or the collective local authorities in the Auckland region. Many of these are statutory policy

documents, such as the council’s Long-Term Council Community Plan, Regional Plan:

Coastal 2004 or Regional Pest Management Strategy 2007 -2012, that have been developed

under the legislation covered above. However, the council has also worked with other

agencies to develop high-level documents, such as the Auckland Sustainability Framework,

that address strategic matters of regional significance and provide context for this plan. In

addition, the management of parks relies on guidance from a range of national and regional

inventories, operational plans and guidelines. Refer to Appendix 2 for an outline of the

legislation and other documents that are relevant to the management of regional parks.

5.5 How to use the plan

The plan consists of two volumes.

Volume 1: Management Policies

Volume 1 provides the overview and strategic direction for the parks. This volume describes

the regional parks network and each park within it, in relation to the set of values it contains

and how they will be managed. It covers:

Parts 1 – 6 provide background to and strategic direction for the regional parks network,

outlining the:

vision for the regional parks network

role and purpose of the regional parks,

high-level principles that underpin and guide the ongoing management of the parks,

and

management framework that will be used to ensure an integrated management

approach across the network.

Parts 7 – 16 are the general management policies covering all regional parks, which

determine the:

classification of the parks

sustainable management of the parks,

management of parks natural, cultural and farmed settings,

recognition of tangata whenua values,

provision of recreation and other activities across the network, and

provision of park infrastructure to support the visitor activities.

19


Part 17 sets out the specific management focus for each of the regional parks, including

the policies and programmes that will be completed over the next 10 years.

Volume 2: Maps

The maps in Volume 2 identify the location of each special values and features for each

park, and where the specific policies and programmes proposed for each park in Part 17 will

be implemented. The maps also largely illustrate concepts plans where they exist for a park

(refer to section 7.3). Specifically, the maps illustrate:

significant natural, cultural heritage and geological features (wetlands, pa sites etc),

existing and proposed park infrastructure (buildings, tracks etc),

specific management policies.

Cross-referencing

It is important that sections of the plan are not read in isolation. While an attempt has been

made to cross-reference as much as possible, the reader needs to consider the following

components together as a hierarchy of related policies:

the management principles set out in Part 6,

the general objectives and management policies set out in Parts 7 to 16,

the specific policies for each park set out in Part 17,

the maps in Volume 2.

The generic policies in Parts 7 to 16 apply across the regional parks network and are not

necessarily repeated in the specific park sections. For example, pest control is undertaken in

each park but may not be itemised in Part 17 unless there is a special programme of work,

as it is covered by the generic biosecurity policies.

How to read the policies in this plan

Where a policy contains a list of clauses and the term ‚or‛ before the last clause the

clauses should be read as alternatives, where all or one of the clauses may apply depending

on the circumstances.

Where a policy contains a list of clauses and the term ‚and’ before the last clause, the

clauses should be read as all applying.

Note: on the Auckland Council

Throughout this plan the relevant local authorities, that is the city or district councils, have

been referenced. Once the Auckland Council is established on November 1st. 2010,

reference to specific local authorities should be read as the Auckland Council.

20


21


6. Management principles

The management principles listed below serve as foundations on which the management

policies and actions contained in this plan are based. Every policy in the ensuing parts of this

plan will relate to at least one, and often multiple, management principles. In particular, the

policies outlined in Part 7 Integrated management framework should be read in conjunction

with the management principles. These management principles are directly related to the

values people ascribe to regional parks set out in Part 3 Park values. The regional parks,

including future regional parks, will be managed on the basis of the following management

principles. The principles are arranged generally in order of priority but should not be read in

isolation of each other.

Principle 1: Protect the intrinsic value, worth and integrity of regional parks

The intrinsic, natural, cultural, tangata whenua and landscape values of the parks are the

reasons why the regional parks exist and what people most value about them. The council

will adopt a cautious approach to managing the intrinsic values of parks. That is,

development and activity will not be permitted if there is doubt that the values can be

protected or the effects mitigated.

Principle 2: Protect and enhance Auckland’s unique landscapes

The regional parks contain significant and representative examples of the Auckland region’s

iconic and special landscapes.

Principle 3: Enhance the native biodiversity and the viability of the ecosystems of the

region.

The regional park network contains many of the region’s most valued ecosystems, such as

wetlands, coastal ecosystems, and large contiguous native forests that make a significant

contribution to the natural biodiversity of the region and the nation.

Principle 4: Recognise and provide for the relationship of tangata whenua with their

ancestral taonga.

The regional parks contain features and associations of value and significance to tangata

whenua that enable tangata whenua to express kaitiakitanga and provide for their hauora

(long term wellbeing).

Principle 5: Promote and demonstrate wise stewardship of the region’s environment

The regional parks provide the opportunity to demonstrate and promote wise stewardship

of the environment through protection and enhancement programmes.

Principle 6: Protect heritage features and tell the region’s stories

The regional parks are repositories of much of the region’s unique heritage and history,

including, historic places, structures and buildings, land uses, places of significance to

tangata whenua and historic associations.

Principle 7: Public ownership

The regional parks are acquired and managed on behalf of the ratepayers of the Auckland

region for their use and enjoyment. They are owned by the people of Auckland for the

people of Auckland. The regional parks are protected in perpetuity by way of an Order in

Council to ensure they are retained in public ownership and not threatened by any form of

alienation.

22


Principle 8: Guarantee free access to regional parks.

The regional parks can provide for a wide range of informal activities to suit people of

different interests, abilities and capabilities at no or minimal cost.

Principle 9: Provide a range of quality outdoor visitor experiences

The regional parks are of a scale and diversity that offer a range of visitor experiences in

natural outdoor settings, including a sense of wilderness and the ability to socialise in

groups.

Principle 10: Enable access to the coastline

Many of the regional parks provide access to parts of the region’s coastline where visitors

can enjoy a wide range of beach activities, relatively undeveloped coastal environments and

remnants of the region’s maritime history.

Principle 11: Manage land and core visitor services through a dedicated ranger service

The ranger service is a unique and special feature of regional parks that is the basis for

effective park management and the facilitation of visitor enjoyment and safety on the parks.

Principle 12: Protect and enhance the amenity of the regional parks

The regional parks are valued for the sense of ‘naturalness’ and the ability to enjoy the

peace and quiet of large natural settings free from visual, noise and light intrusions.

Principle 13: Minimise the impacts of development

Park infrastructure, in particular roads and car parking, will preserve park values, and will not

affect the amenity of the parks and the quality of the visitor experience.

Principle 14: Limit activities that have an adverse impact on the environment and other park

uses.

Activities involving larger numbers of people or intensities of use that could have an adverse

impact on sensitive park values and the enjoyment of other park users will be limited.

Principle 15: Facilitate public knowledge and safe enjoyment of the parks

The regional parks will be promoted to ensure people know where the parks are and what

they offer, so they can enjoy the outdoors in a confident and safe manner.

Principle 16: Be adaptive and responsive

The changing social, environmental, economic and technologies context within which the

parks are managed requires regular monitoring and consultation and adaptive and

responsive management.

Principle 17: Provide for a range of activities within the regional parks network

The council will provide for a range of activities within the regional parks network, but not

for all activities on each park. The regional parks will provide for activities best suited to their

particular attributes and values.

Principle 18: Facilitate community participation

The regional parks are meeting places for the community and places which they contribute

to by volunteering their help.

Principle 19: Be a good neighbour

Being a good neighbour works positively for the parks, people with an interest in the parks

and the people living and working in proximity to the parks.

23


7. Integrated management framework

This part of the plan sets out the management framework for regional parks, based on the

19 management principles set out in Part 6 above. The over-riding management approach is

to focus on managing and maintaining the park values and the quality of the visitor

experience to be offered. The values referred to here are the values outlined in Part 3

above. The loss or diminution of the park values would undermine their worth as an

ecological, scientific, educational and recreational resource, and the quality of the visitor

experiences. The objective is to maximise the visitor enjoyment while avoiding, mitigating or

remedying human induced change where it is likely to, or has occurred.

The management approach is therefore dependent on:

defining the intrinsic, natural, landscape, tangata whenua, and cultural values to be

managed within the regional parks network (refer to Part 3 Park values) and on each

park (refer to Part 17 Park specific management; Park values ),

defining the long-term (50 year) vision for each park (refer to Part 17 Park-specific

management; Park vision ) in the context of the vision for the regional parks network as

a whole (refer to Part 1 Vision)

grouping the parks into classes and managing them in accordance with their class (refer

to section 7.1, Park classification),

defining the acceptable level, intensity and type of use that can take place (refer to Part

6 Management principles, noting principle 16, and Part 13 Recreation and use

management),

setting in place the management strategies and tools that ensure the activities can be

accommodated and the park values are not threatened (refer to section 7.6

Management tools), and

monitoring, evaluating and adapting management strategies, when appropriate (refer to

section 7.7 Research, monitoring and benchmarking).

The relationship between these elements is shown in Figure 1 below

Figure 1 Relationship between Parts of this Plan

Regional park network

Vision for regional parks (Part 1, Vol. I)

Management principles (Part 6, Vol.I)

Park classification (Part 7, Vol.I)

Management policies (Parts 7 to 16, Vol.I)

Spatial layouts (Maps Vol.II)

Individual regional parks

Park values

Park vision (50 years)

Management focus (10 and 5 years)

Management policies (10 years)

Recreation and use activities

Monitoring

24


As a general rule, Figure 7.1 represents a hierarchy of intentions where, if there is doubt

about the meaning or interpretation of a statement at one level, reference should be made

to the next level up in the hierarchy to understand the intention behind the statement (refer

also to Figure 2 in Appendix 2).The factors outlined above should also be taken into account

at the time a concept plan is prepared for a regional park (refer to section 7.3 below).

7.1 Park classification

Objective 7.1:

To ensure that the management of the park recognises the unique characteristics of each

park while providing for a range of visitor experiences and recreational opportunities across

the regional parks network as a whole.

Policy:

7.1.1 Classify each regional park according to the visitor experience being provided,

the overall management focus to be adopted, the intensity and type of

recreational activities envisaged, the level of development, and the visitor

services to be provided using the criteria identified in Table 1 below.

Table 1 Park classification criteria

Vis

ito

r

exp

eri

en

ce Generally a wilderness

experience in a

predominantly natural

landscape.

A range of visitor

experiences, with a mix of

natural environments and

limited active and social

recreation experiences.

Active recreation and large

group activities while

protecting the unique

natural and cultural values

of the park.

Man

ag

em

en

t

focu

s

Emphasis on protection of

the natural and cultural

environments and scenic

landscapes, while providing

for recreation opportunities

where appropriate.

Provision for recreation

opportunities balanced with

sustainable management of

natural and cultural


landscapes.

Emphasis on providing

recreation opportunities

while protecting significant

natural and cultural


landscapes.

Re

cre

atio

n a

cti

vit

ies

Emphasis on informal

recreation activities

requiring little

infrastructure and few

facilities, such as tramping,

walking, picnicking and

remote camping.

Limited group activities and

events.

Provision for informal

recreation outside main

arrival areas.

The opportunity for more

structured recreation is

generally limited to main

arrival area, developed picnic

areas and vehicle accessible

campgrounds.

Moderate group activity and

events are facilitated.

Emphasis on providing for

more structured and group

recreation, such as

developed picnic sites with

barbecues.

Provision for large group

activities.

Ability to book venues and

sites.

Broader range of

discretionary activities

considered appropriate,

including events.

Class I Class II Class III

NATURAL RECREATION

25


Explanation:

As outlined in section 2.1, the primary purpose of regional parks is to protect and enhance

the park values and to allow people to appreciate and enjoy these through leisure and

recreational activities. The regional parks can be classified at three levels as outlined in Table

1 Park classification criteria above.

The park classification system defines the type of experience that a visitor can reasonably

expect to find in each type of park, given the park values to be protected and the

infrastructure offered in that class of park. Refer to Part 17 Park specific management for

details on how each park is managed in accordance with the criteria set out in Table 1

above.

At one level, the primary objective of the classification is to align the protection of the

natural values with appropriate low levels of use and development, and to minimise the

impacts of visitor activity. At the other end of the spectrum, the focus is one of providing for

higher levels of social interaction and more intensive levels of recreational activity while still

protecting key aspects of the park environment. Parks in the middle of the range contain

moderate levels of activity and high levels of protection in key locations.

Inte

nsity

of

use

The levels of use and

visitor numbers are limited,

or dispersed.

A moderate range of uses

but are monitored and

controlled.

Wide range and amount of

use, managed to minimize

recreational conflicts and

adverse environmental

impacts.

Exte

nt

of

de

ve

lop

me

nt

Minimal level of

infrastructure and

development

Limited vehicle access and

parking

Expected facilities:

generally gravel-based car

parking except at some

major arrival areas,

information board, toilets,

and walking tracks at

limited locations, tramping

tracks and routes, back-

country campgrounds and

limited vehicle-accessible

campgrounds in keeping

with the dominant natural

values.

Minimal to moderate level of

infrastructure and

development

Expected facilities: car park,

toilets, information structure,

and picnic areas, trail

systems, backcountry and/or

vehicle-accessible

campgrounds.

Moderate level of

infrastructure and

development

Expected facilities: sealed

car parks, toilets,

information structure,

picnic areas, barbecues,

designated sites, trail

systems, vehicle-

accessible campgrounds,

ranger station.

Vis

ito

r se

rvic

es

Ranger contact service,

such as emergency

telephone contact details,

with a ranger presence and

education services at

limited locations.

Limited structured

programmes and

interpretation focusing on

environmental protection

and stewardship.

Ranger presence with

education services at limited

locations.

Structured programmes and

interpretation focusing on

social, education and

environmental benefits, and

stewardship.

Ranger presence and

education services.

Structured programmes,

events and interpretation

focusing on social,

education and

environmental benefits,

and stewardship.

Bookable sites.

26


The regional park network is capable of providing a range of recreational opportunities.

However, not all activities are appropriate on every regional park (refer to Principles 12 and

16). The classification system works so that individual parks provide recreation opportunities

based on their particular natural, landscape, tangata whenua and cultural values, and their

capacity to absorb the activity without threatening these values and quality of visitor

experience on the park.

There is a need to provide infrastructure to support recreation opportunities (refer to Part 14

Infrastructure). The classification system defines the extent of development and

infrastructure on the parks, appropriate to the type of experience people are seeking and to

the park setting. It is critical to ensure that the supporting infrastructure, as well as the

activity, does not threaten the park values.

The classification also defines the type of core visitor services to be found at each class of

park. Again, these are not exclusive to each class of park but are most likely to be provided

at the class indicated in the table.

7.1.2 Manage each park in terms of their class in accordance with Figure 2 below.

Figure 2 Regional park classifications

27


Explanation:

Figure 2 sets out the classification for each of the regional parks included in this plan. The

classes represent a spectrum ranging from parks with a strong focus on the conservation

and protection of wilderness qualities at one end, to parks catering for more intensive

recreational activity at the other, while still protecting their values.

It is not intended that these classifications will change over time. They are designed to

ensure that the current and planned qualities of the park will be retained and passed on to

future generations.

The parks are classified under a single class and will be predominantly managed in

accordance with that classification. General management zones such as arrival areas or

destination areas on the park will be managed in accordance with the park class, and are

described further in section 7.4 below. However, many of the regional parks contain a range

of environments and have areas that require a different level of management than would

normally be provided in their defined class. These are classified as special management

zones and are addressed in section 7.5 below. (Refer to Part 17 Park specific management

for information on each regional park).

7.2 Design principles

Objective 7.2.1:

To ensure that all development on the parks is designed to meet the vision for the park, and

in a manner that does not threaten park values and is appropriate to the park setting.

Policy:

7.2.1 Recognise the intrinsic, natural, landscape and cultural qualities of the parks

outlined in Part 3 Park values and Part 17 Park-specific management; Park

values, and the wilderness characteristics of localities, where these exist, in the

design and layout of regional parks.

7.2.2 Undertake a landscape and park values impact assessment as part of any

concept or development plan, taking into consideration the factors outlined

below in the policies of this section of the plan.

7.2.3 Ensure park layout and design:

a) recognises the special character and values of the park with reference to

relevant natural and cultural heritage databases (refer also to Parts 10,

Natural settings, Part 11 Cultural heritage settings and Part 12 Farmed

settings),

b) keeps the park settings as natural as possible and avoids the formalisation

of the parks through infrastructure and plantings,

c) considers all possible feasible alternative locations and ways of providing for

the activities on the park,

d) minimises the visual intrusion of structures, including visibility from within

and outside the park and from the sea and other public vantage points,

e) avoids prominent and dominant locations, such as hill tops and prominent

ridge lines,

28


f) follows the natural contours of the land, minimising land disturbance and

avoiding ridges and the horizon, wherever practicable,

g) utilises natural materials that reflect the predominant colours and textures

of the park or locality, or is appropriate to its historic context,

h) minimises vegetation clearance and avoids the disturbance of threatened

plants, and

i) avoids, wherever practicable, archaeological sites, and respects the integrity

of historic features (refer to section 11.2).

7.2.4 Keep built structures to a minimum in order to minimise their impacts on park

values, such as the natural character of the park and its landscape.

7.2.5 Group built structures together wherever practical and appropriate.

7.2.6 Prepare and implement design guidelines for parks and, where necessary,

specific design guidelines for areas of special character, where park values are

likely to be threatened or altered by development. The design guidelines will

cover aspects such as:

a) the natural, cultural and landscape characteristics of the park,

b) the use of natural backdrops, such as vegetation and landforms,

c) the protection of vistas and view lines,

d) avoiding structures on significant ridges and the horizon,

e) clustering or grouping of facilities and structures,

f) design elements, such as:

i) form and scale,

ii) edges,

iii) colours,

iv) textures, and

v) reflectivity, and

g) functional issues, such as:

i) accessibility,

ii) visibility, and

iii) safety and security.

Explanation:

The regional parks contain representative examples of the region’s natural and cultural

landscapes and features, which imbue a sense of place and history (refer also to section

10.1.1 Landscape protection and Part 11 Cultural heritage settings). The extent and quality

of these landscapes and features greatly enhances the quality of life of people living in the

region. They contribute to the psychological and physical wellbeing of people, in that they

provide the context where people can enjoy recreation and relief from the pressures of

modern urban living. The intention of this plan is to ensure these qualities are not destroyed

by development on the parks.

Factors that need to be taken into account when considering the design and layout, and

features of the parks, include: a careful analysis of the park values and the visual and

29


landscape qualities of the park, the consideration of all the possible alternatives, taking into

account, the siting and location, the proposed design elements, such as materials, colour

and texture, and the effective and efficient functioning of the park. As well as the natural

characteristics of the site, consideration should also be given to how visible the structure is

from key vantage points within the park, from adjoining public places and private land and,

importantly, from the adjoining coast and sea. Coastal views are particularly critical where

the park structures are the only structures that are likely to be visible from the sea. Highly

reflective materials should be avoided in these circumstances and in all prominent locations.

As well as implementing general guidelines, the council will, when appropriate and

necessary, prepare specific design guidelines or seek professional design advice in areas

which demand a sensitive response. Design guidelines have been developed for Muriwai

Regional Park and for the Piha area of the Waitākere Ranges and will be progressively

developed for other key locations requiring specific design input.

Objective: 7.2.2

To ensure vegetation enhances the overall values and setting of the park.

Policy

7.2.2.1 Manage vegetation and where appropriate undertake a range of revegetation

and planting programmes on parks to maintain and enhance the overall values of

the individual park, including:

a) protecting and enhancing natural ecosystems in accordance with policy

10.3.2.3, including riparian and wetland protection, erosion control and

buffering remnant vegetation.

b) improving the amenity of the park and retain special elements of landscape

character in accordance with section 10.1.2,

c) providing shade and shelter,

d) providing for recreational activities, access to the coast and waterways, and

influencing the movement of people and activities throughout the park,

e) retaining views and vistas,

f) protecting archaeological sites, in accordance with policy 11.2.4,

g) ensuring farming viability and operational access and management

h) ensuring safety and security of the park including sightlines, passive

surveillance and fire risk,

i) screening buildings and structures on parks and development adjacent to

parks,

j) protecting water quality through the provision for wastewater or stormwater

treatment,

k) education and advocacy eg, planting threatened or unusual local plants, or

l) providing for cultural harvest

30


7.2.2.2 Prior to any revegetation or planting being implemented:

a) undertake a full assessment of the matters in policy 7.2.2.1, including:

i) the impact on the values of the individual park as outlined in the

sections under Part 17 of this plan,

ii) environmental or ecological requirements outlined in policy 10.3.2.3,

iii) the landscape assessment required in terms of policy 10.1.1.2,

including the protection of significant ridgelines, landforms, heritage

associations, and open space values,

iv) the scale of planting, including extent, types of vegetation, potential

realignment of fence lines to follow more natural contours, and

intended management

v) consideration of partnerships or other formal agreements, such as

licences, and

vi) community and stakeholder views and aspirations

b) prepare a revegetation or planting plan for each area of proposed

revegetation or area of planting associated with a new development,

significant redevelopment or enhancement programme taking into account

the results of the assessment in policy 7.2.2.2.a, and

c) undertake consultation on the draft plan with the local community or

stakeholders, and

d) gain approval of the revegetation plan or alternate vegetation management

from the relevant Parks committee, with the exception of essential

revegetation which meets one or more of the criteria identified in policy

10.3.2.5 and shall be approved by the Chair of the Parks Committee.

7.2.2.3 Revegetation and planting is identified on the Maps in Volume 2 of this plan and:

a) maybe subject to some boundary realignments where the assessment and

preparation and approval of more detailed revegetation plans outlined in

policy 7.2.2.2 has not been completed, or

b) is indicative for:

i) regional parkland at Te Ārai, Pākiri, Te Rau Pūriri and Waitawa where

concept plans have not yet been developed,

ii) Ambury, Āwhitu and Waitākere Ranges Regional Parks, and

iii) the Blundell Block in Tāpapakanga.

Explanation:

Habitat restoration and enhancement through revegetation programmes is a major feature

of regional parks. These restore native forest that has been removed in the past, create

wildlife corridors and buffers and complete ecological sequences (refer to section 10.3.2).

Planting is also undertaken for a range of other reasons, as identified in policy 7.2.2.1.

While these revegetation and planting programmes can add significantly to the ecological

and amenity values of the park, sometimes they need to be balanced against the

recreational and other values of the park. To ensure this balance is considered the policy

requires a full assessment be undertaken prior to planting. Revegetation or planting plans

are developed for areas of a park, not an entire park. The scale of these varies as they may

be specific to restoring wetlands across a park, or improving the amenity of a single car

31


park. In some cases the larger plans may be broken down to approximately one hectare

plots which form the basis of community planting days.

All revegetation and planting proposed on the parks is identified on the maps in Volume 2 of

this plan; although in some cases, such as in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park, the scale

of the maps means that the revegetation is indicative and may be subject to realignment.

There may be some amendments to the boundary alignments shown on these maps

following the assessment of the proposed revegetation or planting and the preparation,

consultation on and approval of the revegetation plans. Consultation on proposed planting is

particularly important where there are local residents that may have their amenity or views

impacted by planting or where there are stakeholders with a particular interest in a park.

7.3 Concept and development plans

Objective 7.3

To ensure the layout and development of parks protects the park values and enhances the

quality of the visitor experiences.

Policy:

7.3.1 Prepare concept plans prior to any significant development on a park, as a guide

to the development and management of all new parks, and significant additions

of land to existing parks.

7.3.2 Ensure concept plans consist of and recognise the following components:

a) the objectives and policies of this plan.

b) the vision for the park in relation to its specific values and attributes, and

what it contributes to the regional park network as a whole,

c) the wider context of the park as part of the regional park network and links

to other public open space and facilities,

d) an analysis of the landscape character and features of the park,

e) an analysis of the natural heritage features of the park and its ecological

context,

f) an analysis of the tangata whenua values associated with the park,

g) an analysis of the cultural heritage and history associated with the park,

h) the appropriate range of activities to be accommodated on the park,

i) an indicative layout of the park reflecting the zones outlined in section 7.4

General management zones and 7.5 Special management zones below,

j) the extent and nature of re-vegetation and habitat enhancement

programmes, and

k) the priorities for expenditure on developing and managing the park.

7.3.3 Prepare development plans where significant development or re-development is

proposed on a park, subject to a concept plan having been prepared for the park.

(Note existing concept plans are incorporated in the Volume 2 Maps.)

7.3.4 Ensure development plans for a park, or significant part of a park will, where

appropriate, consist of the following components:

32


a) identification of park features and values, including sites and landscapes of

significance to tangata whenua, and the design measures to protect these,

b) location and design of roads and vehicle parking areas,

c) location, scale and function of buildings,

d) general alignment of track systems,

e) key vistas and view shafts,

f) recreation features such as campgrounds, picnic areas, notice boards,

access gates, lookouts and the like, and

g) re-vegetation and amenity planting.

7.3.5 Identify through the relevant council annual plan, or by way of a formal variation

to this plan, the intention to prepare or make significant amendments to a

concept plan or a development plan, if not already identified in this plan.

7.3.6 Prepare concept plans and development plans as close as possible to the period

when funding is available to implement them, but note these may be subject to

amendment to fit the prevailing economic and funding climate and changes to

the park context.

7.3.7 Apply the generic policies of this plan and the Parks Bylaw 20077 to all land held

for regional park purposes during the interim period, prior to the development of

a concept plan and/or prior to the formal opening of a park.

7.3.8 Ensure all concept plans and development plans are subject to public

consultation and are approved by the Council.

Explanation:

Concept plans are a necessary prelude to the development of all parks. They include the

analysis of the values of the park land and form the basis for the protection and

management of these values. The concept plan provides the context for subsequent

development plans. Concept plans are intended to be a values-based analysis and

prescription for the future development and management of the park.

The layout of a park is governed by the concept and development plans for that park. The

maps contained in Volume 2 of this plan largely incorporate the content of existing concept

plans for the regional parks; including a reviewed concept plan for Ambury (refer to Map 1)

and Cornwallis in the Waitākere Ranges (refer to Map 19.16), and new concept plans for

Ātiu Creek (refer to Maps 2.1 and 2.2), the regional park land at Te Ārai (refer to Map 16)

and the Schischka Block at Wenderholm (refer to Map 21). The regional park land at Pākiri,

Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park, and the regional park land at Waitawa are yet to have concept

plans prepared for them and have not been formally developed and opened for full public

use. These parks are, however, included in this plan and are subject to the general policies

in Parts 6 to 16 and specific policies in Part 16, and the Parks Bylaw 2007. The maps in

Volume 2 relating to these regional parks (refer to maps 10, 17 and 20 respectively)

therefore represent ‘interim’ concept plans.

7 The Parks Bylaw 2007 are available on the ARC website: www.arc.govt.nz

33


There will be a need to develop new concept plans or development plans during the life of

this plan. This will occur where new parks or additions to existing parks are purchased

during the life of this plan, or where there have been significant changes at existing parks

that require re-consideration of the park design or layout. The factors to be considered in the

preparation of concept plans and/or development plans for the parks are outlined in the

policies above.

Interim concept plans may be prepared in advance of a park being developed and opened

for public use, in order to allow the council to manage the land in the interim in a way that

does not compromise its eventual development and use, and is consistent with the general

objectives and policies of this plan. Full public use will generally only occur after a concept

plan has been prepared, necessary facilities, such as parking and toilets, have been

developed.

However, in most cases, the public will have the right to make informal use of the park,

such as walking or picnicking, prior to the full development of the park, providing they

realise that facilities may not be available and they respect the values of the land. During

these interim periods, the general policies of this plan outlined in Parts 7 to 14 and the Parks

Bylaw 2007 will apply. Some land, purchased for regional park purposes, may have had

recreational activity on it approved by the prior owner. The future continuance of such uses

is not guaranteed and will be re-assessed when the long-term objectives and the concept

plan for the park is determined.

Development plans outline the development proposals in detail, and are a precursor to the

commissioning of full landscape, architectural or engineering designs and contract drawings.

Development plans should not be prepared without a concept plan having first being

prepared. The concept plan and development plan can however be developed together, if

necessary. The timing of the preparation of development plans is important. They should

not be prepared unless there is an intention to proceed with the development of the park

and the funding is guaranteed. That is, they run the danger of getting out of date if prepared

too far ahead of their potential implementation.

As the concept and development plans represent a formal amendment to this plan, at least

one of them should be prepared in consultation with the public and other stakeholders, if

not already contained in this plan. The intention to prepare concept and development plans

must therefore be notified, either through the relevant annual plan for the year the work will

be undertaken, or by way of a formal variation to this plan.

7.4 General management zones

Objective 7.4:

To avoid or minimise the impacts of human activity and development on the park values,

quality of visitor experience and overall ambience of the park.

Policy:

7.4.1 Ensure the layout, development and management of parks is based on the

following general management zones:

a) Park entry

This zone has two purposes. First, it contains pre-entry information located

outside the park indicating that a regional park is nearby and giving directions by

using standard road signs with the park name. Secondly, the zone includes entry

and orientation information identifying the park, provide a welcoming and safe

34


entry to the park and give general information to the park user, including the

park’s closure times. Automatic gates may be located at this point. These will be

open during the prescribed opening times and, while closed to vehicular entry

after hours, will allow vehicles to exit.

b) Main access road

This zone gives the park user an introduction to the park, get the visitor safely to

the main arrival zone within the park with the minimum of confusion and, if

possible, provide an overview of the key features and attributes of the park. The

main access road will generally be sealed, except where sealing would be

inappropriate to the character of the park or not warranted on the basis of traffic

movement and maintenance costs.

c) Main arrival area

This is the primary stopping place and vehicle parking zone for the park. It

contains the main concentration of park facilities and services. It controls the

extent of the visitor impact on the park’s overall ambience and provides a

muster area where people can be informed and directed to park destinations

and experiences.

This area includes the main vehicle parking, main signage containing information

about the park’s key features and facilities, park regulations, orientation maps

and brochures. An emergency telephone or emergency contact details will be

provided and, where necessary, surveillance systems may operate. Toilets and

drinking water will be provided in this area, where practicable.

The arrival area may contain a staffed visitor centre, such as Arataki in the

Waitākere Ranges and at Wenderholm Regional Park.

d) Secondary arrival areas

A number of secondary arrival areas may be provided on larger parks, such as

the Hūnua Ranges and Waitākere Ranges Regional Parks. These will often be at

track entrances and may replicate some of the elements found in the main

arrival such as car parking, notice boards, directional signs and toilets.

e) Park destinations

The park destinations are the main areas where people are likely to congregate

for specific activities. These include picnic and recreation areas where informal

games can be played, playgrounds, campsites and sites containing significant

features of interest, such as views and historic features.

The area may include facilities such as picnic tables, seats, barbecues, drinking

water, toilets and shade structures, where necessary, to facilitate informal

recreation activities, and where the facilities will not have significant adverse

impacts on the park environment.

f) Tracks and trails

Track and trail systems are often the major recreation facility on many parks.

These facilitate access to key features and destinations on the park and/or

provide recreational opportunities for walking, tramping, biking and horse riding.

Park roads and service lanes also act as walking tracks and trails for horses and

cycling unless restrictions are necessary for operational and safety reasons.

35


g) Special facility areas

These are areas within park land, which, through historic, contractual or

operational reasons may be at variance with the park classification, or have

levels of development and use which will be limited to those specific sites.

These include, golf courses, park operations depots, residential lodges that are

exclusively used by licensees and/or can be reserved for the exclusive use of

individuals and groups, such as kiwi-experience baches.

Explanation:

Human activities tend to concentrate at specific localities on the parks, such as arrival areas,

key destinations (eg picnic areas, lookout points and the like) and on the park track systems.

The greatest impacts of activities tend to occur at these localities. In this plan, these areas

are designated as ‘general management zones’ and are the focus for the management of

visitor activity on the parks.

The general management zones described above define the typical level of service and

facilities that visitors might expect to find in each type of zone.

Another purpose of the general management zones is to provide legibility to the parks, and

to manage park values and visitor activity. Outside these nodes, management will focus on

protecting and enhancing the qualities of the park consistent with the classification for that

park

The activities and associated facilities will generally group in particular areas that reflect how

people tend to enter and use the park. That is, there will be a particular range of activities

and associated facilities involved at the entry to the park, the main arrival area and key

destinations within the park, and so forth.

The appropriateness of activities on the parks is determined by the policies in Part 13

Recreation and use management and Part 17 Park-specific management. The

appropriateness and location of each activity will be determined by the design and

development policies in Part 7 Integrated management framework and Part 14

Infrastructure, and should be reflected in the development of the concept and development

plans for each individual park.

The development of park facilities and infrastructure can involve physical changes to the

location through excavation, vegetation and habitat disturbance and the visual intrusion of

buildings and structures. Cumulatively, these changes can adversely affect the natural

ambience of the park as a whole and impact on the park values.

Generally, park facilities and infrastructure will be limited to those necessary to serve the

permitted and controlled activities on the park, consistent with the park class and the

purpose of the management zone (refer to Management principle 12).

Limits on the type, nature and frequency of activities may be imposed if they are deemed to

pose a threat to the qualities of an area or the quality of visitor experience in a management

zone (refer to Management principle 13).

The type of facilities and infrastructure will vary according to the type of park they are

located in, the number of visitors, and the type of activity to be provided for. The differences

between the park classes will therefore need to be considered in conjunction with the zone

type when assessing the provision of facilities and infrastructure within individual parks, and

the level and type of activity to be provided there.

36


Figure 2 below identifies the typical relationships between the general management zones

in a hypothetical park.

Figure 3 General management zones (schematic)

The remainder of the park outside the management zones will be managed as farmed and

natural settings in accordance with the classification of the parks. People will generally be

able to access those areas but should not expect to find facilities there, apart from tracks

through the areas.

There are areas within many parks that offer a feeling of remoteness or wilderness. Many of

these areas are relatively accessible and are becoming increasingly popular with casual

visitors. There is a need to manage the level of access to these areas and to limit the level

and type of infrastructure to ensure that the special character of these locations is not

threatened.

Some areas contain natural and cultural features that are especially sensitive to human

activity, such as historic structures, archaeological sites, wetlands, wildlife habitats or areas,

and require a higher level of management.

Some areas may also contain major features and visitor attractions that increase recreation

demand in an area, such as waterfalls, eg, Hūnua Falls (Hūnua Ranges) or visitor centres.

Such areas will be managed as ‘Special management zones’ (refer to section 7.5 below)

37


7.5 Special management zones

Objective 7.5:

To manage the impacts of human activity and development in high use areas and minimise

the impacts on the specific values, quality of visitor experience and ambience of sensitive

locations in the parks.

Policy:

7.5.1 Apply the specific policies for special management zones identified for each park

in the park specific policies contained in Part 17, taking into account the

following:

a) the purpose of the special management zone, identifying its key features

and values, including any special or sensitive natural, historic, landscape and

tangata whenua values,

b) the intended nature and quality of experience for visitors,

c) the primary management focus for the locality, and

d) the management actions that will ensure visitor activity is contained within

defined levels and the values of the locality are retained.

7.5.2 Impose specific limits on some activities in a special management zone if they

pose a threat to the park values, or the quality of visitor experience.

Explanation:

There may be circumstances that require a different level of management than would

normally be provided in a particular class of park. For example, some areas may contain

natural and cultural features that are especially sensitive to human activity which may

require separate operational or conservation plans. These would include areas such as

historic precincts, archaeological sites, sites and areas of significant to tangata whenua,

wetlands, dune systems and wildlife habitats.

This situation is especially applicable in the large parks, such as the Waitākere and Hūnua

Ranges, where there is a need to apply specific policies that recognise the unique values of

the locality or the proposed activities do not conform fully to the class of the park. For

example, Whatipu Scientific Reserve, in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park, will be

managed in a way that limits visitor impacts because of its highly sensitive values and its

status as a ‚scientific reserve‛ under the Reserves Act 1977. Similarly, the Kokako

Recovery Management Area in the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and the Open Sanctuaries

at Tāwharanui and Shakespear Regional Parks are recognised as special management

zones. Special policies have been developed to achieve the desired outcomes in these

areas.

Other areas contain popular features and visitor attractions that have high visitation

numbers, or may be chosen to act as a focus for visitor activity in order to divert pressure

from the park at large. These would include areas such as natural features (eg waterfalls,

viewpoints and the like) visitor centres, education facilities and special or popular recreation

areas. For example, Arataki Visitor Centre, in the Waitākere Ranges, will be managed as a

focus for visitor activity in a way which is contrary to the general policies that would apply to

a Class I park.

38


7.6 Management Tools

Objective 7.6:

To ensure that the objectives of this plan can be achieved and the policies of this plan can

be effectively implemented using a range of management techniques.

Policy:

7.6.1 Deploy a mix of management tools including but not limited to those set out

below, to ensure that visitor activity is appropriate, does not detract from the

park setting and ecosystems and does not detract from park enjoyment of other

park users. These may include:

a) ranger presence

b) promoting and facilitating acceptable activities,

c) placing conditions on specified activities,

d) placing limits or caps on activities,

e) prohibiting inappropriate activities,

f) managing demand by the provision of facilities and services,

g) travel demand management,

h) site modification,

i) farming,

j) public education, including promoting stewardship of the parks and wider

environment,

k) on-site interpretation,

l) codes of practice and conditions of consent,

m) codes of conduct,

n) agreements, protocols and accreditation

o) licensing of operators,

p) bylaws,

q) pricing instruments, or

r) marketing and promotion,

Explanation:

Within the framework provided by the park classification and the activity management

zones there is a range of management tools that can be used to manage the visitor impacts

on the regional parks. Many of them can be used in combination, depending on the issue

and the characteristics of the location to be managed. This is not an exclusive list and new

and refined techniques may be implemented from time to time.

a) Ranger presence

A point of difference with Auckland’s regional parks is that they are managed by ranger

staff. The rangers help park visitors to learn about the parks and get the most out of their

39


visit to the park and may also manage inappropriate behaviour. The Parks Bylaw 2007

empowers the park rangers to enforce the policies of this plan (refer to section 16.3

Bylaws).

b) Promoting and facilitating permitted activities.

This involves identifying activities that are known to be compatible and suitable for the park

environment. They will usually be casual and low-impact activities such as picnicking,

walking, and tramping and the like. These are identified in this plan as permitted activities

(refer to section 13.3).

c) Placing conditions on specified activities

This involves placing pre-conditions on where, when and how an activity might take place

(refer to section 13.4 Controlled activities) or evaluating the proposal prior to it being

approved and placing suitable conditions on it (refer to section 13.5 Discretionary activities).

d) Placing limits or caps on activities

This involves setting a limit on the number of times an activity can take place in a particular

location in order to minimise the impact on the locality, to allow the area to recover from

impacts of the activity or the ensure that others have the opportunity to enjoy the locality.

Currently, caps only exist in some special management zones in the Waitākere Ranges.

(Refer specifically to policies 17.19.4.28, 64, 148, 192, 213, 246 and 263).

e) Prohibiting inappropriate activities

Some activities are clearly inappropriate on regional parks or in certain localities. For

example, activities on dunes or the release of pest animals (refer to section 13.6, Prohibited

activities).

f) Managing demand by the provision of facilities and services

Facilities, such as car parking, boat ramps, campgrounds, can be used to manage the

intensity of activity at particular locations. This tool may promote use at a locality, or limit

activity where it would result in destroying a sensitive feature or ecosystem or the quality of

a visitor experience through over-crowding (refer to Part 14 Infrastructure).

g) Travel demand management

Most visitors currently arrive at the parks by private car, and while this is the norm, it has

impacts on the park values. It has environmental consequences; such as increasing run-off

from impervious car park surfaces and impacts on the natural character of the parks,

especially the visual amenity of the parks. The use of private vehicles increases the carbon

footprint of the parks, and the increasing costs of travel can limit the ability of some groups

to enjoy the parks, especially the more distant parks. The use of private vehicles can be

reduced by the provision of public or group transport options. Public transport is feasible for

events on most parks but may require incentives and subsidies to be viable in other

circumstances (refer to section 8.3 Travel demand management).

Another aspect to this equation is the provision of car parking. While car parking will be

provided at most parks, the need to expand parking will be evaluated and alternatives

carefully considered before committing to providing additional parking spaces (refer to Part

14 Infrastructure).

h) Site modification

Deliberate modification of a site can influence the type of activity it can accommodate. This

can be achieved through planting or merely allowing the grass to grow, to deter movement

or activities, such as picnicking. Facilities such as tracks can be made suitable for heavier

40


levels of use by hardening the surface of the ground or building a structure. However, this

also has the consequence of reducing the naturalness of the location and should only be

used when no other option exists (refer to Part 14 Infrastructure).

i) Farming

Farming, including woodlots, is carried out on the regional parks for a number of reasons,

including the management of open landscapes and vistas, to provide open grassland

ecology settings, as recreation settings, to provide access to the region’s farming heritage

and as a land management and educational tool. (Refer to Part 12 Farmed settings).

j) Public education

While most park visitors respect both the park environment and other users, it can be useful

to remind people of appropriate behaviour on a park through public education. This may

include: park brochures, notice boards, park codes of conduct, and public meetings or

meetings with interested parties.

Education can instil a sense of care and increase awareness of park values and the natural

environment in general; eg, how parks can assist in mitigating and adapting to the impacts

of climate change. This can be achieved through supporting volunteer groups, education

programmes and the demonstration of sustainable management practices. (Refer to section

13.2 Visitor services).

k) On-site interpretation

On-site interpretation can help park visitors to learn about and get the most out of their visit.

It can also be used to teach people about appropriate responses to situations on the park,

such as safety issues, or issues requiring a particular response, for example, the spread of

weeds or pathogens (refer to section 13.2.5 Interpretation and section 10.4 Biosecurity and

Introduced plants, animals and pathogens).

l) Codes of practice and conditions of consent

Codes of practice can be by way of mutual agreement between the council and other

parties, or attached as terms of consent to activities for which specific approval is sought

(refer to sections 13.4 Controlled activities and 13.5 Discretionary activities).

m) Codes of conduct

Codes of conduct are a form of public education and can be used to target particular

activities by making them available as pamphlets, handouts or posting them on notice

boards, attaching the code to the activity approval form or making them a condition of

people undertaking the activity on the park (refer to section 13.2.3 Promotion and

information services)

n) Agreements, protocols and accreditation

Agreements, protocols and instruments, such as memoranda of understanding, can be used

to establish and maintain appropriate behaviour and require concessionaires and the like to

provide their service in a way that promotes council values and is compatible with park

values. Accreditation is also a means of ensuring that the operator undertaking an activity on

the park is aware of and will respect the protocols applying to the park. Where they have a

proven record they may be identified as preferred supplier, especially where there may be

competition for the use of a scarce park resource. They might be selected through a tender

or similar selection mechanism (refer to section 13.5 Discretionary activities).

41


o) Licensing of operators

Licensing can be used when people wish to use the park for private profit or for providing a

particular service not normally provided on the park. The licence can set where, when and

how an operation occurs and can be used to spread the load of activity at popular locations

(refer to section 13.5 Discretionary activities).

p) Bylaws

While the plan sets out the activities and development permitted on the parks, the

management of visitor behaviour, such as noisy or offensive behaviour, is generally

managed under the Parks Bylaw 2007 prepared in terms of Section 149 of the Local

Government Act 2002 (refer to section 16.3 Bylaws).

q) Pricing instruments

Pricing instruments, such as setting a price on the provision of a service, can be used to

control the level and type of activity. The pricing of park services is reviewed annually by the

council and published as the Recreation Pricing Schedule (refer to section 13.1.7 Charges on

services and administration fees).

r) Marketing and promotion

Promoting a park or a park activity can be used to increase the number of visitors. In this

way marketing can be used to help redistribute activity across the network of parks by

promoting some parks over others (refer to section 13.2.3 Promotion and information

services

7.7 Research, monitoring and benchmarking

Objective 7.7:

To understand:

a) the values of the park and ensure they are effectively protected,

b) the value that people place on the parks and ensure the parks stay relevant to peoples’

needs, and

c) the level of activity of the parks and the impacts on park values.

Policy:

7.7.1 Enable, support and/or initiate research that facilitates or advances management

of the regional parks network research either in partnership with other agencies,

by independent agencies or as part of university programmes.

7.7.2 Undertake research and periodically record on the attributes and values of the

parks, including baseline environmental ‘state- and- pressure’ research on:

a) the park’s natural values,

b) the landscape qualities of the parks and their surroundings,

c) the tangata whenua history of the park and values associated with the park,

d) the European history and heritage values of the park, and

e) the cultural heritage resources on the parks.

42


7.7.3 Monitor and periodically report on the state of the biodiversity of the parks, in

liaison with key stakeholders, including:

a) The nature and state of the parks’ biodiversity and changes to these,

including:

i) forest and vegetation health,

ii) native frogs, skinks, geckos, invertebrates and bats to assess spatial

distribution and population dynamics,

iii) targeted pair counts of threatened and re-introduced species, such as

NZ Dotterel and Kokako, and

iv) waterways and the adjoining marine environment.

b) The nature of threats to park biodiversity, namely:

i) pest plants,

ii) mammalian pests, such as possums, deer, goats and pigs,

iii) rats in areas where there are intensive pest control programmes (eg,

Shakespear and Tāwharanui Open Sanctuaries, Hūnua Falls and the

Kokako Management Area), and

iv) pathogens, such as kauri dieback disease, including monitoring plots

and efficacy of control programmes.

c) The impact of visitors on park biodiversity, namely:

i) the nature and scale of activities, including, the potentials to spread of

pest plants and pathogens, and

ii) the nature of illegal activities such as illegal mountain biking and off-

track activity in sensitive ecosystems.

7.7.4 Monitor and periodically report on the impacts of visitor activities on the park

values and infrastructure, including:

a) the impacts, including the cumulative impacts, of casual and discretionary

activities on park values and other park users, and

b) the level of use and condition of park infrastructure, including tracks, the

safety of visitor structures, and the planned maintenance and improvements

to these.

7.7.5 Undertake research and periodically report on recreational and use needs and

the representation of different visitor groups on the parks, including:

a) public awareness, preferences and satisfaction with features of the park

including overall satisfaction with park visits,

b) public use and expectations for the parks,

c) the barriers to their enjoyment of the parks,

d) different cultural needs,

e) the motivations for and nature of visitor activity on the parks,

f) visitor profiles, including the origin of visitors,

g) incident numbers, types and mitigation measures, and

h) suggestions for improvements.

43


7.7.6 Undertake research and periodically report on the implications of general

recreation trends, including:

a) regional and national recreation trends and management techniques,

b) trends in recreation and use activities on regional parks,

c) ways of adapting management approaches to achieve best outcomes on

regional parks, and

d) benchmarking and networking with other park agencies on management

techniques, programmes and policies.

7.7.7 Monitor and periodically report on controlled and discretionary activities,

including the:

a) occupancy of camping grounds, baches and lodges,

b) benchmarking of costs and charging,

c) number, type, location and footprint of activities, including discretionary

activities,

d) compliance with consent, lease and licence conditions, and

e) the processing of applications (including timeframes and decisions).

7.7.8 Monitor and periodically report on progress on implementing the management

policies contained in this plan, their implications and effectiveness, and include

in the five yearly States of the Regional Park Network and Service report (refer

to section 16.7 Reporting).

Explanation:

Research and monitoring is critical if the regional parks are to retain their values, the

qualities that the public say they value, and the qualities this generation of park managers

and stewards wish to see handed on to future generations. Monitoring is an essential part

of effective management of the park assets and to help ensure the regional parks stay

relevant to peoples’ needs and expectations. Baseline environmental monitoring and the

monitoring of visitor activity will, where appropriate and necessary, be employed to assess

the level and nature of impacts on the park values.

Perceived impacts, such as disturbance to the quiet enjoyment of the parks, are more

difficult to quantify and manage. In these situations, the council will rely on mechanisms

such as comment cards, public surveys and visitor intercept surveys to gauge the public’s

and visitor’s expectations of issues on the parks.

The adverse physical impacts of activities usually involve impacts on:

water quality (eg, sedimentation),

soil stability (eg, erosion),

vegetation,

sensitive ecosystems,

wildlife, especially ground nesting birds, and

natural ambience by visual intrusions, artificial light, noise and the like.

44


The track systems are particularly important as they are one of the main ways that people

experience the parks, and one of the ways that the council contains the impacts of people

on the parks’ sensitive values. The level of use and the wear and tear on tracks will be

systematically monitored, especially in the Hūnua Ranges and Waitākere Ranges Regional

Parks, and appropriate maintenance regimes will be developed (refer to section 14.3 Track

network). Surveillance is also needed to monitor the impact of track use on the ecological

health of the park land, particularly for pathogens such as kauri dieback disease.

It is often difficult to define acceptable levels of activity in terms of their potential or actual

impacts on a range of values, or to set the levels of acceptable change for these. As a

general rule, the council will therefore take a cautious approach and act to avoid adverse

impacts if these are likely, where an impact will be difficult to manage or is likely to be

irreversible. In this context, discretionary activities may be managed or limited in favour of

informal activities on the parks. Furthermore, the number of visitors to a specific locality

may be limited by limiting or reducing visitor infrastructure, such as car parking.

A special feature of the regional parks is that they are managed by park rangers who,

amongst other things, are responsible for the following:

the maintenance of the park settings,

the surveillance of the impacts of activity on the parks,

minimising conflict between users, and

enhancing the visitor experience through providing information and security.

Rangers will act to mitigate any obvious adverse impacts and conflicts when they occur.

However, the cumulative effect of activities, both formal and informal, may only become

apparent over time and will require long term monitoring. The impact of events on parks

requires specific monitoring and different types of management, which are outlined in

section 13.6 Discretionary activities. The council will also work with tangata whenua to

monitor the adverse impacts on the values they associate with the parks (refer to Part 9).

Ongoing monitoring and the evaluation of the recreation and use activity on regional parks

help to determine whether the management objectives in the plan are being met and

remain relevant. Where the management objectives are not being met, the council will

consider adapting its management techniques, for example, by changing the conditions

under which certain activities operate. The outcome of the monitoring and evaluation will be

part of the five yearly State of the Regional Park Network and Services report (refer to

section 16.7 Reporting)

Section 13.5 Discretionary activities, outlines the approval process for independent research

programmes. Research and monitoring may be undertaken in conjunction with other park

and recreation agencies, tangata whenua, the Department of Conservation, and friends

groups and volunteers, where appropriate.

45


8. Sustainable Management

This part of the plan deals with how the parks will be managed sustainably to ensure they

retain their values now and that these are available in the future and for future generations

to enjoy.

The Local Government Act 2002 requires the council to deliver prudent stewardship and

make efficient and effective use of the region’s resources. This requires a ‚sustainable

development approach‛ in everything it does, taking into account:

the social, economic and cultural wellbeing of people and communities,

the need to maintain and enhance the quality of the environment, and

the reasonable foreseeable needs of future generations.

The regional parks represent high value environments of national significance. The council

will deliver exemplary levels of practice across a range of sustainable management

techniques. The council recognises that there is also a strong public expectation that the

regional parks will be managed in a sustainable manner, and is committed to ensuring that

all aspects of its operations, service delivery and decision-making processes are aligned to

the principles of sustainability.

The council will endeavour to foster the principle of stewardship amongst all park users. The

key messages about caring for the environment will be conveyed through a variety of

programmes such as environmental education programmes (refer to section 13.2.4).on-park

interpretation (refer to section 13.2.5), and the support of community partnerships (refer to

section 13.2.6). For tangata whenua, sustainability is anchored in a worldview built on a

holistic philosophy that recognises, values and treasures the interconnectedness of

everything and everyone. This plan recognises the role of tangata whenua as kaitiaki and

their special relationships with and aspirations for the regional parks (refer to Part 9).

Over the life of this plan, the Auckland region will face change from global forces, such as

climate change, and local trends, such as high population growth. The policies in this plan

provide a framework that will meet these challenges and assist in a regional response.

There are opportunities for the regional parks to mitigate the impacts of climate change, but

there will also be challenges in adapting to these impacts.

The council will take an environmentally sustainable management approach to the farmed

parks (refer to section 12.3), while ensuring the public are able to fully access and enjoy the

parks. This recognises that the primary focus of these parks is to retain the countryside

landscapes that support conservation and recreation, and protect the cultural and heritage

values of these landscapes. Shakespear and Tāwharanui Open Sanctuaries are important

examples of conservation programmes implemented in a farmed setting, while not

compromising recreation opportunities.

Sustainable management of the parks is discussed below in its component parts. These are:

climate change,

environmental best practice, including energy, water and wastewater management, and

materials (procurement, use and waste),

travel demand management, and

natural hazards.

46


Sustainable management practices can also be found in the sections of this Plan relating to

the management of the natural, cultural and farmed settings and the development of

infrastructure on the parks (refer also to Parts 10, 11, 12 and 14).

8.1 Climate Change

8.1.1 Mitigation

Objective 8.1.1:

To improve the capacity of parks to mitigate the impacts of climate change by increasing

net carbon sequestration and reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.

Policy:

8.1.1.1 Continue to monitor GHG emissions on each park.

8.1.1.2 Assess and quantify the potential and actual co-benefits of sustainable soil and

land management practices in terms of carbon sequestration.

8.1.1.3 Establish farm nutrient plans for each of the farmed parks to improve the land

management practices, to reduce agriculturally derived GHG emissions (refer

also to section 12.3 Sustainable farming practices).

8.1.1.4 Maximise the carbon sink benefits of vegetation by:

a) continuing revegetation of the parks as part of ecological restoration

programmes in accordance with section 10.3.2,

b) reducing competition to native vegetation by continuing weed control

programmes in accordance with section 10.4.2,

c) continuing to control browsing pest mammals, such as possum, deer, goats

and pigs in accordance with section 10.4.3, and

d) employing successional planting of existing forested lots, where there is a

demonstrable advantage to carbon credits and no net loss to the park’s

natural, recreational or landscape values.

Explanation:

New Zealand has international obligations to reduce its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions

under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the

Kyoto Protocol. An amendment to the Resource Management Act in 20048 introduced a

requirement that councils give particular regard to the effects of climate change.

Reducing GHG emissions presents some challenges in regard to parks’ farming practices

(refer to section 12.3) and how the council encourages visitors to travel distances to the

parks and the modes of transport they choose, particularly to the more remote parks (refer

to section 8.3 Travel demand management). Monitoring parks’ GHG emissions and

exploring methods to reduce these will be ongoing.

Climate change is expected to have profound impacts on the region’s natural environment,

along with impacts on the economy and people’s lifestyles. Based on current knowledge

8 The Resource Management (Energy and Climate Change) Amendment Act 2004(section 7(i))

47


and under moderate projections9 the Auckland region could experience pronounced climatic

variation in the short, medium and long term. These impacts include: hotter average

temperatures; increased incidence and severity of extreme weather events (eg, floods,

droughts and storms); lower average annual rainfall patterns with increased rain in the west

of the region and less in the east; more prevalent westerly winds; more evaporation; rising

sea levels with higher storm surge and waves increasing the risk of erosion and salt water

intrusion; and a possible change to a more El Niño-like average state.

Particular impacts on the region’s environment that will effect parks management include:

alterations to species phenology (eg, breeding times) and geographic range, with

currently rare or threatened species potentially becoming extinct,

shifts in ecosystem or vegetation types with subsequent changes in habitat quality

and distribution, and potential habitat loss and fragmentation,

accelerated growth of forests and vegetation but native ecosystems could be invaded

by exotic species,

changes in the distribution, abundance and impact of pests, weeds, pathogens and

diseases,

increased fire risk,

loss of water supply and water quality through droughts,

contamination and sedimentation of coastal and estuarine habitats as a result of

increased stormwater flows and saltwater intrusion,

increase in erosion of coastal areas, along watercourses and in steep areas due to

extreme weather conditions which will result in the loss of land, coastal vegetation

and breeding grounds, and

significant impacts on cultural heritage sites through erosion, particularly sites of

significance to tangata whenua as so many of these are located within coastal areas.

The regional parks offer opportunities to mitigate the effects of climate change, particularly

through the contribution made to carbon sinks by the existing large tracts of vegetation and

future revegetation programmes. The policies outlined in sections 10.3 and 10.4 in regard to

ecological enhancement and biosecurity will assist in this.

Possums can induce canopy collapse in some ecosystems types, while deer and goats in

particular, can clean out or reduce the density of forest understory. Consequently, these

browsers impact the carbon sequestration potential of forests and reducing their numbers is

important to minimise this impact.

An opportunity exists for the council to show leadership by implementing low carbon

technologies in park operations (refer to section 8.2 Environmental best practice).

9 New Zealand Climate Change Office (2008) Preparing for climate change: A guide for local government in New Zealand.

Ministry for the Environment, Wellington, New Zealand.

48


8.1.2 Adaptation

Objective 8.1.2:

To improve the resilience and adaptability of the regional parks network to the effects of

climate change and associated impacts.

Policy:

8.1.2.1 Monitor and assess the effects of climate change on the regional parks, taking

into consideration the viability of ecosystems, coastal inundation and erosion,

and the incursion of pest plants and pathogens.

8.1.2.2 Ensure the likely impacts of climate change are considered in long term planning

and decision making, including:

a) the purchase of regional parks,

b) pest management strategies,

c) managed retreat of infrastructure, and

d) when determining the location and low impact design of new park

infrastructure.

8.1.2.3 Enhance the viability, diversity and connectivity of the parks’ ecosystems to

improve their resilience to the effects of climate change (refer to policies

10.3.1.7 and 10.3.2.1).

8.1.2.4 Employ adaptive management practices on the farm parks (refer to section 12.3

Sustainable farming practices).

Explanation:

The potential impacts of climate change, including coastal erosion, need to be considered in

future parks planning. This will determine the location or potential relocation of

infrastructure, such as buildings, parking areas or wastewater systems in vulnerable areas

(refer to section 8.4 Natural hazards). Programmes such as dune restoration will also assist

in slowing coastal erosion. So that landscapes values are not compromised by coastal

erosion, replacement trees, such as pohutukawa, will be planted as outlined in policy

10.1.2.2.

Increasing the ecological integrity of existing ecosystems is necessary to improve the

resilience of these ecosystems to climate change induced threats, such as pathogens,

droughts and floods. Invasive species are also expected to become an increasing threat due

to climate change; however, their impact is likely to be reduced in healthy indigenous

ecosystems.

Improving connectivity and links between ecosystem types, sequences and gradients, will

be especially important, particularly lowland to upland, coastal to inland, and marine to

freshwater gradients. This will likely increase the viability and resilience of indigenous plants

and animals by improving access to a greater variety of habitat types and increasing their

ability to disperse across the landscape. These are necessary responses to changing

climatic conditions, and will be particularly important for threatened species where parks

provide some of the last refuges for them. Examples of adaptive management practices on

farmed parks would be changing stock breeds and grass species to those more suited to

projected climate changes.

49


8.2 Environmental Best Practice

8.2.1 Environmental best practice

Objective 8.2:

To manage the park resources and environment by using environmental best practice.

Policy:

8.2.1 Ensure that the council, park licensees, concessionaires, consent holders and

volunteers in developing and managing park facilities and activities:

a) follow best environmental practices,

b) seek to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects arising from existing

facilities or management practices, and

c) obtain all necessary RMA consents, permits or approvals before proceeding

with any development or maintenance works.

Explanation:

Environmental best practice is currently demonstrated in a range of council programmes,

such as riparian management, dune restoration, stormwater action programmes, pest

control techniques, addressing the use of vehicles on beaches and litter management.

Developing and managing park facilities and activities, by the council and park licensees,

may have adverse effects on the park environment. Public opinion, environmental

legislation, and regional and district plans promote (and in some cases require) the use of

environmental best practice by all people undertaking activities which may have effects on

the environment. The council has also produced an array of technical publications that

provide guidance on best practice.

The Resource Management Act 1991(RMA), and the Building Act 2004 play a regulatory role

in the sustainable management of the parks (refer also to Appendix 2). The Historic Places

Act 1993 requires an authority be obtained from the Historic Places Trust for works that

may destroy, damage or modify an archaeological site. The Trust’s authority sets out

conditions which require best practice in mitigating the effects of an activity on the

archaeological site.

Environmental best practice covers the use of energy, water and materials. The Parks

Sustainability Programme, as outlined in policy 8.2.2.1 below, will cover all these aspects

from an operational perspective.

8.2.2 Energy, water, waste and procurement of materials

Objective 8.2.2:

To demonstrate environmental best practice across the regional parks’ assets and

operations that:

a) improve energy use and efficiency,

b) reduce water use and improving water quality, and

c) ensure the efficient use of resources and the appropriate disposal of waste.

50


Policy:

8.2.2.1 Implement a Parks’ Sustainability Programme that:

a) uses low-carbon or renewable energy sources and technologies, where

practical,

b) minimises operational use of council vehicles on and between parks,

including consideration of alternate modes of transport,

c) improves vehicle fleet fuel efficiency, including the potential use of biofuels

and electric vehicles,

d) incorporates green building practices, including the efficient use of energy,

in the design and development of new park infrastructure and capital works

projects (refer to policy 14.1.3.i),

e) implements water conservation strategies,

f) progressively upgrades water, stormwater and wastewater management

systems, (refer to section 14.11)

g) develops and implements a waste minimisation programme which

recognises the waste hierarchy,

h) promotes ‚rubbish-free parks‛ by requiring park visitors and consent,

concessionaire, lease and licence holders to remove any rubbish they bring

or generate on the park, except at designated vehicle-based campgrounds

and the less remote baches where rubbish and recycling collection will be

provided,

i) introduces organic waste recycling / composting in vehicle based

campgrounds, and

j) keeps parks litter-free by undertaking regular cleaning of parks and the

coastlines along parks to reduce the impact of litter on park values and the

wider environment.

8.2.2.2 Implement sustainable procurement practices across all parks’ operations,

including:

a) supporting suppliers that demonstrate sustainable and ethical materials

procurement, and

b) favouring products that have a lower environmental impact across their

`dust to dust’ life cycle10.

Explanation:

The regional parks offer an opportunity for the council to showcase low-carbon and

renewable energy sources, and low impact technology in park buildings and infrastructure.

Energy efficiency initiatives will be introduced through the implementation of the Park

Sustainability Programme. The programme will be reported to the public through

information provided on the website, in brochures, interpretation and educational

programmes.

10 The dust to dust life cycle is an assessment of the energy cost and environmental impact of a product or service; from raw

material production, manufacture, distribution, use and disposal including all intervening transportation steps.

http://www.answers.com/topic/raw-material-1

http://www.answers.com/topic/raw-material-1

51


Ranger staff and contractors working on the parks require the use of vehicles, but this use

should be minimised and should model best practice. The council has developed a standard

operating procedure for the use of vehicles on beaches and dunes to ensure the negative

impacts associated with this are minimised and intends to broaden this standard operating

procedure to cover all staff vehicle use (refer to policy 13.3.5.3). It will also ensure that

council staff and contractors are role modelling the behaviour expected of the public. In

some circumstances, alternate modes of transport, such as bikes, can be used for patrolling

areas of parkland.

Green building practices aim to reduce the environmental impact of a building or structure

by using design and technologies that are resource efficient. These will be incorporated into

all new buildings and structures. Existing buildings will be retrofitted to achieve the same

standards, where practical.

Improving water use across the park network will be explored through low impact design;

including water harvesting and wastewater reuse opportunities, and installing water saving

measures, such as low flush toilet systems. Improvements to stormwater quality can be

achieved through day-lighting streams (returning them to their natural form), riparian

planting, the use of porous paving and other techniques that reduce run-off and

sedimentation.

Public use of the regional parks means it is inevitable that waste will be generated within

the parks. Since waste generation cannot be avoided entirely, it is important that it is

disposed of in a manner that does not detract from park values. Park visitors, licence

holders, event organisers and concessionaires need to be aware that they must accept

responsibility for their personal rubbish and rubbish generated by their operations.

A ‚rubbish-free parks‛ policy (refer to policy 13.1.1.1.l) is promoted in the regional parks,

with no provision of rubbish bins. Exceptions to this are bins, including recycling bins,

provided in the vehicle-accessible campgrounds and the collection provided in the less-

remote baches. Organic waste composting bins will be progressively provided at these

campgrounds. In addition, large scale events and retail outlets that generate rubbish will be

required to adhere to the waste hierarchy and minimise waste generation, which may

include the provision of recycling bins and education around their use.

Education is the preferred means of promoting the concept of responsible rubbish disposal

to park visitors. The council will seek to increase the public’s awareness of the ‚rubbish-free

parks‛ policy and understanding of ways to minimise rubbish through reduction, reuse and

recycling.

All licence holders and concessionaires will be required to assume responsibility for the

disposal of all rubbish resulting from their operation. If they are reliant on a park-operated

system, a contribution may be required towards that service.

All parks operational staff, cleaning contractors, park visitors and volunteers have a role in

keeping parks rubbish free. Litter washes ashore in the coastal parks and if it remains in the

coastal marine area can cause harm to fish, birds and marine mammals; in particular it is

important to remove plastics from the food chain.

When purchasing products or services the council will support suppliers who: demonstrate

sustainability and ethical materials procurement; where practical, source locally; and give

preference to products that are made of recycled materials or can be recycled. The council

will also favour products that have lower environmental impacts across their ‘dust to dust’

life cycle, for example, using wood rather than aluminium.

52


8.3 Travel demand management

Objective 8.3:

To manage travel demand to and from the regional park network.

Policy:

8.3.1 Implement a parks travel demand programme that includes:

a) researching preferences, knowledge, barriers and opportunities for changing

travel behaviour and providing services,

b) working with public transport services to improve the information on public

transport to parks and to advocate for increased services to popular

destinations, including visitor centres,

c) developing and promoting integrated walking and cycling networks from

adjacent communities to and through appropriate regional parks,

d) requiring travel plans for all large events,

e) investigating promotion and service improvements that should be

implemented when funding permits,

f) installing bike racks on parks, and

g) investigating the potential for concessionaires to provide transport to

specific activities or event on parks.

8.3.2 Initially focus the travel demand management programme, outlined in policy

8.3.1 above, on Ambury, Long Bay, Muriwai, Ōmana and Shakespear Regional

Parks, the Arataki Visitor Centre in the Waitākere Ranges, and the sea

kayak/waka trail and Hillary Trail.

Explanation

Over five million visits are made annually to Auckland’s regional parks. Less than three per

cent of visitors use public transport and the vast majority of visitors travel using private

vehicles. Travel demand is an essential component of the Auckland Regional Land Transport

Strategy (ARLTS). The ARLTS supports a travel hierarchy with priority given to pedestrians

and bikes, as well as substantially improving public transport, completing key elements of

the strategic road network, and a new emphasis on managing the demand for travel.

Travel demand management can potentially provide the following benefits:

develop a more sustainable land use pattern by prioritising walking, cycling, and public

transport trips,

reduce greenhouse gas emissions by reducing reliance on private transport,

improve public health by promoting more active lifestyles such as walking and cycling,

minimise the impact of developments on the park landscape by reducing the demand

for car parking and associated roading,

minimise the visual and noise impacts of vehicle movements on the amenity of the

park,

53


reduce congestion in locations such as Ambury, Long Bay, Muriwai, Ōmana and

Shakespear Regional Parks, particularly in the weekends,

raise public awareness of alternative travel options to regional parks and the associated

benefits,

manage travel demand associated with large events on regional parks, and

increase the accessibility of regional parks to those in the regional community without

access to a private vehicle.

The initial focus will be parks where there are good public transport links, and residential

communities and pedestrian routes in close proximity to the parks. The sea kayak / waka

trail and Hillary Trial are new initiatives that are being promoted as a one way journeys. The

Hillary Trail has been developed to enable people to catch public transport to and from the

trail. These trails will require people to be more proactive in planning their transport and

therefore potentially these people may be open to considering alternatives to private

vehicles.

8.4 Natural Hazards

8.4.1 Flooding, land instability and coastal erosion

Objective 8.4.1:

To manage the risk of flooding, land instability and coastal erosion to park visitors, park

assets and the environment.

Policy:

8.4.1.1 Avoid building permanent facilities and structures in natural hazard zones,

associated with flooding, land instability and dunes system, and remove existing

structures when practicable (refer to policies 14.1.3.n, 14.1.7.f and 14.1.8.f).

8.4.1.2 Treat coastal erosion as a natural process and avoid structural interference.

8.4.1.3 Where coastal erosion occurs, remove infrastructure at risk, revegetate, and

restrict access to the hazard area.

8.4.1.4 Where coastal erosion threatens significant cultural heritage places or

structures, as protected in policy 14.1.7.e, an exception to policy 8.4.1.2 above

may be made when consideration will be given to:

a) scientific recording or investigation, in consultation with tangata whenua

where appropriate, or

b) implementation of coastal protection measures in accordance with the

policies of the Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal (Section 21.4).

8.4.1.5 Progressively undertake dune restoration, including the re-contouring and

planting of the dunes, and limiting public access.

8.4.1.6 Revegetate steep gradients and unstable cliff margins to reduce or slow rates of

erosion.

54


8.4.1.7 Progressively remove engineered stormwater systems and reinstate natural

waterways wherever practicable, and where infrastructure would not be at risk

from this action.

Explanation:

Flooding, land instability and coastal erosion are the most commonly occurring natural

hazards in the Auckland region. The effects of these hazards generally occur at specific sites

and these are likely to increase with climate change. It is important that the council, as a

land manager, address their effects on regional parks and demonstrate sound land

management practices.

The policies above emphasise avoidance rather than protection. This recognises that hazard

events are natural occurrences and that locating activities in inappropriate places creates

risks. However, avoidance may not be practical in all circumstances. This includes when

significant cultural heritage sites warrant protection, and where temporary structures

associated with essential services, such as surf lifesaving towers, may have an operational

need to be located in natural hazard zones such as sand dunes.

Erosion is a specific issue in coastal locations, particularly in dune areas that have been

modified, and where facilities and structures have been located in close proximity to the

coast. Where erosion occurs, the general approach is to manage the removal or retreat of

infrastructure and retire, re-vegetate and restrict access to the hazard area. The use of

engineering techniques to stop erosion will be avoided. The maps contained in Volume 2

identify where these actions are being undertaken.

Other hazards that occur with less frequency in the Auckland region include earthquakes,

volcanism, tsunami and various meteorological effects, such as cyclones, tornadoes and

drought. As the impacts of these other hazards are mainly addressed by regional

contingency controls, civil defence and insurance systems, this plan does not specifically

address these hazards. Park management will, however, respond to any contingency control

in an appropriate manner. In regard to drought, this is likely to increase the risk of fire

(covered in section 8.4.2 below), impact wildlife habitat and water quality and is associated

with insect infestations, plant disease and wind erosion.

This plan does not identify the location of hazard zones in regional parks as these are

identified in other records held by the council and other local authorities.

8.4.2 Fire

Objective 8.4.2:

To minimise the risk to park users and adjoining properties and the destruction or damage

caused by fires on parkland.

Policy:

8.4.2.1 Train council staff in basic fire safety measures and ensure council staff are

available to assist relevant fire authorities in fire prevention and suppression

when fires occur on regional parks, and/or threaten regional parks and adjoining

properties.

8.4.2.2 Only permit the public use of open fires, including portable barbecues using

solid fuels, in designated areas, and when the fire is permitted by controls

implemented through the Forest and Rural Fires Act 1977.

55


8.4.2.3 Prohibit smoking in regional parks and utilise the educative approach outlined in

policy 13.1.4.1 to inform park visitors.

8.4.2.4 Prohibit fireworks, except as part of an approved managed display and

investigate options for firework bans on land adjoining regional parkland.

8.4.2.5 Progressively replace solid fuel barbecues with electric or gas barbecues in

Class III parks, where appropriate.

8.4.2.6 Reduce fire risk around campgrounds, designated sites, tracks, and heritage

buildings and structures by appropriate vegetation management, including

species selection in any future plantings in the surrounding area.

8.4.2.7 Open fires will not be used for operational purposes, with the rare exception of

controlled burning of logging or tree felling operations subject to regional and

district plan requirements and consents, when these cannot practically be

chipped or disposed of in any other way.

8.4.2.8 Prepare and implement fire recovery plans where necessary, which will include

revegetation options and weed control priorities.

Explanation:

All fires, whether lit naturally, accidentally or deliberately can pose a risk to park visitors,

native vegetation, species, historic places, artefacts, park assets, and adjoining property. As

noted above, the risk of fire is likely to increase as an impact of climate change.

The council has no statutory responsibility for fire suppression on regional parks; this lies

with the NZ Fire Service in urban areas and the Rural Fire Authorities in rural areas. However

the council as the landowner has a responsibility to advocate for the protection of the parks’

natural values. Parks staff will be trained in basic fire safety measures, which will vary

depending on the location in the network, and will liaise with and assist relevant fire

authorities when required. Regional parks staff currently assist by:

maintaining a fire prevention and suppression plan,

ongoing assessment of fire hazards,

erecting fire signs at predetermined sites to signify the start of restricted or prohibited

seasons,

maintaining hydrants and other water sources,

educating visitors as to the threats of fire in park land, responsible use of fire and the

principles of fire prevention,

enforcing the Parks Bylaw 200711 pertaining to fires,

recording information on a daily basis which is used by rural fire agencies and is

available nationally (Fire Weather Index data),

attending fires to advocate for the protection of regional parkland and park assets, and

providing fire-suppression equipment to assist in first-response scenarios.

11 The Park Bylaws 2007 are available on the ARC website: www.arc.govt.nz

http://www.arc.govt.nz/

56


The introduction of a ‚smoke free‛ policy on the regional parks should assist in reducing the

risk of fire created by cigarettes (refer also to section 13.1.4).

Open fires, including portable barbecues using solid fuels, are only permitted in designated

areas where the risk can be effectively managed. Even so, it should be noted that the

provisions of the Forest and Rural Fires Act override this. This means that during a

Restricted Fire Season, fires can only be undertaken in these areas if a rural fire permit is

obtained from a warranted rural fire officer. No fires will be permitted when a Prohibited Fire

Season has been declared.

In the past open fires have been used operationally as a convenient way of disposing of

unwanted trimmings and the like. This practice will be avoided where ever practical and

alternatives such as leaving in situ, chipping wood or composting will be used. However

there are rare occasions when remains of logging or tree felling operations cannot be

practically addressed by these techniques and/or may actually present a fire risk. In these

cases controlled burning will be undertaken, subject to regional and district plan

requirements and permits.

As outlined in section 15.6 Adjoining land and coastal areas, the council will work with

adjoining landowners, tangata whenua and other agencies to reduce the risk of fire on park

values and assets. Fireworks in particular pose a fire risk to parks and will be prohibited,

unless approved as part of discretionary application for a managed display in suitable

locations. The council will also advocate for fireworks bans on land adjoining parkland where

these may present a fire risk.

The placement of planting and the option of using more fire-resistant species will be

considered when revegetation programmes or amenity plantings are undertaken around

designated camping and picnicking areas, along tracks or around heritage buildings. In

addition, fire prone vegetation, such as long dry grass and pampas, should be removed from

around these areas. Fire recovery plans will be prepared for all sites affected by fire. These

will determine whether there are seed sources in the local area that would allow the area to

regenerate naturally, what priority will be given to weed control and whether some

revegetation should be used to assist regeneration or to improve the amenity of the area.

57


9. Tangata whenua

The council values the traditional and customary relationships of the various tangata whenua

peoples of Tāmaki Makaurau (the Māori name for the Auckland region which means

‚Tāmaki desired by the hundreds‛).From the time of its original inhabitants, Tāmaki

Makaurau has become home to many peoples.

Successive waves of Māori migration have added to the diversity of tribal relations, including

the Ngāti Whatua, Marutuahu, Ngāti Wai, Waikato and Waiohua peoples. The rich, fertile

soils suitable for gardening, the abundant forests and the bountiful harbours and seas of

Tīkapa Moana (Hauraki Gulf), Waitematā, Te Manukanuka a Hoturoa (Manukau),

Whangateau, Mahurangi and Kaipara – have given rise to the saying, ‚Te pai me te whai

rawa a Tāmaki – the prosperity and abundance of Tāmaki‛.

Te Tiriti o Waitangi/The Treaty of Waitangi was signed on at least three occasions on the

Waitematā and Manukau Habours by local rangatira (chiefs). Their descendants continue to

maintain a presence and relationship with their ancestral sites and landscapes of

significance12. This relationship also extends to the taonga and sites where historic events

occurred within the boundaries of the regional parks.

The council recognises these relationships in this plan and refers to these taonga and sites

as either ‚tangata whenua values‛ or ‚park values‛ when grouped with the other values

attributed to parks.

Tangata whenua are kaitiaki (guardians) of tangata whenua values associated with regional

parks. As kaitiaki, iwi have duties to preserve and nurture the physical and spiritual aspects

associated with any land, resource or taonga within their rohe (tribal area). The council

acknowledges that the ethic of stewardship espoused through this plan is complimentary to

the ethic of kaitiakitanga. Both concepts promote the responsibility of guardianship of the

earth and reflect a belief that we need to work towards a future not just better for our

children, but for all things, and all time.

The council wishes to contribute to tangata whenua ability to express their kaitiakitanga and

enhance opportunities for tangata whenua to provide for their hauora (long term wellbeing)

through the parks’ network. This will range from identifying tangata whenua values and

promoting these and tikanga (culture), kawa (traditions) and mātauranga Māori (traditional

Māori knowledge), to increased consultation and joint kaitiaki projects such as pā harakēkē

(flax gardens).

While the policies in this part of the plan relate to tangata whenua, the council

acknowledges the significant contribution of residents who are not tangata whenua to the

Auckland regional community. Through the research outlined in section 7.7 and consultation

with relevant organisations, such as urban Māori authorities, the council will gain a better

understanding of the values that Māori residents in the Auckland region ascribe to regional

parks and the types of visitor services, recreation and use opportunities that will encourage

them to visit the parks. The policies in this part of the plan have been integrated throughout

the document and are cross-referenced in appropriate places.

12 Includes: maunga (mountains), awa (rivers), moana (coastline), tauranga waka (canoe landing sites), pa (fortified villages),

papakainga (villages), māra (cultivations), urupā (burial grounds), wāhi tapu (sites that are sacred), biodiversity and other taonga

within the region today.

58


9.1 Tangata whenua

Objective 9.1:

a) To sustain the mauri (life force) of taonga within regional parks in ways which enable

the significant place of tangata whenua to be acknowledged and their role as kaitiaki

recognised.

b) To contribute to the hauora (long-term wellbeing) of tangata whenua, by providing for

relationships and activities which enable the intergenerational transfer of tangata

whenua knowledge and practices.

Policy:

9.1.1 Identify and recognise the customary relationship13 of tangata whenua to the

regional parks through:

a) identifying tangata whenua through consultation with iwi, commissioning

human occupation reports and tangata whenua values assessments,

b) maintaining a list of iwi/hapū that are the tangata whenua for each regional

park,

c) identifying, mapping and assessing tangata whenua values (ancestral lands,

water, sites and landscapes of significance and other taonga) associated

with each park14,

d) exploring with tangata whenua, as part of the Regional Parks Te Mahere

Hononga Māori – Māori Relations Plan (refer to policy 9.1.2 below), the

opportunities for them to be involved in regional parks in ways which enable

practical expression of kaitiakitanga, including but not limited to:

i) developing processes and tangata whenua capability and capacity so

that tangata whenua can effectively contribute to council decision

making (refer to Parts 10 - 16),

ii) enabling the appropriate recognition and consideration of tangata

whenua traditional practices and protocols within parks management,

iii) continuing to enable the use of non-threatened materials for cultural

use by tangata whenua as a discretionary activity (refer to section

13.5),

iv) in consultation with tangata whenua, installing tohu tangata whenua15

(markers) on the regional parks to acknowledge cultural and spiritual

13 The relationship between tangata whenua and their tikanga (culture) and kawa (traditions) with their tangata whenua values

associated with regional parks. 14 Having appropriate regard of national cultural heritage standards, tangata whenua tikanga, and any relevant privacy issues

and cultural requirements.

15 One of the ways in which tangata whenua and council can identify tangata whenua relationships to the regional parks and

significant tangata whenua values is through the installation of tohu tangata whenua (markers). They acknowledge and

commemorate the presence of tūpuna (ancestors) on these places and events that occurred during their time. They mark the

ancestral and contemporary associations between the people (tangata) and the land (whenua), and as such are very significant

to Māori and contribute to the region’s cultural heritage and identity. Tohu tangata whenua strengthen whānau connectivity

affirming the place of iwi and its people within the tribal domain. They also improve relationships between tangata whenua and

park visitors as they raise awareness of the cultural and historical values. The council will work in partnership with tangata

whenua in planning and developing tohu tangata whenua that to ensure that they are located, designed, developed, unveiled

and maintained in accordance with the relevant infrastructure policies in this plan and tangata whenua values and tikanga.

59


links to a particular area of a park or an entire park in accordance with

the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure,

v) reinstating traditional names for a park, part of a park or a park feature

in accordance with policy 15.1.8,

vi) encouraging tangata whenua involvement in the provision of live

interpretation and education programmes, volunteer programmes and

conservation projects (refer to section 13.2), and

vii) raising awareness and understanding of tangata whenua relationships

to the park, the tangata whenua values associated with the park and

tangata whenua’s principles of kaitiakitanga through the visitor

services outlined in section 13.2, and

e) investigating and implementing the promotion techniques and recreation

and use activities that would attract more tangata whenua to the parks in

accordance with the policies in Parts 13 and 14.

Explanation:

The development and strengthening of mutually beneficial working relationships between

the council and tangata whenua will lead to greater protection and enhancement of park

values. It will also enable tangata whenua to retain their connection to the taonga within the

parks and ensure their tikanga, kawa and mātauranga Māori is able to be passed on to future

generations.

The Local Government Act 2002 sets out specific requirements for councils to facilitate

participation by Māori in local authority decision-making processes. For regional parks, this

relates to providing opportunities to be involved in decisions relating to the management of

tangata whenua values associated with parks; that is, kaitiakitanga.

One of the first steps in enabling tangata whenua to meet their kaitiakitanga responsibilities

to their tūpuna (ancestors) and mokopuna (grandchildren) is identifying and recognising iwi

that have mana whenua status (referred to in this plan as tangata whenua). Iwi definition of

their rohe will clarify this. Treaty settlements and legislation like the Waitākere Ranges

Heritage Area Act 2008 will also provide guidance. The council will maintain an online iwi

contacts database to reflect the most accurate and up-to-date position on tangata whenua

for each park.

Another important step is accurately identifying tangata whenua values in and adjacent to

the regional parks, and enabling tangata whenua to work with the council to preserve and

nurture the physical and spiritual aspects of these values in ways which enable practical

expression of kaitiakitanga. The opportunities outlined in policy 9.1.1.d are explained in

greater detail in Parts 10 – 16.

Another important aspect in recognising the customary relationship of tangata whenua to

the land is providing opportunities for tangata whenua to increase their connection to

regional parks through visiting the parks more regularly.

The council will work to achieve this through targeted promotion and facilitating recreation

and other activities such as involvement in education programmes and projects,

discretionary activities such as pā harakēkē, health initiatives and cultural events and

improving the accessibility of parks through the travel demand management project.

9.1.2 Develop and implement a Regional Parks Te Mahere Hononga Māori – Māori

Relations Operational Plan that outlines how the policies of this plan that

60


specifically relate to tangata whenua and residents of the Auckland region will

be implemented, with particular emphasis on the:

a) establishment of tangata whenua consultation processes and protocols,

b) development, in consultation with tangata whenua, of an inventory of

tangata whenua values associated with parks and using this to produce a

regional parks ‚tangata whenua values‛ map layer, and

c) development of a monitoring and evaluation programme.

Explanation:

A Regional Parks Te Mahere Hononga Māori – Māori Relations Plan is an important tool in

giving effect to the policies of this plan and capturing the needs and aspirations that

individual tangata whenua have expressed to the council. It will provide direction and

guidance to staff working with tangata whenua and will confirm the regional parks

network’s priorities for the implementation of policy 9.1.1. The development of the Regional

Parks Te Mahere Hononga Māori – Māori Relations Plan will be prioritised during the early

implementation of this plan. The plan will be developed in collaboration with tangata

whenua.

9.2 Te Tiriti o Waitangi/Treaty of Waitangi

Objective 9.2:

To involve tangata whenua in park management processes in ways which take into account

the principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi/Treaty of Waitangi.

Policy:

9.2.1 While not an agent of the Crown, the council will take into account the principles

of the Treaty16 through the implementation of policy 9.1.1 and related policies in

this plan.

9.2.2 Give effect to any relevant findings of the courts of law and any Acts of

Parliament that relate to:

a) the relationship of and their tikanga (culture) and kawa (traditions) with their

tangata whenua values (ancestral lands, water, sites and landscapes of

significance and other taonga) associated with regional parks,

b) kaitiakitanga,

c) the principles of the Treaty, or

16 This refers to the principles for guiding the further development of treaty-based relationships outlined in the Mana Whenua

response component of the Auckland Sustainability Framework 2007. They are:

Kawanatanga: Recognises the right (and obligation) of government (central-regional-local) to govern and make laws for the

common good.

Tino rangatiratanga: Recognises the rights of mana whenua to self-determination over their possessions; recognises the

right of iwi to manage their own affairs; affirms the right to development.

Oritetanga: Recognises the rights of Māori as residents and ratepayers. The responsibility of government (central-

regional-local) to ensure equality of opportunities and equitable outcomes for Māori.

Protection: Ensures the protection of taonga including te reo Māori and tikanga Māori and the relationships of mana

whenua to these taonga.

Partnership: Based on the Treaty as a whole. It involves developing a sense of mutuality between partners and

maintaining good faith.

61


d) consultation with tangata whenua.

Explanation:

Te Tiriti o Waitangi/the Treaty of Waitangi is the foundation document of New Zealand. The

council acknowledges the importance of the Treaty to tangata whenua. While the council is

not an agent of the Crown and does not have any Treaty obligations and responsibilities, it

recognises that the Treaty provides a useful framework to assist the council on how to

respond to the needs and aspirations of Māori.

62


63


10. Natural Settings

This part of the plan outlines the objectives and policies that will guide the management of

the parks’ natural settings. It covers the protection of the parks’ wider landscapes,

management of geological features, the protection and enhancement of biodiversity,

habitats, ecosystems and species, and pest management. It recognises that the

management of these values preserves the natural elements of Auckland for their own

right, as well as provides opportunities for people to enjoy recreation in undeveloped and

scenic settings.

10.1 Landscape

The regional parks contain representative examples of the region’s natural landscapes,

including tracts of rugged coastline, scenic beaches, open rural areas and pristine native

forest. These are a reminder of the region’s natural heritage, and enhance the quality of life

of the region’s residents by providing recreational settings that evoke a sense of place and

identity.

In particular, people value the high scenic qualities of the parks. They also value the

opportunity to experience remote and wilderness areas that are not crowded and are free of

unnecessary building and structures. The intention is to ensure these qualities are not

destroyed by development on the parks or development on adjacent land.

The parks also contain cultural landscapes associated with Māori and European occupation.

This includes Māori habitation sites, remnants of ancient stone-field gardens, historic

European homesteads and gardens, and structures associated with past industries and

defence. In addition, many of the regional parks are operational farms; which are

increasingly valued by an urban population as an opportunity to experience New Zealand’s

farming heritage.

10.1.1 Landscape protection

Objective 10.1.1:

To protect the natural landscape values of regional parks and in particular the following:

a) undeveloped coastal landscapes,

b) forested ranges,

c) landscape and geological features of high scientific and educational value,

d) landscape features of high scenic and natural quality,

e) farmed landscapes as representative of the region’s farming heritage,

f) heritage landscapes associated with historic features and localities,

g) landscapes that represent tangata whenua whakapapa (genealogy), ancestors and

historic activities and events, and

h) remnant trees, groves, forests, wetlands, salt marshes and dune systems.

64


Policy:

10.1.1.1 Preserve the landscape quality of each park by:

a) maintaining the naturalness and essentially undeveloped character of the

parks,

b) conserving the dominant landscape character, features and visual patterns

of each locality,

c) protecting view shafts and vistas into, across, and from the park

d) protecting significant cultural landscapes, such as pastoral farming settings,

historic structures, and gardens and archaeological settings,

e) assessing development, management and planting or revegetation

proposals with reference to the likely effects on landscape values (refer to

policy 10.1.1.2), and

f) when undertaking revegetation, following natural contours and landscape

features and avoiding straight lines.

10.1.1.2 Undertake landscape assessments prior to development or plantings taking

place, taking into consideration:

a) the landscape ratings in the Auckland Regional Policy Statement and the

Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal,

b) the design principles, as set out in section 7.2,

c) the purpose of the park and its classification as indications of the overall

ambience of the park to be protected,

d) the landscape characteristics of the park, in terms of their features, visual

patterns and heritage associations; and their importance and sensitivity to

modification,

e) the tangata whenua values,

f) all alternative locations for the development,

g) appropriateness of the scale, materials, colours and textures to the setting,

h) protection of significant ridgelines, visually significant landforms and

significant geological features,

i) retention of sight lines, vistas and panoramic views identified on Volume 2

Maps,

j) recognition of high tension electricity lines in accordance with the Electricity

(Hazard from Trees) Regulations 2003, and

k) community aspirations.

and where appropriate,

l) the clustering or combining of structures, such as signs, seats and the like,

(refer to policy 14.1.5)

m) removing redundant structures, such as planting barriers (refer to policy

14.1.8), and

65


n) relocating fences in pastoral areas in a way that reduces their impact on the

visual qualities of the landscape, when replacement is required.

10.1.1.3 Require the approval of the council for development, planting or permanent use

of open space that is not signalled in this plan.

Explanation:

The council will protect the integrity of the landscape character and features of the parks

through the application of careful landscape analysis, and agreed design principles and

guidelines (refer to section 7.2 Design principles).

Development of the parkland and the provision of public facilities will be limited to levels

that are necessary to support the effective management of the parks and visitors’ needs for

recreation, information, ablutions and safety.

The location of park infrastructure should not dominate the landscape (refer also to section

14.1 Infrastructure – general provisions). For example, car parks should be kept back from

beachfronts and be placed, wherever possible, where they will have the least impact on the

overall landscape.

The Electricity (Hazard from Trees) Regulations 2003 require the council to manage

vegetation in relation to power lines (refer also to policy 10.3.1.6.c on the removal of

indigenous vegetation in such circumstances). These regulations in particular affect areas in

the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park such as the Cutty Grass Track, and the Parau and Huia

areas.

10.1.1.4 Ensure that the visual integrity and landscape amenity of regional parks is not

threatened by development on adjoining land, or on the sea.

Explanation:

A potential threat to the integrity of the park landscapes and the public amenity of the parks

is development on adjoining private land.

The council will participate in RMA planning and approval processes to ensure that

development on adjoining land does not detract from the amenity of the regional parks or

the sea. This includes sea-based developments such as aquaculture.

10.1.1.5 Protect the dark night sky, particularly at the more remote regional parks,

through a range of mechanisms, including the following:

a) maintain the naturalness and essentially undeveloped character of the

parks,

b) minimise artificial light and the light pollution from park infrastructure (refer

to policies 14.1.3.o and 14.1.4), and

c) minimise light pollution from discretionary activities.

Explanation:

Regional parks provide important opportunities for people to view, study and enjoy a dark

night sky that is free from light pollution. Artificial light at night may detract from the

naturalness of the regional parks. The Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008 protects

the ‘darkness’ of the Waitākere Ranges as a heritage feature.

66


10.1.2 Landscape management and enhancement

Objective 10.1.2:

To enhance the landscape through management of vegetation, including revegetation and

planting programmes.

Policy:

10.1.2.1 Undertake revegetation programmes in terms of section 10.3.2 and other

plantings on parks in accordance with the wider assessment outlined in policy

7.2.2.2, and with recognition of long term impacts on the landscape (refer to

policy 10.1.1.2)

10.1.2.2 Retain special elements of landscape character, such as coastal pohutukawa, by

undertaking successional planting as necessary.

10.1.2.3 Manage vegetation to preserve the panoramic vistas and scenic view shafts

identified on the Maps in Volume 2 and access to these, by planting appropriate

species, undertaking periodic trimming, or avoiding planting (refer to policy

10.3.1.6.b, .i and .j); and, as part of the community consultation on revegetation

or planting plans outlined in policy 7.2.2.2.c, identify other scenic views and

valued landscapes and add these to the Maps in Volume 2.

10.1.2.4 Only consider future plantings of introduced species when involving non-

invasive species and where they:

a) are a part of land stabilisation programmes,

b) provide stock shade and shelter,

c) are in designated heritage areas, such as historic gardens and orchards, or

d) are alongside overnight accommodation.

10.1.2.5 Only retain introduced vegetation where it has heritage, landscape, scientific,

ecological or recreational value to the park, or is part of an approved woodlot, in

accordance with policies 10.4.2.5 and 12.4.2.

Explanation:

Revegetation and planting programmes have the ability to greatly enhance the park

landscapes but need to be developed taking a holistic view of the park. As outlined in

section 7.2.2 these programmes need to be assessed within the wider context of the park

values and setting.

Special features of regional parks are the spectacular panoramic views many of the parks

offer. Natural regrowth and revegetation programmes can diminish and obscure these and

need to be sensitively managed to retain the recreational amenity and open space values of

these sites. Key vistas and views that will be maintained are identified on the maps in

Volume 2 of this plan.

A feature of many of the coastal parks is the remnant coastal forest dominated by

pohutukawa. These are threatened in a number of places by coastal erosion. The council will

replace trees lost to erosion to help manage further erosion and restore the remnant

forests, in order to retain them as a landscape feature and legacy of the parks.

67


Many of the parks already contain exotic trees that have significance as historic or unique

features of the park or locality. The value of these will be assessed and in many cases,

exotic trees will be retained and maintained where they add value to the setting, (refer to

policy 11.1.4 on recording trees of heritage value). These must be appropriate to the

location and be in accordance with a landscape assessment (refer to policy 10.1.1.2) or the

Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines.

In some cases, further exotic planting may be considered appropriate, but, only once the

biosecurity risk has been assessed and where it is in-keeping with park character. Exotic

species may be used to enhance gardens or orchards associated with heritage buildings or

overnight accommodation. They may also be used for the provision of shade for stock, or

the prevention of erosion as they have more favourable characteristics, such as being faster

growing, deep rooting, deciduous or hardier in an open environment.

10.2 Geological features

Regional parks contain examples of some of the diverse range of geological sites and

features in the Auckland region. Geological features have scientific, educational and

aesthetic values, and they form an important part of the region’s unique natural character.

Many geological features and landforms are also of significance to tangata whenua as they

contribute to cultural landscapes that represent their whakapapa (genealogy), ancestors and

historic activities and events.

While the sites have generally been protected in the past, this has often occurred without

specific recognition of their geological significance. Recognition, protection and in some

cases appropriate interpretation of geological features will assist understanding of the

unique geological evolution and history of the region, and the influence this has had on the

development of its landforms and biota.

Objective 10.2.1:

To protect and maintain significant geological features on regional parks.

Policy:

10.2.1.1 Protect geological features on regional parks identified in the:

a) Auckland Regional Policy Statement,

b) District Plans,

c) Protected Natural Areas [PNA] Programme Survey Reports for Rodney,

Waitākere and Hūnua Ecological Districts,

d) Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal, and

e) Inventory and maps of important geological sites and landforms in the

Auckland Region and Kermadec Islands (1996);

68


10.2.1.2 Protect the physical and visual integrity and values of significant geological

features by:

a) avoiding activities that individually or cumulatively:

i) result in physical modification or destruction of the feature, or

ii) are visually intrusive or detract from the appearance or landform

characteristics that contribute to the geological values of the feature,

and

b) maintaining visibility and access to geological features for public education

and appreciation, where appropriate.

10.2.1.3 Use interpretation to promote a greater public awareness and understanding of

geological features and the geological evolution of the region.

Explanation:

Table 10.2, below, lists the geological features recorded on regional parks in the Regional

Policy Statement, Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal, Protected Natural Area Surveys and the

Geopreservation Inventory and notes their significance (refer to policy 10.2.1.1). These are

also identified on the maps in Volume 2 of this plan and further detail on their significance

and specific protection measures is set out in the individual parks sections in Part 17.

In some cases, active management of geological sites will be necessary, to maintain the

integrity of their scientific, educational and scenic values and their visibility to the public.

Examples of this would be undertaking weed control and vegetation management,

removing livestock or, at least, not grazing with heavy stock.

Note: the Protected Natural Area (PNA) surveys also identified the following as priority

landform sites: the Hūnua Ranges, Whakakaiwhara Peninsula and Duders Beach (Duder

Regional Park), Tāwharanui Peninsula, and the Puhoi ria17, valleys and headlands, and barrier

spit at Wenderholm Regional Park. As these sites encompass whole regional parks they

have not been included; however, protection of their landscape values is provided for in

section 10.1 Landscape.

Table 2 List of significant geological sites on or bordering Auckland’s Regional Parks

Regional Park Site Significance

Ambury Ambury lava cave

Mangere Mountain lava field, shoreline lava flows

national

national

Hūnua Hūnua Falls volcanic neck regional

Mahurangi

Cudlip Point deformed Waitematā Group rocks

Te Muri Estuary

regional

regional

Muriwai Muriwai Miocene fauna, Maukatia Bay

Muriwai pillow lavas, Maukatia Bay

Muriwai volcaniclastic sediments

regional

international

international

Ōmana Ōmana rocky platforms(coastal) regional

Pākiri Pākiri Beach national

Shakespear Huaroa Point shore platform regional

17 A ria is a drowned river valley

69


Tāpapakanga Orere river valley and Tāpapakanga sea cliffs

Tāpapakanga Stream terraces

regional

regional

Tawhitokino Kawakawa Bay deformed chert beds regional

Tāwharanui Tāwharanui Beach and dunes

Tāwharanui fossilferous Jurassic section (Anchor Bay)

regional

national

Te Rau Pūriri Patauoa Creek mouth Last Interglacial terrace regional

Waitākere

Ranges

Anawhata Gorge and Beach

Cornwallis Peninsula proximal volcanic-rich flysch

Karekare South stratified conglomerate

Kuataika rocky peak

Lion Rock volcanic neck

Mercer bay sea cave and chimney

Mt Donald McLean, Karamatura and Marama catchments

Nihotupu Gorge volcaniclastic flysch

Nihotupu pillow lavas

Ninepin Rock volcanic neck

North Pararaha Cliffs submarine slide

Ohaka Head dike swarm

Pararaha Gorge

Paratutai wave-cut notch

Piha Gorge

The Gap volcaniclastic conglomerate and Taitomo Cave,

Piha (sth) 18

The Watchman dacite dome and crater

Various waterfalls19

Wainamu lakes

Whatipu caves pyroclastic breccia dikes

Whatipu coastal flats

White’s Beach crater

regional

regional

regional

regional

regional

national

regional

national

regional

regional

regional

regional

regional

regional

regional

national

national

-

regional

national

national

regional

Whakatīwai Miranda chenier plain inc. Whakatīwai gravel ridges

coastal flats.

international

18 These along with other features in the south Piha cliffs sit predominantly outside the park

19 ‘Various waterfalls’ include Cascade Falls and conglomerate bluffs, Fairy Falls and dikes, Kitekite Falls, Nihotupu Falls and

Waitakere Falls. NB Karekare Falls are outside park boundary.

70


10.3 Biodiversity and Ecosystems

The regional parks network contains and protects a wide range of the significant biodiversity

and ecosystems of the Auckland Region. These vary in scale from the extensive tracts of

indigenous forest in the Hūnua and Waitākere Ranges, to coastal ecosystems, smaller but

ecologically important areas of rare habitat types, and discrete sites important for

threatened species.

The parks are a significant conservation resource in the regional and national context, and

they have an important role in ensuring the ongoing sustainability and resilience of the

region’s indigenous species and ecosystems. Natural resources are considered to be living

taonga by tangata whenua. Te Ao Māori refers to the Māori view on biodiversity; Māori have

a spiritual connection to the environment and the natural world provides identity for them.

Over time, tangata whenua have developed customs to look after the mauri (life force) of all

natural resources and ensure their sustainable management. The council acknowledges and

respects these values.

The regional parks support natural processes involved in sustaining human life and society;

through ecosystem services such as: flood control, climate regulation, the absorption of

carbon dioxide and production of oxygen, and the collection and filtration of water. Dams in

the Hūnua Ranges and Waitākere Regional Parks provide over 80 per cent of the region’s

water supply.

The management of the parks provides opportunities to demonstrate best environmental

practice and sustainability to the regional community; both in the day-to-day management of

the parks and in specific conservation projects. The Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary, for

example, has a high profile within the national conservation and research community as a

successful model for native species conservation, whilst also enabling the public to be part

of this.

Recent regional park acquisitions, such as coastal land at Pākiri and Te Ārai, have preserved

unique or rare ecosystems in the region. The importance of regional parks for conservation

is likely to increase over the term of this management plan, due to the importance of the

parks network in helping to provide safe ‘core’ areas for species and habitat restoration and

for restoring ecological links; which will assist in buffering the effects of climate change.

Regional parks are part of a network of open spaces. Collaborating with other agencies, iwi,

community groups and individual landowners will be important in achieving biodiversity

outcomes for the region. The North West Wildlink is an example of this with the long-term

vision of increasing the ecological connectivity of two of the region’s biodiversity hotspots,

the Hauraki Gulf Islands and the Waitākere Ranges. Many of the regional parks adjoin the

coastal marine area; policy 15.6.3 recognises the need for an integrated approach to the

management of this interface.

71


10.3.1 Species, habitat and ecosystem protection

Objective 10.3.1:

To protect indigenous terrestrial and aquatic species, habitats and ecosystems on parks,

and enhance their long-term viability and resilience.

Policy:

10.3.1.1 Protect and manage species, habitats and ecosystems on regional parks giving

particular recognition to the importance of existing indigenous biodiversity

values in large, threatened or significant habitat areas.

10.3.1.2 Develop and implement programmes to manage individual species and habitats

using methods that:

a) are appropriate to the scale and values of each park,

b) are in accordance with national and regional conservation priorities, and

c) give consideration to the impact on approved recreational activities.

Methods will include, but not be limited to:

d) fencing and exclusion of livestock,

e) integrated and widespread pest control techniques,

f) targeted control of introduced pest animals, plants and pathogens,

g) open sanctuaries and/or species or habitat management areas,

h) species-specific conservation techniques, and

i) where necessary, restrictions on access and activities and/or tangata

whenua initiated rāhui (customary prohibition)

10.3.1.3 Maintain water quality in streams, lakes and wetlands, and indigenous aquatic

ecosystems, through but not limited to:

a) fencing and exclusion of livestock from waterways,

b) effective riparian planting in accordance with TP148 Riparian Zone

Management (or current best practice),

c) avoiding earthworks near streams, and

d) planting steep slopes to prevent erosion and sedimentation.

10.3.1.4 Identify and modify man-made impediments to native fish passage within the

regional parks, in accordance with TR 2009/084 or current best practice, to

ensure that the natural migratory pathways of freshwater fish are preserved.

10.3.1.5 Avoid adverse effects on indigenous biodiversity resources in accordance with

relevant statutory requirements20 and council strategies.

20 Legislation, Regional Policy Statement and relevant District Plans.

72


10.3.1.6 Only remove indigenous vegetation in accordance with relevant statutory

requirements21, and:

a) for essential operational purposes, such as track maintenance,

b) for the preservation of designated panoramic vistas and scenic sightlines

(refer to policy 10.1.2.3),

c) for the avoidance of power lines, in accordance with the Electricity (Hazard

from Trees) Regulations 2003,

d) if essential for the development of park facilities provided for in this plan,

e) if planting is likely to have a detrimental impact on the park’s ecology,

f) to protect public safety,

g) if approved by a council consent or licence for a discretionary activity, or

h) to split plants, or for seed collection to cultivate plants, for revegetation and

ecological restoration initiatives,

and provided that:

i) only the minimum vegetation necessary for the purpose is disturbed or

removed, and

j) the disturbance/ removal does not jeopardise significant ecosystems,

threatened or rare plants, plant associations, or animals; and does not have

other long-term adverse effects on the environment.

10.3.1.7 Foster the resilience of indigenous species, habitats and ecosystems to the

adverse effects of unpredictable events, such as climate change or new

incursions of pests or pathogens, through an adaptive management response,

on a case by case basis.

10.3.1.8 Review and update natural heritage databases in order to use this information as

a basis for management and monitoring.

10.3.1.9 Protect and manage species, habitats and ecosystems on parks and in the wider

environment in collaboration with tangata whenua, the Department of

Conservation, adjoining landowners, other stakeholders and the general public.

10.3.1.10 Use interpretation to promote a greater public awareness and understanding of

the ecological values of the parks and of the wider region.

Explanation:

The protection and management of the existing ecological values of regional parks is critical

to ensure their ongoing viability and to provide a solid foundation for enhancement and

restoration efforts.

The vast areas of the Hūnua and Waitākere ranges that cover over 35,000 hectares are the

largest contiguous areas of native vegetation and habitat remaining in the region. Particular

attention will be given to these parks along with threatened or significant habitat areas

across the network. Several threatened habitat types that have been identified as national

21 Legislation such as; Historic Places Act 1993, Wildlife Act 1953, National and Regional Policy Statements, and relevant

District Plans.

73


priorities for protection22 occur in regional parks. These include the sand dunes at Long Bay,

Muriwai, Pākiri, Tāwharanui, and those that adjoin regional parkland on the entire Waitākere

Ranges coastline, and the wetlands at Āwhitu, Shakespear, Te Rau Pūriri, Whakanewha, Te

Ārai and Whatipu.

The regional parks network supports populations of nearly 100 nationally threatened

species. This figure includes approximately 80 plants, one species of bat, 11 birds, four

reptiles, Hochstetter’s frog, and three fish species. A threatened plant guideline is being

developed that sets a framework for protecting and managing threatened plants on parks

and in the Auckland Region. This includes an inventory of threatened plants on parks and

covers track management. Populations of threatened species, such as kokako (Hūnua and

Waitākere Ranges), hihi (Waitākere), New Zealand Northern dotterel (Tāwharanui and

Whakanewha), kiwi (Tāwharanui), and moko and ornate skinks (Shakespear), are the focus

of special species-specific management efforts.

Open sanctuaries are in place at Shakespear and Tāwharanui Regional Parks. Other

mainland island conservation programmes or special habitat management areas exist in the

Hūnua Ranges with the Kokako Management Area; in the Waitākere Ranges within the Ark

in the Park programme; within the Open Sanctuary at Shakespear Regional Park; and at

Whakatīwai Regional Park. These are managed to ensure a range of suitable habitats for

rare or threatened flora and fauna.

Species-specific conservation techniques would include the attachment of transmitters to

individual birds to assess breeding success and dispersal, and the use of animal repellent

sprays to deter browsing of a threatened plant population.

The parks also protect important examples of vegetation types such as podocarp and kauri

forest (Hūnua Ranges and Waitākere Ranges Regional Parks), shrublands, coastal forest,

estuaries (Ātiu Creek Regional Park) and intact or restorable ecological gradients from land

to estuarine areas (Ātiu Creek, Mahurangi West, and Whakanewha Regional Parks).

Vegetated areas are identified on the maps in Volume 2.

Pest control is particularly important to maintaining the integrity of the parks’ biodiversity

and ecosystems and is a vital component of protection and restoration projects. Refer to

section 10.4 which covers this in detail.

The development and management of regional parks needs to ensure that the protection of

the existing natural values is paramount. Adverse effects on indigenous vegetation will be

avoided or mitigated. While it is recognised that statutory requirements provide a

framework for this, there are also a number of other factors that come into play in the day-

to-day management of park operations and visitor activity. For example, some vegetation

removal is required for the maintenance of tracks and view shafts.

Some of the earlier amenity and revegetation programmes undertaken on parks, while

working with the best information at the time, often included native plants inappropriate for

a particular park location. For example plants not native to Auckland or plants outside their

climatic range. Where plants have been assessed to determine that they are having a

detrimental impact on the genetic integrity of their location, they may be progressively

removed and replaced with locally sourced plants.

22 Ministry for the Environment (2007) Protecting our Places - information about the statement of national priorities for

protecting rare and threatened biodiversity on private land, Ministry for the Environment, Wellington.

74


10.3.2 Habitat restoration and enhancement

Objective 10.3.2:

To progressively restore and enhance indigenous habitats and ecosystems to support their

continued viability and resilience.

Policy:

10.3.2.1 Restore and enhance indigenous habitats and ecosystems on regional parks,

including:

a) areas where restoration and enhancement is necessary to protect and

maintain existing ecological values,

b) land environments with habitats formally identified as nationally or regionally

threatened,

c) areas where enhancement will benefit regionally under-protected or

threatened plants and animals, or ecosystems,

d) sites with significant potential for the successful reintroduction or recovery

of threatened indigenous flora or fauna in accordance with species recovery

plans,

e) increasing habitat or providing ecological corridors for wildlife,

f) preventing erosion and stabilising land, or

g) sites of significance to tangata whenua.

10.3.2.2 Revise the priority of sites and species for ecological restoration on regional

parks, as necessary, to remain consistent with national and regional guidelines.

10.3.2.3 Undertake revegetation as part of ecological enhancement programmes, to

stimulate natural succession, where these would:

a) protect riparian zones and wetlands,

b) prevent erosion and stabilise land,

c) buffer and protect the viability of remnant vegetation,

d) improve connectivity and wildlife corridors,

e) provide successional planting,

f) complete ecological sequences,

g) establish vegetation types which have been regionally depleted, or

h) creates habitat for threatened or uncommon plants and animals.

Ensuring this is:

i) assessed in accordance with policy 7.2.2.2.a, including the protection of

significant ridgelines, landforms, open space values and views,

j) documented in an approved revegetation plan in accordance with policy

7.2.2.2.b, .c and .d,

k) in accordance with the Parks Revegetation Guideline,

l) appropriate to the ecological zone and sequence, and

m. eco-sourced.

75


10.3.2.4 Natural revegetation of sites will be utilised on some steep, inaccessible sites,

and where a site’s location is close to native vegetation and native seed

sources, and where it could be reasonably expected that natural processes, eg.

plant dispersal, will allow natural regeneration without intervention. In these

cases weed control will be undertaken where necessary.

10.3.2.5 Assess the priority for the implementation of revegetation plans (as outlined in

policy 7.2.2.2.b), based on, but in no particular order of priority:

a) conservation; of habitats eg, establishing or completing buffers, corridors

and ecological sequences, or of species, eg, if a new species is found and

needs new habitat,

b) urgency; to protect eroded sites or water quality,

c) relationships; whether any partnership projects or restoration initiatives on

adjacent land can be supported; or to facilitate expectations of local

community,

d) unique opportunities; for restoring vegetation and ecosystems only found

on parks which cannot be restored elsewhere in the region,

e) aesthetics; to enhance the visual landscape of high use public areas eg.

arrival zones,

f) recreation and use; to enhance visitor experience,

g) integration; particularly with farming eg, considering the implications of

retiring pasture, providing shade and shelter, and locations of fences and

gates,

h) climate; in a drought for example sites may need to be switched to wetter

areas, and

i) plant availability; if a critical plant does not produce seed different plants and

sites may be sought.

Explanation:

There is considerable potential in many of the regional parks to undertake extensive

ecological restoration and enhancement. It will not, however, be practicable to undertake

ecological enhancement programmes in all parks mainly for resource reasons.

These policies identify those situations where enhancement efforts are anticipated to have

the most significant positive effect over the next ten years. For example, projects relating to

nationally threatened habitat types, such as sand dunes and wetlands.

Ongoing ecosystem restoration and intensive pest management in open sanctuaries

(Tāwharanui and Shakespear) and locations such as ‘Ark in the Park’ (Waitākere Ranges), the

Kokako Management Area (Hūnua Ranges), Whatipu Scientific Reserve and Wenderholm

Regional Park are restoring biodiversity values. These actions will also increase the

importance and viability of these areas for the introduction of threatened species in the

future. Methods for ecological restoration and enhancement will follow relevant national and

regional guidelines, including the Parks Revegetation Guideline and Riparian Zone

Management Guide (TP148).

Extensive revegetation has been undertaken and is ongoing on the regional parks. The

council, in partnership with the community and volunteers, plants over 80,000 native trees

and plants annually. This equates to, on average, 8 hectares of revegetation per year. These

76


revegetation programmes have contributed significantly to habitat restoration, the

development of ecological corridors, riparian zone protection, wetland restoration and soil

conservation. Much of this replanting involves the assistance of park volunteers, including

schools. Community and volunteer involvement in restoration projects contributes

significantly to the success of many conservation efforts on the parks and is covered further

under section 13.2.6 Partnerships and volunteering.

In some cases natural revegetation will be promoted. This method is mostly used on areas

which are remote, steep and/or inaccessible and provide less of an opportunity for

community involvement. It is also used on sites that are close to existing native forest and

shrubland areas where native seeds will easily spread and regenerate naturally. Wetland

ecosystems can often also regenerate naturally with fencing from stock and restoration of

natural hydrological flows. The ability for an area to naturally revegetate will be assessed on

a site by site basis. Weed control will be undertaken on these sites to ensure natural

regeneration can occur, to ensure that these ‚retired‛ sites do not become sources of

weed infestation or fire risk on the park or adjoining property and to give effect to the

Regional Pest Management Strategy.

The park maps in Volume 2 of this plan identify where revegetation is proposed on each

park. This provides a very long term view and it is anticipated that less than 15 per cent

would be achieved over the 10 year life of this plan. As noted in policy 7.2.2.3 some

realignment of the revegetation boundaries shown on the maps may follow the formal

signoff process of the revegetation plans set out in policy 7.2.2.2.

10.3.3 Species recovery

Objective 10.3.3:

To assist in recovery or re-establishment of populations of indigenous species in suitable

habitats.

Policy:

10.3.3.1 Recovery of indigenous species will be considered with reference to policy

10.3.2.1.

10.3.3.2 Preference will be given to habitat restoration that enables natural recolonisation

of indigenous species.

10.3.3.3 Implement recovery programmes, in consultation with tangata whenua and the

Department of Conservation, where significant opportunities exist on regional

parks to contribute to the recovery or re-establishment of populations of

threatened species.

10.3.3.4 Only undertake the reintroduction of species where research has shown that the

following can be managed practicably:

a) risk factors such as predators and diseases,

b) potential food supply,

c) the likely competitive effects of reintroduced species on existing

populations of indigenous species, and

d) the feasibility of ongoing pest control.

77


10.3.3.5 Prioritise and implement species recovery efforts in accordance with national

threatened species recovery plans and relevant regional strategies, such as the

council’s Threatened Plant Guidelines.

10.3.3.6 Consider the re-introduction of locally extinct but non–threatened species where

regional parks provide a significant strategic opportunity for their re-

establishment in accordance with national and regional biodiversity strategies

and applicable restoration plans.

Explanation:

The council recognises that the extent, range and high quality of habitats and ecosystems

on regional parks provide potentially important localities for the recovery or re-establishment

of indigenous species, including threatened species of native flora and fauna. Emphasis will

be placed on appropriate habitat restoration and enhancement that enables natural

recolonisation of species. Preference will also be given to sustaining indigenous species in

situ or natural recolonisation, before consideration is given to the reintroduction of new

species.

Opportunities for indigenous species reintroduction will be considered by the council in

consultation with the Department of Conservation which has statutory responsibility for the

protection and management of threatened species under the Conservation Act 1987 and

the Wildlife Act 1953.

10.4 Biosecurity and introduced plants, animals and pathogens

Indigenous biodiversity and ecosystem function can be significantly threatened by some

introduced plants and animals. The Auckland region provides a favourable climate to many

introduced species and has a high number of introduced plants that have naturalised in the

region.

The region already contains established populations of some of the world’s worst invasive

species, including kahili ginger, lantana, giant reed, possums, feral pigs and stoats. It is also

anticipated that climate change is likely to increase the number and extent of invasive

plants, invertebrates, such as wasps, and pathogen incursions in the future.

The council, in its responsibility for biosecurity within the region, has developed the

Auckland Regional Pest Management Strategy 2007-2012 (ARPMS) in accordance with the

Biosecurity Act 1993. This provides a strategic and statutory framework for the efficient and

effective management of pest plants and animals and places requirements on landowners

and occupiers to control some of these. Currently 209 plant taxa and 45 animal taxa are

recognised in the ARPMS.

As a significant regional land manager, the council is legally required to meet its obligations

under the ARPMS. The council implements a number of programmes on the regional parks

to control or eradicate introduced plants and animals recognised as pests in the ARPMS, but

also to address other introduced plants and animals proving to be invasive on the parks, or

that present hazards or cause discomfort to park visitors.

More recently, these programmes have extended to address incursions of pathogens, such

as kauri dieback. Pest control undertaken on regional parks is greater than what would be

expected on other land. This more vigilant approach is to ensure the council demonstrates

best practice, to expedite ecological restoration and to prevent the spread of pests from

parkland to adjoining land.

78


With the change in Auckland Governance and consequential boundary changes, some 62%

of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and all of Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional Parks will

sit in the Waikato Region. These areas of parkland will potentially be subject to the

requirements to the Waikato Regional Pest Management Strategy (WRPMS) which

presents some challenges to council in maintaining existing animal eradication and control

programmes.

As of 2010 the WRPMS includes feral goats and possums but does not include feral pigs or

deer as pests. The Council and Environment Waikato will need to negotiate a funding

mechanism that will ensure that current biosecurity programmes are retained until both

RPMS’s are reviewed, in 2012 and 2013

10.4.1 Biosecurity - general provisions

Objective 10.4.1:

a. To maintain biosecurity programmes on regional parks which specifically address the

pathways of pest incursions.

Policy

10.4.1.1 Manage vectors of pests in accordance with the Auckland Regional Pest

Management Strategy and Biosecurity Annual Operational Plan.

10.4.1.2 Prevent the deliberate introduction of pests to the regional parks, through the

provisions of the Parks Bylaw 2007, Auckland Regional Pest Management

Strategy and the Biosecurity Act.

10.4.1.3 Prevent new pest incursions to regional parks by identifying and managing risk

pathways such as, but not limited to, the movement of plants, nursery supplies,

building and construction materials or machinery.

Explanation:

The council has identified there are significant pathways for the spread of pest plants,

animals and pathogens onto parks. A range of Standard Operating Procedures have been

developed to prevent or minimise the transfer of pests. In addition the council intends to

implement provisions to strengthen current protocols for plant nurseries, to include

measures to prevent the movement of kauri dieback, Argentine ant, rainbow skink and other

pests.

The council has a duty of care for the public parkland and will take appropriate actions where

there has been deliberate introduction of pests onto parks, including use of enforcement

provisions under the Parks Bylaw 2007, the ARPMS and the Biosecurity Act.

Objective 10.4.1:

b. To optimise the effectiveness of pest control programmes.

Policy

10.4.1.4 Work with other local body agencies, tangata whenua, DOC, community groups

and volunteers, to deliver pest control programmes.

10.4.1.5 Work with neighbouring property owners to achieve integrated approaches to

pest control across boundaries.

79


Explanation:

The council will work with a range of other agencies and groups to deliver pest control

programmes in accordance with policy 13.2.6.2 on partnerships and volunteering. A

collaborative approach is also being taken with neighbouring property owners, to achieve

integrated pest control across boundaries, as set out in policy 15.6.1 on adjoining land and

coastal areas. Examples of programmes developed to achieve this include the Strategic

Weeds Initiative, the Hūnua buffer goat programme and the Waitākere possum programme.

10.4.2 Introduced plants

Objective 10.4.2:

a. To reduce the impacts of introduced plant species on the parks’ biodiversity,

ecosystems and on park users, and to protect the amenity values of parks.

Policy:

10.4.2.1 Manage pest plants on regional parks in accordance with the Regional Pest

Management Strategy.

10.4.2.2 Develop and implement control programmes for each regional park that

incorporate an integrated approach where appropriate, and take into

consideration pest plants or invasive species that:

a) are just starting to become established within the region, on a park or an

area of a park,

b) threaten high-value conservation areas, ecosystems and/or values,

c) threaten heritage, cultural or tangata whenua values,

d) threaten scenic values,

e) threaten the quality of pastoral land,

f) threaten recreation values,

g) score high in terms of invasive characteristics in relation to recognised

classification systems,

h) could potentially spread to neighbouring properties, or

i) are required to be managed under the Auckland Regional Pest Management

Strategy (Total Control or Containment).

10.4.2.3 Follow best practice techniques when developing and implementing pest plant

and invasive species control programmes to avoid adverse effects on non-target

species, the environment in general and approved recreation activities.

10.4.2.4 Control introduced plant species that are a hazard or cause discomfort to park

visitors, or where necessary remove them subject to council approval.

Explanation:

The council’s obligations for pest plant control under the ARPMS may require eradication for

some species, while for others it may only necessitate boundary control; that is, taking

measures to ensure that a pest plant established on a regional park does not spread from

80


the park on to neighbouring properties. The work necessary to meet these obligations

defines the minimum level of management or intervention that the council can adopt.

It is not practical or affordable for the council to eradicate all pest plants or invasive species

present on regional parks. The criteria set out in policy 10.4.2.2 above will be used to

prioritise management actions; however, the individual criteria are not given any weighting.

Priorities will be determined on an annual basis via the annual planning process, and greater

priority will be given to managing species which fulfil several or all of the criteria outlined.

Pest plants and other invasive species are managed on parkland in two ways: through

species-led and site-led management programmes. Species-led management targets

individual species in an attempt to eradicate these from park land. The criteria outlined in

policy 10.4.2.2 helps to define the management for individual species. Site-led management

targets a suite of species within an area to lessen pest plant impact on a site by reducing

plant numbers, specifically mature specimens to stop seeding.

Best practice will be followed when developing control programmes. It is expected that

such programmes will ensure that the council meets its responsibilities in terms of any acts,

regulations or plans which manage the environmental effects of activities involved in plant

control, most notably the Biosecurity Act, Resource Management Act 1991, the Hazardous

Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 and regional plans. In addition, all control

programmes must conform to the council’s standard operating procedures for the control of

pest plants.

Some introduced plant species are dangerous (eg, spiky rush), or can cause discomfort to

park users (eg, Onehunga weed). Mature trees can become unsafe due to instability or

falling limbs (eg, coral trees). Where these occur in high-use areas, they will be controlled or

removed as appropriate.

Objective 10.4.2:

b. To recognise the contribution certain introduced plants make to the park values.

Policy:

10.4.2.5 When considering the management and removal of introduced species, take

into account:

a) potential long-term retention when the plants have:

i) historical or cultural significance,

ii) botanical value, or

iii) significant amenity value.

b) staged removal when the plants:

i) contribute to land stabilisation,

ii) provide a transitional habitat to assist in regeneration,

iii) provide a food source for birdlife,

iv) provide refuge for threatened species

v) contribute to shelter and shade for stock, or

vi) have value in viable forestry operations,

81


10.4.2.6 Only consider future plantings of non-invasive introduced species as outlined in

policy 10.1.2.4.

Explanation:

In some instances, it is considered appropriate to retain introduced plants on parks. Previous

owners of park land and the council itself (and its predecessors) have, on occasion, planted

introduced trees for reasons such as providing shelter for stock, enhancing amenity values,

land stabilisation and maximising financial return. Many of these introduced plants have

historical significance or contribute to a pleasant cultural landscape (refer to policy 11.1.4).

Some may have botanical value such as rare fruit trees associated with heritage orchards.

While it is the council’s intention to focus on the protection and enhancement of indigenous

vegetation in parks, there are some instances where retention, or at least staged removal of

introduced plants is warranted. This also supports policies 10.1.2.4 and 10.1.2.5, where

introduced species are considered as part of landscape management.

All pest plants in the ARPMS should be progressively removed from regional parks. This will

be undertaken where it is practicable; and physically and ecologically feasible. Removal may

be phased to allow replacement plants to become established so as to ensure continuity in

terms of soil conservation, habitat and the provision of shelter.

10.4.3 Introduced animals

Objective 10.4.3:

To control, manage and where possible eradicate introduced animals on parks to allow the

recovery of indigenous ecosystems.

Policy:

10.4.3.1 Develop and implement programmes for controlling introduced animals on

regional parks that:

a) give priority to the control of those species included in the Auckland

Regional Pest Management Strategy, and

b) generally give priority to areas:

i) which contain significant ecosystems, habitats, plant communities or

species that are at risk,

ii) where open sanctuaries, mainland islands or other ecological

enhancement programmes are operational or are proposed,

iii) where there is a connection to the Hauraki Gulf and islands,

iv) where new pest animals are just starting to become established

within the park,

v) where there has been prior significant pest control effort,

vi) where there is potential for vectoring of disease,

vii) where the species detract from visitor use and enjoyment,

viii) where the economics and long-term viability of control or eradication

can be established and is practicable, or

ix) where community groups are working on parks and are able to

support the programmes.

82


10.4.3.2 Follow best practice techniques when developing and implementing

programmes for pest animal control to avoid adverse effects on non-target

species, the environment in general and approved recreation activities.

Explanation:

The ARPMS sets some minimum standards of pest management that the council must

achieve in the management of regional parks; however, the council has chosen to adopt a

higher standard of pest animal control. This takes into consideration the viability of the

ecosystems of the parks and factors such as visitor safety and enjoyment.

Whilst several species can be, and have nearly been, eliminated from regional parks (eg,

goats and deer), resources and technology do not currently allow complete extermination of

most pest species across the parks’ network. This is unlikely to change in the foreseeable

future. Sustained pest control, which focuses on managing introduced animal numbers at

levels that allows for the general recovery of ecosystems and indigenous species on parks,

is therefore the only feasible option during the life of this plan. The council manages

species-led programmes that control possums, deer, goats, sulphur-crested cockatoos and

pigs, and a number of integrated pest control programmes. Not all of these species or

programmes exist on all parks.

Where specific ecological values need to be protected, programmes will be implemented

that will tend to be site-led. Examples of these are pest control in wetland areas and dune

systems, and the mainland island projects, (Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary, Shakespear Open

Sanctuary, Kokako Management Area, Ark in the Park, and Wenderholm Regional Park). In

areas where there are vulnerable native species such as ground nesting birds, intensive

pest control programmes will be implemented during breeding seasons. The council

commonly does this with the management of threatened species, such as the New Zealand

dotterel, kokako and North Island robin.

Wasps can become an issue on some areas of the parks. The council has contributed to

research into new wasp control technologies and will assist to protect staff, contractors,

park visitors and ecological values wherever possible. New animal species may appear in a

regional park through deliberate or accidental introductions, or natural invasion. Taking action

at an early stage will increase the likelihood of eradicating the species at a local level.

The council will seek to use techniques for controlling pest animals that avoid adverse

effects on the environment using current best practice. In some situations, however it may

not be possible to avoid all adverse effects on non-target species. In these situations,

mitigation measures will be adopted. Pre- and post-event monitoring will be undertaken

where necessary.

All animal control programmes, whether using regional parks staff, contractors or

volunteers, will abide by all relevant legislative requirements including the ARPMS, the

Resource Management Act 1991, the Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996

and the Animal Welfare Act 1999. In addition, all control programmes must conform to the

council’s standard operating procedures for the control of pest animals and other

vertebrates.

83


10.4.4 Pathogens, including kauri dieback

Objective 10.4.4:

To be proactive in preventing the introduction of, and/or mitigating the spread and impacts

of diseases on any susceptible host species and on park ecosystems.

Policy:

10.4.4.1 Develop and implement programmes to address and manage incursions as they

occur, using best practice techniques based on current knowledge, which may

include the following:

a) public awareness campaigns with a focus on behavioural change,

particularly targeting stakeholders and park users,

b) development of standard operating procedures,

c) implementation of phytosanitary measures,

d) assessment and monitoring of distribution,

e) research and surveillance,

f) treatment of infected species,

g) control of vectors,

h) realignment of tracks,

i) development of boardwalks, barriers or other structures,

j) temporary or long term track closures,

k) temporary or long term quarantining of areas of parkland, and

l) complementary actions on land adjacent to parkland.

10.4.4.2 Urgently develop and implement a kauri dieback operational plan to provide a

systematic decision-framework to manage tracks, kauri areas and catchments in

parkland, and implement the measures outlined in policy 10.4.4.1; with a focus

on:

a) protecting significant kauri areas and notable trees,

b) restoring general tree health where there is evidence of disease or other

physical or environmental impacts that will make the kauri more susceptible

to kauri dieback,

c) slowing the spread and mitigating the impacts of Phytophthora ‚taxon

Agathis (PTA),

d) monitoring and surveillance of kauri in accordance with policy 7.7.3.b.iv, and

e) appropriately responding to the findings of research.

Explanation:

The ARPMS does not currently specify management of disease organisms in the region;

however, the council manages, where necessary, Unwanted Organisms declared under the

Biosecurity Act. The risk of new incursions and subsequent impacts of pathogens is

predicted to increase in the future. Additionally, disease cycles and virulence of some

84


pathogens are expected to change with climate change. This may require intervention and

control programmes to protect vulnerable or threatened hosts and wider park ecosystems.

Phytophthora ‚taxon Agathis‛ (kauri dieback or PTA) is an example of a threat that the

council is managing on regional parkland that was declared an unwanted organism in 2008.

Since this time the council has been working with MAF Biosecurity New Zealand and other

agencies on a joint response and Kauri Dieback Long Term Management Programme

(LTM)23.

Kauri is an iconic species for all New Zealanders and a unique taonga for tangata whenua.

Kauri is found in 14 of the regional parks covered by this plan; namely Ātiu Creek, Āwhitu,

Duder, Hūnua Ranges, Long Bay, Mahurangi, Shakespear, Tāpapakanga, Tāwharanui,

Waharau, Waitākere Ranges, Wenderholm, Whakanewha and Whakatīwai. Kauri is

particularly significant in the forests of the Hūnua Ranges and Waitākere Ranges Regional

Parks.

The council’s programme to help stop the spread of kauri dieback has involved a range of

measures. Surveys have been undertaken in all parks containing kauri. As of July 2010, only

kauri trees in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park have been found with a positive

identification of PTA. However, there are a number of trees in the Waitākere Ranges and a

few in other parks showing signs of general ill-thrift not necessarily associated with PTA,

but likely to be a result of soil compaction, root trauma or changes to hydrology along tracks

or associated with other diseases. Kauri maybe more susceptible to the impact of PTA

where tree health is compromised.

The council has funded research into the management of the pathogen and its vectors. PTA

is a soil borne species that spreads predominately through soil and the movement of water

through soil. Based on Australian research on pathogens, this is likely to include a range of

vectors, including natural vectors such as plant to plant root contact and water films in soil,

or human or animal induced soil disturbance. For this reason off-track activity in kauri areas

is strongly discouraged and risk management of the suspected primary vectors has also

been initiated.

Crucial to the success of any control programme is the development of a communications

and liaison plan to inform the public about the issue and the recommended measures for

disease prevention. This will continue to be implemented through a range of media,

including: signs on all parks containing kauri, presentations to community and stakeholder

groups and further development of interpretation.

Phytosanitary measures have been implemented and a range of Standard Operating

Procedures developed. The adoption of these will also help reduce the risk of new pest and

pathogen introductions to park land including the frog Chytrid pathogen Batrachochytrium

dendrobatidis, the invasive exotic alga Didymosphenia geminata (didymo – rock snot), and a

multitude of invasive species. Increased surveillance of parkland in general will detect new

introductions of pathogens and where possible lead to the development of programmes

that prevent establishment.

As a partner in the LTM, the council will give effect to this programme, but may in some

cases choose to take management actions over and above those approved or funded by the

LTM to manage kauri on the regional parks. A kauri dieback operational plan will be prepared

that will prioritise the implementation of further measures, to reduce the spread of the

disease in the parks and generally improve tree health. This will be based on a systematic

23 The Kauri Dieback Long Term Management programme is a partnership between MAF Biosecurity New Zealand, the

Department of Conservation and regional councils north of Taupo, which has central government funding to manage the

impact of kauri dieback.

85


decision-making framework and the knowledge we have to date, recognising that the

findings of research may require changes of approach in the future.

The council will consider the development of track structures that would minimise the

spread of kauri dieback, such as the use of boardwalks or barriers. Realignment of tracks or

sections of tracks may be undertaken to avoid kauri zones, balancing this against the need

to protect the ecology of the forest and the impact of the visitors’ experience of kauri. Best

practice management systems for construction and or re-routing of tracks around

susceptible hosts and vulnerable areas may also alleviate the impacts of existing pathogens

on park land, for example Phytophthora cinnamomii.

In some circumstances the short or longer term closure of tracks and the creation of buffer

zones or quarantining of entire catchment areas may be warranted. This may include

protection of pristine areas or containment of infection within high risk disease zones.

Visitor and recreational access may have to be restricted in these situations.

86


87


11. Cultural heritage settings

This part of the plan addresses the protection and management of the parks’ cultural

heritage settings. The Auckland region has a rich and diverse cultural heritage, which in

large part defines what ‚Auckland‛ is. Auckland’s regional parks contain some of the most

diverse cultural heritage resources within the region, as well as some of the least modified,

including sites of tangata whenua and European occupation.

Many of our parks contain the full range of tangata whenua occupation sites, including but

not limited to: tauranga waka (canoe landing sites), pa (fortified villages), papakainga

(villages), mara (cultivations) and urupa (burial grounds).

Some parks have unique examples of Auckland’s heritage, such as the evidence of timber

milling and other extractive industries from the large indigenous forests in the Waitākere

and Hūnua Ranges. There are remnants of the region’s defence history with structures such

as gun emplacements on some parks. There are also a range of historic associations with

the recreational use of the region’s coastal environment, including examples of early holiday

accommodation with the Whatipu Lodge and the Puhoi Cottage.

Importantly, a number of cultural heritage sites can be appreciated within their wider

settings, due to the protection of the regional park landscapes from development pressure

and the active management of these cultural features. Examples of this include: the early

farming complex and 1950s baches at Scandrett; the Brook Homestead and surroundings at

Āwhitu; or the archaeological landscape of Tāpapakanga Regional Park. These provide

opportunities for the public to gain a greater understanding of the sequences of occupation,

and of the connections of communities to the land.

Conserving and enhancing a diverse and representative range of these sites will enable

current and future generations to continue to appreciate and enjoy the region’s unique

cultural heritage. This approach is consistent with the direction provided by the Auckland

Regional Policy Statement.

The regional parks also provide an opportunity to create further heritage features, for

example the Arataki Visitor Centre was developed using Māori design principles and a

number of tohu tangata have been installed around the parks.

As set out in Part 9, the council will work with tangata whenua to identify, protect and

enhance tangata whenua values associated with regional parks.

11.1 Information

Objective 11.1:

To identify, assess and record cultural heritage on regional parks, and increase tangata

whenua involvement in the identification of places of significance to them.

Policy:

11.1.1 Maintain and continually update the cultural heritage inventory, with particular

regard to:

a) utilising a co-ordinated and systematic process,

b) resurveying of cultural heritage sites, where required,

88


c) updating information on location, spatial extent, and significance of the site

and wider associations,

d) Tangata whenua tikanga and established protocols, and

e) Tangata whenua determination of the disclosure or non-disclosure of sites

and information.

11.1.2 Prepare human occupation reports for all parks that identify the Māori and

European settlement of the land.

11.1.3 Identify, map, assess and/or interpret tangata whenua values in accordance with

policy 9.1.1.c.

11.1.4 Record and evaluate trees and other botanical heritage, such as historic gardens,

throughout the parks network and update the cultural heritage inventory

accordingly.

Explanation:

The Cultural Heritage Inventory (CHI) is a database of cultural heritage sites in the region.

The CHI includes places that are formally recognised by the New Zealand Historic Places

Trust (NZHPT), places scheduled for protection in Regional and District Plans and

archaeological sites recorded in the New Zealand Archaeological Association’s Record File.

All parks have been surveyed for cultural heritage sites and ongoing assessment of these

sites will be undertaken to determine their value and significance. The survey and

assessment of sites needs to be undertaken in a systematic way, including the assessment

of trees and other botanical heritage. In particular, council staff are progressively updating

information on archaeological sites to accurately record locations and spatial definitions.

As outlined in Part 9 Tangata whenua, the council has already completed whenua tipuna

reports (human occupation reports) for 11 of the regional parks. These provide an account of

the historical associations and successive human occupation of the land up until it became a

regional park.

It is envisaged that the Regional Parks Te Mahere Hononga Māori – Māori Operational

Relations Plan for Regional Parks, outlined in policy 9.1.2, will prioritise the work necessary

to establish tangata whenua for each regional park, tangata whenua description of

kaitiakitanga, historic connection to the park and values associated with the park. This may

include resourcing tangata whenua to undertake reports that outline their relationship to the

park and the values that they want recognised, protected and enhanced.

11.2 Protection

Objective 11.2:

To protect cultural heritage on regional parks.

Policy:

11.2.1 Prepare conservation plans or heritage assessments for all significant cultural

heritage resources, in consultation with the New Zealand Historic Places Trust

and tangata whenua where appropriate.

89


11.2.2 Any proposed land use changes, such as planting, fencing and the like, within

areas identified as archaeological sites on the park maps, will be undertaken in

consultation with appropriate experts, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust,

tangata whenua, and reference to the ‘Archaeological Site Management

Actions’.

11.2.3 Avoid adverse effects of activities on significant cultural heritage resources.

11.2.4 Avoid the alteration of archaeological sites; where this is not possible any

modification will require an authority from the Historic Places Trust.

11.2.5 Where archaeological sites or other places or items of historic heritage value are

discovered during day to day park operations, work will cease in the vicinity of

the discovery, and an accidental discovery protocol, which is in accordance with

the New Zealand Historic Places Trust protocols, will be followed.

11.2.6 Encourage public appreciation and enjoyment of cultural heritage resources and

settings on regional parks through education, interpretation and opportunities for

community participation and involvement.

Explanation:

Historic heritage is a matter of national importance under the Resource Management Act

1991(RMA). The council therefore has a legal responsibility, at the very least, to protect

these heritage resources on parks. A number of buildings, archaeological sites and heritage

trees are scheduled in the Regional or District Plans and may need consent to undertake

works on or in the vicinity of the scheduled item.

The Historic Places Act 1993 (HPA) protects all pre-1900 archaeological sites (including

recorded and unrecorded) and those post-1900 sites gazetted for protection under that Act.

The HPA makes it unlawful for any person to destroy, damage or modify an archaeological

site without the prior authority of the Trust, whether or not the land on which the site is

located is designated, or a resource or building consent has been issued.

The surveying of archaeological sites on parks has identified management actions to protect

the values associated with these sites. These ‘Archaeological Site Management Actions’

should be referenced when proposing any land use changes near an archaeological site.

As of July 2010, conservation plans have been prepared for most heritage buildings, and

several other heritage resources, such as significant archaeological sites. Further

conservation plans or assessments will be developed for all significant heritage resources,

including archaeological sites and the settings associated with historic homesteads. The

preparation of these plans or assessments provides guidance on whether passive protection

can achieve the outcomes sought for the cultural heritage resource or a more active role is

required.

Protocols have also been developed for when archaeological sites are accidentally

discovered during routine day to day park operations, based on requirements of the Historic

Places Act.

The value of cultural heritage settings and resources to park visitors can be enhanced

through interpretation and education programmes. Public involvement in the protection and

restoration of heritage settings, buildings and places of significance to tangata whenua will

also be encouraged.

90


11.3 Active Management

Objective 11.3:

To conserve and enhance significant cultural heritage resources on regional parks.

Policy:

11.3.1 Actively manage cultural heritage resources based on their significance and level

of threat, in accordance with:

a) ICOMOS NZ Charter,

b) legislation, such as the RMA 1991 and HPA 1993,

c) policy documents, such as the Auckland Regional Policy Statement and

District Plans,

d) tangata whenua preferences and tikanga (protocols), and

e) the Archaeological Site Management Actions.

11.3.2 Manage heritage buildings, structures and actively managed archaeological sites

in accordance with conservation plans or heritage assessments and

progressively implement the recommendations of these plans or assessments.

Review these every five years; or as required.

11.3.3 Manage, where feasible, the wider landscape associations and context of

cultural heritage resources to retain the integrity of their cultural settings.

11.3.4 For policies 11.3.2 and 11.3.3, work with tangata whenua in respect to cultural

heritage resources of significance to tangata whenua in accordance with policy

9.1.1.

11.3.5 Develop maintenance plans or guidelines to address day to day management of

cultural heritage resources; which may include:

a) maintenance of an appropriate grazing regime,

b) retaining the open space character, sight lines and vistas of the site,

c) use of low ground cover and shallow rooting plants when revegetation is

necessary for erosion control or conservation purposes,

d) the level of tangata whenua involvement, and/or

e) ongoing maintenance of heritage buildings and structures.

11.3.6 Explore ways to utilise historic buildings for park-visitor purposes where the use

does not compromise the amenity values of the buildings.

11.3.7 When alteration or adaption of a heritage building is proposed, either by the

council or a licensee, ensure this is undertaken;

a) following best practice principles of built heritage adaption and

conservation,

b) in accordance with conservation plans or assessments where appropriate,

and

91


c) if the conservation plan does not exist or include relevant recommendations

on adaption or the proposed alteration, prior to works commencing;

i) a conservation plan will be prepared, or

ii) the conservation plan or assessment will be reviewed or updated, and/or

iii) a heritage architect’s advice will be sought and followed.

11.3.8 Support the restoration of gardens and orchards surrounding historic buildings,

where appropriate, including the conservation of old cultivars.

Explanation:

Active management is the process of undertaking remedial action or maintenance to avoid

the deterioration of cultural heritage resources. This requires knowledge of the heritage

values which will guide management decisions. Not all cultural heritage resources require

intervention in the form of active management in order to survive, yet active management is

often necessary.

With the large number of heritage resources located on regional parks it is not practical or

feasible to actively manage all resources that may actually require some intervention.

Therefore, decisions need to be made on management priorities. These will be based on

significance and threat, consistent with internationally recognised heritage conservation

practice.

Conservation plans or heritage assessments that propose active management of a cultural

heritage resource will progressively be implemented as resources allow. In addition the

development of maintenance plans or guidelines will assist in the ongoing day to day

management and cyclical maintenance of cultural heritage resources and ensure the

integrity of these sites are maintained and protected over time. For example grazing can be

used to achieve management of cultural heritage sites, but needs to ensure appropriate

stock type and weights, and stocking rates are considered.

A number of heritage buildings have recently been upgraded to provide accommodation

opportunities on the parks. There is further opportunity to utilise heritage buildings in a way

that allows public appreciation, though some constraints will apply to buildings with

particularly sensitive original construction and fabric.

92


93


12. Farmed Settings

Farmed settings can comprise of pastoral land or woodlots. Much of the land contained on

the regional parks has been farmed since European colonisation and, as a result, most of

the original native vegetation was cleared for the development of open pastures. The

resultant landscape is a combination of stands of remnant and re-vegetating native bush and

open grasslands with solitary specimens of mature native and introduced trees. These trees

are particularly important for animal welfare providing necessary shade and shelter.

The farmed areas are heritage landscapes in their own right, with the visual pattern of open

and vegetated spaces reflecting the region’s important farming heritage and the ongoing

role of agriculture as a mainstay of our nation’s economy. Farming operations are essential

to the continued stewardship of the land and the maintenance of the rural character of the

parks. Farming also provides a cost effective means of retaining these open space settings

without compromising other park values.

Farmed parks are managed to create a countryside landscape that provides settings for a

range of recreation activities, and for heritage, conservation and education purposes. The

farmed parks are also important in that they provide a rural experience for urban people,

particularly children, with access to operational farms and opportunities for close encounters

with farm animals. The focus of management is therefore on facilitating recreational access,

safe use and enjoyment, and maintaining high visual standards, rather than operating on a

purely commercial basis.

The farms will be managed to meet best practice standards in animal husbandry and

welfare, pasture management and environmental care. Wherever possible, adverse effects

on cultural and tangata whenua values, such as archaeological sites, sites of significance to

tangata whenua and waterways, will be minimised. The council will, therefore, manage the

farmed parks in a sustainable manner that achieves an optimal outcome, rather than a

maximum economic return from the farming operations.

A number of parks contain native and exotic woodlots. Native woodlots have been created

for research purposes in the Hūnua Ranges and on Tāpapakanga Regional Park. A number of

small exotic woodlots also exist on several other regional parks. The exotic woodlots are

often for wood production but are also used to stabilise steep and eroding land and mobile

dune systems, such as the Five Mile Strip at Muriwai. A major exotic commercial forest

exists under a licence in the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park. Exotic woodlots also provide an

alternative setting for certain recreation activities, such as orienteering and mountain biking,

which may not be appropriate in areas of indigenous revegetation or existing native bush.

94


12.1 Pastoral settings

Objective 12.1:

To ensure that the parks are farmed with the primary focus on maintaining rural and

heritage landscapes which provide settings for the public to learn about the region’s farming

heritage and sustainable farming practices, and partake in a range of recreation activities.

Policy:

12.1.1 Farm regional parks in a manner that ensures;

a) informal access for park visitors at all times except where farm operation

pose a risk to park visitors,

b) the park settings and facilities are managed and presented to an appropriate

park standard,

c) future provision of farming infrastructure is assessed in accordance with

policies 10.1.1.2 and 14.1.3,

d) best practices in animal welfare and husbandry, and sustainable farm

management practices (refer to section 12.3),

e) farming operations and sustainable farm management practices are

interpreted, including through experiential educational programmes,

f) natural ecosystems and cultural heritage areas are appropriately managed

through exclusion of stock or specific grazing regimes, and

g) sites of significance to tangata whenua are managed in accordance with

protocols established with tangata whenua.

Explanation:

Much of the parkland has been commercially farmed in the past. As a result, much of the

original vegetation was cleared by previous owners to maximise the area available for

grazing animals.

Following incorporation into the regional parks network, the focus of management changed.

Rather than operating to maximise farm production and revenue, the emphasis shifted to

maintaining landscape values (including vistas and viewpoints) and facilitating safe

recreational use. For example, gates are designed to minimise the impacts of fencing on

informal pedestrian access.

Sustainable farm management practices, such as the fencing of wetlands, streams and

areas of indigenous vegetation to exclude stock, will be used. Steep and potentially unstable

land may be retired from grazing and re-vegetated, and the natural patterns of bush-lined

stream valleys and continuous tracts of native vegetation will be enhanced. Fence lines will

be maintained to a high standard and will be kept off ridgelines, and damage to pastures will

be minimised though careful management and employing lower than normal commercial

stocking rates.

Management of cultural heritage sites will be achieved by appropriate grazing, giving

consideration to stock types, weights and numbers, or in some cases the exclusion of stock

entirely.

95


12.1.2 Retain pastoral farming on regional parks that are currently grazed to protect

rural landscapes, except areas subject to conservation plans, approved

revegetation or other environmental programmes and recreational activities, or

areas under review at Whatipu as identified in this plan.

Explanation:

Most of the regional parks are farmed to some extent. While farming has been phased out

in the Hūnua Ranges and at Whakanewha in order to allow the indigenous forests to

recover, other farmed areas, such as Little Huia and Pae O Te Rangi in the Waitākere

Ranges, have been retained as a landscape feature and as remnants of the farming heritage

of the area.

In some cases, consideration is being given to retiring farmed areas where environmental or

recreational benefits outweigh that of farming.

12.2 Efficient farming operations

Objective 12.2:

To farm the regional parks, primarily using the ranger service, and in an efficient and cost-

effective manner that optimises the economic return to council without compromising the

role and purpose of regional parks.

Policy:

12.2.1 Primarily manage farmed areas on the regional parks by the ranger service to

ensure an integrated approach to farm operations, stewardship of the park

values and interface with the public visiting the parks.

12.2.2 An exception to farmed parks being managed by the ranger service may arise

under the following circumstance:

a) with newly acquired parks where there is an existing licence or a desire by

the previous owner to continue farming until the park has been initially

developed or formally opened,

b) where there is not the necessary farm infrastructure existing on the park

and it is more economical to licence this out to a neighbouring farmer, or

c) on small isolated farmed areas where there is an historical relationship.

12.2.3 Maintain and regularly review the Farm Business Plan for farming operations on

the parks and report on farming operations annually.

12.2.4 Recognise in the Farm Business Plan the public good element and primary focus

of the farmed parks as identified in objective 12.1 above.

96


12.2.5 Achieve the outcomes identified in policy 12.1.1 by implementing the following

actions through the Farm Business Plan:

a) consult with tangata whenua on appropriate farm management practices on

sites of significance to them,

b) provide gates and stiles, and locate fence lines that ensure grazed areas are

easily accessible and available throughout the year,

c) manage pasture areas for recreational use, withdrawing livestock from

grazed areas prior to the camping season or for event management,

d) fence native bush, revegetation areas and riparian edges to exclude stock,

e) facilitate and maintain stock access-ways that promote efficient livestock

operations,

f) select livestock breeds for temperament that suits farming in a public

setting,

g) implement stocking rates and grazing management practices to

appropriately manage recreational settings and archaeological sites (refer to

policy 11.3.5),

h) maintain farm structures and facilities to a high standard,

i) leave existing clusters of specimen trees inside grazed areas to provide

shade and shelter, and

j) plant shade trees appropriate to their setting, and consistent with the

Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines, 2007.

Explanation:

A farming business unit has been established to allow farming operations to respond to

market conditions while conserving rural landscapes and providing access for recreational

and educational activities on the parks. Farmed parks will primarily be managed by the

ranger service.

Rangers have multiple roles and ensure overall efficiency in park management. In addition to

covering the operational aspects of the farm, they also have the knowledge and expertise to

deliver the farmed settings that meet the public’s expectations for recreation access,

educational programmes, and conservation of natural and cultural heritage. Rangers also

provide a point of contact for the public. However, there may be limited circumstances as

highlighted in policy 12.2.2, where farm management could be contracted out under licence

agreements.

The Farm Business Plan is reviewed annually to ensure that the farming operations on

regional parks are commercially viable and able to respond to prevailing economic

conditions. However, the farming operations must remain secondary to the primary role and

purpose of regional parks. The Farm Business Plan must therefore enable policies 12.1.1

and 12.2.5 to be achieved.

The public good element recognised in the business plan is based on the higher costs

associated with a number of factors including; the geographic spread of regional parks

which requires the duplication of assets, the need to present the parks to a high standard

and the management of farm operations by the ranger service.

97


12.3 Sustainable farming practices

Objective 12.3:

To display excellence in public land management and to be a respected community leader

in sustainable farm management practices.

Policy:

12.3.1 Identify opportunities for sustainable management, and incorporate and

demonstrate sustainable farming practices by:

a) implementing a total soil management programme on regional parks, which

includes the use of soil conditioners and a range of biological fertiliser

products that are beneficial to soil health to reduce nutrient run-off from

farming operations, and to improve the soil structure and total soil biomass

on the farmed areas,

b) using non-tillage techniques for pasture renovation and renewals to reduce

soil disturbance and sediment runoff,

c) implementing a comprehensive farm plan for each park that includes a

nutrient budget programme to monitor fertiliser inputs and outputs,

d) protecting and restoring waterways, streams and wetlands by fencing off

and planting the buffer zones around the catchment area,

e) implementing animal breeding programmes to reduce the reliance on and

use of antibiotics and parasiticides in livestock,

f) limiting the use of agrichemicals for weed control on farmed areas and

encourage the use of mechanical or biological controls,

g) monitoring the greenhouse gas emissions from each farmed park and

where possible mitigating the level of emissions,

h) managing stock class and stocking rates that minimise soil compaction and

erosion, do not impact on the level of recreational use and that reduce any

adverse effects on cultural heritage sites,

i) breeding and managing animals that are efficient converters of grass to

meat, and

j) using nutrient dense forage species that are easily digested by animals, are

adaptable to conditions in the Auckland region and resilient to predicted

climate change.

12.3.2 Meet best practice in animal welfare and husbandry by:

a) protecting existing trees and shelter belts,

b) planting and protecting appropriate trees in grazed areas using species that

quickly provides a shade canopy,

c) ensuring adequate reticulated water is available at all times,

d) ensuring forage species provide nutrient dense food for livestock health,

performance and productivity,

98


e) ensuring paddock fence lines, livestock handling facilities and buildings

facilitate the easy movement of livestock and minimise stress on animals,

f) ensuring all animals suffering from injury or disease will be treated in an

appropriate manner, and

g) having a high level of surveillance and response times through the duty

ranger service.

Explanation:

The council will strive to be an exemplary farmer by ensuring that the sustainable

management of land resources and implementation of environmental best practice is a

strategic driver for the farming of regional park land.

The council will progressively work towards the protection of coastal margins, riparian areas,

wetlands, steep gully systems, natural ecosystems and cultural heritage sites from the

impacts of grazing animals. This will include appropriate fencing of revegetation and riparian

zones, and significant archaeological sites to exclude stock from these areas.

Animal welfare considerations are becoming increasingly important for the management

and farming of animals, both in New Zealand and internationally. High standards of animal

welfare are not only a legal obligation, but also have direct economic benefits and are

necessary for continued international market access. The codes of animal welfare

encourage responsible owners to adopt the highest standards of husbandry, care and

stockmanship.

All animals need shelter from adverse weather conditions and the extremes of heat and

cold. Shelter is essential during the lambing and calving season and is becoming

increasingly important during the prolonged summer dry seasons. This can be provided by

shelter belt plantings or planting trees in paddocks.

While native trees will in the long-term provide shade, the strategic use of faster growing

exotic trees may be necessary to obtain shade quickly. Once natives are established exotics

can be removed. In some circumstances, notable exotic or introduced trees will be retained

due to their heritage, cultural, botanical or amenity values (refer also to policies 10.1.2.5 and

10.4.2.5, and the Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines, Sept

2007).

12.4 Woodlots

Objective 12.4:

To manage woodlots on selected parks for research, wood and energy production, land

stability management and recreation purposes.

Policy:

12.4.1 Consider the planting of new woodlots on selected parks provided they are

consistent with the purpose and management focus of those parks.

12.4.2 Retain existing exotic woodlots where they are necessary for land stabilisation,

they have amenity or historic significance, or they offer a recreational setting not

otherwise available.

99


12.4.3 Harvest, where appropriate, exotic woodlots that have been intentionally planted

for harvesting, that don’t have the values set out in policy 12.4.2.

12.4.4 Consider replacing harvested exotic woodlots with either a new rotation of

exotics or, if appropriate, with native species.

12.4.5 Retain, manage and not harvest existing native woodlots specifically planted for

research purposes.

Explanation:

Woodlots exist on a number of regional parks. Many of these were purchased as part of the

park or were planted in the past for a variety of reasons. In many cases, these represent a

valuable asset, are necessary for soil stabilisation or provide a recreational setting for

activities such as orienteering, horse riding or mountain biking. However, in some cases

they are not necessary for park purposes or are in inappropriate locations. These will be

progressively removed, avoiding wherever possible the use of clear felling.

Where exotic woodlots are harvested, new or replacement plantations will only be

considered where they have public benefits, are appropriate to the park purpose and

management focus, and do not detract from the park landscape. Aging forestry trees that

pose a risk to park visitors from falling trees or limbs will be removed. Likewise, wilding

exotic trees24 that are not appropriate from an ecological or landscape perspective will be

removed.

The regional parks are protected in public ownership in perpetuity. This creates a unique

opportunity for long-term research into the potentials of growing trees (especially native

trees) for commercial benefit. Native woodlots were planted at the Hūnua Ranges and

Tāpapakanga Regional Parks for research purposes. These are a valuable resource offering

long-term benefits to forestry research and will be retained.

24 Trees that have escaped from cultivation and are growing wild

100


101


13. Recreation and Use Management

This part of the plan sets out how the council will manage and provide for recreation

opportunities, activities and experiences, and the use of regional park land. The purpose of

the regional parks is to protect the values of the parks whilst enabling recreation and access

(refer to section 2.1). All recreation activities therefore need to be managed in a way which

minimises their impact on the park values. The objectives and policies outlined in Parts 6 -

16 relate to, or inform, recreation and use activities on regional parks, and should be read in

conjunction with this part of the plan.

The regional parks provide a range of natural settings that people enjoy and use. The remote

bush, the undeveloped coastline, the view shafts, the protected heritage sites and the farm

experiences attract people because of the quality of these values, which the council

protects and enhances. People find tranquillity, enjoyment and adventure in the bush

covered ranges, elevated cliffs, waterfalls, gorges, forests, beaches, islands and wetlands.

For tangata whenua, the regional parks also offer protection and enhancement of, and

access to, sites of significance.

Opportunities to partake in safe and managed recreation in the parks and use them for

activities such as ceremonies, filming and events, derives a number of benefits, including:

Social benefits, for example, in terms of the improved physical, mental and spiritual

health of individuals and communities and increased awareness and knowledge of the

park values.

Cultural benefits, for example, in terms of spiritual and physical wellbeing, community

development and social cohesion; settlement benefits to new migrants;

Environmental benefits, for example, in terms of volunteering and raised awareness of

the park values and the region’s biodiversity.

Economic benefits, for example, in terms of the tourism, filming and events that occur

on park land and industries that provide the equipment that people use in the outdoors.

The types of recreation and use that occur on the regional parks range from informal

activities, such as picnicking and walking, to highly organised activities, such as school and

environmental camps that use purpose-built infrastructure such as lodges. Priority is given

to the provision of activities that are primarily of an informal, non-commercial nature and that

are compatible with the park class, the park vision, the park’s values and other activities.

The main challenges the council is likely to face in relation to recreation and use

management in the next 10 years are outlined in Part 4 Pressures and challenges. The

management principles outlined in Part 6 provide high-level, strategic guidance on how the

council should manage these demands and changes, and inform the following policies.

The council provides a wide range of visitor services (refer to section 13.2) to ensure that

park visitors and users such as licensees and concessionaires are able to enjoy the

opportunities offered on the parks, and are aware of the behaviour, and level and type of

activity that is appropriate to the park setting and to other park visitors.

All activities have impacts on other park visitors and the environment. Each activity is

categorised as one of the following four categories, Permitted, Controlled, Discretionary and

Prohibited, as outlined below:

102


Permitted activity

These are informal activities that are generally allowed on all parks, but in some cases may

be subject to restrictions in order to protect park values, align with the park classification

and ensure the health, safety and wellbeing of visitors.

Controlled activity

These are activities that generally need to be carried out in a specific location and may

involve temporary allocation of an area or structure for specific use. Approval, by way of a

pass or booking confirmation, needs to be obtained for these activities and will generally

only be declined if capacity is reached or the activity is outside the conditions set for the

activity. Restrictions, such as conditions, codes of conduct, and temporary closures, may

also be applied and applicants will be informed of any restrictions.

Discretionary activity

These are activities where the impacts of providing for recreation and use are not known, or

are potentially adverse. Applications to undertake discretionary activities need to be made to

the council for approval and each application is considered on its individual merits. This

includes all permitted and controlled activities that are outside the parameters the council

has set for that activity, all commercial activities, and all activities which involve the semi or

total exclusive occupation of an area of a park for an extended period. Activities for which a

lease or licence is required, or which require the erection of permanent structures and

buildings by any party other than the council are also treated as discretionary activities.

Discretionary activity applications may be approved, approved subject to conditions or

declined.

Prohibited activity

These are activities considered to be inappropriate because of their potential adverse

effects on the environment, or that are incompatible with the park vision and other approved

activities.

13.1 Recreation and use management general policies

13.1.1 Range of recreation and use opportunities

Objective 13.1.1

To provide for recreation and use that is aligned to the regional parks management

principles, the park class and vision and does not unduly compromise the park values, other

approved activities and the visitor experience.

Policy:

13.1.1.1 Manage the impacts of recreation and use on the park values and the visitor

experience through a variety of techniques, including but not limited to:

a) assessing the demand for the activity, impacts of the activity and the

compatibility of activities and only allowing recreation and use that is in

accordance with objective 13.1.1,

b) managing the recreation and use of the parks on a regional network basis,

so as to complement other parks rather than providing all opportunities at

each park,

103


c) grouping and managing activities according to their potential impact on park

values, visitors and resources into the following classes:

i) permitted activities,

ii) controlled activities,

iii) discretionary activities, and

iv) prohibited activities,

d) setting relevant conditions, codes of conduct, temporary restrictions and/or

limits on certain activities that cover matters such as:

i) activity parameters e.g. access and parking, location, times of year

and day, length of activity, maximum number of people, age

restrictions,

ii) booking conditions e.g. charges, cancellations, refunds and credit

balances,

iii) visitors’ responsibility to be prepared and manage personal risk,

iv) emergency process and contact numbers,

v) appropriate behaviour with respect to:

the protection and enhancement of park values, namely: native flora

and fauna and the wider park environment, cultural sites, geological

features and historic structures,

the safety and enjoyment of other park users,

the spread of pest plants and animals, and pathogens,

removal of rubbish,

control of dogs,

fire risks, and

farm animals and operations, and

vi) monitoring and evaluation,

e) providing a ranger service to facilitate visitor enjoyment, educate visitors

and manage and monitor demand and behaviour,

f) infrastructure design and maintenance (refer to Part 14),

g) developing partnerships with tangata whenua, individuals, local

communities and organisations such as the Department Of Conservation

that support the objectives and policies of this plan.

h) providing education programmes and interpretation that raise awareness,

knowledge and understanding of the park values and instil an ethic of

stewardship,

i) providing park promotion and information that outline the park values,

opportunities across the regional parks network and expectations of visitor

behaviour,

j) promoting the Park Care Code (refer to Appendix 3),

104


k) discouraging off-track activity in wetlands, watercourses, dunes, indigenous

bush and Watercare Services Ltd’s Buffer Land through education, signs,

blocking off access, track design and compliance measures, and

l) making the parks rubbish free and reducing the impact of rubbish through

the actions defined in policies 8.2.2.1.h - 8.2.2.1.k.

Explanation:

In determining whether an activity is appropriate on a park, the activity is evaluated to

ensure it meets objective 13.1.1. Part 17 outlines additional factors that need to be

considered relating to specific parks; this includes Reserves Act 1977 requirements for any

land administered under this Act and park land that is under licence. The analysis of

appropriate activities occurs either at the time of:

developing a concept and/or a development plan (refer to section 7.3),

developing or reviewing the management policies for the park, or

assessing a discretionary activity application.

In making provision for a wide range of recreation and use across the region, each regional

park is managed as a component of the region’s open space network (including Department

of Conservation and local council parks, commercial forests and private land made available

to the public for recreation). In determining where activities are provided, one of the aspects

the council considers is the location of other opportunities on regional parks and the broader

regional open space network. It will also consider whether the activity is appropriate to

regional parks or better provided by other public and private open space providers.

Partnerships with other open space providers are therefore very important to the council.

The range, scope and intensity of activity on each park is managed so that it is appropriate

to the capacity and values of that park, or part of the park, while ensuring that the network

as a whole continues to provide a wide range of recreational and other opportunities for the

people of Auckland. There will not be the same range of recreation and use opportunities

provided on each regional park. In some areas the provision of conflicting opportunities may

be managed through temporal considerations, such as time and date allocation.

The council also uses a range of visitor services and management techniques to minimise

the adverse impacts of recreation and use activities. An example of this is using education

and track design to encourage park visitors to remain on designated tracks and areas in

sensitive ecosystems, but enforcing this in some areas where off track activity is prohibited

(refer to Part 17 Park specific management for the details on each park). Another is reduce

the impact of rubbish on the park and the wider environment through promoting and

enforcing ‚rubbish free‛ parks, providing organic waste recycling/ composting in vehicle

based campgrounds and baches, and undertaking regular cleaning of parks and the

coastlines along parks. The council’s ranger service plays a vital role in managing the park

settings, recreation and use opportunities and visitor behaviour.

Activity-specific conditions and codes of conduct, and a generic park care code are

important tools to:

communicate parameters for activities on parks, and

promote stewardship and appropriate visitor behaviour that does not unduly

compromise the park values, other approved activities and the visitor experience.

105


The activity-specific conditions and model codes of conduct, with additional information on

park-specific issues, will be communicated to park visitors through the council’s website,

the council’s contact centre, the activity pass or booking confirmation and the ranger

service. The model Park Care Code (refer to Appendix 3) is a high-level code for all park

visitors. It will be used in park information, e.g. brochures and notice boards, and in

education programmes.

13.1.1.2 Provide public access to regional parks free of charge except where charging is

provided for in the council’s financial policies and section 13.1.7 of this plan.

Explanation:

The majority of opportunities on park land are provided for people to enjoy at their own

leisure with a minimum of controls and charges. In some cases, however, user charges will

be applied where an activity requires the use of a facility or service to the exclusion of other

visitors, or for private good; where the benefit derived is greater than that attained by the

average park visitor (refer to section 13.1.7). This includes activities requiring additional

controls, where the provision is managed through the use of passes, consents, concessions

or licences.

13.1.1.3 Maintain a network of regional parks that provide a wide range of coastal, bush

and farm settings for recreation and use.

13.1.1.4 Provide recreation and use activities that reflect informal ‚kiwi‛ countryside and

coastal experiences.

13.1.1.5 Provide and manage discretionary activities where provision does not detract

from permitted and controlled activities.

13.1.1.6 Provide infrastructure necessary to support approved activities (refer to Part 14).

13.1.1.7 Work with tangata whenua and Māori residents to identify and make provision

for the specific recreational and use needs of Māori in accordance with the

policies in Part 9 and objective 13.1.1.

13.1.1.8 Recognise and provide for differences in peoples’ recreational and use needs,

where appropriate, through:

a) seeking to remove barriers identified through the research outlined in

section 7.7,

b) considering cultural needs when planning and providing recreation and

education opportunities, and

c) making provision for cultural events and practices.

13.1.1.9 Provide programmes, events and guided trips that introduce the public, and

particularly new immigrants and refugees, to the regional parks and their values.

13.1.1.10 Manage the adverse impacts of park operations on recreation and use of the

regional parks through evaluating:

a) the timing of operations,

b) the location and design of necessary operational infrastructure, particularly

fences and gates, and

c) the operating method.

106


13.1.1.11 Where necessary, modify the designated areas and/or infrastructure, in

accordance with the policies in Part 14, when:

a) demand exceeds provision,

b) use levels are low,

c) use is causing damage to the park values, or

d) use is creating conflict with other uses.

Explanation:

The regional parks network has a range of bush, farm and coastal settings for visitors to

access in various ways. Priority will be given to informal activities, that is, permitted and

controlled activities. Organised and/or commercial activities will also be considered where

they are aligned to the regional parks management principles, the park class and vision, and

do not unduly compromise the regional parks network’s values, other approved permitted

and controlled activities, and visitor experiences.

The visitor profile of regional parks is not aligned to the region’s demographics. The council

has undertaken a research programme into the reasons for this disparity for a number of

years and will continue to do so in the future. While there are some issues that are beyond

the control of council, such as people citing not having enough time, there are a number of

barriers that the council can proactively address. This may range from investigating public

transport options and altering the charges of some activities and facilities, to providing

infrastructure to meet cultural requirements and park promotions for specific groups.

Park operations, such as farming and biosecurity programmes, can have an impact on the

recreation and use activities through, for example, the temporary semi or full exclusive use

of an area and/or facility, and the location and design of infrastructure such as gates. As

farming is generally undertaken to facilitate the use and enjoyment of parks, farming

techniques and necessary infrastructure will be planned so as to minimise the impacts on

approved activities. While other park operations such as biosecurity programmes may have

less flexibility, staff will evaluate how they can best avoid or mitigate any negative impact on

park users.

The council will work with both tangata whenua and Māori residents to increase their

connection to regional parks through recreation and other activities such as pā harakēkē,

education programmes and events (refer to Part 9).

The monitoring programme outlined in section 7.7 enables the council to assess the

impacts of recreation and use. The council’s adaptive management approach allows it to

modify the location of activities, activity conditions and associated infrastructure if the

monitoring highlights issues such as user conflict and damage to the natural value.

13.1.1.12 Manage the regional parks in a way that, where appropriate:

a) complements and enhances the recreation and use opportunities available

on other public open spaces or by other providers (both public and private)

for the region,

b) supports walking, cycling and/or bridle trail networks that provide

connections to other public open spaces, recreation opportunities and

residential areas, and

c) provides for local communities to make use of the parks for community

recreation and use.

107


13.1.1.13 Develop multi day track and trail networks, including but not limited to:

a) the sea kayak/waka trail, and

b) the Hillary Trail in the Waitākere Ranges.

Explanation:

Section 2.2 outlines that a primary role of the regional parks is to serve the regional

constituency. However, many are the parks are surrounded by a local population (eg,

Ambury, Long Bay, or Muriwai Regional Parks) or the community sits within the regional

park, as is the case for many parts of the Waitākere Ranges. The council therefore has a role

in providing and supporting recreation opportunities that have been identified as important

by the region and in some cases meeting local needs. It will continue to work with other

organisations, such as local councils, the Department of Conservation, relevant industries

and the sport and recreation sector to undertake research and identify regional priorities

(refer to section 7.7) and the role the regional parks can play. Through these partnerships,

the council will identify emerging trends, changes in the region’s open space provision and

management and new technologies. As a result, it will be better able to plan co-ordinated

responses to shifting visitor behaviours and expectations.

Cross boundary trails such as the Te Araroa Trail, the Hillary Trail and the sea kayak/waka

trail are likely to become increasingly popular. Where provision on adjoining land

complements or expands the provision on park land, the council will proactively recognise

and advocate for provision to be expanded or enhanced by working with the adjoining land

owners. Likewise, the council cannot adequately resource the provision of all opportunities;

in some cases supporting other local councils, landowners and individuals with provision will

be a lot more efficient and enable delivery of opportunities of mutual benefit that would not

otherwise be able to exist.

13.1.2 Park visitor wellbeing

Objective 13.1.2:

To endeavour to enable visitors to fully enjoy the regional parks in a manner that is safe, and

promotes self-reliance and self-confidence.

Policy:

13.1.2.1 Recognise the importance of personal responsibility in managing risk associated

with outdoor recreation as an integral part of visiting a regional park, and manage

the regional parks in a way that encourages and endeavours to enable park

visitors and volunteers to safely enjoy approved activities on the parks; with

particular emphasis on:

a) identifying, analysing and evaluating risks to park visitors on an ongoing

basis,

b) ensuring that the level of risk is appropriate to the activity and the skill level

of the likely participants by:

i) employing design approaches to the layout of parks which facilitates

passive surveillance and minimises the unnecessary seclusion of

facilities and areas, in particular arrival areas and visitor facilities (refer

to section 7.4 General management zones),

108


ii) ensuring, as far as possible, that recreational infrastructure provided to

enable or enhance activities in regional parks are constructed and

maintained to an appropriate standard (refer to Part 14),

iii) using security measures where these will effectively facilitate the safe

use of the park,

iv) ensuring, as far as possible, that individuals, including park volunteers,

participating in an activity understand, and take steps to minimise, the

level of risk inherent in that activity,

v) liaising with emergency services and local communities to coordinate

efforts to minimise risks to park visitors, and

vi) including, where appropriate, conditions on discretionary activity

consents related to visitor safety, and

c) ensuring as far as possible that processes are in place to monitor and

review risks and any risk mitigation treatments that have been

implemented.

Explanation:

The council recognises the powerful role perceived risk plays in the experience provided by

many outdoor activities. While the council will ensure the safety of park facilities and

structures and advise visitors of features and activities known to have higher than

reasonably expected risk, not all risks will be eliminated. Individuals and groups are

expected to take responsibility for all use of natural features and open spaces within the

park. An example of this is the rock fishing project, jointly undertaken by the council, Surf

Life Saving Northern Region and WaterSafe Auckland Inc. The project aimed to reduce the

risk associated with rock fishing by providing safety equipment in high risk locations, and

empowering those fishing by educating them on the importance of paying attention to

weather forecasts and wearing lifejackets. The project also researches attitudes and

behaviours of people who go rock fishing.

While the regional parks have traditionally been low risk areas in terms of personal security

for park visitors, there are some locations, such as car parks, that have been subject to low

level crime. The council will manage these risks in a low impact manner using appropriate

design solutions to increase the passive surveillance, and other management techniques,

such as regular ranger patrols of known problem areas. Surveillance can be supplemented

by concessionaires and park visitors themselves, such as campervan users who are staying

on the park. The council will ensure that emergency contact details are available at all key

assembly areas such as arrival areas, but will only use technical mechanisms such as

surveillance cameras where these are likely to be effective and affordable.

13.1.2.2 Investigate and implement feasible measures to increase sun protection for park

visitors at main arrival areas, designated sites, picnic areas, and campgrounds,

playgrounds.

Explanation:

To increase sun-protection for park visitors, the council will continue to plant trees and

install shade shelters that are designed and located to provide shade where park visitors

congregate. Other measures, such as requiring event organisers to provide sun block at

events, may also be employed.

109


13.1.3 Limited and special mobility needs

Objective 13.1.3:

To provide a range of facilities and programmes on the regional parks that are accessible to

and inclusive of people with disabilities and limited or special mobility needs.

Policy:

13.1.3.1 Continue to provide and enhance access for people with disabilities and limited

mobility through a range of initiatives, including but not limited to:

a) working with the disability sector to understand the needs and aspirations

of people with disabilities in relation to regional parks,

b) providing accurate information on the accessible infrastructure, programmes

and recreation opportunities through the council’s website and other

promotion tools (refer to policy 13.2.3.2) in a way that ensures the

information is accessible,

c) supporting the Halberg Trust in maintaining a database of all of the

accessible facilities on regional parks,

d) auditing all developed parks using a CCS Disability Action Barrier Free

auditor or similar to identify opportunities for removing barriers to enable

access for people of all abilities,

e) progressively removing the barriers identified in d. above;

f) focusing over the life of the this plan on facility and service improvements,

in accordance with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure, at the Arataki

Visitor Centre and precinct (Waitākere Ranges), the Hūnua Falls (Hūnua

Ranges), Long Bay, Muriwai, Tāpapakanga and Tāwharanui Regional Parks

to ensure that there is adequate accessible disability parking spaces, firm

surfaces from these parking spaces to the park entry, accessible toilet

facilities, seating/picnic tables, shelter, and tracks to destinations such as

viewing points and beaches,

g) ensuring accessibility for people with disabilities and limited mobility is

considered at the design stage for all infrastructure projects, and that all

major infrastructure projects on parks have a Barrier Free audit during the

design phase,

h) facilitating sessions of Sport and Recreation New Zealand’s (SPARC) No

Exceptions Training (or any future equivalent) for staff,

i) investigating and implementing methods to make education and volunteer

programmes accessible for people with disabilities or limited mobility, and

j) requiring discretionary activity applicants to, where appropriate, make their

activities accessible for people with disabilities or limited mobility.

Explanation:

As the parks are provided for all people of the Auckland region, it is important to ensure that

where possible, the needs of the region’s diverse community are taken into account and

provided for when making management decisions. The council has adopted a ‘life course

perspective’ that acknowledges that the population will include a wide range of abilities,

depending on age and physical ability, including young, old, those in prams, convalescing,

110


temporarily injured etc. This represents a large percentage of the population and all have the

need and right to escape and access Auckland’s great outdoors and experience natural

landscapes offered by regional parks.

Whilst not all people can get to all places, the regional parks will offer a range of natural

environments, accessible to as many people as possible. As a signatory to the Auckland

Regional ‚No Exceptions‛ Declaration, the council is committed to providing a range of

facilities and programmes on the regional parks that are accessible to, and inclusive of,

people with disabilities.

The council will continue to work with groups such as the Halberg Trust, CCS Disability

Action, the Auckland Disability Providers Network and other advocacy groups to understand

the ways that it could make the parks more accessible to people with disabilities. It will also

work with Barrier Free NZ Trust and barrier free advisors to update existing park

accessibility audits, and develop audits for the new parks and any new major infrastructure.

Once the barriers to, and opportunities for, access are investigated, the council will

progressively improve the range of opportunities, focusing initially on the beach and

wilderness locations identified in policy 13.1.3.1.e.

These improvements will often also benefit people with limited mobility and parents with

prams and buggies; which is aligned to the council’s life course perspective in managing

recreation and use opportunities. As a priority, the information on the council’s website,

notice boards and visitor centres will be updated to ensure there is sufficient accurate

information available to the public.

13.1.4 Smoke free regional parks

Objective 13.1.4:

To make regional parks smoke free.

Policy:

13.1.4.1 Promote smoke free regional parks through appropriate information and

education techniques.

Explanation:

One of the main goals in managing the regional parks is to ensure they are attractive and

safe places for families, children and young people. One of the ways in which the council is

seeking to achieve this is through encouraging people to not smoke on regional parks so

that other park visitors can enjoy the natural smells associated with bush, farm and coastal

settings, and not be affected by the negative health impacts associated with passive

smoking. This approach also recognises the role smoke free outdoor public places have to

play in denormalising smoking, particularly for our young people. This is important as

smoking is a major cause of health problems in New Zealand and the council is charged

with improving, promoting and protecting public health and the wellbeing of the regional

community through the Health Act 1956 and the Local Government Act 2002.

In addition to these benefits, making the regional parks smoke free will also reduce the

environmental impact of cigarette butts and the fire risk associated with smoking (refer to

policy 8.4.2.3) An educative approach will be taken to making the regional parks smoke free.

These messages will be reflected on the council’s website and progressively incorporated

into brochures and existing signs; with priority given to areas where families, children and

young people congregate such as playgrounds and picnic areas.

111


13.1.5 Alcohol on regional parks

Objective 13.1.5:

To reduce the irresponsible consumption of alcohol on regional parks.

Policy:

13.1.5.1 Ensure the responsible consumption of alcohol on regional parks through:

a) continuing to promote safe and responsible attitudes towards alcohol

through the visitor services outlined in section 13.2,

b) setting relevant discretionary activity consent conditions,

c) continuing to enforce the council’s Parks Bylaw 2007, and

d) continuing to develop strong working relationships with the New Zealand

Police.

13.1.5.2 Monitor alcohol related incidents and investigate the best approach to manage

problem individuals, groups and areas.

Explanation:

Alcohol is currently permitted on all of the regional parks. In general, the majority of park

visitors consume alcohol in a manner that does not unduly compromise the regional parks

network’s values, other approved activities and the visitor experience.

There are however some visitors that drink alcohol in an irresponsible manner, and as a

result behave in a way that adversely affects the park settings and infrastructure through

vandalism and litter, and other park visitors through being offensive or causing a nuisance.

The council does not tolerate this behaviour and has specific regulations related to this in

the Parks Bylaw 2007.

The council will continue to promote the responsible consumption of alcohol on park signs,

noticeboards, brochures and the website. The park rangers will also educate park visitors

and enforce the Parks Bylaw 2007. Partnerships with the New Zealand Police will focus on

education and compliance. As another mechanism to control alcohol related issues, the

council may set conditions on discretionary activities that involve drinking.

13.1.6 Use of park buildings

Objective 13.1.6:

To effectively and efficiently utilise park buildings that are provided and maintained in order

to meet park operations, park-user needs and heritage protection.

Policy:

13.1.6.1 Periodically review the use of buildings suitable for overnight accommodation on

the parks and deploy these buildings to their best use, taking into consideration

the following factors in order of priority:

a) The need for ranger presence on the park (refer to section 13.2.2).

b) The potential as a lodge (refer to section 13.4.3) or a bach escape (refer to

section 13.4.4).

112


c) The potential as either rental accommodation available to the public at a

market rental, or, park volunteer and contractor accommodation.

13.1.6.2 Only approve overnight accommodation for volunteers and contractors on parks

(either the use of existing buildings as outlined in policy 13.1.1.11.c, or new

facilities) if:

a) the park is considered remote, and there are no alternative feasible

accommodation options,

b) the success of an endorsed council programme is dependent on the

provision of volunteer accommodation on the park,

c) the presence of volunteers staying on the park does not adversely affect the

public perception that it is a regional park open to all visitors to enjoy, and

d) the facility is in accordance with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure.

13.1.6. 3 Develop and maintain a schedule of all existing dwellings and their designated

use.

13.1.6. 4 Ensure any change or addition to the schedule referred to in policy 13.1.6.3 is

authorised by the General Manager Parks, unless it relates to the bach escapes

in which case council approval is required.

13.1.6. 5 Enable free access to accommodation on regional parks to be offered to

volunteers on the day and park that the volunteer activity is undertaken, pending

availability, in the following manner:

a) free access to camping and overnight car parking sites on regional park land

for volunteers who complete a minimum of four hours of volunteer work

per day on the regional park, and

b) free access to the designated park volunteer accommodation (as per the

schedule outlined in policy 13.1.6.3) for volunteers who complete a

minimum of six hours of volunteer work per day on the regional park.

13.1.6. 6 Ensure baches and lodge accommodation on regional parks, excluding Takahe

Cottage at Ātiu Creek Regional Park, are not made available for free volunteer

use; volunteers may book and pay for these facilities when these are available.

13.1.6. 7 At Ātiu Creek Regional Park, Takahe Cottage may be used for volunteer

accommodation in accordance with conditions to be set by the General Manager

Parks.

13.1.6. 8 Only make dwellings and buildings on parks available to contractors undertaking

work on the park if they are not booked or likely to be booked for use by the

public, and the use is in accordance with conditions set by the General Manager

Parks.

Explanation:

There are a number of buildings on the park land that were erected before the regional

parks were acquired. Many of these are suitable for accommodation. As outlined in policy

13.1.6.1, the council’s preference is to make these houses available for rangers so that they

can deliver visitor services, oversee farm operations and provide overall supervision of the

113


park. Where this is not required, or the building is not suitable, it will be considered for a

range of uses by the public. Many of these buildings will form part of the regional parks’

bach escape network (refer to section 13.4.4).

At times accommodation on the park may be offered to contractors in order to reduce travel

times and cost, or to volunteers in recognition of their contribution to the park. For

contractors, only dwellings or buildings not in use as ranger accommodation or long term

rental, and not booked or likely to be booked for use by the public will be made available.

The General Manager Parks will determine the criteria for deciding when baches are unlikely

to be booked. For volunteers, only buildings that have been designated for volunteer

accommodation and the Takahe Cottage at Ātiu Creek Regional Park will be made available

free of charge. Any designated volunteer accommodation will be carefully evaluated and

monitored to ensure that it does not alter the public’s perception that the park land adjacent

to the building is part of the regional park and is for everyone to visit and enjoy.

13.1.7 Commercial activities on regional parks

Objective 13.1.7:

To manage recreation and related activities on regional parks primarily for the enjoyment

and use of the people of the Auckland region, while making provision for commercial

activities where they are aligned to objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.1.7.1 Manage all commercial opportunities on regional parks as discretionary

activities.

13.1.7.2 Manage the potential adverse effects of commercial activities (including tourism)

on the natural, landscape, heritage and tangata whenua values and park visitors

through:

a) only approving activities that are in accordance with objective 13.1.1,

b) taking into account cumulative impacts when assessing discretionary

activities (refer to policy 13.5.1.13.e),

c) taking into account the times when there is high public use of the park

when approving activities,

d) requiring consultation with affected parties (including tangata whenua) and

local communities (refer to policy 13.5.1.7.g),

e) ensuring discretionary activities are appropriately located to minimise

disruption of other park users,

f) avoiding or mitigating biosecurity risks, and

g) requiring individuals and organisations providing commercial opportunities

for other park visitors to:

i) adhere to lease, licence, consent and/or concession conditions,

ii) be knowledgeable advocates of the of the regional parks’ natural,

historic and tangata whenua values, and

iii) where necessary, meet accreditation and/or training requirements.

114


Explanation:

All commercial activities are automatically treated as discretionary activities to ensure that

informal and non-commercial activities are prioritised on the regional parks, (refer to section

13.5 Discretionary activities). The council has the discretion to decline any commercial

activities that it believes comprise the park values, other approved activities and the visitor

experience. Alternatively it may set conditions (refer to policy 13.5.1.16).to ensure

individuals or organisations undertaking commercial activities on regional parks, be it

licensees, concessionaires or event organisers, to support the council in achieving the

objectives and policies in this plan through, for example: introducing target groups to parks

and outdoor recreation, transporting people to the parks, enhancing the visitor experience,

and educating park visitors.

13.1.8 Fees and charges

Objective 13.1.8:

To recover costs, to the council, associated with activities on regional parks where the

benefit to a recipient is greater than that derived by the regional public.

Policy:

13.1.8.1 Charge fees for controlled and discretionary activities which:

a) reflect current market values,

b) reflect the degree of private benefit and/or public good to be gained from

the activity, and

c) cover, or partly cover, costs to the council in supporting the activity.

13.1.8.2 Set discretionary activity conditions to ensure the intended public good is

realised when fees are set below market values to reflect this element of the

activity.

13.1.8.3 Set out fees and refund policies in the council’s Recreation Pricing Schedule and

review this schedule every three years or earlier if necessary.

Explanation:

The council may charge fees where an activity requires the special or exclusive use, or

provision of an area, facilities or services that provide a private benefit to a park user. Policy

13.1.8.1 a. – c. outlines the factors which will be taken into consideration when setting fees.

Policy 13.1.8.1.c relates to costs such as administration costs associated with controlled

activities, and processing and monitoring discretionary applications.

The council may charge below the current market value for the activity where it will result in

proven public good; such as increased provision of recreation opportunities, park visits by

sectors of the community that are currently under-represented in the parks, or it has

educational value. In these cases, the council may set conditions to ensure this public good

is realised. These conditions could relate to fees and charges, interpretation of the park

values, access to facilities and programmes and club membership.

The council’s charges for the regional parks network are identified in the Recreation Pricing

Schedule, and are reviewed every three years to ensure that the fees applied reflect current

market trends. Copies of this schedule are available from the council. Other fees may also

be applied and these will be determined on a case-by-case basis having regard to the criteria

contained in policy 13.1.8.1.

115


13.2 Visitor Services

As well as providing the park setting for people to enjoy, the council provides a range of

services that are designed to facilitate and enhance the visitor experience on the parks. The

range of services includes:

the ranger service,

promotion and information services,

education programmes,

interpretation,

partnerships and volunteering programmes and projects, and

art in parks.

13.2.1 General visitor services

Objective 13.2.1:

To utilise visitors services to encourage and enable park visitors to make full and safe

enjoyment of regional parks.

Policy:

13.2.1.1 Provide a range of visitor services to:

a) protect the park values,

b) support and advocate the generic and iwi specific principles of kaitiakitanga,

c) support and advocate the principles of stewardship and environmental

awareness to be adopted by all park visitors,

d) introduce the regional community to regional parks and outdoor recreation,

e) ensure park visitors are aware of the features and services of the park,

f) facilitate non-conflicting recreational experiences,

g) manage competing demands for resources and sites,

h) encourage park visitors to remain on the designated track systems and

areas,

i) ensure that potential risks to park visitors are appropriately managed and

communicated to establish a reasonable expectation of the risks involved in

use or occupation of a setting or infrastructure, and

j) ensure the security of park assets.

13.2.1.2 Enhance visitor services through:

a) tangata whenua partnerships in accordance with the policies in Part 9,

b) volunteer programmes and partnerships,

c) partnerships with appropriate organisations, and

d) supplementing the visitor services on parks on a user-pays basis, where

appropriate.

116


13.2.1.3 Investigate and implement appropriate and feasible mediums to:

a) increase the use of Te Reo Māori in visitor services,

b) promote regional parks to people for whom English is a second language,

and

c) inform and educate park visitors for whom English is a second language.

Explanation:

It is important that park visitors are able to fully enjoy the opportunities offered on the parks,

and are aware of the behaviour and level and type of activity that is appropriate to the type

of park setting and to other park visitors. The regional parks’ visitor services are therefore

focused on ensuring that the user is aware of the park’s values, layout, facilities, services,

recreational opportunities and restrictions. For these reasons the council:

Operates a ranger service that manages the park settings and visitor behaviour,

provides core visitor services, facilitates volunteering and is available to assist the park

visitor should they need help (refer to section 13.2.2).

Sets user codes of conduct and conditions on certain activities (refer to policy 13.1.1.1).

Provides additional information to the public and park visitors through a range of

mediums including the council’s website, brochures, the contact centre and park

interpretation (refer to sections 13.2.3 and 13.2.5).

Raises awareness of the opportunities that the parks offer, and manages demand

through marketing and the provision of programmes and events (refer to section

13.2.3).

Provides or facilitates education programmes (refer to section 13.2.4).

The Parks Bylaw 2007 outlines activities which are prohibited in the regional parks. The

regional parks ranger service is responsible for enforcing these bylaws on the parks.

When there is demand for additional provision that would enhance existing visitor

experiences or the range of activities provided, the council may facilitate this provision

through external organisations such as volunteers, through concessions or as a provider

itself. Users of such activities may be asked to pay for, or contribute to the cost of such

services (refer to section 13.1.8). This may include guided walks, workshops, talks, events,

school holiday programmes, consumables and education programmes.

13.2.2 Ranger service

Objective 13.2.2:

To protect, restore and enhance the park values, and maximise visitor access to and safe

enjoyment of the regional parks, through the provision of a ranger service

Policy:

13.2.2.1 Continue to provide the regional park ranger service that:

a) manages the natural, cultural and farmed settings, recreation and use

opportunities and visitor behaviour,

b) develops and maintains park infrastructure,

c) fosters an ethic of stewardship in park visitors and supports and advocates

the generic, and iwi specific, principles of kaitiakitanga,

117


d) provides or facilitates volunteering programmes,

e) models the behaviour the council expects of park visitors,

f) provides a point of contact for the public to the council and assists the park

visitor should they need help or information,

g) liaises with and keeps neighbours and local communities informed and

involved with matters on the parks, and

h) facilitates and supports emergency responses in and adjacent to regional

parks,

in accordance with the objectives and policies of this plan.

13.2.2.2 Prioritise the use of park houses by rangers so that they can deliver visitor

services, oversee farm operations and provide overall supervision of the park.

Explanation:

The regional parks network has traditionally been managed using park rangers. This is one

of the features that set Auckland’s regional parks apart from many other park services. A

rangers role is to conserve and protect natural, landscape, tangata whenua and cultural

values, while enabling safe and enjoyable outdoor recreation and education experiences in

regional park settings. Rangers are guardians of the outdoor environment and the species

that live there; they also provide important links between local communities, the regional

parks and the parks administration. Many of the regional parks have park houses that are

suitable for ranger accommodation. This use will be prioritised over all other uses because

of the additional security and visitor services having a ranger living on the park provides

(refer to policy 13.1.6.1).

13.2.3 Promotion and information services

Objective 13.2.3:

To ensure the public are aware of and can enjoy what the regional parks network has to

offer through promotion and information services.

Policy:

13.2.3.1 Use promotion and information services to:

a) introduce the regional community to regional parks and outdoor recreation,

b) raise awareness and understanding of the park values, and the generic and

iwi specific principles of kaitiakitanga,

c) instil the ethic of stewardship in park visitors,

d) ensure park visitors are aware of the features and services of the park,

e) facilitate non-conflicting recreational experiences by making people aware of

approved park activities and highlighting any risks associated with shared

use areas,

f) encourage park visitors to remain on the designated track systems and

areas,

118


g) promote alternative transport options, and

h) ensure that potential risks to park visitors are communicated to establish

reasonable expectation of the risks involved in the use or occupation of a

setting or infrastructure.

13.2.3.2 Promote the regional parks and inform the public about the park values and the

range of activities, through:

a) the park ranger service,

b) park pamphlets and information brochures,

c) park notice boards and signs,

d) visitor centres,

e) events,

f) programmes.

g) the parks contact centre,

h) community partnerships,

i) working with partner organisations such as sponsors, commercial partners

and i-sites,

j) publications, including newspaper articles and the Pohutukawa Post,

k) the council’s website and related websites, and

l) targeted advertising and public relations campaigns.

13.2.3.3 Improve the information available to the public about regional parks, and the on-

park information so that park visitors can easily orientate themselves and

understand the activities they can undertake on the park by:

a) improving the quantity and quality of the information about regional parks

available on the council’s website,

b) developing and implementing a Parks Noticeboard Plan that identifies:

i) the purpose and goals of noticeboards on parks,

ii) the location of noticeboards for each park,

iii) unique design and location criteria to ensure noticeboards integrate

into the landscape,

iv) noticeboard audiences and the type of information that will be of

interest, and

v) how the noticeboards will be managed to ensure they are maintained,

updated and refreshed,

c) improving way-finding information on regional parks by:

i) improving the design, information and location of directional signs

(refer to section 14.9), and

ii) improving the information on park noticeboards, and

d) continuing to improve the interpretation on the parks.

119


Explanation:

Promoting the regional parks network and providing information on what the parks offer is

one of the main mechanisms to attract the regional community to the parks and ensure they

enjoy the parks in a safe and appropriate way. It helps give people the confidence to explore

new places and is one of the main ways of instilling a sense of care and stewardship for the

parks. It also helps to manage visitor numbers on regional parks, as; by promoting

alternatives places to visit the council can reduce the loading on particular parks, or parts of

a park. The council uses a number of mechanisms to promote the parks. Events on the

parks, organised by the council or others, are recognised as a particularly effective way of

promotion. The council will also use the mechanisms outlined in policy 13.2.3.2 to inform

park visitors about everything that they need to know to safely enjoy the parks. The Arataki

Visitor Centre is, for example, a gateway to the Waitākere Ranges, where people can find

ideas for activities and collect the necessary information to enable them to safely explore

the parks.

13.2.4 Education

Objective 13.2.4:

To enhance the public’s enjoyment, awareness, knowledge and understanding of and

respect for park values and the wider environment, and reduce impacts of activity on park

values through education.

Policy:

13.2.4.1 Provide the following education programmes:

a) general public education programmes,

b) school education programmes, and

c) park user education programmes.

13.2.4.2 Provide education programmes where they:

a) encourage visitors to undertake activities in ways which minimise impacts

the park values and other park visitors,

b) contribute to people’s understanding and appreciation of the natural, tangata

whenua and historic values associated with regional parks,

c) facilitate visitor enjoyment of the park,

d) increase people’s outdoor recreation knowledge and confidence, and

e) raise awareness of environmental and sustainability issues and encourage

people to take action to protect and enhance the environment.

13.2.4.3 Give priority to providing and supporting education programmes for school-aged

students and in particular, programmes that are aligned with the New Zealand

school curriculum that:

a) raise awareness, knowledge and understanding of the natural, tangata

whenua, historic and recreation values associated with regional parks and

their sustainable management, and

b) educate visitors in responsible behaviour and wise stewardship of the parks

resources.

120


13.2.4.4 Continue to provide education programmes targeted at kohanga reo

(kindergartens), kura kaupapa (primary schools) and whare kura (secondary

schools).

13.2.4.5 Provide education programmes for the general public involving lectures, guided

walks and experiential activities by staff, tangata whenua and expert volunteers.

13.2.4.6 Educate visitors in responsible behaviour and wise stewardship of the park

values through a variety of mechanisms, including but not limited to:

a) the ranger service (including bylaw enforcement),

b) liaising with, and holding workshops for groups using the parks, for

example, event organisers, tramping clubs, and interest groups.

c) the council’s website and related websites,

d) park pamphlets, brochures, notice boards and signs,

e) Arataki visitor centre, and

f) on and off park education programmes.

13.2.4.7 Where appropriate, require licensees, concessionaires and consent holders to

interpret park values and features, and to promote appropriate behaviour on the

park with respect to wise stewardship of the parks and respect for other park

users (refer to policy 13.5.1.16).

13.2.4.8 Develop systems that promote responsible behaviour and good stewardship

such as guidelines, training requirements and accreditation with park user

groups such as the film industry and concessionaires.

13.2.4.9 Provide specialised outdoor education and recreation facilities aimed at

developing skills and confidence in the outdoors and knowledge of the

environment on some parks for schools and community groups (refer to section

13.4.3 Lodges).

Explanation:

Regional parks embody features that are representative of the natural, historic and tangata

whenua values of the region. An awareness and understanding of these values can enhance

the experience for park visitors. As the Auckland region has large urban areas, parks are

often the only places where people are able to experience and learn about the region’s

natural and cultural heritage. As such, regional parks provide an important setting for

heightening people’s enjoyment, awareness and understanding of environmental and

conservation issues in the region. As well as enhancing the visitor experience and

protecting park values, education programmes on the parks are important in promoting

sustainable management issues. To this extent the parks are an extension of the council’s

wider responsibilities to promote the sustainable management of the region’s resources

(refer to Part 8).

Many of the park values are susceptible to the impacts of activity on the parks. For this

reason, the council wants to ensure that all visitors to the regional parks, and especially

sensitive locations, such as the Hūnua Ranges and Waitākere Ranges Regional Parks, have

a sense of care and stewardship when visiting and using the resources of the parks.

Education is seen as the most important way to manage visitor impacts, as while bylaw

121


enforcement can be used it is often more effective for people themselves to adopt

responsible behaviour. By knowing more about the importance of the park values and the

threats to these values, it is anticipated that park visitors will be more likely to respect these

values and attempt to reduce their impact. Arataki Visitor Centre in the Waitākere Ranges

acts as a gateway to the park land and plays an important role in conveying important

messages about care and stewardship of the environment of the parks.

Young people are the decision-makers of the future, and it is vital that this group is

influenced at an age when it is easier to instil positive attitudes towards regional parks and

the environment generally. The council will maintain an active programme for school-aged

children and will align these programmes with the New Zealand Curriculum. The council

will, in partnership with tangata whenua, target some of these programmes to kohanga reo,

kura kaupapa and whare kura in accordance with the policies in Part 9.

Regional parks will also provide education opportunities for a wide sector of the regional

community. While existing programmes tend to focus on schools, community surveys have

shown that other sectors of the community are also interested in learning about regional

parks and the environment generally. Existing programmes, such as public talks, guided

walks and experiential activities, will be continued. Expert volunteers will, where

appropriate, be encouraged to take a lead role in these programmes.

The council provides facilities for specialised outdoor education and recreation programmes,

aimed at developing skills and confidence in the outdoors and knowledge of the

environment, in some parks. The council operates a visitor centre and education

programmes at Arataki in the Waitākere Ranges, and a farming-based education centre at

Ambury Regional Park. Residential facilities operated by schools exist at Hūnua Falls

(Kokako Lodge), Āwhitu (Āwhitu Educational Camp) and Waharau Regional Parks. The

YMCA operates both the Shakespear Lodge at Shakespear Regional Park and Camp Adair

which adjoins the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park.

In many regional parks, licensees operate from park buildings and concessionaires provide

education and/or outdoor recreation ventures on the parks as discretionary activities. In

these situations, it is important that they also educate park visitors about the park values.

13.2.5 Interpretation

Objective 13.2.5:

To enhance the park visitor’s enjoyment of the regional parks and raise awareness,

understanding and respect for park values through on-site interpretation

Policy:

13.2.5.1 Utilise on-site interpretation to meet the objectives and policies in this plan

through:

a) contributing to people’s understanding and appreciation of the park values

and the role of tangata whenua as kaitiaki,

b) raising awareness of environmental and conservation issues and

programmes promoted by the council,

c) raising awareness of the farming operations on the park, and

d) raising awareness and understanding of Auckland’s landscapes, history and

stories.

122


13.2.5.2 Give priority to providing on-site interpretation where it:

a) highlights a current issue or new initiative,

b) is most effective, such as interpretation that targets a certain audience at

sites with high visitor numbers, natural gathering points or park

accommodation,

c) increases awareness and understanding of tangata whenua values and their

historic connection to the park in accordance with policy 9.1.1,

d) highlights sites of special significance, or

e.) features significant themes identified in the Parks Interpretation Strategy.

13.2.5.3 Deliver on-site interpretation in a variety of ways to suit the needs of different

types of park visitors in accordance with the Parks Interpretation Guidelines that

will be reviewed periodically.

13.2.5.4 Ensure on-site interpretation is appropriate to location in size, scale and

materials.

13.2.5.5 Develop on-site interpretation of tangata whenua values and the role of tangata

whenua as kaitiaki as a joint project with tangata whenua (refer to policy 9.1.1).

13.2.5.6 Encourage live on-site interpretation by staff, rangers, experts, concessionaires

and tangata whenua, as well as by other park friends and partners with special

knowledge or interests.

13.2.5.7 Continue to rationalise, update and refresh exhibits and displays on regional

parks, especially in Visitor Centres, in accordance with the Parks Interpretation

Strategy and Parks Interpretation Guidelines in order to encourage ongoing and

repeat visits.

13.2.5.8 Review and update the Parks Interpretation Plan on a three yearly basis in line

with the Long Term Council Community Plan processes to identify:

a) on-site interpretation purpose and goals,

b) on-site interpretation media,

c) park audiences,

d) strategic themes,

e) on-site interpretation plans for each park, and

f) on-site interpretation priorities for the regional parks network for the three

years of the Parks Interpretation Strategy.

Explanation:

Visitors’ enjoyment and appreciation of the parks can be enhanced through raising

awareness and understanding of the parks’ features and history. This can be achieved

through on-site interpretation programmes, which connect people with places.

Interpretation is a form of communication and seeks to engage park visitors in a topic.

Interpreters’ tools typically include: stories, displays, models, brochures, audio visuals,

props, self-guided trails, signs, performance, film, inter-actives, booklets, live cams,

websites, and exhibitions.

123


Interpretation adds value to the park experience by:

stimulating learning, and explaining ideas and concepts,

creating memories,

fostering understanding and appreciation,

empowering through knowledge, influencing attitudes and prompting action,

promoting the council’s role in environmental management, and

inspiring visitors to explore other sites and referring them to other sources of

information.

13.2.6 Partnerships and volunteering

Objective 13.2.6:

To promote community understanding of, and support for, regional parks through

partnerships and volunteer programmes, and instil the ethic of stewardship.

Policy:

13.2.6.1 Provide the following range of participation opportunities:

a) volunteer programmes run by the council or its agents,

b) park friends groups,

c) external experts who want to volunteer their specialist knowledge,

d) sponsorships, and

e) partnership arrangements.

13.2.6.2 Promote and provide opportunities for tangata whenua, individuals, businesses

and community groups to work in volunteer programmes on activities that

support the objectives and policies in this plan, such as:

a) protection and enhancement of natural heritage and cultural heritage values

(eg, pest eradication and species recovery programmes),

b) park maintenance (eg, building and track maintenance, mowing, pest

control, litter control),

c) farming (eg, shearing, fencing, haymaking, livestock management),

d) administration (eg, maintaining records, customer service, marketing),

e) research on park issues and values,

f) developing and delivering education and interpretation programmes,

g) event management,

h) developing and delivery of recreation opportunities, and

i) park promotion.

13.2.6.3 Encourage and support park friends groups, care groups and external experts

who want to volunteer their expertise to the park, where their activities support

the objectives and policies in this plan and are subject to formal agreements and

protocols.

124


13.2.6.4 Develop strategic partnerships with other public agencies, including

conservation, recreation and health agencies, and private individuals and

companies, which share common objectives with the council and regional parks.

13.2.6.5 Create formal partnerships with tangata whenua in accordance with Part 9.

13.2.6.6 Enter into agreements for sponsorship and partnerships that outline:

a) the outcomes sought,

b) how the working relationship of the parties will be managed during the

pursuit of those outcomes (including the governance and funding

arrangements and use of council’s regional parks and facilities),

c) the expectations, objectives, shared values and terms of working together,

and

d) aims of the agreement and how each party will collaborate to achieve those

aims,

where these are consistent with the objectives and policies of this plan, relevant

council partnership and sponsorship policies (which align with the council’s

values) and do not detract from the park values and public’s use and enjoyment

of the parks.

13.2.6.7 Ensure partnership agreements that cover capital works or events:

a) are consistent with any relevant council partnership and sponsorship

policies, and the objectives and policies of this plan, and

b) are approved by the Council.

13.2.6.8 Enable the use of dwellings and buildings on parks by volunteers in accordance

with the policies in section 13.1.6.

13.2.6.9 Require council approval for applications for the development of new facilities

for overnight accommodation for volunteers on regional parks.

13.2.6.10 Continue to recognise the importance of volunteers through a range of

initiatives, and investigate the provision of an honorary ranger programme to

support the council’s ranger service.

Explanation:

The involvement of individuals and groups in park management as volunteers and partners

can provide a variety of benefits for the public and the parks themselves. For individuals and

groups, volunteering:

provides them with the satisfaction of giving something back to places they value and

enjoy,

provides them with opportunities for social interaction and physical exercise,

enables them to learn about the parks,

enables them to learn new skills, and

brings skills, knowledge and resources to the management of parks that would not

otherwise be available.

125


This involvement comes in several forms, including:

strategic partnerships with other public agencies, including conservation, recreation

and health agencies, which share common objectives with the council and regional

parks,

formal partnerships with tangata whenua,

formal partnerships agencies and groups that relate to the outcomes sought on

particular parks, or the network as a whole, and

informal partnerships with individuals and groups, such as volunteer programmes.

The council has a register of over 2500 regular volunteers, and manages a number of

projects, such as park maintenance, planting days, and animal pest and weed control, which

volunteers can participate in. The volunteer programmes have become a major and valued

form of participation for many people. Some sports groups such as mountain biking clubs

offer their labour to help maintain the facilities and tracks they make use of.

Established friends groups operate in a number of parks and support projects, such as Ark in

the Park in the Waitākere Ranges, the Couldrey historic homestead at Wenderholm and the

Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary. Friends groups meet regularly, raise funds for projects, and

carry out volunteer work on their nominated park. The activities of friends groups can greatly

enhance park visitor experiences and council activities on the parks. The council will support

friends groups provided their intentions and activities are consistent with the overall

management direction established for that park and the objectives of this plan. The council

will enter into formal agreements or develop protocols with friends groups where

appropriate.

There are also a number of land care, coast care and local community animal pest and weed

control programmes operating adjacent to many regional parks. The council supports these

initiatives and is willing to work closely with them where they have demonstrable benefits

to the parks. The council may also develop formal agreements with community

organisations or groups who have a strong and long term relationship with parks, in order to

outline the activities or works they will undertake on the parks in partnership with the

council.

There are many external experts, often retired people, who volunteer their specialist

knowledge and lead guided walks which focus on special features of the parks, such as

their flora and fauna, or geology.

Sponsorships can take many forms but usually involve private businesses offering funds

and/or labour to support a project on the parks. It is critical that the project chosen is

relevant and appropriate to the council’s and park objectives, and is consistent with the

council’s partnership and sponsorship official policies. All sponsorship requires a formal

memorandum of understanding.

126


13.2.7 Art in parks

Objective 13.2.7:

To enhance people’s enjoyment and appreciation of the regional parks through the support

of arts programmes in the parks.

Policy:

13.2.7.1 Provide opportunities for artists to participate in the production of interpretative

material about regional parks where they:

a) are consistent with the objectives and policies in this plan,

b) are consistent with any approved council arts policy,

c) contribute to people’s understanding and appreciation of the park values

and history, and

d) raise awareness of environmental and conservation issues promoted by the

council.

13.2.7.2 Retain art works created specifically for a park site, for example pou, on the

location for which they were intended.

Explanation:

The arts are important to the way we see ourselves and appreciate our environments. They

are a form of interpretation that enables artists to exercise their particular skills to enhance

people’s enjoyment of the parks and their particular values. The council will continue to

directly support programmes that involve all forms of arts, including the opportunity for

short-term ‚artist in residence‛ programmes. The council may also support sponsorships

that promote or utilise art. The council will respect and maintain the integrity of the art

works in the context which it was created, and in terms of any formal agreement with the

artist.

13.3 Permitted activities

Permitted activities are informal activities for which people do not need to book or seek

specific approval when the activity complies with the conditions specified in both this plan

and on the park itself. The majority of permitted activities are allowed on all parks, but in

some cases may be subject to restrictions in order to align them with the park vision and

class, and to protect the park values and the health, safety and wellbeing of visitors.

The primary role of regional parks is to provide natural, scenic, cultural and farm settings for

people to enjoy themselves in an informal way while undertaking activities such as walking,

running, picnicking, nature appreciation, off road cycling and playing games. Parks also

provide appropriate access to adjoining coastal areas to allow water based recreation such

as swimming, kayaking, boating and surfing. These activities are generally low impact, have

little adverse effects on other park users and can be undertaken with a minimum of

restrictions.

There are specific policies for walking, tramping and running; dogs, off road cycling and

watercraft recreation and transport. For these activities, the council has developed a

position either on the appropriateness of the activity or the specific activity management

requirements.

127


13.3.1 Permitted activities – general policies

Objective 13.3.1:

To provide for an accessible, diverse and compatible range of informal activities on regional

parks which do not detract from the park values or other users.

Policy:

13.3.1.1 Manage the following activities as permitted activities that may be undertaken

on all regional parks by individuals or groups where the individual or group (equal

to or less than the informal group size set for the park) is undertaking the activity

without any financial gain or reward for that activity, subject to the council

retaining the discretion to apply conditions and temporary restrictions:

a) walking, tramping and running on designated tracks and open pasture areas,

b) informal individual, family or social group activities such as barbecuing,

picnicking and swimming,

c) vehicle use on designated roads, car parks and/or specified areas,

d) filming and photography for personal use, and

e) kite flying, model aircraft gliding, and paragliding and hang gliding where

exclusive use of all or part of the park is not required, and the height of flight

does not impact the visitor experience.

13.3.1.2 Manage the following activities as permitted activities that may be undertaken

on some regional parks by individuals or groups where the individual or group

(equal to or less than the informal group size set for the park) is undertaking the

activity without any financial gain or reward for that activity, subject to the

council retaining the discretion to apply conditions and temporary restrictions:

a) orienteering on designated courses approved by council,

b) taking dogs (that are under the owner’s control) on designated tracks and

specified areas, and

c) cycling on designated tracks, roads and specified areas.

13.3.1.3 Impose conditions and temporary restrictions on the activities identified in

policies 13.3.1.1 and 13.3.1.2 in order to protect the park environment, the

health, safety and wellbeing of other park users and park resources, and to

facilitate park operations and the enjoyment of other park users, that may relate

to:

a) the size of group,

b) the location of the activity,

c) the duration of the activity,

d) the time of day the activity may be undertaken,

e) the season or time of year the activity may be undertaken, and

f). the activities.

128


Explanation:

Most informal activities that are undertaken by individuals and groups on a non-commercial

basis, with a low impact on park values and other visitors, and which do not require

allocation of park resources, will be permitted on all parks. Informal orienteering, taking dogs

on parks and cycling are considered to have a slightly greater impact on park values and park

visitors, and are therefore only provided for on approximately half of the regional parks (this

is explained further later in this section and in Part 17).

In some situations, restrictions or conditions may be necessary to protect park values and

provide an enjoyable park experience. The scope of these restrictions is outlined above in

policy 13.3.1.3. Part 17 outlines the activities are classified as permitted activities on each

regional park and the details of any restrictions specific to that activity. Temporary

restrictions may also be imposed in some locations in order to protect visitors, sensitive

ecosystems and archaeological sites, and facilitate operational activities such as track

maintenance, pest management and farm operations. The public will be made aware of any

restrictions on permitted activities through the council’s visitor services (refer to section

13.2).

The activities outlined above are only treated as a permitted activity on each park where it is

undertaken within the conditions set for that activity. Unless otherwise stated, these

activities are treated as a permitted activity only where the group size is less than the park’s

informal group size, outlined for each park in Part 17. If the group size exceeds these limits,

then the activity is treated as either a controlled activity if on a designated site (refer to

section 13.4.5) or as a discretionary activity (refer to section 13.5) if on any other part of the

park.

13.3.1.4 Provide settings, in particular flat, open grassed areas, and facilities, in

accordance with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure, which support permitted

activities and take into account the needs of Auckland’s diverse communities.

13.3.1.5 Only provide playgrounds and/or play spaces on Class III parks or licenced areas

and ensure that they are appropriate to the location in size, scale, materials and

design.

13.3.1.6 Provide, in accordance with the policies in Part 10 Natural Settings and Part 14

Infrastructure, shelter from the wind and sun by trees and vegetation wherever

possible and where necessary, for example while vegetation matures,

supplement this with built structures.

Explanation:

The quality of the setting and the provision of the facilities are, in part, what attracts visitors

wanting to undertake permitted activities in the regional parks. Open grassed settings,

maintained through either grazing or mowing, provide areas for informal activities such as

picnicking, frisbee throwing, kilikiti, volleyball and football. Maintaining these open grassed

areas also protects views and vistas on the park. Appropriately located plantings are

however important in these open settings to provide shade and create settings that provide

remote and intimate regional park experiences.

Facilities such as barbecues and tracks have traditionally been provided to support permitted

activities. The council will investigate increasing and diversifying facilities to support the

needs of a range of visitors to the regional parks. Playgrounds are only considered

appropriate to Class III regional parks, as this classification has a stronger focus on settings

129


that sustain social, interactive and informal recreation (refer to section 7.1 Park

classification). Note however, they will not be provided on all Class III parks. Playgrounds

may also be provided on licenced areas when permitted as part of the licence.

The management of the parks’ settings and the provision of facilities to support permitted

activities are guided by the policies in Part 10 Natural settings, Part 11 Cultural heritage

settings and Part 12 Farmed settings, Part 14 Infrastructure. Permitted activities will be

monitored and evaluated in accordance with the policies in section 7.7, to enable a

responsive and adaptive management approach to changing demands and unforeseen

outcomes.

13.3.2 Walking, tramping and running

Objective 13.3.2:

To provide an accessible and diverse range of walking, tramping and running opportunities

on regional parks in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.3.2.1 Provide a track network that offers a range of walking, tramping and running

opportunities on regional parks, in accordance with the policies in sections 14.1,

14.2 and 14.3 including:

a) paths,

b) walking tracks,

c) tramping tracks,

d) routes,

e) shared-use tracks, and

f) internal park and service roads.

13.3.2.2 Allow walking, tramping and running on open and farmed areas and, if necessary

apply restrictions in some locations in accordance with policy 13.3.1.3.

13.3.2.3 Provide for informal orienteering on designated courses on some parks in

groups equal to or less than the informal group size for each park as a permitted

activity and if necessary apply restrictions in some locations in accordance with

policy 13.3.1.3.

Explanation:

The provision of walking, tramping and running opportunities on regional parks is an

important component of providing for the physical and social wellbeing of people of the

region. The regional parks provide one of the main opportunities in the Auckland region to

undertake these activities in bush, coastal and farmed settings removed from many of the

sounds, sights and smells of the city.

The council recognises the wide range of physical abilities, skill levels and the available

leisure time that people have. It has developed a network of approximately 400 kilometres

of tracks in the regional parks for a range of walking, tramping and running opportunities;

some 250 kilometres of these are in the Waitākere Ranges. While the majority of the walks

are day walks, the opportunities to do multi-day walks is also available through back country

campgrounds in the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and the development of the Hillary Trail in

130


the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park, which will eventually connect to the Te Araroa Trail.

The track systems are, together with managed picnic areas and camping sites, the main

infrastructure asset on most of the parks and are one of the main ways people enjoy and

experience the parks.

Walking, tramping and running can have a negative impact on the park values through

trampling of vegetation, weed dispersal, disease spread, soil compaction, erosion and

disturbance. The location, design and maintenance of tracks, must therefore avoid or

mitigate these adverse impacts (refer to section 14.3 Tracks network). Temporary

restrictions may also be applied. These restrictions will also be publicised through the visitor

services outlined in section 13.2. Part 17 and the maps in Volume 2 identify where tracks

are provided or proposed on each park.

Orienteering involves using a detailed map and a compass to navigate one's way around a

course, with designated control points which are drawn on the map. On the route, orange

and white control markers are set in the places that correspond to the points on the map.

The council has agreed orienteering courses on selected parks that the public may use to

train on as a permitted activity. Orienteering courses are either planned or already agreed at

the following regional parks: Ambury, Ātiu Creek, Āwhitu, Duder, Hūnua Ranges, Long Bay,

Mahurangi, Muriwai, Ōmana, Shakespear, Tāpapakanga, Waharau and Waitākere Ranges

(Karamatura). Organised orienteering events are classified as discretionary activities which

will be assessed against the application criteria outlined in policies 13.5.1.13 – 13.5.1.15.

13.3.2.4 Expand and enhance the track network in accordance with sections 14.1 and

14.3 to complement Auckland’s regional walking, tramping and running track

network; with particular emphasis on:

a) preserving the regional parks’ position as a provider of accessible longer

circuits that offer the opportunity to escape the built urban environment,

b) improving the connectivity within the regional parks and to other public

open spaces, and

c) providing walkways that are accessible for people with disabilities and

limited mobility at a range of beach and wilderness locations.

Explanation:

The existing track network will be maintained and enhanced and new tracks will be

developed on most regional parks (refer to Part 17 and Volume 2 Maps). Emphasis will be

placed on improving the connectivity to other public open spaces to expand and enhance

the opportunities available on the regional parks.

Developing new tracks can affect natural, cultural and tangata whenua values on parks and

alter the range of recreational experiences and their impacts on the park. As the effects can

be wide-ranging, new tracks need to be carefully planned through the concept plan and/or

development plan process (refer to section 7.3), and be developed in accordance with the

policies in sections 14.1 Infrastructure – general provisions and 14.3 Track network.

While the existing tracks have been maintained to cater for the current levels of use, any

significant increase in use may require increased levels of investment, especially in the

Waitākere Ranges Regional Park. In some cases, however, they have also been maintained

in a manner that has led to an inappropriate use of gravel or structures to solve problems

associated with inadequate drainage or track alignment.

131


The policies in section 14.3 will guide all future development and maintenance of walking

and tramping tracks to ensure appropriate techniques and materials are used.

There are a variety of circumstances where realignment of a track may be appropriate and

desirable. These include, but may not be limited to, situations where the current alignment

results in erosion, affects sensitive ecosystems or compromises visitor safety. Any proposal

to realign a track should result in a net positive environmental gain.

13.3.2.5 Provide, where appropriate, adequate pedestrian access to the coastal areas

adjoining regional parks.

Explanation:

The Auckland region is renowned for its beautiful and varied coastline. Changes in land use,

such as urban development, have meant that many of the region’s unique coastal and

estuarine landscapes that contribute to the region’s identity are being modified or are

disappearing. The 2225 coastal regional parks are becoming increasingly important as access

points to the foreshore and beach areas where people can still have a remote rural or bush

coastal experience. For many park visitors, the main attractor to these regional parks is the

ability to access the coastal area for walking, picnicking and water based recreation. The

provision of adequate pedestrian access is aligned to the Resource Management Act 1991

that identifies access to and along the coastal marine area as a matter of national

significance. Access will be designed to help prevent damage to dunes systems (refer to

section 14.1), which are a nationally threatened habitat (refer to section 10.3.1).

13.3.2.6 Manage environmental damage, recreational conflict, safety risks and

operational issues associated with walking, tramping and running through:

a) the location, design, development and maintenance of tracks, signs and

facilities (refer to Part 14),

b) discouraging off-track activity in wetlands, watercourses, dunes, indigenous

bush and Watercare Services Ltd’s licenced land through education, signs,

blocking off access, track design and compliance measures,

c) developing an effective way to communicate details on the tracks, such as

the length of the track, level of difficulty and grades, to park visitors and if

possible creating a consistent park visitor information approach for tracks

with the Department of Conservation and other public open space

providers,

d) progressively installing signs or symbols, as appropriate, at track entrances

to inform park users of the level of track difficulty, length (distance and

time), destinations and any known risks,

e) consulting park user groups before converting single use tracks into shared

use tracks and developing significant extensions to the track network,

f) educating all shared use track users on the range of other users and

appropriate behaviour, and providing adequate signage on shared use

tracks,

g) where necessary, introducing temporal management approaches, and

25 The Hūnua Ranges Regional Park is the only regional park covered by this plan that does not offer direct access to the coast.

132


h) in partnership with orienteering clubs, developing, maintaining and mapping

council approved orienteering courses and promoting an orienteering code

of conduct.

Explanation:

The nature of regional parks and the range of activities that occur on the parks, means that

there may be safety risks to visitors when walking, tramping and running in the parks;

associated with physical features and conditions, and other park visitors. The council

attempts to mitigate these risks through education, consultation, partnering with groups

that enjoy these activities in regional parks, and infrastructure design and maintenance.

It is important that park visitors can easily identify the type of walk, tramp or run before they

start their trip. The council will develop a simple track codification, and communicate this

and information of the track length (distance and time), destinations and any known risks to

park visitors. The council considers it important to co-ordinate this effort with the

Department of Conservation so that the public experience a consistent approach across

both organisations.

Walking, tramping and running in regional parks can lead to environmental damage through

compaction, disturbance, and disease and pest plant spread. These activities can also

interfere with park operations, such as farming during lambing season and biosecurity

control. For these reasons, the council attempts to educate park visitors on how they can

minimise their impact on park values and operations, and develop the necessary supporting

infrastructure in a manner that minimises damage to park values. At times, the council may

also temporarily close selected tracks or areas to avoid adverse impacts on park values and

operations.

13.3.3 Dogs

Objective 13.3.3:

To provide opportunities for park visitors to bring dogs, that are under the owner’s control,

on to regional parks where this does not unduly compromise the park values, other

approved activities and the visitor experience

Policy:

13.3.3.1 Provide a range of opportunities for park visitors to bring dogs on to regional

parks in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

13.3.3.2 Generally exclude dogs from the following areas:

a) scenic reserves,

b) wetlands,

c) nesting, roosting, feeding and species recovery areas of threatened

indigenous fauna,

d) designated sites, picnic areas, campgrounds, huts, residential lodges,

baches and meeting rooms,

e) farm settings during lambing and calving, and

f) licenced areas.

133


13.3.3.3 Prohibit dogs from:

a) scientific reserves,

b) open sanctuaries, and

c) Watercare Services Ltd’s reservoirs.

13.3.3.4 Working dogs (as defined in section 2 of the Dog Control Act 1996) are exempt

from any dog restrictions in this plan.

13.3.3.5 Monitor and evaluate the dog walking opportunities provided on regional parks

to determine whether they are appropriately meeting the objectives and policies

in this plan in order to inform the development of the regional dog management

bylaw.

Explanation:

For many dog owners, exercising their dog is an important component of their recreation

and leisure activities. The demand for public open spaces where people can exercise their

dogs or have their dogs accompany them is likely to continue to grow because of the

region’s projected population growth, urban intensification and reduction in safe road

walking opportunities.

The council recognises the importance of dog exercising opportunities for these reasons but

prioritises the health and safety of parks users, livestock and/or indigenous fauna. Dogs can

pose a significant threat to native wildlife, such as ground dwelling birds like kiwi, penguins

and other sea birds. Where the species are threatened (eg, New Zealand dotterels, variable

oystercatchers and kokako) it is particularly important that they are not disturbed or directly

attacked.

For this reason dogs, are prohibited from scientific reserves and open sanctuaries and are

generally excluded from areas where threatened indigenous fauna nest, roost and feed.

Dogs are excluded from designated sites, campgrounds, huts, residential lodges, baches

and meeting rooms in order to protect public health. Under the Watercare Services Ltd

licence, the council is required to prohibit dogs from entering the water reservoirs in the

Hūnua and Waitākere Ranges. Other licence conditions, such as golf club licences, may also

require the council to implement dog restrictions. The restrictions for each regional park are

outlined in Part 17.

Dogs are currently allowed on 13 of the 23 regional parks covered in this plan; including:

Ambury (only on Loop Road), Āwhitu, Hūnua Ranges, Mahurangi, Ōmana, Shakespear,

Tāpapakanga, Tawhitokino, Waharau, Waitākere Ranges, Wenderholm, Whakanewha and

Whakatīwai. Refer to Part 17 Park-specific management for more detail on access and

restrictions for each regional park.

Temporary restrictions may also be required to ensure dogs do not detract from the

enjoyment of other park users or park operations. Dogs are for example generally restricted

during lambing season. The public will be made aware of the opportunities and restrictions

through the visitor services outlined in section 13.2.

The responsibility for setting dog control policies and bylaws on regional parks rests with

the relevant territorial authority under the Dog Control Act 1996. The new Auckland Council

will develop a regional dog management bylaw within the life of this plan. For that reason,

134


council will monitor dog related issues and park visitor preferences to evaluate whether

changes to the dog restrictions outlined in Part 17 should be altered.

Working dogs (as defined in section 2 of the Dog Control Act 1996) are exempt from these

restrictions in order to increase accessibility for people with disabilities, and to allow for

emergency services, farming and conservation programmes.

13.3.3.6 Manage recreational conflict, safety risks and environmental damage associated

with dogs through:

a) limiting the activity to designated areas within selected regional parks,

b) providing clear and accurate information on the dog walking opportunities

on regional parks,

c) ensuring dog owners adhere to dog restrictions through education and

enforcement in partnership with the local authority,

d) requiring dogs to be under control at all times which for most parks will

require them to be on a lead at all times,

e) requiring owners to remove all dog droppings from the park,

f) where necessary, introducing temporal management approaches, and

g) advocating that other public open space providers in close proximity meet

the demand for dog walking and exercising, where it is deemed

inappropriate on a regional park.

Explanation:

Dogs should be under direct and continuous control at all times. Dogs will be required to be

on a lead on most parks because of the risk to fauna, other users and farming operations.

For this reason, the council will advocate to other public open space providers the

importance of providing dog-exercising opportunities; specifically off lead opportunities. In

many cases, local parks and commercial forests are more suitable for off lead exercise areas

because they have fewer environmental and operational constraints.

In some regional parks, however, dogs may be permitted to be off lead and under voice

control. In cases where the owner cannot guarantee this level of control, dogs must be on a

lead. Owners must also be considerate of other park users and remove dog droppings.

13.3.3.7 Hold owners of dogs causing damage to livestock or native fauna liable for

damages.

13.3.3.8 Subject to formal warnings, dogs may be destroyed if causing damage to

livestock or native fauna.

Explanation:

The Reserves Act, the Dog Control Act and the ability to make bylaws under the Local

Government Act enable the council to take action against dogs causing damage to livestock

or native fauna. Such actions may include destroying the dogs. Civil remedies are available

to obtain reparation for damages.

135


13.3.4 Recreational cycling and mountain biking

Objective 13.3.4:

To provide an accessible and diverse range of recreational cycling and mountain biking

opportunities on regional parks, in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.3.4.1 Provide a range of recreational cycling and mountain biking opportunities on

regional parks in accordance with the policies in sections 14.1 and 14.3

including:

a) designated recreational cycling areas,

b) designated recreational cycling poled routes across farmland,

c) designated mountain bike tracks, and

d) shared use recreational cycling and mountain bike tracks and roads.

Explanation:

Recreational cycling in this plan refers to relatively easy cycling that is undertaken at a

leisurely pace on poled routes over farmland and shared use tracks and roads or in

designated areas. The provision of recreational cycling opportunities on regional parks is

important to ensure that Auckland’s regional cycling network has a range of safe and

attractive opportunities for people, and especially families, to be able to go cycling in a

natural setting. In some cases, they may also provide an important connection for people to

access other public open spaces or to commute.

Recreational cycling on designated tracks and roads is provided at locations within the

following regional parks: Ambury, Ātiu Creek, Āwhitu, Duder, Long Bay, Mahurangi,

Muriwai, Ōmana, Scandrett, Shakespear, Tāpapakanga, Tāwharanui, Te Ārai, Te Rau Pūriri

and Wenderholm.

Mountain biking in this plan refers to more difficult cycling on purpose built single and

shared-use tracks. These range from relatively flat, wide, smooth tracks to narrow tracks

with steep slopes and difficult obstacles. The only significant purpose built mountain biking

opportunities in the regional parks network are in the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and the

adjoining Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional Parks; planned expansions to this are detailed

below.

The common element between recreational cycling and mountain biking is people enjoying

the outdoors on bikes, for similar reasons to people enjoying the outdoors through walking,

tramping or running. As with walking, tramping and running, recreational cycling and

mountain biking can have a number of impacts on park values through compaction,

disturbance and trail widening when not properly planned and managed. Impacts include

damage to threatened plant species and ecosystems on track edges, disturbance of fauna

(particularly vulnerable bird species), damage to tree roots and streams (where tracks cross

streams), spreading pest species and organisms such as weeds and kauri dieback, and

damage to cultural heritage sites.

There is also the potential for user conflict on shared use trails if poorly designed,

constructed and signed, and conflict with farm operations at certain times of the year. The

policies in sections 14.1 and 14.3 outline how the track infrastructure to support recreational

cycling and mountain biking opportunities will be developed and maintained to minimise

136


these issues. The recreational cycling and mountain biking opportunities and restrictions on

each park are outlined in Part 17 and on the maps in Volume 2.

13.3.4.2 Expand and enhance the network of recreational cycling and mountain biking

opportunities on regional parks to complement Auckland’s regional cycling

network; with particular emphasis on:

a) improving the recreational cycling connectivity within the regional parks and

to other public open spaces, and

b) developing mountain bike destinations at Ātiu Creek, Hūnua Ranges,

Waharau, Waitawa and Whakatīwai Regional Parks.

Explanation:

There has been a steady increase in participation in recreational cycling and mountain biking

nationally over recent years. This is likely to be in part as a result of bikes becoming less

expensive and more accessible to a wider range of people. Mountain biking for example has

become an established recreational activity in the Auckland region; with tracks on public

conservation lands, regional and local parks, and privately owned farmland and forests. The

main areas used for mountain biking in the Auckland region are Woodhill Forest, Riverhead

Forest, Whitford Forest and the regional parks.

The main issues with the current provision of recreational cycling and mountain biking

opportunities in the region are related to: a lack of provision and connectivity to meet the

wide range of demands, the distance of the main purpose built mountain bike facilities from

urban areas, the reliance on commercial forests where access may change because of

changes in ownership or forestry operations, and the lack of accurate information on

mountain biking opportunities in the region. Many of the local councils and the Department

of Conservation are, however, planning to provide new opportunities in the near future

which will help meet the provision gap.

Existing recreational cycling and mountain biking opportunities on the regional parks will be

maintained and enhanced.

New recreational cycling opportunities are planned at Long Bay, Ōmana, and Wenderholm

Regional Parks, and will be investigated at Exhibition Drive (Waitākere Ranges Regional

Park).

New mountain biking tracks are planned at Ātiu Creek and Hūnua Ranges Regional Parks

and will be investigated at Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional Parks. The provision of

mountain biking tracks at Whakanewha Regional Park is to be further investigated and

developed if appropriate (refer to section 17.22). While still to be confirmed through the

concept plan process, it is intended that Waitawa Regional Park will also be developed as a

mountain biking destination.

13.3.4.3 Liaise with recreational cycling and mountain biking individuals and organisations

to manage recreational conflict, safety risks and environmental damage

associated with mountain biking through:

a) limiting the activity to designated areas and tracks within selected regional

parks,

b) track, facility and sign location and design (refer to Part 14),

c) providing clear and accurate information on the off-road cycling

opportunities on regional parks,

137


d) developing an effective way to communicate details on the tracks, such as

the length of the track, level of difficulty and grades, to park visitors, and if

possible creating consistent park visitor information approach for tracks with

the Department of Conservation and other public open space providers,

e) discouraging off-track activity in wetlands, watercourses, dunes, indigenous



f) educating all shared use track users on the range of other users and

appropriate behaviour, and providing adequate signage on shared use

tracks,

g) where necessary, limiting group size,

h) developing one-way systems for designated mountain bike tracks,

i) developing, promoting and enforcing a code of conduct (including a

hierarchy for shared-use tracks),

j) where necessary, introducing temporal management approaches, and

k) advocating that other public open space providers in close proximity meet

the demand for this activity, where it is deemed inappropriate on a regional

park.

Explanation:

The nature of regional parks and the range of activities that occur on the parks means that

there may be safety risks to park visitors when mountain biking in the parks; associated

with physical features and conditions, and other park visitors. The council will attempt to

mitigate these risks through education, consultation, partnering with groups that go

mountain biking in regional parks, and infrastructure design and maintenance.

The council will continue to develop the necessary supporting infrastructure in a manner

that minimises damage to park values and educate park visitors on how they can minimise

their impact on park values. At times, the council may also temporarily close selected tracks

or areas to avoid adverse impacts on park values and operations.

There are some parks where mountain biking is considered inappropriate because of

environmental damage, safety risks, lease and licence arrangements, and the associated

recreational conflict. Where a strong demand for mountain biking exists in this location, the

council will advocate to other open space providers with appropriate open space in the

vicinity the importance of meeting this demand.

13.3.5 Vehicle use

Objective 13.3.5:

To minimise the impact of vehicle use in regional park land and adjoining coastal areas on

the park values and visitors to these areas while providing the access required for legitimate

purposes.

Policy:

13.3.5.1 Provide safe and reasonable vehicle access to the main arrival areas of each

park, and where appropriate, to secondary arrival areas and key destinations

138


(such as campgrounds or jetties), in accordance with sections 14.1 and 14. 2 and

the maps in Volume 2, and approved development plans.

13.3.5.2 Prohibit vehicles from moving off designated roads and areas except where this

is necessary for:

a) authorised park management, including conservation programmes, farming

and fire control,

b) search and rescue and other such critical emergency events and services,

c) access to approved overflow car-parking areas,

d) discretionary activities where this use has been specifically approved by a

permit, licence, consent or approval obtained from the council, or

e) exceptional circumstances where no reasonable alternative access is

available.

13.3.5.3 Develop and implement a standard operating procedure for the use of council

vehicles for authorised park management to ensure council is modelling best

practice and minimising the adverse impacts associated with vehicle use.

Explanation:

Vehicle use and parking can have a major impact on the park amenity and environment. The

noise, smell and the visual impact of vehicle use on regional parks can also detract from the

visitor experience that many people are seeking. They are, however, necessary to provide

convenient access to the main arrival area on the park and other facilities such as

campgrounds.

The extent, type and location of roads and parking areas should be designed so as to

minimise the impact of vehicle use to a level that is appropriate to the park class and vision

(refer to section 14.2 Roads and parking). The design of these areas can also be utilised as a

traffic demand management technique to discourage excessive private vehicle use through,

for example, the careful consideration of parking provisions.

Part 17 and the maps in Volume 2 identify where roads and parking are, or will be, provided

on each park. Temporary restrictions may also be imposed in some locations. These

restrictions will also be publicised through the visitor services outlined in section 13.2.

Off-road use of vehicles can result in damage to the natural and cultural features of parks

and adversely affect the recreational experiences of some visitors. Environmental damage

includes compaction, disturbance and disease and pest plant spread. For this reason, off

road vehicles are prohibited in regional parks, except for the circumstances outlined in policy

13.3.5.2.

Vehicle use off designated roads and car parks is necessary in many cases for regional parks

operations and related activities, and to access certain locations. The council will develop

best practice guidelines for staff to follow in these circumstances. These guidelines will also

require staff to minimise operational use of council vehicles on and between parks in

accordance with the parks sustainability programme (refer to policy 8.2.2.1).

Discretionary activity applicants may also be given approval to move off designated roads

and areas. Consent conditions will regulate this activity to minimise any impacts on park

values, other activities and the visitor experience.

139


13.3.5.4 Restrict illegal, unnecessary or damaging use of vehicles on any foreshore

adjoining a regional park through:

a) where feasible and practicable, blocking off illegal access points,

b) declining discretionary applications that request access through regional

parks to access the foreshore for purposes that would either result in or

encourage illegal, unnecessary or damaging use of vehicles on the

foreshore,

c) where feasible and practicable, providing or facilitating alternative parking

areas to reduce the need to park on the foreshore,

d) working with partner agencies such as the relevant territorial authority, the

New Zealand Police, the Department of Conservation and central

government,

e) educating and informing the public,

f) implementing the council’s standard operating procedure for vehicle use on

beaches, and

g) advocating for a policy framework that restricts illegal, unnecessary or

damaging use of vehicles on the region’s beaches.

Explanation:

Driving vehicles on beaches in the Auckland region has grown substantially in the last 80

years, developing into a form of recreation that at certain locations has resulted in public

safety risks, unsustainable damage of dune systems, flora and fauna, alienation of non-

vehicle users, and significant ongoing infrastructure costs for the agencies involved in

managing these areas.

In 2008, the council resolved to encourage greater control of vehicles on beaches regionally;

to ensure legitimate and necessary access is protected but unnecessary, damaging and

dangerous use is stopped. The Auckland region’s coastal areas are managed by numerous

agencies, including the council, territorial authorities, Department of Conservation, New

Zealand Defence Force and private landowners.

Appropriate management of the 22 coastal regional parks and collaboration with partner

agencies is an important mechanism to ensure there is greater control of vehicles on

beaches regionally. The council has a standard operating procedure for staff and contractor

use of vehicles on the regions beaches to protect the natural and cultural values that

beaches and dune lands provide, and to keep people and equipment safe.

13.3.6 Sea-based watercraft recreation and transport

Objective 13.3.6:

To support sea-based watercraft recreation and transport through the provision of facilities

and licences on regional parks, in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.3.6.1 Where appropriate, provide facilities on coastal regional parks, in accordance

with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure, that enable watercraft recreation and

140


transport, taking into consideration alternative access points in close proximity to

the park.

13.3.6.2 Provide access to coastal areas for launching recreation watercraft at the

locations identified in Part 17 and in Volume 2 Maps.

Explanation:

The Auckland region has the largest population density to coastline ratio in New Zealand and

the 22 coastal regional parks offer access to many of the region’s desirable boat launching

and retrieval areas. Many people also visit the parks from the water and require facilities to

moor temporarily while they visit the park.

While the majority of parks boat ramps, wharves, jetties and moorings are below the mean

high water springs and therefore outside the regional park, there are some instances where

this infrastructure is located on the park eg, Wenderholm jetty and Cornwallis wharf.

Generally, however, there is only hand launching opportunities at the coastal parks. Access

roads and parking facilities to support these facilities are often located on the park, eg,

Muriwai and Cornwallis regional parks. Generally, this is more desirable than vehicles driving

along and parking on a beach (refer to policy 13.3.5.4).

The provision of facilities to support water-based recreation requires the approval of multiple

agencies, including the council, the Minister of Conservation, the relevant territorial authority

and the Harbourmaster. The policies in Part 14 guide the provision of these facilities.

Navigation Safety Bylaws must be considered in determining the appropriateness of water

based recreation activities.

In addition, vessels can be vectors for the spread of pest plants and animals and therefore

boating activity needs to comply with the Regional Pest Management Strategy and the

Hauraki Gulf Biosecurity Plan. Part 17 and the maps in Volume 2 identify where boat ramps,

wharves and jetties are (or will be) provided on each park.

13.3.6.3 Liaise with the Harbour Master, local boards and relevant stakeholder groups

such as kite surfing clubs to improve the safety of the water space adjoining the

coastal regional parks, and address any landward issues associated with these

water based activities.

13.3.6.4 Support the Ministry of Fisheries, the Department of Conservation and tangata

whenua in promoting and enforcing fisheries regulations, and work with the

Ministry of Fisheries to develop regulations that ban set netting in front of

regional parks.

Explanation:

The waters around coastal regional parks are heavily used by recreational watercraft in

summer. The council’s park rangers are often best placed to understand these pressures

and any associated risks, and will share any relevant observations and recommendations

with the Harbour Master to improve the safety of the water space.

In its coastal regional parks, the council supports the Ministry of Fisheries by allowing signs

to be installed on the parks, reporting incidents, and in some cases having park rangers as

honorary fisheries officers.

141


13.4 Controlled activities

A controlled activity is an activity that has known impacts and which requires the temporary

allocation of an area for a specific use. These activities require prior permission from the

council to avoid over-allocation of park resources, and to mitigate potential impacts on the

environment and conflict with other users. Controlled activities will generally only be

declined if a resource or area is already fully allocated or if the planned activity is outside any

restrictions set for that activity. Restrictions relevant to the activity, such as conditions of

use, codes of conduct, and temporary restrictions, will also be applied, and applicants will

be informed of any such restrictions.

Controlled activities include abseiling, camping, staying at baches, staying at lodges, the use

of designated sites, the use of meeting venues and recreational horse riding.

13.4.1 Controlled activities – general policies

Objective 13.4.1:

To manage activities that have known negative impacts and which require additional

controls to allocate park resources, maximise activity experience, and minimise their

impacts on park values and other visitors.

Policy:

13.4.1.1 Manage the following activities as controlled activities which require booking

confirmation from the council to undertake the activity on a regional park, when

the applicant is an individual or a group without any financial gain or reward for

the activity, subject to the council retaining the discretion to apply conditions and

temporary restrictions:

a) abseiling on designated sites,

b) recreational horse riding on designated tracks and in designated areas,

c) overnight stays in designated campgrounds, baches and lodges,

d) overnight stays by certified self-contained vehicles at designated parking

areas,

e) use of a designated site,

f) use of meeting and event venues, or

g) vehicular access over internal park roads for people with limited mobility

where public vehicular access is not normally provided.

13.4.1.2 Impose conditions and temporary restrictions on the activities identified in policy

13.4.1.1 in order to protect the park environment, the health, safety and

wellbeing of other park users and park resources, to facilitate park operations

and ensure that recreation opportunities are equitably distributed to the regional

community; these may relate to the:

a) size of group,

b) location,

c) duration,

d) time of day,

142


e) season or time of year, and

f) behaviour.

13.4.1.3 Ensure charges for controlled activities reflect the level of public good derived

from the activity in accordance with section 13.1.8 Fees and charges.

Explanation:

The activities outlined in policy 13.4.1.1 are generally of low impact when well managed.

Approval is required for resource allocation reasons, and to ensure that applicants are

informed of any restrictions or conditions that apply to the activity. These restrictions and

conditions, which may include a code of conduct, are necessary to ensure that visitors

experience a high level of enjoyment, and that the park values and facilities are not

damaged. They will be outlined in the pass or booking confirmation.

Temporary restrictions on these activities may also be imposed where it is necessary to:

protect park land when ground conditions are too wet or in high fire risk seasons,

carry out operations on the park such as the renewal of grassed areas, tree planting,

trimming or clearing, pest control and farming or forestry operations,

enable approved events to occur, and

ensure visitor health and safety.

Park visitors will be made aware of the any temporary restrictions either at the time of

booking or through visitor services

Monitoring and evaluating controlled activities will enable a responsive and adaptive

management approach to changing demands and unexpected outcomes, (refer to section

7.7). A fee may be charged for some of these activities to cover, or partly-cover, operational

and administrative costs (refer to section 13.1.8).

Events which exceed the conditions outlined for controlled activities in this plan (such as

maximum numbers) outlined in this section, for each park in Part 17, and on the pass or

booking confirmation will be treated as discretionary activities and subject to different

application and approval processes (refer to section 13.5).

13.4.1.4 Provide settings and facilities in accordance with objective 13.1.1 and the

policies in Part 14 Infrastructure that support controlled activities, and take into

account the diversity of the region’s population.

Explanation:

The quality of the park setting and the provision of the facilities are, in part, what attract

visitors to the regional parks to engage in controlled activities. Amenity plantings are

important to provide shade and to create the remote countryside regional park experience

that sets it apart from many other public reserves.

Facilities such as barbecues, shelters, tracks and campgrounds have traditionally been

provided to support controlled activities on parks. These are often popular and there is a

need to manage allocation to ensure equitable access. The range of settings and facilities

will be expanded to include facilities such as campgrounds for certified self-contained

campervans and new facilities on designated sites that take into account the diversity of the

region’s population.

143


13.4.2 Camping

Objective 13.4.2:

To provide an accessible and diverse range of basic camping experiences on regional parks

in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.4.2.1 Provide a range of basic camping opportunities on regional parks in accordance

with the policies in sections 14.1 and 14.4, including:

a) vehicle-accessible campgrounds (accessible by conventional vehicles),

b) back-country campgrounds (accessible by foot, horse, mountain bike and/or

watercraft),

c.) sea kayak/waka trail campgrounds (only bookable by people on the sea

kayak/waka trail and accessible by water)

d) certified self-contained parking areas, and

e) certified self-contained vehicle campgrounds (for certified self-contained

vehicles (including caravans) only).

13.4.2.2 Prohibit camping outside of the designated campgrounds and parking areas, as

specified in policy 13.4.2.1 and Part 17.

13.4.2.3 Provide the following minimum levels of visitor service for the camping modes

outlined in policy 13.4.2.1:

Type of

campground Minimum levels of visitor service

Vehicle-accessible

campground

Camping may be seasonal

Booking and information services

Ranger patrols during peak periods

Rubbish collection and organic waste

recycling / composting.

Back-country

campground


No rubbish collection

Sea kayak/waka

trail campground



Certified self-

contained vehicle

parking area




Certified self-

contained vehicle

campground

Camping may be seasonal




Note: The minimum infrastructure levels of service are outlined in policy 14.4.1.

144


13.4.2.4 Initially make vehicle-accessible campgrounds open to all vehicles with no

designated areas to separate different camping modes, however, where the

back-to-basic tent based camping experience is being adversely affected by

campervans and caravans, separate the camping modes by either: designating

areas within the vehicle accessible campgrounds, developing a certified self-

contained vehicle campground at another location in the park, or developing a

certified self-contained vehicle parking area in the park.

13.4.2.5 Minimise the impact of large camping vehicles on park values in foreshore

areas, in accordance with policies 14.1.3.n and 14.1.7, by:

a) locating new vehicle accessible campgrounds and certified self-contained

vehicle campgrounds back from the foreshore, and

b) limiting or removing the ability for large vehicles such as campervans and

caravans to stay in coastal vehicle accessible campgrounds and car parks.

13.4.2.6 Provide weather shelters in remote camping locations and on track networks to

allow campers temporary shelter while establishing their campground, and catch

water for public use in accordance with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure.

Explanation:

The regional parks offer a safe environment for people, and especially families, to camp in

the outdoors at minimal cost. The range of back to basics camping opportunities provided

on regional parks has high user satisfaction and the campgrounds are valued for their

accessibility to the region’s urban centres.

Campgrounds in this plan refer to locations within a regional park specifically provided for

the purpose of allowing people to camp overnight. A range of basic camping opportunities

are available with differing levels of visitor services provided. In order to minimise the

environmental effects of camping activities and maintain their low cost attributes, only a

basic level of camping will be provided on regional parks. That is, they will have minimal

facilities, such as a cold water supply and toilets, and will be sheltered from the weather.

Section 14.4 outlines the infrastructure levels of service for each type of campground.

The council currently offers basic camping opportunities at an intimate scale and low cost at

the following regional parks: Ambury, Āwhitu, Hūnua Ranges, Mahurangi, Ōmana,

Shakespear, Tāpapakanga, Tāwharanui, Tawhitokino, Wenderholm, Whakanewha; Waharau,

and Waitākere Ranges. The sea kayak/waka campgrounds are only available to people

undertaking the sea kayak/waka trail to ensure that there is adequate camping provision to

support the trail. Campervans and caravans are generally permitted in the vehicle accessible

campgrounds. There is capacity for 1910 people to stay in vehicle accessible and back

country camp grounds. The council also has two fully serviced campgrounds at Whatipu

(Waitākere Regional Park) and Muriwai Regional Park which are licensed to private operators

and offered on a commercial basis.

Vehicles with a self-contained vehicle certificate are also permitted in car parks and

designated campgrounds in the following regional parks: Ambury, Āwhitu, Ātiu Creek,

Hūnua Ranges, Long Bay, Mahurangi, Ōmana, Scandrett, Shakespear, Tāpapakanga,

Waitākere Ranges, Wenderholm and Whakanewha. There is capacity for 172 vehicles.

The council also provides weather shelters in remote camping locations and on defined

track systems to allow trampers temporary shelter from inclement weather while resting or

setting up camp. These will consist of a roofed shelter and roof-water tank supply.

145


13.4.2.7 Expand and enhance the network of camping opportunities on regional parks in

accordance with the policies in sections 14.1 and 14.4, acknowledging regional

parks’ unique role in providing basic camping opportunities; with a particular

emphasis on:

a) retaining the small scale and intimate nature of the back to basic camping

on regional parks,

b) facilitating multi-day recreation opportunities, and

c) providing for certified self-contained vehicle camping.

13.4.2.8 While not reducing the overall camping capacity, manage the changing demand

for camping opportunities on regional parks through:

a) reviewing campground capacity (both permanent and seasonal) at certain

parks, taking into consideration the options listing in policy 13.4.2.10 below,

b) reviewing campground infrastructure in accordance with Part 14,

c) redesigning and augmenting campgrounds where identified in Part 17,

d) evaluating the need to provide new campgrounds to help meet demand at

Pākiri, Te Rau Pūriri and Waitawa regional parks when undertaking concept

plans for these parks,

e) promoting and enforcing the camp pass conditions, and

f) advocating and supporting other landowners in camping development.

Explanation:

The existing camping opportunities on regional parks will be maintained and enhanced. The

public will be made aware of camping opportunities through the visitor services outlined in

section 13.2. Part 17 and the maps in Volume 2 identify where campground extensions and

development are proposed on each park.

Campgrounds will be expanded at the following regional parks: Āwhitu, Shakespear and the

Waitākere Ranges. Campground expansions will also be investigated at Tāpapakanga and

Tāwharanui Regional Parks. New vehicle-accessible campgrounds are planned at Ātiu Creek

and Wenderholm Regional Parks. New back-country campgrounds are planned at the

following regional parks: Duder, Hūnua Ranges, Ōrere Point and Waitākere Ranges. This will

increase the overall capacity for tent based camping by approximately 500 people, from

1910 to 2410 people.

New certified self-contained vehicle parking areas and campgrounds are planned in the

following regional parks: Ambury, Ātiu Creek, Duder, Hūnua Ranges, Mahurangi,

Shakespear, Tāpapakanga, Waharau, Whakatīwai and Waitākere Ranges. This will increase

the overall capacity for certified self-contained vehicle overnight-stay opportunities outside

of vehicle-accessible campgrounds by approximately 100 vehicles.

New camping opportunities will also be considered when designing concept plans for all

new parks, and development plans for extensions to existing parks. Where necessary, the

council may also redesign campgrounds on some regional parks, as identified in Part 17, to:

meet demand,

improve accessibility, the comfort of visitors and safety,

facilitate efficient maintenance; and/or

mitigate adverse environmental and amenity impacts.

146


13.4.2.9 Prioritise camping opportunities for families and small groups during peak

season by:

a) limiting the period of time that advance bookings can be made,

b) limiting group sizes during peak periods, and

c) limiting the length of stay during peak periods.

13.4.2.10 Manage the demand and conflict between different camping modes, and

between overnight users and day users, by:

a) campground location and design (refer to sections 14.1 and 14.4);

b) minimising the impact of self-contained campervan/caravan/units on

foreshore areas,

c) on parks offering overnight certified self-contained vehicle camping

opportunities in both vehicle accessible campgrounds and certified self-

contained vehicle parking areas, limiting overnight stays at designated

parking areas for a maximum of one night when vehicle accessible

campgrounds are open, and for a maximum of three nights when vehicle

accessible campgrounds are closed,

d) limiting the size of tents and vehicles at some campgrounds,

e) limiting the tare weight of vehicles at some campgrounds,

f) limiting the type of camping mode permitted at some campgrounds,

g) developing and promoting a code of conduct and camping conditions, and

h) advocating that other providers in close proximity meet the demand for

camping where it is deemed inappropriate on a regional park.

Explanation:

Over the life of the plan, it is expected that demand for camping will continue to increase

and that the council will need a proactive programme to ensure camping provision on

regional parks remains relevant and responsive.

A number of campgrounds are in high demand and demand often exceeds capacity. To

ensure resource allocation is fairly distributed during periods of peak demand, there may be

additional restrictions on camping such as limits on group size and the ability for camp pass

holders to utilise their pass at peak times.

Expansion of capacity during peak periods will only occur at campgrounds where the setting

and infrastructure (temporary or permanent) are such that the adverse impacts on the

environment and other users can be avoided or mitigated, and the increase will not alter the

overall back to basic camping experience.

147


13.4.3 Lodges

Objective 13.4.3:

To provide a range of lodge opportunities on regional parks, where the lodge and associated

facilities and activities are in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.4.3.1 Maintain the existing network of lodge accommodation, in accordance with

sections 14.1 and 14.5, for large groups that:

a) offers remote coastal, bush or farmed settings,

b) has the necessary facilities and access to outdoor recreation activities to

support lodge activities,

c) offers safe and secure accommodation, and

d) where applicable, has environmental and outdoor recreation education

programmes.

13.4.3.2 Provide the following minimum levels of visitor service for lodges outlined in

policy 13.4.3.1:

Lodge Minimum levels of visitor service

Council managed

lodge

Affordable, safe and secure accommodation

Operate on a self-clean basis


Licenced lodge Determined as part of the conditions of the licence

Ranger service to support licensees through

provision of advice.

Note: The minimum infrastructure levels of service are outlined in policy 14.5.1.

13.4.3.3 Periodically review the provision and management of lodge accommodation and

modify lodge management and infrastructure where:

a) a lodge cannot be licenced and occupancy is consistently low,

b) lodge and ancillary facility condition is poor,

c) use is causing damage to natural or physical resources, or

d) use conflicts with other park users.

Explanation:

Lodges in this plan refer to the facilities that provide indoor, overnight accommodation to

larger groups (up to 90 people). These facilities are used by school groups, churches, sports

groups, community based groups and businesses. They are recognised as an important way

to introduce people, especially children, to the outdoors and increase awareness and

understanding of the regional parks’ history and values and environmental issues.

There are now approximately 30 lodges and camps operating in the Auckland region and

several more close to the region’s borders. Most camps are situated in pristine countryside,

surrounded by native bush or in coastal and marine environments. The main providers are

148


the council, the Private Independent Camp Trust, Open Brethren Camps Stewards Trust,

other denomination churches, Scouts and the YMCA.

The council has eight operational lodges located on the following regional parks: Āwhitu,

Hūnua Ranges, Shakespear, Waharau and Waitākere Ranges. There are also several lodges

which are no longer operational, such as Project K at Little Huia, which could be utilised in

the future. Part 17 and the maps in Volume 2 provide more detail on, and identify the

location of, the lodges provided.

The public will be made aware of the opportunities through the visitor services outlined in

section 13.2.

13.4.3.4 Manage the provision of lodge facilities and associated services by way of

licences.

13.4.3.5 Require as a minimum, by way of conditions set in the lodge licence, licensees

to:

a) provide adequate opportunity for general public use,

b) provide affordable, safe and secure accommodation,

c) ensure lodge charges reflect the degree of private benefit and/or public

good to be gained from the activity,

d) be responsible for a specified amount of maintenance and development,

e) ensure any facility development and improvement is in accordance with Part

14 Infrastructure and is approved by the council,

f) ensure lodge services and programmes meet the requirements outlined are

in accordance with the policies of this plan, and

g) have council representation on the board or committee that manages the

lodge.

13.4.3.6 Provide advice to support licensees to:

a) expand and enhance existing facilities where appropriate,

b) increase the occupancy of the lodges, and

c) source external funding for activities that are in accordance with the licence.

Explanation:

Six of the eight operational lodges are managed by trusts, the YMCA and schools by way of

a licence. Managing the lodges by way of licences is the preferred approach. It enables

those organisations with expertise in this field to drive the development of the lodges and

associated facilities and programmes to maximise occupancy and achieve the education

objectives outlined in section 13.2.4.

The council must however retain control over the development and use of the lodges and

ensure that these facilities remain available to the general public for various uses without

prejudice. The licence conditions will ensure that this is achieved. The council, through its

visitor services, heritage and parks policy teams and park rangers, will support licensees

where practicable to achieve the objectives of the plan.

149


13.4.4 Bach escapes

Objective 13.4.4:

To provide affordable opportunities for the public to stay in traditional kiwi baches located in

a range of settings on regional parks, in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.4.4.1 Utilise existing park buildings to provide a range of traditional bach

accommodation for holiday rental, in accordance with sections 14.1 and 14.6, for

families and small groups that:

a) provide access to sought after locations that offer the opportunity for

respite in a natural or farmed setting, and are relatively close to the region’s

urban areas and to outdoor activities such as tracks and boat launching

facilities,

b) provide a traditional kiwi experience through the structure, simple

furnishings and setting, and

c) provide affordable, safe and secure accommodation.

13.4.4.2 Provide the following minimum levels of visitor service for baches outlined in

policy 13.4.4.1:

Type Minimum level of service

Bach Affordable, safe and secure accommodation

Operate on a self-clean basis

Ranger service


Note: The minimum infrastructure levels of service are outlined in policy 14.6.1

13.4.4.3 Expand and enhance the range of bach accommodation for holiday rental on

regional parks by utilising existing park houses.

13.4.4.4 Periodically review the provision of bach accommodation and where approved

by council remove baches from the bach network where:

a) use levels are consistently low,

b) use is causing damage to natural or physical resources,

c) the bach is required for ranger accommodation, or

d) the use of the bach conflicts with other park users.

Explanation:

Baches in this plan refer to houses or cottages that are made available to the public for

overnight accommodation on a park. Providing opportunities for park users to stay in a

traditional kiwi bach or farm homestead on some regional parks is an important way of

retaining this element of New Zealand’s heritage. Accessibility to baches in general, and

especially those in prime beach locations, is becoming out of reach for a large proportion of

the regional population, for reasons of affordability and physical proximity. The houses on

the regional parks represent some of the few remaining simple, kiwi bach type properties

150


within 90 minutes of central Auckland, where accessibility is not compromised by private

ownership, surrounding development and other market forces.

The focus during the life of the plan is, therefore, on maintaining the existing baches and

increasing the number of baches available. There are currently 15 baches located on the

following regional parks, with their maximum occupancy in brackets:

Ātiu Creek: Ātiu Creek Farm Cottage (8) and Takahe Cottage (10),

Āwhitu: Āwhitu House (8),

Mahurangi: Baileys Cottage (6), Big Bay Bach (8), Ferguson House (8) and Vine House

(6),

Scandrett: Coldham Bach (6), Graham Bach (8) and Moonlight Bach (6),

Tāwharanui: Tāwharanui Bach (6),

Waitākere Ranges: Barr Cottage (6) and Keddle House (6), and

Wenderholm: Wenderholm Beach House (6) and Schischka House (10).

Houses that have been identified to be made available to the public for holiday rentals as

baches within the life of the plan are located on the following regional parks: Mahurangi

West (Puhoi Cottage), Waharau (park house) and Waitākere Ranges (Whare Puke and

Titirangi House). Scandrett Homestead at Scandrett Regional Park, and both Ashby House

and the park house at Tāpapakanga Regional Park will also be investigated further to

determine whether they should be added to the bach escape network. Refer to Part 17 and

the maps in Volume 2 for more detail. The public will be made aware of the bach escape

opportunities through the visitor services outlined in section 13.2.

13.4.4.5 Ensure the bach capacity (number of people allowed to stay per night) reflects

the constraints associated with the bach’s infrastructure (such as the

wastewater system) and any approved territorial authority resource consents.

13.4.4.6 Enable park visitors staying in selected baches to camp in tents next to the bach

only where:

a) it is part of a licence agreement, or

b) they do not exceed the bach and tent capacity as outlined in the bach

conditions,

c) the tent(s) will not detract from other visitors’ experiences,

d) the tent(s) will not encourage other park visitors to tent outside of

designated campgrounds, and

e) it will not result in damage to any heritage sites and/or gardens.

13.4.4.7 Manage traditional baches so as to maximise their availability to the public by:

a) only utilising baches for park operational purposes in exceptional

circumstances to be set by the General Manager Parks (refer to policy

13.1.6.8), and

b) only making Takahe Cottage at Ātiu Creek Regional Park available for park

volunteers where the booking is done at the last minute if there are

booking(s) currently in place for the bach (refer to policy 13.1.6.7).

151


Explanation:

The regional park baches generally cater for between six to eight people, up to a maximum

of 10 people. This capacity is in some cases determined because of the bach

infrastructure’s capacity (namely the wastewater system) or by resource consent

conditions. In general, council’s preference is to restrict camping to the campgrounds. There

are however some bach escapes where groups staying in a bach will be allowed to pitch

tents adjacent to the bach. The public will be made aware of these opportunities through

the visitor services outlined in section 13.2.

The baches on the regional parks are first and foremost for the public. Many of the baches

are in high demand. To ensure resource allocation is fairly distributed, restrictions on bach

use, particularly for operational, commercial and volunteer purposes, are put in place. There

are greater restrictions during the periods of peak demand.

13.4.5 Designated sites

Objective 13.4.5:

To provide a range of designated park locations that can be booked by park users for group

activities in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.4.5.1 Provide designated sites for either large group activities that exceed the park’s

informal group size, or specified recreation and use activities in order to:

a) reduce conflict between users for a range of activities,

b) concentrate activities in locations less likely to incur adverse impacts from

the activity,

c) provide certainty of allocation for the user,

d) provide for demand by large and organised groups, and

e) reduce the time and cost for park visitors who would otherwise have to

apply for a discretionary activity.

13.4.5.2 Provide a range of designated sites on regional parks in accordance with the

policies in sections 14.1 and 14.7 including:

a) basic,

b) standard,

c) premium,

d) special premium, and

e) designated activity sites.

13.4.5.3 Expand and enhance the range of designated sites on regional parks in

accordance with the policies in sections 14.1 and 14.7.

152


13.4.5.4 Periodically review the provision of designated sites and remove, relocate and

change the classification of the site where:

a) use is causing damage to natural or physical resources,

b) use levels are consistently low,

c) the use of the designated site conflicts with other park users, or

d) there is demand for a higher standard of facility provision.

Explanation:

Designated sites allow park users to book an area of parkland for their semi-exclusive use

when they exceed the park’s informal group size restrictions, or wish to guarantee allocation

of the site. Designated sites are provided where the location is deemed able to handle high

levels of repetitive use. Where impacts are known and deemed acceptable, specified types

of activity may also be encouraged and provided for by means of specific infrastructure.

Infrastructure associated with designated sites can include abseiling anchors, covered

shelters with barbecues, facilities, and vehicle access. Section 14.7 outlines the levels of

service for the range of designated sites.

Designated sites are provided at the following regional parks:

Ambury (one basic),

Āwhitu (one premium),

Hūnua Ranges (one basic at Hūnua Falls),

Long Bay (two basic, two standard, two premium,1 special premium and two

designated activity sites),

Ōmana (five standard),

Shakespear (three standard, two premium and two designated activity sites),

Waharau (one basic),

Waitākere Ranges (two basic and two special premium at Cornwallis),

Wenderholm (three standard, 1 premium and 1 designated activity site), and

Whakanewha (1 basic).

Existing designated sites will be maintained and enhanced. Designated sites will be created

at Cascades-Kauri and Karamatura in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park. Part 17 and the

maps in Volume 2 identify where the existing and proposed designated sites are located on

each park. New designated sites may be investigated if there is demand.

Changing demographics and societal behaviour patterns are likely to increase demand for

large group activity areas catering for extended social and family groups. This may also

create demand to provide a different type of infrastructure such as umu and hangi pits.

The public will be made aware of additional opportunities through the visitor services

outlined in section 13.2. The permanent and temporary conditions associated with

designated sites will be outlined on the booking confirmation.

153


13.4.6 Recreational horse riding

Objective13.4.6:

To provide an accessible and diverse range of recreational horse riding opportunities on

regional parks, in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.4.6.1 Provide a range of recreational horse riding opportunities on regional parks in

accordance with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure including:

a) designated horse riding areas,

b) designated horse riding poled routes across farmland,

c) designated horse riding tracks, and

d) shared use tracks and roads.

Explanation:

The recreational riding of horses in natural areas is part of the cultural and historic heritage

of Auckland, and a source of enjoyment and physical activity. Recreational horse riding

(casual and non-competitive trekking) is a growing activity in the Auckland region, but one

for which it is increasingly difficult to find safe and convenient venues.

The main areas currently used for recreational trekking in the region are roads, Woodhill

Forest, private farms and arenas, and the regional parks. The majority of these recreational

riding opportunities are located outside of Auckland’s metropolitan urban limits and

clustered in the south-western corner of the region and along the coastlines.

As with many other activities, horse riding can have negative impacts on park values

through compaction, disturbance, and trail widening. There is also the potential for user

conflict on multi-use trails if poorly designed, constructed and signposted.

Recreational riding is therefore restricted to ten regional parks: Ambury, Ātiu Creek, Āwhitu,

Duder, Hūnua Ranges, Muriwai, Te Ārai, Te Rau Pūriri, Waitākere Ranges (Pae o Te Rangi)

and Whakanewha; and to designated areas within these parks. The recreational horse riding

opportunities and restrictions for each park are outlined in Part 17 and on the maps in

Volume 2. Temporary restrictions may also be applied, for pest control programmes or

unsuitable ground conditions. Horse riders (and other parks users) will be informed of

temporary restrictions through the visitor services outlined in section 13.2.

The areas where recreational horse riding is allowed are generally the farmed, open pasture

areas which provide a suitable amount of space for horse riders and other park users to

avoid contact with each other. In these settings, horse riders are also able to see other

people approaching and adjust their speed or route accordingly. Shared tracks are only

provided where the track design provides the necessary sight lines and width to safely

accommodate horse riders and other track users.

13.4.6.2 Expand and enhance the network of recreational horse riding opportunities, in

accordance with the policies in Part 14 Infrastructure to complement Auckland’s

regional horse riding network; with particular emphasis on improving the

connectivity within the regional parks and to other public open spaces,

developing overnight camping opportunities and progressively developing the

facilities outlined in policy 14.8.1.

154


13.4.6.3 Implement an annual network horse riding pass for all regional parks where

horse riding is allowed as a controlled activity in Part 17, and develop systems to

remove the need for riders to contact the ranger before going to the park.

13.4.6.4 Evaluate the controlled horse riding pass after two years and, where appropriate,

change the management approach to address any administrative, access and/or

operational issues.

13.4.6.5 Liaise with horse riding individuals and organisations to manage recreational

conflict, safety risks and environmental damage associated with recreational

horse riding through:

a) limiting the activity to designated areas and tracks within selected regional

parks,

b) track, facility and sign location and design,

c) discouraging off-track activity in wetlands, watercourses, dunes, indigenous



d) providing clear and accurate information on the horse riding opportunities on

regional parks,

e) developing an effective way to communicate details on the tracks, such as

the length of the track, level of difficulty and grades, to park visitors and if

possible creating consistent park visitor information approach for tracks with

the Department of Conservation and other public open space providers,

g) developing, promoting and enforcing a code of conduct (including a

hierarchy for shared-use tracks),

h) educating all shared use track users on the range of other users and

appropriate behaviour and providing adequate signage on shared use track,

i) limiting group size and the number of horses each rider can take on some

parks,

j) where necessary, introducing temporal management approaches, and

k) where it is deemed inappropriate on a regional park, advocating that other

public open space providers in close proximity meet the demand for this

activity.

Explanation:

The role of regional parks in the regional horse-riding network is likely to become

increasingly important given the trend of reduced access to alternative riding locations, the

development of bridleways connecting public open spaces, and increasing horse rider

numbers through population growth and growth in the regional equestrian industry.

The existing recreational horse riding opportunities on regional parks will be maintained and

enhanced. New tracks and facilities are planned in the following regional parks: Āwhitu, Ātiu

Creek and Hūnua Ranges. Track developments to support horse riding will be investigated

at Ambury, Āwhitu, Long Bay, Tāpapakanga, Waharau, Whakanewha and Whakatīwai

Regional Parks. At the time that this plan was adopted it was intended that Waitawa

Regional Park will also be developed as a horse riding destination; though this will be

confirmed through the concept planning process.

155


Opportunities for recreational horse riding will also be considered when developing concept

plans for all new parks and development plans for any extensions to existing parks.

An annual network pass is to be developed to provide a consistent and easy to understand

system for horse riders. This pass will also promote the parks and a code of conduct. The

council will also investigate and develop more user-friendly systems to manage limited

horse float parking and access restrictions related to park operations and events. This

management approach will be evaluated two years after implementation to determine

whether it is meeting the objectives of creating a more consistent, easy to understand, user

friendly, and operationally feasible approach.

Partnerships with horse riding clubs and individuals are invaluable because of the

knowledge, funding and time that the individuals and clubs can provide. The recreational

conflict, safety risks and environmental damage associated with riding on these tracks will

be minimised by the initiatives outlined in policy 13.4.6.5.

13.5 Discretionary activities

Discretionary activities are activities that require consent from the council and are not

specifically provided for in this plan as a permitted or a controlled activity. Discretionary

activities include ongoing consents such as concessions, leases and licences, and one-off

consents for events such as sporting events or weddings. Each application to undertake a

discretionary activity is assessed on a case by case basis against the objectives and policies

of this plan and their known or potential impacts on park values, to determine the

appropriateness of the activity, and any conditions and/or restrictions that may apply if the

activity is approved. Discretionary activity applications may be approved, approved with

conditions or declined.

This section outlines the policies that apply to all discretionary activities, including:

The requirement for consent for discretionary activities.

The information that needs to be submitted when making an application.

How applications will be processed.

What matters may be considered in determining whether to grant or decline an

application.

Matters which might be included as conditions, if necessary to manage adverse

effects.

While all discretionary activities are assessed against the general policies within this section;

the council has specific policies for: concessionaires, filming, leases, licences, plaques and

memorials, and research. For these activities, the council has developed a position either on

the appropriateness of the activity or the specific activity management requirements.

156


13.5.1 Discretionary activities - general policies

Objective 13.5.1:

a. To allow appropriate discretionary activities on regional parks in accordance with

objective 13.1.1.

b. To undertake case-by-case assessments of applications for the approval or renewal of

discretionary activities on parks in an efficient, fair and transparent manner.

Policy:

13.5.1.1 Manage as discretionary activities, for which approval by way of a consent,

concession or licence is required, all activities that are not:

a) identified in this plan as permitted activities as outlined in section 13.3 and

the accompanying tables in Part 17,

b) identified in this plan as controlled activities as outlined in section 13.4 and

the accompanying tables in Part 17, or

c) identified in this plan as prohibited activities as outlined in section 13.6.

13.5.1.2 Manage as discretionary activities, for which approval by way of a consent,

concession, lease or licence is required:

a) all commercial activities on a regional park,

b) any activity that involves the exclusive occupation of an area of a regional

park for an extended period,

c) any activity that requires the erection of permanent structures and buildings

by any party other than the council,

d) all activities that exceed the informal group size for the regional park or,

where the activity is occurring on a designated site the size limits for that

site,

e) activities involving amplified sound or temporary utilities such as temporary

cell phone or radio repeaters, emergency water/electric bypasses,

f) plaques and memorials,

g) research activities undertaken by external agencies, and

h) activities involving dogs, horses, vehicles and commerce undertaken on

scenic reserves, which are not specifically provided for in this plan.

13.5.1.3 Ensure that the park environment and the health, safety and wellbeing of visitor

is protected, and park operations facilitated, by either approving, approving with

conditions or declining discretionary activity applications.

13.5.1.4 Apply caps on selected discretionary activities to Waitākere Ranges Regional

Park (refer to section 17.19) to protect sensitive ecological areas and/or avoid

conflict with informal park users in high use areas.

13.5.1.5 Monitor other high use areas of regional parkland and where caps on

discretionary activities are likely to be a suitable solution, initiate a plan change

to consider this.

13.5.1.6 Initiate a transparent and fair allocation process when the caps outlined in policy

13.5.1.4 and section 17.19 are met.

157


Explanation:

Any person wishing to undertake an activity which is not specifically provided for in this plan

as a permitted or controlled activity, or which is outside the conditions set for the activity

type, is required to obtain council approval before undertaking the activity. The criteria the

council uses to determine the appropriateness of the activity is outlined in policy 13.5.1.13

below. Applications to undertake activities prohibited by this plan will not be approved.

There are on caps on selected discretionary activities in six locations in the Waitākere

Ranges (see policies 17.19.5.28 and 17.19.5.29). Section 7.7 outlines the research

programmes that will monitor the impact of activities on the park values. If monitoring

highlights that the number or type of discretionary activities in an area is compromising the

park values, other approved activities and the visitor experience, then a number of

management techniques will be considered. A formal plan change would be required to

introduce any new activity caps on regional parks.

Application policies:

13.5.1.7 Ensure that all applications for approval or renewal to carry out a discretionary

activity include the following information, as appropriate to the scale and nature

of the activity proposed:

a) a description of the proposed activity, including the preferred location,

number of people involved (including participants, spectators and support

staff/volunteers), and the duration/frequency of the activity,

b) an explanation of how the activity is aligned with the park classification and

purpose, and how it could benefit the park and park visitors,

c) a description of the potential adverse effects of the activity, if any, on the

environment and any actions the applicant proposes to take to avoid,

remedy or mitigate the adverse effects,

d) a description of the potential adverse effects of the activity, if any, on other

park visitors use and approved activities, and any actions the applicant

proposes to take to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects,

e) an assessment on whether the proposal could reasonably be undertaken in

another location on the park, on another regional park or on another location

which is not on a regional park, where the potential adverse effects would

be significantly less.

f) a statement detailing what other approvals or consents, if any, are required

from other agencies,

g) identification of those persons interested in or affected by the proposal,

(including tangata whenua), the consultation undertaken, formal responses

from those consulted and the applicant’s responses to any issues raised in

the formal responses,

h) an assessment that demonstrates that the proposal is not inconsistent with

the Watercare Services Ltd’s lease/licence document with respect to water

supply reservoirs and associated buffer lands if these areas are affected,

and

i) an assessment of risks to public safety and a description of the mitigation

measures proposed.

158


13.5.1.8 Develop protocols with tangata whenua with regards to:

a) the types of discretionary activities that each iwi is interested in being

consulted about,

b) the iwi contact, and

c) consultation process eg, information to be provided, preferred

communication method, timeframes and resourcing.

Explanation:

The approval of discretionary activities on parks must be carried out on the basis of good

information, predetermined criteria and in a manner that is consistent with the purposes,

principles and objectives of this plan. The process should also be fair and equitable to all

people seeking approval for activities on parks, and applies to both applications to undertake

new activities and those seeking the renewal of existing approvals.

Policy 13.5.1.7 above identifies the type of application information that is necessary in order

to assess the effects of these discretionary activities. Applicants should consult with council

staff before submitting an application in order to determine whether the activity is

potentially appropriate to the location, and the level of information appropriate and

necessary to enable assessment of the application. Where council staff considers that the

information submitted with an application is not sufficient to determine the effects of the

activity proposed, further information may be requested.

To ensure the applicant is adequately supported to consult iwi in an appropriate manner, the

council will work with tangata whenua to determine the agreed consultation process for

discretionary activities. For some applications, the council may facilitate the iwi consultation.

Notification policies:

13.5.1.9 Publicly notify applications for discretionary activities when:

a) the term sought exceeds 10 years, or

b) the activity occurs on land held under the Reserves Act 1977 and public

notification is required under that Act, or

c) in the opinion of the council it is in the public interest, or

d) the application requests an easement which, if granted, would create an

interest in the park land, or

e) the activity requires construction of permanent utilities, or permanent

modification of existing utilities, and the effects may adversely impact the

park values or other approved activities or the visitor experience.

13.5.1.10 Enable exceptions to policy 13.5.1.9.a and 13.5.1.9.c to be considered for

licence applications where the scale and nature of the activity is not proposed to

change significantly, and no issues have been identified with this activity.

Explanation:

Policy 13.5.1.7.g outlines that discretionary activity applicants need to identify those persons

interested in or affected by the proposal, and provide a formal response from these people

to their application. Applicants will be encouraged to consult with interested or affected

persons prior to seeking their views in writing to ensure that these persons have the

159


opportunity to understand the details of the application. This could be by for example one to

one meetings, formal letters or presenting to ratepayer groups. This information is important

to provide council with information about any potential impacts of the activity, and a gauge

for the level of support for the activity and the concerns affected parties have.

However, there are certain applications, outlined in policy 13.5.1.9 above, that the council

will publicly notify to ensure that the public are able to comment on the application and to

provide the council with a better understanding for the level of public support or otherwise

for the proposal. The Reserves Act 1977 outlines circumstances where applications for land

held under the Act must be publicly notified.

The council may chose not to publicly notify licences that are longer than 10 years or which

are deemed to be in the public interest if it is confident that the scale and nature of the

activity is not proposed to change significantly, and no issues have been identified with this

activity.

Decision-making policies:

13.5.1.11 Ensure that the General Manager Parks recommends whether decisions on any

application seeking approval to carry out discretionary activities are made by

staff or referred to the Council, having regard to the criteria approved by the

council; with the exception of applications for a licence.

13.5.1.12 Ensure that decisions on whether to grant or decline an application for a licence

are made in the following manner:

a) where the park concerned is held under the Local Government Act 1974 the

Council shall make all decisions with regard to the criteria outlined in

policies 13.5.1.13 to 13.5.1.15, or

b) where the park is gazetted under the Reserves Act 1977, and the leasing

powers under the Act have not been delegated to the council, the council

shall work with the Department of Conservation, in seeking a determination

from the Minister of Conservation who will make the final decision.

Explanation:

The General Manager parks will decide at which level decisions on discretionary activities

will be made. This will take into account factors such as the level of public interest in the

application, the degree of public alienation of parkland that would be caused by the activity

and the applicant’s previous activities.

It is important that decisions to grant or decline licences are made by the Council or a

delegated committee of the Council, or the Minister of Conservation, because licences may

have wide-ranging and long lasting implications for a regional park (refer to section 13.5.4

Leases below).

The Local Government Act 2002 grants the council the authority to make all decisions on

regional park land held in terms of that Act. In the case of licences on regional park land held

under the Reserves Act 1977, the Minister of Conservation may retain the authority to make

final decisions, by virtue of the Reserves Act, where the activity is not meaningfully

contemplated in this plan.

160


13.5.1.13 Give particular regard to the following when considering applications seeking

approval to carry out discretionary activities, or to renew existing consents,

concessions, leases and licences:

a) the degree to which the proposal is consistent with the objectives, policies,

class of park, park vision and Special Management Zones outlined in this

plan,

b) whether the proposal is consistent with the reserve classification for park

land which is managed under the provisions of the Reserves Act 1977,

c) whether the proposal is consistent with all additional acts that guide the

council in the management of the area of interest, such as the Waitākere

Ranges Heritage Area Act for the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park,

d) whether the proposal is consistent with other approved consents,

concessions, leases and licences active on the area of regional parkland

under consideration,

e) the adverse effects, including cumulative effects of the proposal on the park

values, park infrastructure, approved activities and the enjoyment of other

park users, with emphasis given to:

i) significant natural areas and threatened and/or unique species and

ecosystems,

ii) waterways, water quality in water supply areas and the operation of

infrastructure related to water supply, and

iii) special management of disease zones,

f) the level of additional council services required, taking into consideration but

not limited to administration, monitoring and evaluating,

g) potential to set a precedent that could give rise to similar activities which in

combination may result in adverse cumulative effects on regional parks in

the future,

h) the degree to which exclusion of the public is necessary for the protection

of public safety, the security or competent operation of the proposed

activity,

i) the level of adverse impacts on adjoining communities,

j) the benefits to the local and regional community and tangata whenua,

k) the degree to which persons affected by the proposal, including tangata

whenua, supported the application through any relevant oral or written

submissions received,

l) the duration and timing of activities, and

m) whether the proposal could reasonably be undertaken in another location on

the park, on another regional park or on another location which is not on a

regional park, where the potential adverse effects would be significantly

less.

161


13.5.1.14 Give favourable consideration to applications seeking to undertake discretionary

activities on regional parks that provide direct benefits, enjoyment and use

opportunities for park visitors and the regional community through:

a) promoting stewardship and understanding of the role of tangata whenua as

kaitiaki and the natural, cultural and/or tangata whenua values of the parks,

b) enabling tangata whenua to enhance their hauora (long-term wellbeing)

while sustaining the mauri of the park’s natural and cultural values,

c) demonstrating environmental best practice and a sustainable approach to

managing the activity

d) managing travel demand by providing public or organised transport to the

parks,

e) increasing access, where appropriate, to difficult to reach and/or low use

parks,

f) increasing access for sectors of the community that are not current users of

the parks,

g) providing opportunities for park visitors to extend themselves by developing

skills in the outdoors,

h) contributing to park management and development,

i) contributing to the local and regional economies,

j) providing specific marketing programmes and/or business models that

provide for domestic and regional tourism, and

k) contributing positively to perceptions about the natural values in the

Auckland Region and/or New Zealand to a regional, national and

international audience,

as long as they,

l) are aligned to the park class and vision and do not detract from the park

values, approved activities and visitor experiences.

13.5.1.15 Give particular regard to the following when considering applications seeking to

renew existing approvals for discretionary activities on regional parks:

a) the degree to which the activity is aligned to objective 13.1.1,

b) the degree to which the applicant has complied with all previous lease,

licence, concession or consent conditions,

c) the degree to which the applicant has complied with all regulatory

requirements,

d) the absence of successful convictions or infringement actions taken against

the applicant under the Local Government Act 2002, Reserves Act 1977 and

other relevant Acts,

e) the degree to which the applicant used the full portion of rights allocated,

and

f) the degree to which the applicant has promoted appropriate behaviour on

the park with respect to environmental stewardship and other park users.

162


Explanation:

The policies above set out those matters to which particular consideration will be given

when making decisions as to whether to consent or decline a discretionary activity

application. They are not intended to limit the matters that may be considered.

Other matters, for example, statutory provisions in legislation, the Reserves Act and Local

Government Act in particular, and other regional bylaws, plans and strategies may also be

considered, where applicable.

13.5.1.16 Impose lease, licence, concession or consent conditions on approved

discretionary activities to protect the regional park environment, the health,

safety and wellbeing of visitor, and to facilitate park operations, including:

a) the location of the activity,

b) the duration of the activity,

c) the time of day the activity may be undertaken,

d) the time of year the activity may be undertaken,

e) measures for mitigating adverse effects on the environment and natural and

heritage resources,

f) measures for monitoring the effects of the activity,

g) the number of people (including participants, spectators and support staff /

volunteers) who may participate,

h) the use of park facilities or services,

i) health and safety factors,

j) a trial period to assess the effects of the activity on the park,

k) meeting accreditation and/or training requirements,

l) the review of the approval and/or any conditions imposed, or

m) any other matter the council considers relevant to ensure the activity is

compatible with the objectives of this plan.

13.5.1.17 Review the lease, licence, concession or consent conditions of any approved

discretionary activity to use or occupy regional park land where:

a) additional buildings and/or structures are proposed,

b) the scale and/or nature of use is proposed to change or has changed over

time,

c) adverse effects are occurring on the park environment or other park users,

d) the park environment has substantially changed through natural processes,

for example coastal erosion, or

e) monitoring has identified that the lessee or licensee is under-utilising a

facility in relation to the original terms of their lease or licence.

163


13.5.1.18 Minimise the potential adverse effects of approved discretionary activities on

the environment and on park visitors by requiring individuals and organisations

providing opportunities for other park visitors to:

a) be approved and registered by the council,

b) adhere to lease, licence, concession or consent conditions, and

c) in some cases, meet accreditation and/or training requirements that ensure

they become knowledgeable advocates for the park and values.

Explanation:

Monitoring and evaluating discretionary activities, as outlined in section 7.7, will allow the

council to take a responsive and adaptive management approach to changing demands and

unexpected outcomes.

Leases, licences, concessions and consents are issued with the expectation that there will

be not be any significant adverse effects arising from the execution of that consent, lease or

licence.

Conditions are imposed in order to ensure that any adverse effects on the park

environment, park visitors or park operations are avoided or mitigated. Where consents,

leases or licences are not exercised in a manner consistent with these conditions, there is

the potential for significant adverse effects to occur.

While policy 13.5.1.16 enables the council to require holders of leases, licences,

concessions or consents to undertake self-monitoring of their activities, it may also be

appropriate in some circumstances for the council to audit or check these results,

particularly where non-compliance has been observed.

While the council’s preference is to work in partnership with holders of leases, licences,

concessions or consents to resolve issues of non-compliance with the conditions of

consents, leases and licences. Any non-compliance constitutes a breach of contract and

may result in additional conditions being imposed and/or the withdrawal of the privilege to

occupy, access and provide an activity on the parkland.

Policy 13.5.2.17 identifies changes in circumstances which may alter the nature and scale of

effects an activity may have on the park environment, park users or park operations. In order

to enable these effects to be assessed and additional conditions to be imposed to manage

these effects, review provisions will be incorporated into lease, licences and consents.

Provisions will also be incorporated to enable the council to review these agreements

should the park environment substantially change, through for example, coastal erosion.

Depending on circumstances, a review of conditions may be undertaken with or without

formal public consultation. The degree of public involvement will be determined on a case-

by-case basis by the General Manager Parks.

164


13.5.2 Concessionaires

Objective 13.5.2:

To manage concessionaire activities which are aligned to the council’s vision for the

regional parks where this activity is in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.5.2.1 Manage concessions in accordance with the general policies in section 13.5.1.

13.5.2.2 Work with concessionaires to achieve the objectives and policies of this plan,

with particular emphasis on the criteria outlined in policy 13.5.1.13.

13.5.2.3 Grant concessions initially for 12 months; and grant subsequent concessions

(with the exclusion of temporary food and beverage services such as coffee

carts which will only be ever granted 12 months) for longer periods of time

subject to annual reviews if council is satisfied that the concession supports the

objectives and policies of this plan and the concession conditions were met

13.5.2.4 Encourage concessionaires, and in some cases require as a condition of their

concession, to provide interpretation and/or information that raises the park

visitors’ awareness, knowledge and understanding of the park values and instils

an ethic of stewardship.

13.5.2.5 Develop a concessionaire plan, supported by research, which outlines how the

administration of concessions, communication with concessionaires,

concessionaire education and monitoring of concessions will be improved.

13.5.2.6 Require concessionaires as a condition of their concession to report annually on

the scale, frequency and nature of their activity and may be required to meet the

costs for the council to undertake additional monitoring.

13.5.2.7 Maintain a transparent charging rationale for concessions in accordance with

policy 13.1.7 and communicate this to the tourism industry.

Explanation:

An individual, group or organisation may apply to the council to undertake a discretionary

activity on an ongoing basis, for example, tourism operators running guided walks or

individuals with ice cream / coffee carts.

The council recognises the value in working with concessionaires to achieve the objectives

and policies in this plan. For this reason, the council has attempted to make the application

process simpler, moved towards granting longer term concessions for concessionaires who

have demonstrated the value they add to regional parks, and who have conformed with

previous concession conditions and committed to developing a concessionaire plan.

As a general principle, concessions will be limited where the public are readily accessing

and enjoying the parks and there is little capacity for additional activities.

Policy 7.7.7 outlines the aspects of concessionaire activities that council will monitor and

evaluate. Concessionaires will also be required to provide accurate reports to council on the

scale, frequency and nature of their activity.

165


13.5.3 Filming

Objective 13.5.3:

To facilitate filming in the regional parks, where this activity is in accordance with objective

13.1.1.

Policy:

13.5.3.1 Manage filming in regional parks as a discretionary activity (excluding filming

undertaken for personal use and for no financial reward), in accordance with the

general policies in section 13.5.1.

13.5.3.2 Provide guidelines for the use of a park or a location within a park, to be issued

alongside consents and circulated to all involved in filming, and may include

guidelines on education, tangata whenua and monitoring.

13.5.3.3 Develop in collaboration with the film industry a code of conduct or protocol for

filming on regional parks that provides clear guidelines and parameters in

relation to such things as: the use of park land, stewardship of vegetation and

landscapes, use of images of parkland for commercial gain, vehicle

management, and the use of structures.

13.5.3.4 Support the concept of establishing a one-stop shop to manage film activity on

regional parks and becoming a film friendly council.

13.5.3.5 Improve the promotion of appropriate parks, education of the film industry

filming, administration and monitoring programmes as part of the move to a one-

stop shop.

13.5.3.6 Maintain a transparent charging rationale for filming in accordance with section

13.1.8 and communicate this to the film industry.

Explanation:

The regional parks offer many special and unique settings for filming and these are

identified by the film industry as an integral component of the region’s filming offer. The

Waitākere Ranges Regional Park is particularly important because of its close proximity to

central Auckland and the scenery it contains.

Filming makes a significant contribution to the regional economy and provides significant

training and employment opportunities. Filming in regional parks can also contribute

positively to the perception and appreciation of the natural values of the region to a regional,

national and international audience. If appropriately managed, filming has minimal adverse

impacts on the values of regional parks.

The council has worked with the film industry, and in particular Film Auckland, to understand

how best to accommodate filming on park land while protecting the values of the park. In

this case, accreditation is not regarded as an appropriate management system. Guidelines,

however, will be a helpful tool in providing specific information on the values of parks or

sites within parks, and ensuring consent holders and film crews are aware of these and how

to protect them.

A code of conduct or protocol will provide greater transparency and certainty as to what is

expected of all filming activity in park, and will enable both the council and the film industry

166


to manage behaviours and expectations. Where necessary, sanctions may be imposed on

applicants who have been shown to work outside these parameters.

Setting up a one-stop shop will enable council to respond in a consistent manner to queries

and applications by the film industry within the compressed timeframes that they usually

operate within, and support applicants to meet the council requirements. Until such time as

this is established, policy 13.5.3.5 outlines the actions that council will undertake to support

its relationship with the film industry.

13.5.4 Leases

Objective 13.5.4:

To avoid further alienation of regional park land by no longer entering into leases.

Policy:

13.5.4.1 Grant licences rather than leases, with the exception of leases granted to

Watercare Services Ltd.

13.5.4.2 Liaise with existing lessees to ensure that the terms and conditions of the

leases are adhered to, and to discuss issues of mutual concern.

Explanation:

Leases grant a proprietorial right over the land covered by a lease agreement. This enables

the lessee to carry out activities as of right when provided for under a lease without further

reference to the council, and to restrict public access to the leased land where appropriate.

This situation is not considered to be appropriate in regional parks that are owned by the

public and managed to provide for the needs of the people of the Auckland region. Given

this, the council will not enter into any new lease agreements.

There are a number of existing leases on regional parks. These include golf courses,

restaurants, community organisations, charitable trusts, commercial forestry and

metropolitan water supply catchments. Many of these have historic origins that pre-date the

land being vested for regional park purposes. The metropolitan water supply catchments

carry out essential functions in perpetuity for the public good.

While the council does not intend to approve any new leases, it is obliged to administer the

existing leases in terms of the conditions of those leases. The council will not enter into any

new lease agreements, but will instead grant limited rights of occupation where appropriate

under a licence.

It is in the interests of both the council and the lessee to ensure that matters relating to the

lease are addressed in an appropriate and timely manner. Part 17 identifies all existing

leases on regional parks and any specific consultation requirements.

167


13.5.5 Licences

Objective 13.5.5:

To allow activities which require the exclusive use of park resources by way of a licence

where they provide supplementary and complementary services or benefits to users of the

park and are in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.5.5.1 Apply the application and decision-making process set out in section 13.5.1 to:

a) all proposals to enter into new licences, and

b) all renewals of existing licences, unless the existing licence contains

specific conditions enabling a renewal to occur without any further

consideration.

13.5.5.2 Ensure that where licences are approved, the term of the licence and any

renewal will not exceed 34 years and 365 days in total.

13.5.5.3 Liaise with existing licensees to ensure that the terms and conditions of the

licences are adhered to and to discuss issues of mutual concern.

13.5.5.4 Retain the controlling interest and right of final approval where a licence

provides the ability for assignment of interest or sub-licences to be issued to

other parties.

13.5.5.5 Include in a licence, where required, rights to access any licenced area on a

park.

Explanation:

There are a number of existing activities on the parks that are generally compatible with the

vision and objectives of regional parks but offer an exclusive service to a selected group.

The most appropriate way of providing for these existing activities and any future proposed

activities of this type is by way of a licence. Any licences that expire during the term of this

plan will need to be reassessed against the objectives and policies of this plan, and will not

be automatically renewed unless the existing licence contains specific conditions enabling a

renewal to occur without any further consideration.

The Auckland regional community is growing and diversifying at a rapid rate. The council

needs to have the ability to make park management responsive to these changes and

therefore it is important that it has the opportunity to consider the appropriateness of

licences periodically. That said, the nature of many licences means that the applicant is

seeking long-term certainty before committing capital and resources to developing facilities.

Thirty-five years is considered to be a period of time that achieves both of these

requirements and complies with the provision of the Resource Management Act 1991.

It is in the interest of both the council and the licensee to ensure that matters relating to the

licence are addressed in an appropriate and timely manner. Regular meetings will be held

with all licensees to ensure that the terms of the licence are being adhered to and to

discuss matters of mutual interest.

To ensure the objectives and policies of this plan are achieved, the council must ensure that

assignment and sub-licences do not alter the original intent of the primary licence nor

conflict with this plan. Where it is proposed to grant rights of way and other easements on

168


land held under the Reserves Act, the provisions of Section 48 of the Reserves Act 1977

should be applied.

13.5.5.6 Enable utilities to be provided for on regional parks by way of a licence where:

a) they cannot be reasonably located outside park land, or if specifically

provided for as a purpose for which the park is held,

b) they do not detract from the park values, approved activities and the

enjoyment of other park users,

c) they are of a scale, nature, colour and intensity of use that relates to, and is

integrated with, the existing landscape,

d) public access to utilities is be denied only where necessary for the

protection of public safety or the security or competent operation of the

activity concerned, and

e) they are located in, or added to, an existing structure or facility and use

existing access options wherever possible.

13.5.5.7 Ensure that redundant utilities with no heritage value are removed from park

land and the site restored as far as practicable to a natural state, except where

the effects of removal will be greater than the residual impacts of the utility

remaining, in which case ensure other comparable mitigation is undertaken.

Explanation:

There may be circumstances where the location of utilities on park land will be unavoidable,

but the adverse effects of any such utilities and access to them should be minor.

Permanent utilities require a licence and must be publicly notified, where-as temporary

utilities may be provided for as consented activities.

In some cases, the removal of redundant utilities can be counterproductive and have greater

negative impacts on the park values, through ground and vegetation disturbance, than if the

utility was left in situ. Where this occurs it is more appropriate to have agreed mitigation

plans that offset this impact and can be used to benefit the park overall. Disposal, removal

or mitigation of redundant utilities should be planned at the time of application and included

in the licence requirements.

13.5.5.8 Only approve applications for new licences and the renewal of existing licences

to put beehives on regional parks where:

a) it can be proven that the beehives will not adversely affect any native bird

species or native invertebrate communities,

b) the presence of beehives won’t interfere with pest wasp control

programmes, and

c) the location experiences low visitor numbers.

Explanation:

Beehives can provide benefits to regional parks through the increased pollination of

pastures. They can, however, also be problematic as they constrain the council’s pest wasp

control programmes, can pollinate weed species and thus encourage their spread, cause a

nuisance to park visitors and in some cases present a threat to the safety and wellbeing of

park visitors. For this reason, the period of licence approval is limited to 12 months to allow

council to monitor the impact of the beehives. A beehive concession would be the

169


appropriate consent mechanism where the beehives are likely to be moved frequently

within the 12 months.

13.5.6 Plaques and memorials

Objective 13.5.6:

To consider commemorative memorials, plaques and dedicated structures and plantings on

regional parks, in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.5.6.1 Only approve memorials, plaques and dedicated structures on parks which

acknowledge:

a) persons who have contributed in a significant way to the development of

Auckland’s regional park network,

b) events within the park of historical, environmental or cultural significance, or

the opening or naming of a park or a major facility on the park,

c) the gifting of significant land to the Auckland regional parks network,

d) a collective community action for the park, or

e) tangata whenua in accordance with policy 9.1.1

provided that the design and location of any memorials, commemorative

plaques or structures, will not:

i) detract from the park values or landscapes, and

ii) cause the displacement of other park activities.

13.5.6.2 Enable memorial plantings (without plaques) on parks where they are part of a

council approved planting programme.

13.5.6.3 Unless specifically agreed by the council as part of the approval, the council will

not be liable for the design, structure, installation, maintenance and replacement

of any memorials, plaques, dedicated structures and memorial trees

Explanation:

The council values the importance of acknowledging tangata whenua and significant people

and events. It is, however, cognisant that the atmosphere created by the presence of

remembrance structures and plaques is not necessarily conducive to the use and enjoyment

of the park by the general public. The locating of memorials, commemorative plaques and

dedicated structures within regional parks could result in the alienation of areas of park land

by creating a feeling of exclusive ownership over the site or structure. Careful consideration

must also be given to ensuring these structures do not detract from the natural setting

through contributing to a proliferation of built structures. Memorial plantings, without

plaques, that are part of a council approved planting programme are considered to be a

more suitable way for people to commemorate people and events. Decisions on design,

maintenance, naming and potential removal of plaques and memorials will be made as part

of the decision making process. The naming of a park or a major facility on a park will be in

accordance with section 15.1.

170


13.5.7 Research

Objective 13.5.7:

To allow research in the regional parks in accordance with objective 13.1.1.

Policy:

13.5.7.1 In addition to considering the matters raised in policies 13.5.1.13 to 13.5.1.15,

assess applications to undertake research on regional parks on:

a) the degree to which the research adds value to council’s management of

parks and is aligned to the objectives and policies of this plan,

b) the nature of the project and credentials of the applicant,

c) the public benefits of the research,

d) the necessity for it to be carried out on a regional park,

e) the techniques to be used, especially with respect to the taking of samples,

f) strategies and actions which are proposed to avoid, remedy or mitigate and

monitor any adverse effects of the research on park users and natural and

cultural resources,

g) whether the results will be publicly available and the dissemination of

results is planned,

h) any impediment to public access to the park,

i) any physical impacts on the park including the erection of buildings or other

structures, and

j) whether any removal of materials as part of the research project:

i) is consistent with legislation, the plan and any relevant guidelines,

ii) is essential for either: management, research, interpretation or

educational purposes,

iii) could not occur outside or elsewhere within park land where the

potential adverse effects could be significantly less, and

iv) has adverse effects.

Explanation:

The council recognises the importance of research on regional parks. This policy outlines the

general circumstances where research, including the collection and removal of material may

be supported. It recognises that while it is desirable to increase our knowledge about parks,

the primary purposes of the regional parks covered by this plan relate to the protection of

park values and the provision of recreation opportunities. It is therefore important that

research complements rather than detracts from these purposes.

The removal of material as part of a research programme may have more significant adverse

effects on park values than other methods of research. For this reason, the council needs to

assess the effects of these activities more rigorously before making a decision on an

application. This policy identifies a number of matters to which particular regard will be

given, in addition to those matters outlined in policies 11.5.1.13 to 11.5.1.15.

171


13.6 Prohibited activities

Prohibited activities are activities that are considered to be inappropriate on regional parks

because they would have permanent adverse effects on the park environment, or are

incompatible with the park vision or existing provision of recreation opportunities. No

approval will be given for prohibited activities to take place on a regional park. The Auckland

Regional Council’s Parks Bylaw 2007 will be used to enforce the policies below.

Objective 13.6.1:

To prevent activities from occurring that may have a significant adverse impact on the park

values, or are incompatible with the park vision, or would significantly detract from the

enjoyment and safety of other park users.

Policy:

13.6.1.1 Prohibit recreational hunting on all regional parks.

Explanation:

Recreational hunting is considered to be incompatible with regional parks because of the

safety risks it presents to other park visitors and the off-track nature of the activity. Pig

hunting is managed by the council as part of pest control programmes, and only undertaken

by contractors in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park, and by contractors or hunters in the

Hūnua Ranges Regional Park that have a council permit and follow the conditions set by the

council.

13.6.1.2 Prohibit burial of bodies, body parts, placentas, animals and ashes on all regional

parks with the exception of:

a) park farm animals

b) animals killed through biosecurity programmes,

c) burials of marine mammals, and

d) burials in cemeteries that haven’t been formally closed.

13.6.1.3 Prohibit the scattering of ashes on all parks with the exception of the scattering

of ashes in cemeteries that haven’t been formally closed.

Explanation:

Burials on regional parks are not considered appropriate as they:

change the chemical composition of the soil and waterways,

present future operational issues in the maintenance and development of these areas,

significantly impact other park visitors through the activity itself, and

make the areas sacred (tapu) for many ethnicities and therefore effectively render these

areas inaccessible to the public.

Prohibiting burials also recognises that the unauthorised scattering of ashes on land and in

waterways is offensive to tangata whenua.

172


The Burial and Cremation Act 1964 gives territorial authorities the responsibility for providing

cemeteries and only makes provision on other land in exceptional circumstances (note that

the act does not apply to Māori burial grounds).

The Department of Conservation are responsible for managing all marine mammal

strandings that occur within the region, including those on beaches adjoining regional

parkland. While the preference is not to bury marine mammals on regional parkland, there

may be occasions where this is the preferred option.

13.6.1.4 Prohibit all mining activities, including prospecting, exploration and mining,

within regional parks with the exception of mining activities approved by the

Crown on Crown land administered as a regional park, where the Crown

expressly reserved ownership of minerals.

Explanation:

Mining, and the associated exploration and mining activities, substantially alter the affected

landscape, ecosystem and flora and fauna. These activities are prohibited because they are

not consistent with the vision of regional parks and would detract from the park values and

the enjoyment and safety of park visitors.

13.6.1.5 Prohibit set netting from regional parks.

Explanation:

The Ministry of Fisheries is responsible for set netting regulations. Set netting is prohibited

along the region’s West Coast and in the Manukau Harbour entrance (extends west of a line

from Lawry Point to channel marker 4 and west of a line from the marker to 1km south of

Grahams Beach). Set netting regulations along the region’s east coast govern matters such

as the net length, mesh size and how it can be set.

The council believes that this form of indiscriminate fishing is inappropriate in coastal waters

adjoining regional parks, where the intention is to protect and enhance the natural values. To

achieve policy 13.6.1.5, the council intends to work with the Ministry of Fisheries to develop

regulations that ban set netting in front of regional parks.

The council will discourage this activity until such time as regulations are developed through

not permitting set netters to use the park to access coastal areas.

13.6.1.6 Prohibit people from bringing in, leaving or removing animals (including dogs),

unless permitted in a bylaw or in this Plan, or with the prior approval of the

council.

Explanation:

Unauthorised animals, such as pet cats and ferrets, could have a detrimental impact on the

park values as a result of competition for food source and predation. For this reason, people

may only bring animals other than pet dogs onto parks when given prior approval by council.

This approval could be by way of a licence such as the Mangere Pony Club licence,

concession or consent. The policies in section 13.3.2 Dogs and Part 17 outline when dogs

may be bought onto parks. Section 10.4.3 Introduced animals outlines the council’s

biosecurity approach.

173


13.6.1.7 Prohibit activities which are identified as a permitted or controlled activity in

sections 13.3 and 13.4 of this plan, but which have been specifically excluded

from occurring on an individual park in Part 17.

Explanation:

Generally when a permitted or controlled activity is not provided on a park, it is treated as a

discretionary activity. For some parks, however, a permitted or controlled activity may

identified as prohibited (see tables in Part 17 Park-specific management) because no

suitable sites could be identified due to the impacts that the activity would have on the

natural environment, park amenity values or the enjoyment of other park users. In these

instances no approval will be granted through the discretionary activity process.

174


175


14. Infrastructure

The primary purpose of regional parks is to protect and enhance the park values and to allow

people to appreciate and enjoy these through leisure activity. There is, therefore, a need for

appropriate infrastructure to support those activities that do not threaten the park values.

The level and type of infrastructure on the parks must be appropriate to the setting and the

type of experience people are seeking, as outlined in section 7.3 Park classification. That is,

the permitted and controlled activities on the parks need to be supported with appropriate

infrastructure that is consistent with the park’s role and purpose, and sympathetic to the

park values, level of service and park class.

An over-riding management principle is to minimise the amount of infrastructure on the

regional parks (refer to Part 6, Principle 12). Reference should also be made to the policies

in section 7.2 Design principles and section 10.1 Landscape. The following matters must

therefore be considered in relation to infrastructure on the parks:

a. the need for the infrastructure in relation to the role it serves on the park,

b. the type and level of infrastructure in relation to the role it plays, and

c. the location and design in relation to the impacts on the natural, cultural and landscape

characteristics of the park and location.

It is important that these aspects of infrastructure are considered in relation to the park itself

but also from outside the park, for example when viewed from the sea or adjoining

properties.

Car parking is a major governing factor of the level of activity on a park and has an impact on

both the visual amenity of the park and on the park environment, for example, through the

increase in run-off from impervious surfaces. While it is acknowledged that many people

will visit a park by vehicle, there is a need to control the number of visitors to some parks,

manage the visual of impact of car parks and, where appropriate and practicable, reduce the

carbon footprint of the park by encouraging other means of visiting the parks, such as public

transport (refer also to Part 7 Integrated management framework).

As a general rule, the amount of car parking provided will be limited to a level that meets

the optimum use of the park, not the maximum summer weekend use. Additional car

parking will not be provided unless it is to improve the amenity of the park and reduce

impacts on park values.

Park infrastructure includes buildings and structures, roads and parking areas, recreational

facilities such as tracks systems and campgrounds, and park operational infrastructure and

utility services. The recreational needs for the infrastructure, such as tracks systems,

campgrounds, park facilities and recreation furniture are defined in the Part 13 Recreation

and use management, since these are an integral part of defining the purpose and use

parameters that relate to the activity the infrastructure supports. Refer to section 13 .3

Permitted activities and section 13.4 Controlled activities.

This section of the plan focuses on the general policies that relate to the levels of service for

Infrastructure on parks, including water and power supplies, waste disposal, and public

utilities that do not service a park function but are located on a park, such as

telecommunication towers and the like.

176


14.1 Infrastructure – general provisions

Objective 14.1:

To develop and maintain park infrastructure that is necessary to meet park visitor and park

operational needs, and the objectives outlined in Part 13, in a manner that does not

compromise park values and the enjoyment of park users, incorporating best practice and

sustainable principles.

Policy:

14.1.1 Develop park infrastructure:

a) in accordance with the objectives and policies of this plan,

b) in a manner that recognise the values of the park, in particular the

wilderness characteristics of localities, where these exist,

c.) subject to a landscape and park values impact assessment, including the

identification of all native flora and habitats, prior to the commencement of

any physical work,

d) in accordance with the design principles outlined in section 7.2 and

environmental best practice outlined in section 8.2.

14.1.2 Keep park infrastructure to a minimum and at a level that serves the optimum

non-peak use of the park (refer also to section 14.2 Roads and parking).

14.1.3 Ensure the location, design and construction of new infrastructure:

a) recognises the special character and characteristics of its location as

determined by policy 14.1.1.1 and the relevant park values, vision and

management focus outlined for each park in Part 17.

b) considers all possible feasible alternative locations and means of meeting

the needs of the park,

c) maintains the integrity and avoids the fragmentation of terrestrial and

freshwater ecosystems,

d) avoids excessive ground disturbance and minimises vegetation clearance

(refer to policy 10.3.1.6),

e) avoids, wherever practicable, archaeological sites such as midden and pa

sites, and respects any historic features in the locality, (refer also to policy

11.2.4.)

f) avoids, and where these cannot be avoided, mitigate adverse effects on the

tangata whenua values associated with that part of the park as outlined by

tangata whenua,

g) considers the health, safety and convenience of visitors.

h) takes into account the needs of people with disabilities and limited mobility

(refer to section 13.1.3),

i) utilises cost effective and sustainable design techniques and methods of

construction and green building practices (refer to policy 8.2.2.1.d),

177


j) minimises the visual intrusiveness of the infrastructure, including its

visibility from within and outside the park,

k) fits within the natural contours of the land,

l) avoids prominent locations and ridgelines, wherever practicable,

m) utilises natural materials that reflect the colours and textures of the locality,

n) avoids locating buildings, structures and activities (except back-country and

sea kayak/waka trail campgrounds ) on the foreshore and adjoining coastal

land areas, unless there is an operational or safety need to be located there

and there are no suitable alternative sites,

o) avoids, remedies or mitigates adverse off-site effects, such as noise, light

and vehicular movement, and

p) complies with the provisions of the Auckland Regional Policy Statement,

Regional Plan: Coastal, Regional Plan: Air Land and Water, and any relevant

provisions of the relevant District Plans.

14.1.4 Minimise lighting and consider the use of light shrouds to minimise the impact

of light pollution from artificial lighting that is deemed necessary on the more

remote parks.

14.1.5 Keep structures (such as signs) to a minimum, appropriately located at visitor

assembly points (such as car parking areas), and grouped or combined in order

to avoid their cumulative impact and visual clutter.

14.1.6 Undertake regular maintenance on park infrastructure, taking into consideration

the factors outlined in policy 14.1. 3 above, to optimise the life and economic

viability of the structure.

14.1.7 Protect park foreshores and adjoining coastal land areas in a manner that:

a) preserves the natural character of the coastline,

b) minimises the impacts on views to and from the water,

c) protects tangata whenua values associated with the coastal areas,

d) recognises the integrated nature of the foreshore and adjoining land with

the coastal marine area, and

e) protects the areas and heritage sites identified in the Cultural Heritage

Inventory and the Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal, as Coastal Protection

Areas and land associated with them,

through:

f) avoiding locating buildings and structures in natural hazard zones (refer to

section 8.3),

g) minimising the impacts of high-visitor use by concentrating buildings,

structures and facilities away from the coastal environment, and

h) avoiding contamination of the coastal environment from the discharge of

waste from park facilities and litter.

178


14.1.8 Retain or adapt park infrastructure, wherever practicable and desirable, and only

dispose of it, if it:

a) adversely affects the natural and heritage resources on the park,

b) is not of historic or cultural importance, or of importance to tangata whenua,

c) ceases to be necessary for any approved or foreseeable potential use in a

park,

d) is demonstrably uneconomic to continue to upgrade or operate,

e) is located within the foreshore and adjoining land area and there is no

operational need or safety requirement for the building or structure to be

sited there, or

f) is threatened by coastal erosion or other natural hazards.

Explanation

Except for buildings and structures of cultural and heritage significance, buildings and

structures on regional parks are generally there to support recreation activities and the

wellbeing of visitors. However, a number of buildings were also purchased as part of the

original land purchase, and while some have been redeployed for park purposes, a number

are also rented on the open market.

As the quality of the visitor experience on parks is derived primarily from the park’s natural

and cultural features, it is important that any new buildings, structures and track systems,

while serving a function, are subservient to the park environment and designed to fit into

the landscape of the locality. This is particularly important with track systems. Tracks are

one of the main ways that visitors experience the parks. The tracks need to be located and

designed to be sympathetic to the environments they traverse. For this reason they may

need to vary in design and treatment so that they are appropriate to the park environment

rather than adhere to a fixed standard.

Public buildings are generally required to provide for the needs of people with disabilities in

terms of the Building Act 1991. Some of the parks, or parts of the parks, are, however,

remote and generally inaccessible to people with limited mobility. Nevertheless, where

appropriate opportunities arise, a number of parks and facilities will be made accessible to

provide a range of opportunities for people with disabilities and limited mobility (refer also to

section 13.1.3).

Buildings and structures on the coast are of particular importance and consideration should

be given to the impacts on views to and from the water. Locating buildings or structures on

the foreshore and adjoining coastal areas is generally not favoured unless there is an

essential operational or safety requirement for them to be there. The area below mean high

water springs (MHWS) is not regional park land and is therefore outside the management

framework of this plan. However, a number of regional parks have boat ramps and jetties

for which the council has responsibility, and there may be occasions where it is necessary

to consider the development of such facilities which complement activities on the park. In

these cases the objectives and policies of the Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal must be

adhered to.

Unnecessary structures should be removed wherever possible to avoid visual cluttering.

However, as noted above, park land is often purchased with existing infrastructure and

buildings on it and some of these lend themselves to use as part of the park, or they have

historical significance and are worthy of retention for that reason (refer also to policy

179


13.1.1.11 on the modification of infrastructure). Others are often not needed or eventually

become redundant as needs change or as their function becomes redundant. Before the

decision is made to dispose of buildings or infrastructure it is important that their future

value to the park is carefully evaluated.

14.2 Roads and Parking

Objective 14.2:

To provide, develop and maintain roads and vehicle parking areas that provide safe and

convenient access, do not compromise the park values and achieve objective 13.3.5 Vehicle

use.

Policy

14. 2.1 Provide roads and vehicle parking in accordance with the principles, objectives

and policies of this plan, an approved concept or development plan, or as shown

on the maps in Volume 2.

14. 2.2 Design roads, with particular attention to the road width and surface, so that

they:

a) fit the park setting by reflecting the natural contours, colours and textures of

the landscape,

b) do not dominate or detract from the natural character and amenity of the

park,

c) serve multiple roles; that is, provide operational access and act as

pedestrian routes and, where appropriate, tracks for horse riding and off-

road cycling,

d) preferably are single lane (with passing bays, if necessary) unless traffic

volume warrants consideration of double lanes,

e) have natural and re-vegetated edges, and

f) have a gravel surface, unless approved by the council to be sealed.

14. 2.3 Locate and design new roads and car parks, realign existing roads, or upgrade

car parks in a manner that is:

a) in accordance with the policies in section 14.1,

b) consistent with both the classification for the park and the purpose of the

zone in which they are located,

c) subject to a landscape and park values impact assessments being prepared

prior to the commencement of any physical work, taking into consideration

the following factors,

i) the impacts on the park values, the general amenity of the park and

the level of activity allowed at the park,

ii) the alternative ways of meeting the travel needs of visitors,

iii) the need to protect and enhance public accessibility, enjoyment and

appreciation of park values, such as vistas and views,

iv) the needs of people with limited mobility,

180


v) safety at entry and egress points onto public roads,

vi) the costs of providing and maintaining the infrastructure over the long-

term,

vii) the drainage system to be deployed, including the management and

treatment of stormwater and silt; and

d) subject to the final design being approved by the Council.

Explanation:

Roads and vehicle parking areas can have a major impact on the amenity and natural and

cultural values of park land. They can affect the level of activity in an area by facilitating

access to the location. In this sense they can be used as a tool to regulate the level of

access to an area and the level of use of the park as a whole. The size and location of these

should be kept appropriate to the desired intensity of use for the park it serves. Vehicle

parking will kept to a minimum and will be provided at a level that serves the optimum non-

peak use of the park, not the maximum summer weekend levels of activity on the park.

The need for roads and vehicle parking needs to be assessed first and whether there are

feasible alternatives available to reduce the demand for travel, or offer more efficient and

less polluting alternatives. This is especially critical when considering events on the parks,

regular programmes or summer weekend demand on parks where park-and-ride or public

transport options may be feasible.

It is recognised that roads serve multiple roles in parks. While they are designed to cater for

vehicular traffic they also act as pedestrian routes and as tracks for horse riding and off-road

cycling. Their design, layout and visual impacts need to reflect these, with a preference

towards the needs and safety of pedestrians.

Because the effects of constructing roads and vehicle parking are likely to be permanent, or

at least long-term, it is important that the alignment and design is appropriate to the type

and class of the park (refer to section 7.1) and does not threaten the values of the park,

(refer also to section 7.2 Design principles and section 13.3.5 Vehicle use). Specific matters

that need to be considered include, but are not limited to: the size and location, width,

alignment, surface treatment and colour, the level of imperviousness of the surface, the

degree of cut and fill, and the nature of associated structures, such as culverts and bridges.

14.3. Track network

Objective 14.3

To provide, manage and maintain track networks to facilitate access for park users in a

manner that does not detract from the park values and is consistent with the policies in

section 13.3.2:

Policy

14.3.1 Maintain tracks to a reasonable standard to serve their purpose but in a manner

that does not result in the degradation of the park environment, and:

a) may be of a variable standard along the length of the track,

b) retains natural surfaces and provides good drainage, wherever practicable,

and

c) minimise structures such as steps and boardwalks.

181


14.3.2 Maintain track systems taking into consideration the factors outlined in policy

14.1.3, and giving priority to factors that:

a) directs water away from the tracks surface while maintaining natural water

flows and avoiding the use of gravel,

b) minimises vegetation clearance to that necessary to maintain safe lines of

sight for track users, and

c) protects plants listed on the threatened plant schedule and avoids tree

roots.

Explanation:

The track network has historically served the needs of walkers and trampers seeking to

experience the natural environment of the regional parks. Research has shown that, while

people want the tracks maintained to a reasonable standard that does not result in

degradation of the environment, there is also acceptance that the tracks will be of a variable

walking standard and that the standard may vary along the length of the track.

There is a desire to maintain natural surfaces and avoid unnecessary structures or

introduced material on the tracks. The focus on maintenance should be on good drainage of

the track surfaces. Vegetation clearance should be kept to a minimum, in accordance with

policy 10.3.1.6. Way-finding signage should be informative, but not intrusive, and preferably

be routered, wooden finger signs (refer section 14.9 Signs and notice boards).

14.3.3 Develop new tracks and the realign existing tracks in a manner that is:

a) in accordance with policies in section 13.3.2, Walking, tramping and

running, section 13.3.4, Recreational cycling and mountain biking, section

13.4.6, Recreational horse riding, section 14.1 Infrastructure – general

provisions and the policies below,

b) consistent with both the classification for the park and the purpose of the

zone in which they are located,

c) subject to consultation with Watercare Service Ltd. for tracks in the water

catchment lands,

d) subject to a landscape and park values impact assessment being prepared

prior to the commencement of any physical work, taking into consideration

the following factors:

i) improvement of the accessibility and comfort of visitors, safety and

the efficient maintenance of track structures,

ii) mitigation of adverse environmental impacts, such as erosion, and

impacts on sensitive ecosystems, tree roots and areas affected by

pathogens, such as kauri dieback,

iii) rehabilitation of track routes de-commissioned as a result of re-routing

or closure.

iv) avoidance, where practicable, of all archaeological sites and features,

and where this is not possible, undertake the work in accordance with

the policies in Part 11,

vi) provision of looped tracks or consideration of return journeys by

linking a number of tracks, where appropriate,

182


vii) provision of links within the other track networks and between

facilities and features,

vi) provision of links between regional parks, other public reserves and

where appropriate, private land,

viii) provision of opportunities for people with disabilities or limited

mobility, where practicable, on a range of selected tracks,

ix) the desirability of catering for recreational users not currently provided

for within that park, such as cyclists and horse riders, and

x) consultation with affected community and special interest groups,

such as tramping clubs, and

e) subject to the final design being approved by the Council, except for minor

realignments required for operational purposes.

14.3.4 The closure of tracks will be subject to Council approval.

14.3.5 Keep track structures, such as seats, signs, safety barriers, steps and

boardwalks, to a minimum to minimise their intrusive nature, except where

there is a need to protect sensitive ecosystems and trees roots, or mitigate the

spread of pathogens, such as kauri dieback.

14.3.6 Group signs and structures such as seats, wherever practical, to avoid visual

clutter and confusion, and ensure they are kept clean and clear of vegetation so

they are visible and legible.

14.3.7 Manage aspects of risk by placing safety signs at track entrances and car

parking areas, in preference to safety signs and structures on tracks, except

where the difficulty of the track changes significantly.

14.3.8 Work with tramping, mountain biking and horse riding individuals and

organisations on the development and maintenance of the track network.

14.3.9 Provide the network of walking, tramping and running tracks outlined in

policy13.3.2.1 in the following manner:

Type Description Location

Paths Commonly consist of sealed, concrete or

compacted gravel surfaces, and may contain

timber boardwalks and bridges over permanent

waterways.

Sensitive ecosystems and tree roots will be

avoided or, if necessary, bridged.

Sign-posted with directional signs at track

entrances and junctions, with safety signs where

required (refer to policies 14.3.7 and 14.9.2).

Easy grades, with all-weather surfaces, and if

necessary, steps.

Seats and viewing platforms may be provided at

areas of interest and limited mobility access will

be provided in a range of selected locations

Arrival zones only and

selected destinations

designed for people

with disabilities or

limited mobility.

183



Walking

tracks

Generally consist of a compacted and drained

surface, and may contain timber boardwalks and

bridges over permanent wet areas and

waterways


avoided or, if necessary bridged.

Sign-posted with directional signs at track

entrances and junctions and safety signs where

required (refer Policies 14.3.7 and 14.9.2).

Easy to moderate grades with drained surfaces

with limited provision of steps on excessively

steep areas. Suitable walking foot ware is

recommended.

Seats may be provided at areas of interest and

key views maintained.

Commonly offering

walks of up to 1 hour

from arrival zones.

Tramping

tracks

Tramping tracks will consist of formed and

drained surfaces.

Permanent wet areas may be bridged with rafts,

where appropriate, but waterways will not

generally be bridged


avoided or, if necessary, bridged.

Tracks may contain steep grades and difficult

terrain where suitable tramping foot ware is

recommended.

Track entrances and key junctions will be

signposted (refer to policies 14.3.7 and 14.9.2).


key views maintained

Generally outside main

arrival and destination

zones but may provide

direct access to remote

areas from arrival areas.

Routes Consist of unformed trails with marker posts

only


key views maintained.

Open farmland and

areas outside arrival and

destination zones.

Shared-

use tracks

and roads

Walking and tramping tracks that have

appropriate topography and track design may be

used for other purposes such as mountain biking

and horse riding.

Internal park roads and service roads may be

used as shared-use tracks but walking, tramping

and running will take precedence.

Sign posted as multi-use with user hierarchy

outlined.

Appropriate tracks and

internal park roads and

service roads within a

park.

184


14.3.10 Provide recreational cycling and mountain biking tracks outlined in policy

13.3.4.1 in the following manner.


Designated

recreational cycling

areas

Information signs at parking area

will show location of designated

recreational cycling areas.

Open pastoral settings or

mown grass areas.

Designated

recreational cycling

poled routes across

farm land

Unformed trails with marker posts

only.

Beginner and easy grade tracks.*

Sign-posted with way-finding signs

at track entrances and junctions

and safety signs where required.

Open pastoral settings

Designated

mountain bike tracks

Formed and drained surfaces.

Generally single tracks.

One-way only.

Range from beginner to expert

grade tracks.

Sign-posted with way-finding signs

at track entrances and junctions

and safety signs where required

(refer to policies 14.3.7 and 14.9.2).

Open pastoral settings,

bush and woodlots.


arrival area and destination

zones.

Generally separated from

other permitted and

controlled activities.

Shared-use tracks

and roads

Generally only on walking and

tramping tracks that have

appropriate topography and track

design that ensures safe multi-use.

Beginner and easy grade tracks.*

Where recreational cycling and

mountain biking is provided for,

roads may be used as shared-use

tracks but walking, tramping and

running will take precedence.

Sign posted as multi-use with user

hierarchy outlined.


roads within a park

excluding Watercare

Services Ltd’s designated

service roads in the

Waitākere and Hūnua

Ranges.

* The grades referred to reflect the current grading used by the Department of Conservation

185


14.3.11 Provide recreational horse riding opportunities outlined in policy 13.4.6.1 in the

following manner:


Designated

horse riding

areas

Information signs at parking area will

show location of designated horse riding

areas.

Open pastoral settings.

Designated

horse riding

poled routes

across

farmland

Unformed trails with marker posts in

open pastoral settings.

Sign-posted with way-finding signs at

track entrances and junctions and safety

signs where required (refer to policies

14.3.7 and 14.9.2).

Open pastoral settings.

Designated

horse riding

tracks.

Formed and drained surfaces in bush

areas.

May contain structures over permanently

wet areas.

Sign-posted with way-finding signs at

track entrances and junctions and safety

signs where required.

Open pastoral settings,

bush and woodlots.


arrival area and destination

zones.

Generally separated from

other permitted and

controlled activities.

Shared-use

tracks and

roads

Generally only on walking and tramping

tracks that have appropriate topography

and track design that ensures safe multi-

use.

Where recreational horse riding is

provided for roads may be used as

shared-use tracks.

Sign posted as multi-use with user

hierarchy outlined.


roads on a park.

Explanation:

The criteria outlined in the tables above (policies 14.3.9 to 14.3.11) are a general guide to

the development and maintenance of tracks and are not fixed standards. The tracks network

is one of the main ways for visitors to enjoy and experience the regional parks. Tracks do

however impact on park environments, both at the time of their development as well as

throughout their use. Walking, tramping, running, recreational cycling, mountain biking and

recreational horse riding can cause trampling of vegetation, weed dispersal, disease spread,

soil compaction, erosion and disturbance.

The location, design and maintenance of tracks, must therefore avoid or mitigate these

adverse impacts. The key is to ensure the design of the tracks is appropriate to the context

within which they are located. For this reason they may need to vary in design and

treatment so that they reflect the setting rather than adhere to a fixed standard. The visual

impact of the tracks and the associated structures such as signs, bridges, boardwalks and

safety barriers are also an important consideration, together with the accumulative impacts

of use and maintenance over the long term.

The council has progressively increased the number of mountain bike tracks in the Hūnua

Ranges through a partnership with the Auckland Mountain Biking Club. These sorts of

186


partnerships are invaluable because of the knowledge, funding and time that the individuals

and clubs can provide. Part 17 and the maps in Volume 2 identify where tracks are provided

or proposed on each park.

14.4 Campgrounds:

Objective 14.4

To provide, manage and maintain camping opportunities in manner that does not detract

from the park values or the enjoyment of park users, and is in accordance with the policies

in section 13.4.2:

Policy:

14.4.1 Provide and manage a network of campgrounds outlined in policy 13.4.2.1 in the

following manner:

Type of

campground Minimum level of infrastructure service

Vehicle-

accessible

campground

Access for conventional vehicles (although size and tare

weight restrictions may apply (refer to policy 11.4.2.7 and

Part 17 Park-specific management).

Provision of toilets, potable water and cleared areas

suitable for camping.

Rubbish collection and recycling facilities

Back-country

campground

Access only by foot, horse, cycle and/or watercraft.

Provision of toilets.

Water supply will be available but may require treatment

before use

Cleared areas suitable for camping.

Sea kayak / waka

campground

Access only by sea kayak or waka, or similar.

Provision of toilets.

Water supply will be available but may require treatment

before use

Cleared areas suitable for camping.

Certified self-

contained vehicle

parking areas

Access for certified self-contained vehicles at car parks.

Certified self-

contained vehicle

campground

Cleared areas suitable for parking certified self-contained

vehicles.

187


14.4.2 Provide and manage the following range of camping facilities at a level of service

that will not exceed:

a) vehicle accessible campgrounds that are accessible by conventional or 2

wheel-drive vehicles,

b) cleared areas for camping, with screen planting,

c) flush toilets,

d) potable cold-water supply,

e) rubbish collection, recycling and where appropriate, composting facilities,

f) designated fire-pits and/or barbecues,

g) shower enclosures with cold-water showers, and

h) weather shelters.

14.4.3 Provide new camping opportunities on the basis that they:

a) do not detract from existing campgrounds on regional parks with similar

settings and experiences in the area,

b) retain or create the small scale and intimate nature of regional park

campgrounds,

c) do not detract from other approved activities and visitor experiences,

d) make specific provision for people with disabilities or limited mobility, where

practicable, and

e) are located and developed in accordance with the policies in section 14.1,

Infrastructure – general provisions.

Explanation:

A range of minimal or basic camping opportunities are available on regional parks, as set out

above. In order to minimise the environmental effects of camping activities and maintain

their low cost attributes, only a basic level of camping will be provided for on regional parks.

That is, they will have minimal facilities, such as a cold water supply and toilets, and will be

sheltered from the prevailing winds.

There are three tramping huts available on the regional parks; one in the Hūnua Ranges and

two in the Waitākere Ranges. The council will not however provide additional tramping huts

within the life of this plan, but it may provide weather shelters in remote camping locations

to allow trampers temporary shelter from inclement weather while resting or setting up

camp. These will consist of a roofed shelter with roof-water tank supply.

A fully serviced campground is available at Muriwai Regional Park and a basic campground

is available at Whatipu in association with the Whatipu lodge. These are licensed to private

operators and are offered on a commercial basis. The range of back-to-basics camping

opportunities provided on park land has high user satisfaction and are valued for their

accessibility from the regions urban centres.

188


14.5 Lodges

Objective 14.5

To manage and maintain park lodges in a manner that does not detract from the park values

or the enjoyment of park users, and is in accordance with the policies in section 13.4.3:

Policy

14.5.1 Provide for the lodge accommodation network outlined in policy 13.4.3.1 that

utilises existing park buildings for larger groups, in accordance with policies in

section 14.1, with the provision of:

a) bunks with mattresses,

b) toilets and ablutions facilities,

c) potable cold water,

d) basic cooking facilities, cutlery and refrigeration,

e) lighting and heating, and

f) access by conventional 2WD vehicles.

Explanation:

The regional parks contain a number of fully serviced residential lodges providing indoor

overnight accommodation to larger groups of up to 90 people. These facilities are used by

school groups, churches, sports groups, community based groups and businesses. The

council has eight lodges located at the following regional parks: Āwhitu, Hūnua Ranges

(Hūnua Falls), Shakespear, Waharau and Waitākere Ranges. Some of these are owned

and/or managed by other organisations, such as the YMCA at Shakespear, schools at

Āwhitu and Waharau, or a charitable trust at Hūnua Falls. The council manages the Huia and

Kiwanis Lodges at Huia. The Whatipu Lodge is licenced out as a commercial operation.

Project K lodge at Little Huia is no longer operational but could be utilised in the future if

there is the demand and funding available to upgrade and operate it.

14.6 Baches

Objective 14.6:

To provide kiwi bach escapes on regional parks, utilising existing buildings, in a manner that

does not detract from the park values or the enjoyment of park users, and is in accordance

with the policies in section 13.4.4.

Policy:

14.6.1 Provide bach accommodation as a simple kiwi-bach experience for families and

individuals on the basis of affordable, safe and secure accommodation, with the

provision of:

a) beds with mattresses and pillows but not bed linen,

b) toilets and ablutions facilities,

c) potable water,

d) basic cooking facilities, cutlery and refrigeration, and

e) lighting and heating.

189


14.6.2 Take into consideration the following when developing further bach

accommodation:

a) the policies in section 14.1 Infrastructure – general provisions,

b) the demand for bach accommodation in the area, and

c) the ability to service and administer the bach.

Explanation:

Baches are an extension of the opportunity for people to holiday on regional parks that is

affordable for families, groups and individuals. They will be provided on the basis of the

traditional kiwi bach with minimal facilities and on a self-clean basis (refer also to section

13.4.4, Bach escapes).

14.7 Designated sites:

Objective 14.7

To provide designated locations that can be booked by park users for group activities in a

manner that do not detract from the park values, or the enjoyment of park users, and is in

accordance with the policies in section 13.4.5.

Policy

14.7.1 Provide and maintain designated sites in accordance with the policies in section

14.1 in the following manner:

Type of designated

site

Minimum level of service

Basic

Small to medium grass and games area

Some sites have limited vehicle access to drop off gear and food.

Standard

Barbecues (electric or wood)

Medium grass and games area

Picnic tables

Potable water

Some sites have limited vehicle access to drop off gear and food.

Premium Small sun shelter

Large grass and games area

Barbecues (electric or wood) and/or a preparation table

Picnic tables

Potable water

Some sites have limited vehicle access to drop off gear and food

(must be arranged in advance)

Special Premium Large permanent roofed shelter

Large grass and games area

Electric barbecues

Picnic tables

Potable water

Access to electric power

190


Explanation:

Designated sites provide the temporal allocation of a park area for semi-exclusive use that

exceeds the informal group size restrictions for the particular park. These sites are provided

where the location is deemed acceptable to handle high levels of repetitive use. Where

impacts are known and deemed acceptable, specified types of activity may also be

encouraged and provided for by means of specific infrastructure. Infrastructure associated

with designated sites can include abseiling anchors, covered shelters with BBQ facilities,

and vehicle access.

14.8 Recreational horse riding facilities

Objective 14.8

To provide and maintain recreational horse riding facilities in a manner that does not detract

from the park values or the enjoyment of park users and is in accordance with the policies

in section 13.4.6

Policy

14.8.1 Work with horse riding individuals and organisations to progressively develop

and maintain equestrian facilities at parks where horse riding is provided for as a

controlled activity, including but not limited to:

a) way-finding and information signs,

b) horse truck and float parking and turning areas,

c) water and toilets (if not already conveniently available),

d) tethering rails,

e) mounting blocks,

f) rolling pits,

g) self-closing horse gates that can be easily opened by horse-back, and

h) if camping facilities are available, fenced enclosures to hold horses

overnight.

14.8.2 Develop and maintain equestrian facilities in a manner consistent with the

policies in section 14.1.

Explanation:

Adequate parking areas and good way-finding and information signs are the most important

infrastructure required to support recreational horse riding. The other facilities outlined in

policy 14.8.1 will be progressively developed to enhance the horse riding experience on

regional parks.

Close accessibility to a beach

Limited vehicle access to drop off gear and food.

Ability to accommodate up to 500 people

Designated activity

sites

Signposted site for designated activities such as ceremonies and

filming.

Some sites may have limited vehicle access

191


14.9 Signs and noticeboards

Objective 14.9:

To provide develop and maintain signage on regional parks in a manner that does not

detract from the park values and facilitates the safe enjoyment of the parks.

Policy

14.9.1 Provide directional, information and interpretation signs and notice boards on

parks in a way that:

a) is in accordance with section 13.2 Visitor services and the council’s

branding guidelines,

b) avoids a proliferation of signs,

c) avoids visual clutter by the grouping or clustering of structures,

d) avoids key vistas and sightlines, especially in coastal locations,

e) avoids the unnecessary removal of vegetation, and

f) are, wherever practical, made from natural materials.

14.9.2 Directional signs on tracks will be routered, wooden finger signs, except in

special circumstances where the routered, wooden signs would be

inappropriate. Other sign styles and materials may be used for directional signs

associated with paths, main arrival areas, open or farm tracks, destinations or

the start of track networks

14.9.3 Locate and maintain signs and notice boards in accordance with the policies in

section 14.1, and so that they are visible and legible; and notice boards will be

kept up to date and presented in a tidy fashion.

Explanation:

Signs and notice boards are a major means of communicating with park users. They not

only provide directional information but are used to help ensure visitor convenience and

safety, and the interpretation of features of the parks.

The number and location of signs is critical in ensuring they do not detract from the visual

amenity of the park and visitor enjoyment of the park. Signs should be kept to a minimum,

located so as not to detract from landscape and other values, and are clustered or grouped,

wherever practicable.

14.10 Water supplies

Objective:

To provide develop and maintain water supplies at key locations on the parks.

Policy

14.10.1 Provide and maintain, where practicable, potable water at all main arrival areas,

picnic areas and campgrounds in accordance with the policies in section 14.1

192


14.10.2 Label water supplies as to whether they are fit for human consumption or

require a level of treatment.

14.10.3 Continue to monitor the quality of water supplies and implement water

treatment improvements on water supplies in relation to the known levels of

risk.

Explanation:

Potable water will be provided at most locations where people congregate on the parks and

stay for an extended time, such as the main arrival areas and campgrounds. These will

generally be provided where there are other facilities, such as toilets that require a water

supply. It will not be possible to provide potable water at all locations, especially remote

locations. However, it may be available where infrastructure, such as rooves, facilitates the

capture and storage of rainwater. Water supplies will be labelled as to whether they are

suitable for human consumption or require treatment.

Given the low level of water use on the parks, the council is not legally obliged to meet the

standards of treatment set out in the Health Act regulations. Nevertheless, the council

monitors the quality of water supplies, has undertaken a risk assessment in terms of the

health regulations, and is progressively upgrading the treatment of those supplies that have

a level of risk (which are largely the bore supplies).

14.11 Wastewater

Objective 14.11

To minimise the adverse impacts of wastewater on the park values and enjoyment of park

users.

Policy

14.11.1 Ensure wastewater generation and its disposal within the park is managed in

terms of sustainable management principles outlined in Part 8 Sustainable

management, in particular the relevant objectives and policies in section 8.2

Environmental best practice.

14.11.2 Avoid, and where that is not practicable, minimise the discharge of

contaminants into the environment from wastewater treatment and disposal

systems.

14.11.3 Engage with tangata whenua on any planned development or upgrade of

significant wastewater treatment and disposal systems.

14.11.4 Ensure that the following factors are taken into consideration when selecting the

type of toilet facilities:

a) the level and type of use; that is, whether it is a primary or secondary arrival

area or a remote location,

b) sufficient space for waste disposal fields, if required,

c) the environmental suitability and sustainability of disposal systems

d) availability of electric power, if pumps are to be used,

193


e) adequate water supply for flush systems,

f) the level of ventilation (air movement) in the area where vault systems are

used.

g) ease and cost of servicing the facility, and

h) the relative cost of alternative systems considering the capital costs verses

the long term maintenance and servicing costs.

14.11.5 Ensure toilet facilities are designed and located in accordance with the

objectives and policies in section 14.1 Infrastructure - general provisions,

utilising:

a) reticulated community sewerage systems, where these exist and can be

conveniently accessed,

b) flush systems in high use areas only, where adequate water supply is

available and either gravity or power- assisted disposal systems are feasible

and sustainable.

c) closed vault systems( including composting systems) in remote locations,

d) a range of systems in other locations to suit the settings and level of use

taking into consideration the factors outlined in policy 14.11.4 above.

14.11.6 Install only closed sewage disposal systems in the Hūnua and Waitākere

Ranges’ water catchment areas.

14.11.7 Progressively replace pit toilets with either vault, composting or, where

appropriate, flush toilets.

Explanation:

The council’s preference is to avoid the discharge of contaminants directly into the

environment from toilets and wastewater systems operating on regional parks. Avoidance is

not, however, always practicable, particularly in the case of existing facilities or in areas

where reticulated disposal systems are not available. The council will obtain the relevant

regional resource consents, and will regularly review its practices and the type of systems

being used to minimise adverse impacts on the environment and the enjoyment and safety

of park visitors.

It also recognises that the discharge of human waste and other contaminants to water is

offensive to tangata whenua. Engagement with tangata whenua will allow them to

contribute to planned system developments or upgrades.

Wastewater and sewage disposal systems will be regularly reviewed and upgrades

undertaken based on best environmental best practice, available technologies and the level

of use. Wherever practicable, the council will use closed toilet systems such as vault or

composting toilets, or systems with a high level of treatment for discharges. Pit toilets will

only be used in remote locations where other solutions are impracticable. Flush systems

will only be considered in high use areas, where factors such as smell are critical in

locations such as main arrival areas and the larger campgrounds, and where it is practicable

to provide for sustainable disposal systems.

194


14.12 Electric power supplies

Objective 14.12:

To minimise the adverse impacts of power reticulation on the park values and enjoyment of

park users.

Policy:

14.12.1 Seek, wherever practicable, to have overhead power reticulation undergrounded

on regional parks and adjoining public roads.

14.12.2 Seek to minimise the need for the trimming vegetation near overhead power

lines by planting, where appropriate, low growing plants in the reticulation

corridors.

Explanation:

Overhead power reticulation has significant impacts on the visual amenity and naturalness

of park settings. The council is obliged to manage the vegetation within the power

reticulation corridors in terms of the Electricity (Hazard from Trees) Regulations 2003. The

relevant corridors, which are mainly in the Waitākere Ranges, are shown in Volume 2 Maps

of this plan.

14.13 Public utilities and community infrastructure

Objective 14.13:

To avoid or minimise the impacts of public utilities and community infrastructure not related

to the primary roles of regional parks.

Policy:

14.13.1 Treat all requests to locate infrastructure not related to the primary roles of

regional parks on regional parkland as a discretionary activity in terms of section

13.5

14.13.2 Only approve the use of regional parks for community facilities and public

utilities where it does not result in the use of areas of park land to the detriment

of its primary purposes or adversely affect park values.

Explanation:

Regional park land has been acquired and is managed for the protection of its natural and

cultural features, and for the recreational benefit and enjoyment of the people of the region.

Activities, such as waste disposal systems, sports fields and the like, that are not related to

the primary role of regional parks will not be favoured and will not be approved if they result

in the use of large areas of park land to the exclusion of its primary purposes, or individually

or cumulatively result in adverse impacts on park values.

Public utilities for which the council does not have financial or operational responsibility, and

do not serve a function on the parks are dealt with in this plan as discretionary activities and

must comply with the provisions of the relevant district plan (refer to section 13.5

Discretionary activities).

195


15. General Administration

This part of the plan deals with general matters relating to parks administration. It covers the

criteria for naming parks and features, and for park closures, the potential to transfer park

management and how the council will work with adjoining landowners and managers to

achieve the best outcomes for regional parks.

15.1 Naming of parks and features

Objective 15.1:

To ensure that the names of parks and the features within them are appropriate,

geographically correct and reflect tangata whenua, cultural, historical and natural

associations, features or events.

Policy:

15.1.1 Naming new parks will require Council approval and will be informed by

historical research and a human occupation report.

15.1.2 New parks will be named within eighteen months of acquisition following the

completion of a human occupation report.

15.1.3 Naming of park features or facilities will be referred to the General Manager

Parks and the Chair of Parks Committee, or equivalent, who will have the

discretion to approve the name, or refer it to the Parks Committee or equivalent.

15.1.4 Naming a new park, feature or facility will be based on the following

preferences:

a) a name which is identified as a condition of gifting,

b) a name which reflects:

i) tangata whenua values,

ii) a natural feature within the park,

iii) a historic name for the land,

iv) a historical feature or association with the park,

v) historically or culturally significant individual or event, or

vi) an individual or organisation that significantly contributes to the park or

facility through gifting or sponsorship,

providing the proposed name is not already in use or strongly associated with

another existing location or feature, and therefore is likely to cause confusion.

15.1.5 Prior to naming of a new park, feature or facility it must be evidenced that the

chosen name is geographically and/or grammatically correct.

15.1.6 Where it is deemed appropriate by the Council, the preferred name or names for

a new park will be subject to consultation with relevant tangata whenua, interest

groups, and the wider community.

196


15.1.7 Where a name for a park or park facility is gifted, either by a benefactor or

tangata whenua, the council will honour the responsibility that comes with this

and seek to reinforce the significance of the name through interpretation or

other means.

15.1.8 Reinstate traditional names, or rename a park, part of a park, or a park feature,

facility or destination, in accordance with policy 15.1.4, where:

a) the current name has not been formally adopted or a previous decision has

overlooked significant occupation history or events associated with the park,

site, feature or facility,

b) the expansion of the park incorporates a prominent natural or cultural

feature, for which it is more appropriate to name the park,

c) there is justification for part of the park to be named independently of the

parent park name, or

d) the name of the feature or facility is no longer deemed appropriate by the

Council to be associated with public land or facilities.

15.1.9 Consider dual names for parks, features and facilities.

15.1.10 All names of regional parks and park features will be retained in a register

including a record of the reason for the chosen name. Names will not be

removed from park features without authority from the relevant committee.

Explanation:

Locations often have layers of informal and formal names that have been used over time.

Tangata whenua of the region hold ancestral associations with all parts of regional parks;

land is viewed by tangata whenua as a source of identity and giving consideration to park

names is deemed appropriate.

Historical associations and natural and cultural resources are often the things that

distinguish regional parks from the areas around them and the wider region. In this respect,

they play an important role in defining the identity of the park and should also be given

consideration. The potential to have a Māori name and an English name will also be

considered. In some cases the choice of park name will be foreshadowed by conditions set

out in gifting agreements and will be respected where this name is not culturally insensitive

to tangata whenua.

Features and facilities, such as destinations and tracks and buildings within a park, can

assume their own identities for park users and the community. It is therefore important to

ensure that names are appropriate and relevant. Note that all proposals to site memorials,

commemorative plaques and dedicated structures on parks are discretionary activities and

will be assessed in terms of policy 13.5.6.1.

Tradition and the continuity of a name and community identification with a name are

important community values, and any renaming must therefore have strong rationale to

support it. This rationale should also apply when considering the removal of a track name

which may be proposed for efficiencies sake or when realignments have occurred.

It is important to retain a record of names which includes the rationale behind the decision

to adopt the name. This is an important reference for researchers, cartographers,

publishers, government authorities and the public.

197


15.2 Park closures

Objective 15.2:

To ensure maximum public access to regional parks by minimising the impact of park

closures or restrictions.

Policy:

15.2.1 All regional parks will be open and accessible by foot to park visitors 24 hours a

day and year round, except where the following circumstances require

restrictions:

a) an event or activity has been granted the right to restrict public access as

part of its approval conditions,

b) access to an area may expose visitors or the environment to undue risk,

c) park operations require temporary closure of a park area to ensure efficiency

and effectiveness of the operation, including pest control, and the mitigation

of natural hazards. Closures of this nature will avoid, where possible,

periods of known high visitor use,

d) existing obligations to other individuals, organisations or agencies allow for

public access to be restricted, or

e) restricting access is an obligation under a specific Act, such as the

Biosecurity Act, Forest Rural Fire Act or the Public Health Act.

15.2.2 Where restrictions on access to a park or park closures are required, the public

will be notified as early as possible through appropriate mediums, including on

park signage.

Explanation:

While some parks will close gates to stop vehicle access at night, all park land remains

accessible to the public via foot unless special restrictions exist. Restrictions on access to

entire parks or areas of parks are warranted on occasion. Where this involves a planned

operation, such as an integrated pest control programme, the policy tries to ensure these

will not impact on periods of peak visitor use.

In other circumstances, such as when fire risk is extremely high, or there is a need to

control the spread of kauri dieback in the wet season, restrictions will be implemented as

necessary. Permanent restrictions apply to some areas under licence; for example the

Watercare Services Ltd exclusive use areas in the Hūnua and Waitākere Ranges.

Where restrictions on access are proposed, notice will be given through all relevant

communiqués as soon as possible (refer to section 13.2.3 Promotion and information

services). In some circumstances restrictions may occur at short notice due to natural

events or unforeseen circumstances; where this occurs, all known affected parties will be

contacted as soon as possible.

198


15.3 Transfer of management

Objective 15.3:

To ensure that regional park land or public land adjoining regional park land is managed in an

efficient and effective manner by the most appropriate agency.

Policy:

15.3.1 Consider, in consultation with the community, the transfer of management in

whole or in part, of:

a) regional parkland to a relevant public agency or iwi authority, or

b) other adjoining open space land to the council to form part of regional

parkland,

where the proposed transfer:

i) is demonstrated to be in the interests of the regional community,

ii) promotes effective and efficient management of resources,

iii) will not compromise recreational use or the integrity of natural and

cultural resources on a park, or

iv) enables tangata whenua to practically express kaitiakitanga over sites

and landscapes of significance.

Explanation:

The bulk of the regional park land is best managed by the council; however there are a few

circumstances when this may require review. In the past, land has been incorporated into

the regional parks network for a variety of reasons. In some instances the land has been

used for local community purposes and would be more appropriately managed by local

authorities. In other situations, the land area is small or isolated from the bulk of regional

parkland and may be more effectively managed by other agencies.

Transfer of management in such instances does not necessarily imply that ownership of

regional parkland or reserves will be formally transferred. Conversely, land adjacent to

regional parks that is owned by or vested in the local authority, the Department of

Conservation or other agency may be best managed by the council.

This section identifies those circumstances where transfers may be contemplated. Any

transfers will need to be undertaken following consultation with the community and

appropriate processes under the Reserves Act, where applicable. The changes taking place

in Auckland governance in late 2010 are likely to instigate a range of transfers in

management of public land held by the local authorities.

199


15.4 Gifts and bequests

Objective 15.4

To ensure that any commitments relating to the gifting, bequeathing or transfer of land to

the council for regional parkland purposes are honoured.

Policy:

15.4.1 Promptly carry out and maintain undertakings entered into by the council relating

to the transfer of land to the council for regional parkland purposes, at the time

of the transfer.

15.4.2 Gifts will be acknowledged and may be interpreted in a variety of ways.

Explanation:

In instances where land is gifted, bequeathed or transferred to the council for regional

parkland purposes, the council will undertake to honour the intentions of the donor or

transferor included in the terms of any formal document confirming the gift, bequest or

transfer.

An example of this would be the maintenance of view shafts or requiring a house to be

open to the public. Where land has been gifted to contribute to regional parks, this will be

acknowledged in a variety of ways such as naming of the park or features in the park,

interpretation and publication such as the History Series.

15.5 Road closures

Objective 15.5:

To retain the values to the park land associated with the unformed paper roads that

currently run through the regional parks.

Policy:

15.5.1 Work with the relevant roading authority to progressively close unformed roads

throughout the regional parks network that are not necessary for other reasons.

Explanation:

There are a number of unformed or paper roads that exist throughout the regional park

network. To the park visitor these narrow strips of land appear to form part of a park. In a

few circumstances these paper roads may provide legal access to properties adjoining the

park and in these cases the rights of the adjoining land owners will be recognised.

However, in instances where the potential function of the land as public road has been

superseded by the surrounding land’s park land status, measures will be taken to seek to

incorporate the paper roads into adjoining park land through a formal road closure process.

200


15.6 Adjoining land and coastal areas

Objective 15.6:

To avoid or minimise adverse effects of park management on neighbours and adjoining land

and coastal areas, and to work with adjoining land owners to avoid or minimise adverse

effects of their activities on park values.

Policy:

15.6.1 Liaise and work with neighbouring landowners, freehold land trusts adjacent to

parks, local authorities and other agencies with a view to co-operating on

matters of mutual interest or benefit including:

a) the control of animal and plant pests,

b) maintenance, protection and restoration of ecological values, including

enhancement of ecological corridors,

c) maintenance or enhancement of amenity, landscape values and vistas,

d) maintenance and management of cultural heritage sites that cross park

boundaries,

e) coastal erosion,

f) public and operational access,

g) traffic and travel demand management,

h) security issues,

i) litter,

j) emergency responses such as fire control, and

k) public safety.

Explanation:

The council has an obligation to act as a ‚good neighbour‛ to avoid having adverse effects

on neighbours, adjoining land and coastal areas. However, unlike private landowners who

can restrict entry to their properties and control the behaviour of people within them, the

council cannot always practically do this.

This means that, while it is the council’s preference to avoid adverse effects, sometimes

the best it can do is to minimise these. For example, while the council can implement

bylaws restricting the use of stereos or radios on parks, individual park users may not

always comply with such bylaws and create noise that is unacceptable to neighbours until

such a time as park staff are able to take action.

The division of legislative responsibilities among various agencies means that management

in terms of the Local Government Act and/or Reserves Act is often insufficient on its own,

and complementary management of other agencies within their field of responsibility

becomes necessary.

The council, along with other landowners, local authorities and other agencies has to

develop management responses to a variety of issues. For example, to ensure the

continued protection of natural and cultural heritage resources may require cross-boundary

pest control. Ecosystems on regional parks often provide very important habitats for

201


indigenous species of fauna. Sometimes, however, the habitats are not sufficiently large to

support whole populations; which is particularly important for threatened species. In these

cases, it is desirable for these habitat areas to be extended by enhancing ecological

corridors and links with private land adjacent to regional parks.

There are complexities around Māori land ownership and relative management structures

though Te Ture Whenua Māori and the Māori Land Act 1993 should underpin this

distinction.

15.6.2 Where the council has been notified of a development as an affected

landowner, effects of the proposal will be assessed within the context of this

plan and the council, in its capacity as landowner, will decide if it can consent to

the proposal.

Explanation:

The council potentially has two roles in relation to developments which may have effects on

regional parks. One is its role as landowner and/or park management agency, and the other

is its strategic or regulatory policy role in considering developments of regional significance.

Where the council is notified as an affected party of a development that may affect its

interests as park owner or management agency, it will assess the effects on the park within

the context of the Regional Parks Management Plan and decide whether or not to give its

consent as an affected owner, and, if so, on what terms and conditions. In a separate

capacity, unrelated to its role as landowner, the Council will determine if it opposes or

supports the development on strategic or regulatory grounds.

15.6.3 Continue to liaise and co-operate with, and support, other agencies with

responsibilities for the management of coastal and marine areas adjoining

regional parks to ensure the integrated management of the land/sea interface,

ecosystems and activities within this area.

Explanation:

Most of the regional parks covered by this plan are in coastal locations and several adjoin

marine protected areas or marine reserves administered by the Department of

Conservation; the monitoring and enforcement of which are carried out by the Ministry of

Fisheries. In most cases, regional parks cover only the land area above mean high water

springs (MHWS), yet often the main reason people visit parks is because of the beaches or

access to water-based recreation. The integrated management of these activities is

therefore essential.

Natural systems are constantly changing, particularly in the coastal environment. The link

between the land and sea is usually a gradient between terrestrial freshwater and estuarine

communities. Activities on the land can affect coastal and marine areas. For example, land

disturbance, the inappropriate use of fertilisers or grazing of coastal margins can cause

sedimentation and contamination of coastal and marine areas. It is important that the

management of regional parks does not have adverse effects on coastal and marine areas.

The council is the management agency with primary responsibility for managing the coastal

and marine areas of the region which fall between MHWS and New Zealand’s Territorial

Limits (12 nautical miles). The Auckland Regional Policy Statement and the Auckland

Regional Plan: Coastal promote the integrated management of land, coastal and marine

areas. These contain policies on the management of heritage, natural features and

ecosystems, coastal development, public access and the maintenance of natural character.

202


As a land manager as well as the primary management agency for coastal and marine areas,

the council has an obligation to ensure that the management of regional parks is consistent

with the direction provided in these documents. The council may be required to obtain

consents for activities on or adjacent to regional parks under the Auckland Regional Plan:

Coastal for activities such as discharges to the Coastal Marine Area (CMA) and the

maintenance or construction of structures below MHWS.

In some cases adjoining land may be managed by a local authority or the Department of

Conservation and be subject to management plans prepared by those agencies, such as the

Manukau Harbour Foreshore Reserves Management Plan or the Long Bay Reserve

Management Plan. The council will work with the local authorities, the Department of

Conservation and the Ministry of Fisheries to support programmes that protect and enhance

ecological values in the CMA; for example, the integrated management of the marine

reserves alongside Long Bay and Tāwharanui Regional Parks, or addressing the impact of

litter on the CMA.

203


16. Implementation of the plan

This part deals with how the plan will be implemented over its 10-year life. Following the

adoption of the plan, an implementation plan will be prepared that will set out the

implementation process and priorities. All parks staff will need to be familiar with the plan

and readily able to reference it; therefore staff induction sessions will be an important part

of this process.

The policies and programmes in this plan will be progressively funded through the Long-

Term Council Community Plan (LTCCP) and Annual Plan processes. The LTCCP (2009-19)

indicates, in detail, how projects relating to the implementation of the plan will be funded

over the next three years. The annual plan is a component of the LTCCP and is reviewed on

a yearly basis.

While the bulk of the generic policies are funded as an ongoing operational commitment,

there are a number of proposed capital works projects that will be progressively funded over

the life of this plan and beyond. All capital works projects are prioritised through an

optimised decision-making process which determines the renewal or disposal of an existing

asset, and development of new assets, while balancing social, cultural and environmental

factors, and economic considerations. The process is used to inform the Regional Parks

business planning, the Long-Term Financial Strategy and the LTCCP.

The detail required to apply some of the policies in this plan will be held in regularly updated

internal operational plans, such as the Recreation Notes and Recreation Pricing Schedule,

the Te Mahere Hononga Māori – Māori Relations Operational Plan, and the Farm Business

Plan.

There are also other tools used to effectively implement the plan described in more detail

below. These include the park bylaws which provide the framework to enforce the policies.

The Resource Inventory will be updated to ensure that databases and knowledge of the

park values remains current. Designations over parks enable the more efficient delivery of

developments, removing the requirement for consents from the local council. Ongoing

consultation with regional park stakeholders and community groups will also be an

important component in ensuring delivery of this plan remains relevant to park users over

time.

16.1 Financial planning

Objective 16.1:

To ensure the direction and priorities outlined in this Plan form the basis of long term

financial planning.

Policy:

16.1.1 Ensure that the regional park developments signalled in this Plan, including any

variations, are considered as part of the LTCCP and subsequent Annual Plan

processes between 2010 and 2020.

Explanation:

This Plan has a 10-year life and paints an ambitious long-term vision for the management of

the regional parks network. It is intended that it will take more than 10 years to implement

based on the current funding identified in the Long Term Council Community Plan (LTCCP);

204


however, there are also opportunities for funding to be sourced from sponsorship,

partnerships, or savings in order to achieve all of the actions. Development actions arising

from this Plan have been prioritised over the short and medium term, and investment

distributed across the regional park network as much as is possible; while recognising the

necessity to invest in the newer regional parks and those parks with higher visitor numbers

(refer to Appendix 4).

There are approximately $22 million worth of developments signalled in this Plan over the

next 10 years. This is broadly in line with the 2006 – 16 LTTCCP, but with a reduced capital

development budget signalled in the 2009 – 19 budget there is a shortfall of approximately

$9 million (not including provision for capital works at two of the regional parks that are

outside this Plan; that is Auckland Botanic Gardens and Mutukaroa-Hamlins Hill). The

Auckland Regional Council increased the capital funds for 2010/11 by an additional one

million dollars in line with the intent of the 2006-16 LTCCP but it will be up to the new

Auckland Council to determine future capital funding levels for the remaining nine year life

of this Plan.

16.2 Review and variations

Objective 16.2:

To keep this plan under continuous review to ensure it adapts to changing circumstances or

increased knowledge.

Policy:

16.2.1 The plan will be reviewed after 10 years, but a plan review or variation will be

initiated for any one of the following reasons:

a) information from monitoring indicates the need for a review or plan

variation,

b) a new management issue or an activity which is not addressed in this plan

but for which policy is required,

c) any proposed new use, activity, facility or development which is contrary to

the management objectives and policies of this plan and is supported by

council,

d) any change in other council documents that override the objectives and

policies of the plan, or

e) new parks purchased or placed under the management and control of the

council.

Explanation:

The Reserves Act 1977 requires that council keeps the management plans over reserves for

which it is the administering body under continuous review. Generally plans should be

reviewed at a maximum of 10-year intervals and need not involve a complete rewriting. The

Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008 also includes a requirement for the management

plan to be reviewed within 10 years. While the majority of regional park land is held under

the Local Government Act 2002, the council considers it best practice to review this entire

plan to ensure an integrated management approach across the parks network.

The development of concept plans is deemed to be a variation to the plan, as outlined in

Section 7.3. Plan reviews or variations will be undertaken in accordance with Section 41 of

205


the Reserves Act1977 in regard to public consultation and a formal submission and hearing

process

16.3 Bylaws

Objective 16.3:

To reduce adverse effects of activities on park values and park users through the

implementation and enforcement of the Parks Bylaw.

Policy:

16.3.1 The Parks Bylaw will remain consistent with the direction set in this plan.

16.3.2 Awareness of bylaw controls will be raised through education, publicity and

signage.

Explanation:

The council is authorised under Section 149 of the Local Government Act 2002 to make

bylaws for managing the regional parks that it owns and administers. While most activities

undertaken by individuals on parks generally do not have adverse effects on parks or other

park users, some activities can have unacceptable effects.

The bylaws ensure that parks are used for their intended purpose without users being

subject to hazards, nuisance or activities that may adversely affect their health, safety and

wellbeing. It provides for the protection of natural and heritage resources, land, buildings

and structures on regional parks, from damage or loss through any human activity. The

bylaws set out in detail what is considered unacceptable behaviour and the types of

activities that require council approval. It also sets out how breaches of the bylaws will be

addressed. The Parks Bylaw 2007 provides a vehicle for park staff to talk to persons

behaving inappropriately on parks.

Unacceptable activities generally fall into three main categories as follows:

Obstructive and offensive behaviour (eg, graffiti, disorderly behaviour, interference with

animals)

Prohibited activities (eg, use of firearms, driving of vehicles off roads or formed tracks,

loud music, littering)

Wilful damage (eg, destruction of facilities or protected sites, misuse of water,

interference with park operations).

The bylaws do not form part of this plan as they are developed and reviewed using a

separate process. They may be changed without altering this plan and this is the reason the

bylaws have not been reproduced in the plan. However, it is important that they remain

consistent with the direction set in this plan. For further information on current bylaws, refer

to the council’s website.

All public land, including land below mean high water springs (MHWS), are covered by local

authority bylaws. In addition, the Dog Control Act 1996 and bylaws of local authorities apply

across all regional park land and for this reason dog control is not part of the council’s parks

bylaws. The approach of raising awareness of bylaw controls, through education, publicity

and signage, should assist in achieving compliance, and reducing the need to take

enforcement action.

206


16.4 Resource inventory

Objective 16.4:

To retain a resource inventory that supports and guides the management direction of the

Regional Parks Management Plan.

Policy:

16.4.1 Maintain and progressively update the background information held in the

resource inventory, with a particular focus on new parks and including

information on:

a) geology,

b) soils,

c) landscape and views,

d) invertebrates and reptiles,

e) marine life,

f) birds,

g) plants,

h) cultural heritage,

i) tangata whenua values,

j) park acquisition, and

k) further reference material

16.4.2 Upload the resource inventory to the council’s website and update as required.

Explanation:

The Resource Inventory was not included in the review of this plan. This information

provides important background material that supports the policy direction for each park.

Relevant issues and values identified in the existing resource inventory have been

considered in the development of the individual parks sections. For new park land, much of

this information is collected in various forms prior to purchase of the park. There is a need to

collate this information for the new parks and update the resource inventory.

Further survey work is regularly occurring on parks, for example surveying archaeological

sites to determine spatial definition and significance. For some parks more detailed human

occupation reports are required. This information will be added to the resource inventory as

it becomes available. It is the intention that the resource inventory will be a continually

updated resource that is available for public viewing on the council website.

207


16.5 Designation and classification

Objective 16.5:

To ensure that regional parkland is designated in appropriate planning documents and

relevant classification systems.

Policy:

16.5.1 Progressively designate or review designations over regional park land to cover

all new park land and include reference to the Regional Parks Management Plan.

16.5.2 Investigate and, if appropriate, seek to have the parks classified under relevant

national and international classification and protection systems.

Explanation:

Regional Parks have traditionally been designated under the respective district plans of the

local authority area within which they are located. As a ‚requiring authority‛ in terms of Part

8 of the Resource Management Act 1991, the council has the legal right to seek to have

public works (such as parks), for which it is financially responsible, designated rather than

zoned within the respective district plans. Designations reduce unnecessary delays and

costs associated with resource consents on parks projects, because whenever proposed

works trigger a resource consent requirement, the designation enables the council to

prepare an outline plan of works only, provided the work is consistent with the terms and

scope of the designation.

To date most regional parks are covered by designations; however there is a need to review

these designations to ensure they cover additions to parks, and adequately convey the

intentions for the park by referencing the Regional Parks Management Plan. In addition all

new parks should be designated within their respective district plans.

The regional parks, or parts of the parks, could also qualify for consideration for classification

and/or protection under national and international systems, such as the World Commission

on Protected Areas (WCPA) of the World Conservation Union (IUCN) or the UNESCO World

Heritage Convention.

16.6 Consultation

Objective 16.6:

To ensure that regional parks reflect the values of the regional community, recognise their

public ownership and stay relevant to the needs of the regional communities.

Policy:

16.6.1 Consult the public on regional parks management and maintain an ongoing

relationship with people and groups with particular interests in the parks,

through a variety of formal and informal arrangements, including partnerships

(refer to section 13.2.6).

16.6.2 Consult on the formal variations to this plan, including concept and development

plans (refer to section 7.3).

16.6.3 Maintain a database of park stakeholder groups for the purpose of consultation.

208


16.6.4 Support the establishment and function of a ‘Friends of Regional Parks’ group.

Explanation:

The council owns and manages regional parks on behalf of the regional community. It is

important that park management is responsive to the needs and values of both the existing,

and future generations, of the regional population, in a way that does not compromise the

intrinsic worth of the parks.

The council has a statutory obligation to consult with the public of the region during the

process of preparing this plan under the Reserves Act 1977 and the Local Government Act

2002. However, the need to consult with the public does not stop there. The effective

management of regional parks requires the development and nurturing of ongoing

relationships with many individuals and groups, such as local community groups, park user

groups, environmental groups and business interests. The council consults a range of

stakeholder groups and will maintain a database of these. The establishment of a ‘Friends of

Regional Parks’ group that would advocate for the protection and enhancement of the

regional parks network would be supported.

However, it must also be borne in mind that the regional parks are administered by the

council on behalf of the regional community as a whole. While the council will attempt to

recognise the needs of various sectors of the community, it is ultimately answerable to a

regional constituency.

Similarly, if the park values are to be retained, the values and needs of every group cannot

be met at every regional park. The council will attempt to cater for a range of appropriate

values and needs across the regional parks network as a whole but will not attempt to meet

everyone’s needs at every park.

16.7 Reporting

Objective 16.7:

To periodically report on progress on the implementation of this plan and the state of the

park network in general.

Policy:

16.7.1 Prepare a State of the Regional Park Network and Service report every five

years.

Explanation:

Progress on the implementation of this plan will be reported to the regional community by

way of a State of the Regional Park Network and Service Report. This will be prepared in

conjunction with the reporting requirement on monitoring of the Waitākere Ranges Heritage

Area Act as outlined in policy 17.19.7.1 and the council’s state of the environment reporting.

This will be a summary report that will assess the implementation of the policies in this plan

and cover such matters as governance, biodiversity, heritage, tangata whenua, volunteer

programmes and recreational use. Also refer to policies 7.7.3 to 7.7.8 covering monitoring

and periodic reporting on: the state of and threats to parks’ biodiversity; recreational

impacts, needs and trends; and the progress on policy implementation including, the

implications and effectiveness of the policies.

209


17. Park specific management

This part of the plan sets out the specific management focus for each of the 23 regional

parks covered by this plan, including the policies and programmes that will be completed

over the next 10 years.

It is important that the park-specific sections that follow are not read in isolation. While an

attempt has been made to cross-reference as much as possible, the reader needs to

consider the following components as a hierarchy of related policies:

the management principles set out in Part 6,

the general objectives and management policies set out in Parts 7 to 16,

the maps in Volume 2.

The generic policies set out in Parts 7 to 16 apply to all of the regional parks in the network

and are not necessarily repeated in the specific park sections. For example, pest control is

undertaken in each regional park but may not be listed as a policy in Part 17 unless there is a

special programme of work undertaken on that park. If a pest control policy is not listed,

then the park is covered by the generic biosecurity policies set out in section 10.4.

The regional parks are listed in alphabetical order: Ambury Regional Park to Whakatiwai

Regional Park.

210


211


17.1 Ambury Regional Park

17.1.1 Park values

Located on the shores of the Manukau Harbour just 15 kilometres from central Auckland,

Ambury Regional Park is a working farm, an education centre and a birdwatchers paradise.

Ambury Regional Park occupies part of the lava field that erupted from the nationally

significant Mangere Mountain volcano approximately 18,000 years ago. It is one of the few

remaining lava areas in the Auckland Volcanic Field that has not been completely destroyed

by urban development. Of particular value are the small lava caves near the park entrance

and the bare lava surfaces near the coast that are contiguous with significant pahoehoe

lava26 outcrops at nearby Kiwi Esplanade. The 124 hectares of park land contains open

pastures that are bordered by historic stone walls. The park’s coastal features include salt

marshes, herbfields and tidal mudflats that are internationally important shore bird habitat.

The park is part of an open space network that extends along the coastline from Onehunga

to the Otuataua Stonefields Historic Reserve, and inland to Mangere Mountain.

The park land was important for many iwi throughout Tāmaki Makaurau’s early history. The

area was used by many as the favoured route to and from the Waikato, and large

settlements formed on Te Ara Pueru (Mangere Mountain) and Motu a Hiaroa (Puketutu

Island) because of their strategic location, plentiful kai moana and good volcanic growing

soils. As the descendants of Rakataura, Hiaroa and Poutukeka grew in number, the people

moved onto the park land and large cultivations were established. The park and wider

Mangere area are now regionally significant because of the protected Māori stone wall

structures such as garden walls and mounds. Te Ahiwaru (Makaurau Marae) and Te Akitai

(Pukaki Marae) continue to exercise kaitiakitanga over this park land to this day.

The park takes its name from the Ambury Milk Company that milked cows and ran a town

milk supply farm here from 1893-1965. The park land was first purchased as drainage

protection land by the then Auckland Regional Authority (ARA) to provide a buffer zone

between the Wastewater Treatment Plant, run by Watercare Services Ltd (WSL), and

nearby residential areas. The ARA resolved in 1979 that the land would be used as a

regional park. However, the majority of the park remains subject to a registered Deed of

Land Covenants in favour of WSL that ensures it will continue to provide a buffer zone.

WSL owns the coastal strip of land between the restored Manukau Harbour shoreline and

Ambury Regional Park to extend this buffer zone. There are also several pipeline

easements that cross the park that restrict building development. The main easements are

the western interceptor sewer and the Marsden Point Refinery – Wiri Oil Terminal

petroleum products pipeline (see Map 1).

With its open space connections and unobstructed views across the Manukau Harbour to

the Manukau Heads and the Waitākere Ranges, and up to Mangere Mountain, the park is

becoming increasingly popular as a destination for education programmes and farm

experiences, walking and camping. Around 260,000 visitors a year enjoy the opportunity to

experience New Zealand’s rural lifestyle. The park has been developed as an education

farm, and increasing numbers that attend the annual Ambury Farm Day event and education

programmes are evidence of the popularity of this aspect of the park. Many visitors also

volunteer on the park through education, farming and wildlife protection programmes. This

mature regional farm park has a number of walking tracks through the open pasture that

connect to the coastal walkway and the Mangere Mountain walkway. The park’s proximity

26 Pahoehoe lava is basaltic lava with a smooth, glassy surface which has been dragged into ropy folds by the movement of

the hot lava below it.

212


to Auckland’s airport has also meant that it has become a popular stop for people either

starting or ending their campervan journey at the airport. The Ambury Park Centre for Riding

Therapy, located at the southern end of the park, is internationally recognized for its work

using horses to assist young people with a range of health and behaviour difficulties. The

Mangere Pony Club is also currently based at the southern end of the park.

17.1.2 Park vision

Ambury Regional Park is a working farm close to urban Auckland that preserves rural

landscapes and provides farm education programmes for school children. The park offers

expansive vistas of the Manukau Heads and Mangere Mountain, and contains unique

geological features, such as lava caves. It provides valuable open space for informal

recreation close to the metropolitan area as well as overnight camping near the airport for

visitors to Auckland. Ambury links to a network of open spaces with pedestrian and cycle

connections to Onehunga, Mangere Mountain, Puketutu Island and the Otuataua

Stonefields, and provides access to internationally important shore bird roosting areas along

the coastline.

17.1.3 Management focus

Over the long term, Ambury Regional Park will be managed as a Class III park (refer to

section 7.1) with the foreshore and tidal area managed as a Special management zone. The

park will provide:

A foreshore that protects and supports diverse bird life and coastal herb field

vegetation.

Expansive vistas and views to Mangere Mountain and the Manukau Harbour.

Opportunities for tangata whenua to strengthen their connection to the land, to provide

for their hauora, and to be involved in the park management processes in ways which

have particular regard to the practical expression of kaitiakitanga.

Opportunities to learn about the Māori and European history in the area, the Manukau

Harbour’s estuarine ecology and Auckland’s volcanic geology.

A working coastal farm that offers opportunities to learn about farming practices and

experience a working farm only 15 kilometres from the central city.

Ecological connections and corridors to the surrounding areas, including Mangere

Mountain and Otuataua Stonefields.

A place for day and overnight visitors to picnic and relax by the Manukau Harbour, or

undertake coastal farm walks that connect to the walk and cycle way network along the

coastal open space network that extends from Onehunga to Otuataua Stonefields and

inland to Mangere Mountain.

Vehicle-based campgrounds and year round areas for campervans.

Over the next 10 years the management of Ambury Regional Park will focus on;

managing the coast and foreshore to protect and enhance shorebird roosting and

feeding habitats and coastal herbfield communities,

enhancing the conservation and recreation potential of the area by continuing to

develop an integrated management approach to the park, and neighbouring Manukau

City Council reserves and Watercare Services Ltd’s land, which includes pest animal

and plant control,

213


establishing tangata whenua for the park, identifying, mapping and assessing tangata

whenua values associated with the park, and creating processes and opportunities to

increase tangata whenua involvement with regional parks

protecting and enhancing the stone field archaeology and dry stone walls on the park,

fostering the ethic of stewardship in the surrounding urban areas through increasing the

local use of the park,

maintaining a working sheep and beef farm and implementing sustainable farm

practices,

continuing to develop and support the volunteer base that supports the park,

continuing to provide farm education experiences,

relocating the workshop and developing a new picnic/barbecue area,

expanding the overnight campervan opportunities, and

improving the connectivity of the park to other public open spaces, roads and walkways

through the development of new tracks.

As a priority over the next five years, the council will focus on the following park

developments:

developing additional parking at the main arrival area,

improving the way finding information,

expanding the track network and improving linkages to other public open spaces and

between the main arrival area and the Wallace Road end, and

opening up the Wallace Road end of the park to park visitors.

17.1.4 Management policies

IMPORTANT: The following management policies must be read in conjunction with the

relevant principles, objectives and policies contained in parts 6 to 16 of this plan.

Natural settings

1. Maintain integrated pest animal control programmes, co-ordinated with pest control

undertaken by Watercare Services Ltd, to protect shorebirds.

2. Continue the ongoing park-wide pest plant control programme.

3. Finalise and implement, in consultation with adjoining property owners, the draft

Ambury Revegetation Plan to restore the lava shrubland in a sequence from salt

marsh and coastal herbfield, with particular emphasis on:

a) developing plant copses along the inland park boundary to enhance park amenity

(and break up the line of urban land use), and in selected locations extend planting

‘fingers’ into the paddocks, and

b) the foreshore and intertidal zone (see Special management zone below).

4. Remove existing vegetation within the site where the pig enclosure was situated to

preserve the lava outcrop and increase its visibility for interpretation and education

purposes.

214


Cultural heritage settings

5. Protect the shoreline lava flows, lava caves, and stone field gardens (known as the

Lost Gardens through:

a) resurveying and updating information on the archaeological sites on the park,

b) reviewing the conservation plan for the Lost Gardens, and

c) implementing the Archaeological Site Management Actions identified in the

Cultural Heritage Inventory.

6. Maintain and progressively restore the dry stone walls on the park where appropriate.

7. Graze the archaeological sites in an appropriate manner (refer to policy 12.1.1).

Farmed settings

8. Continue to farm the majority of the park as open pasture to recognise its rural

heritage through protecting and enhancing features such as the stone walls and

heritage flocks, manage the weeds in the coastal herbfields, retain key views and

vistas, and facilitate recreation and use (including farm experiences).

9. Retain appropriate trees in grazed areas and, where necessary, plant further trees for

shade and shelter for farm stock; in accordance with the Regional Parks Livestock

Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines and cognisant of the impact on vistas and

adjoining landowners.

10. Develop a new workshop and associated yard behind the park office as shown on

Map 1.

11. Develop a new hay barn as shown on Map 1.

12. Relocate the stockyards to a more accessible location.

13. Develop a stock access lane to the paddocks at the southern end of the park (Wallace

Road end) with pedestrian access to and from the Coastal Walkway (as shown on

Map 1).

14. Implement sustainable farming practices in accordance with section 12.3.

15. Relocate the pig enclosure closer to the milking shed.

16. Reconfigure paddocks to facilitate stock movement, stock shade and shelter

development, recreational access and education programmes.

Recreation and use management

17. Increase the interpretation in accordance with the Regional Parks’ Interpretation

Strategy and Interpretation Guidelines; with emphasis on:

a) sustainable farming practices,

b) the shorebirds and their habitats,

c) geological features including the lava fields and caves, and

d) significant heritage stories including people, places, milestones and events,

215


18. Undertake the following to improve the way finding information and layout of the park:

a) develop new car and bus parking and relocate barbeques as shown on Map 1,

b) relocate the noticeboard at the main arrival area to a more visible and easily

accessible location,

c) continue to develop the certified self-contained vehicle campground along existing

park road between Kiwi Esplanade and the main arrival area,

d) develop a new park road (as shown on Map 1) to improve access to the Ambury

Paddock Campground, reduce the impact of vehicles on other park activities and

park values, and reduce the number of gates that park visitors staying in the

campground have to open,

e) reduce the size of the Ambury Paddock Campground to create a more intimate

camping experience, while retaining the current capacity,

f) open up the Wallace Road entrance for vehicular and pedestrian access into the

park through developing informal car parking, a certified self-contained vehicle

campground and picnic areas (as shown on Map 1)

g) improve the walking linkages between the main arrival area and the Wallace Road

end of the park,

h) expand the existing track network to complement the existing coastal walkway

from the northern end of the park, along the coastal edge, through the restored

lava shrubland, enhanced wetland area and farmland to the southern end of the

park (as shown on Map 1),

i) formalise appropriate recreation access through farmed settings by expanding the

poled route network and installing purpose built gates, ramps and access lanes,

j) enhance the access to the coastal walkway through the provision of tracks and

directional signs,

k) increase pedestrian access from neighbouring streets,

l) enhance the foreshore walkway with signs and seating,

m) replace the kissing gate at Kiwi Esplanade with either a gate or ramp that is

accessible for people of all abilities and cyclists, and

n) remove the workshop and then remediating the site to provide a new

picnic/barbecue area.

19. Continue to provide education programmes on farming, shorebirds and their habitats,

and the volcanic history of the area.

20. Investigate and, if feasible, develop horse riding tracks and facilities, in accordance

with the policies in section 13.4.6 Recreational horse riding and section 14.3 Tracks

network, should a bridle trail network for the surrounding area be proposed.

21. Renegotiate Mangere Pony Club and Ambury Park Centre for Riding Therapy licences

to enable implementation of the reconfiguration of paddocks outlined in policy 16

above.

216


22. Implement a travel demand management programme on the park in accordance with

section 8.3 that includes working with schools to encourage alternative transport

modes to private vehicles, and limiting the car parking footprint.

Tangata whenua

23. Recognise tangata whenua of Ambury Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through a range of visitor services and

infrastructures such as interpretation and tohu tangata whenua,

b) consulting on the planning, protection, development and management of the park

and the tangata whenua values they contain,

c) investigating options with tangata whenua to enable them to exercise their role as

kaitiaki over sites of significance, and

d) supporting tangata whenua to undertake activities which enable them to provide

for their long term health and well-being while sustaining the mauri of the park’s

natural and historic resources (refer to Part 9).

24. Ensure senior staff responsible for managing the park meet at least once a year with

tangata whenua appointed kaitiaki (representatives) to discuss the annual work

programme and the actions outlined in Part 9.

Note: For an up to date list of iwi, hapū and/or marae contacts please refer to the council

website

Principal relationships

25. Liaise with Manukau City Council, Watercare Services Ltd, adjoining landowners and

the local community to ensure the planning, development and management of land

adjoining Ambury Regional Park:

a) protects and enhances the park values,

b) provides an integrated approach to pest animal and plant control programmes,

ecological restoration programmes and recreation activities, and

c) improves the access to the park.

26. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 25, Liaise with Watercare Services Ltd to

continue the midge monitoring programme.

27. Work with Auckland Soar Inc, Mangere Pony Club and Ambury Centre for Riding

Therapy regarding their licences.

28. Strengthen the neighbouring communities’ relationship to the park and their ethic of

stewardship, through the range of visitor services outlined in Section 13.2 in order to

minimise inappropriate behaviour on the park land.

29. Support the Ministry of Fisheries, the Department of Conservation and tangata

whenua in promoting and enforcing fisheries regulations and enforce council’s ban of

set netting from regional parks (refer to policy 13.6.1.5).

217


Special management zone

Foreshore and intertidal zone

The coastline of Ambury Regional Park is irregular with rocky lava outcrops and islands,

small muddy or shelly inlets, and large mudflat areas. It is one of the few remaining

examples of shoreline lava flows in the region that hasn’t been destroyed by urban

development. Each habitat type is occupied by characteristic assemblages of animals and

plants. Above high-tide mark, the rocks are covered in yellow lichen and in moist crevices

there are small coastal plants such as shore pimpernel, remuremu, yellow bachelor’s button

and occasional sea spurry. Small patches of mangroves occur amongst the rocky outcrops,

particularly on the southern coastal boundary of the park. The foreshore comprises areas of

salt-tolerant plants with salt meadows of glasswort, remuremu, Muehlenbeckia, and sea

rush occurring in some places.

The Manukau Harbour, Firth of Thames and Kaipara Harbour are among the richest wading

bird habitats in New Zealand, with the Manukau Harbour supporting the greatest numbers

of shorebirds of any harbour in the country. Extensive tidal mudflats provide a wide range of

food including crabs, marine worms, fish and shellfish. A shorebird census is conducted

three times a year by the Ornithological Society of New Zealand. Over 80 species of birds,

including high numbers of shorebird and wader species have been recorded at Ambury

Regional Park or around the nearby shores of the Manukau Harbour, Puketutu Island and the

former Mangere Wastewater Treatment Plant oxidation ponds (Veitch 1978, Veitch and

Harbraken 1999). The most numerous species are the pied oystercatcher, bar-tailed godwit,

eastern knot, wrybill and pied stilt. From late summer to early spring, flocks of up to 10,000

oystercatchers can be seen roosting along the Ambury and Mangere Bridge foreshore. The

upper Manukau and Ambury foreshore area is also the wintering ground for about 1000

endangered wrybill. Less common visitors include threatened or rare native birds such as

kotuku (white heron), kotuku ngutu-papa (royal spoonbill), kaki (black stilt), Northern New

Zealand dotterel and toreapango (variable oystercatcher), and some of the rarer arctic

migrants such as sharp-tailed, marsh, curlew and terek sandpipers.

This rich coastal ecosystem requires special management to ensure that its biodiversity is

protected from threats such as weeds, dogs, pest animals and off track activity.

30. Protect and restore the shorebird habitat and coastal herbfield communities within the

park by:

a) maintaining the open coastal herbfield habitat to protect the herbfield species

from weeds, and retain important shore bird roosting areas by low intensity

grazing and integrated pest animal control,

b) restoring a more complete original coastal herbfield vegetation on the small lava

islands by minimising access to stock and undertaking intensive weed

management as a trial to develop techniques for larger areas of the foreshore,

c) protecting and restoring selected coastal wetland areas (as shown on Map 1) on

foreshore, prioritising those where a complete sequence from the sea can be

obtained, and taking into account the need to maintain view shafts and suitable

roosting habitat for shore birds,

d) retiring the coastal wetland areas identified in c) above from farming and fencing

this area to exclude stock, and

e) minimising disturbance of the foreshore as a result of structures and inappropriate

activities.

218


31. Retain visual and physical access to the foreshore from the park.

32. Enhance bird watching facilities.

33. Enforce dog prohibitions outlined in the controlled activity table below.

17.1.5 Recreation and use activities

Permitted activities

The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Ambury Regional Park,

as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that will be applied to

the permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply temporary restrictions to

any permitted activities (refer to policy 13.3.1.2). Any temporary restrictions will be

advertised in park brochures, signs or using other media.

If an activity is not listed in this table, it may be allowed as a controlled (see table below) or

discretionary activity in terms of section 13.5, unless they are prohibited in terms of section

13.6 of this plan.

Permitted activities Status/restriction

Barbecues Permitted either at the facilities provided, or portable

gas barbecues, subject to fire restrictions that may

apply from time to time.

Dogs Dogs are permitted only in Loop Road connecting Kiwi

Esplanade and Ambury Road.

Note: dogs are prohibited from all other areas of

Ambury Regional Park at all times.

Dogs are subject to local authority dog control policies

and bylaws which are subject to change. Reference

should be made to the council’s website.

Informal individual,

family or group

activities

Informal groups are limited to 100 persons in order to

manage conflict with other recreation activities.

Groups larger than 100 must obtain a discretionary

activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted on designated poled routes across farm land

and park roads (refer to Map 1) but temporary

restrictions may apply to protect sites of significance

to tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and

ecological areas, or to enable park operations such as

lambing and pest control.

Walking, tramping,

running and

orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 1 and

council approved orienteering course) and open

pasture areas but temporary restrictions may apply to

protect sites of significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas; or

to enable park operations such as lambing and pest

control.

219


Controlled activities

The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Ambury Regional Park,

as outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on permanent restrictions to

controlled activities can be found. The council may also apply temporary restrictions to any

controlled activities (refer to policy 13.4.1.2). Any temporary restrictions will be advertised in

park brochures, signs or using other media.

Controlled activities require prior booking through the council.

If an activity is not listed in this table, it may be allowed as a discretionary activity in terms of

section 13.5, unless they are prohibited in section 13.6 of this plan.

Controlled

activities

Description of site (if

applicable)

Restrictions/conditions

Campervans/

caravans

Certified self-contained

vehicle campground (15

vehicles) at the main arrival

area.

New certified self-contained

vehicle car park planned at

southern (Wallace Road)

end.

Campervans permitted in

Ambury Paddock

Campground.

Caravans permitted in

Ambury Paddock

campground only.

Require self-containment

certificate in car park and new

certified self-contained vehicle

campground. Further conditions

on booking confirmation and

camping pass.

Camping Vehicle based campground:

Ambury Paddock (60 people)

Conditions on booking

confirmation and camping pass.

Designated

sites

1 basic site Conditions on booking

confirmation

Meeting

venues

Kitchen/Woolshed Conditions on booking

confirmation

Recreational

horse riding

Designated areas only.

Conditions on horse riding pass.

Temporary restrictions may

apply to: protect sites of

significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological sites

and ecological areas; or to

enable park operations such as

lambing and pest control or

approved discretionary activities.

220


Leases and licences

The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on Ambury Regional Park when

this management plan was adopted.

Licences may be surrendered and new ones may be created during the term of this plan.

For an up to date list of leases and licences please refer to please refer to the council

website.

Holder Type Expiry date Notes

Auckland

Soar Inc

Licence 2013 On park activity. Silent flight club

Mangere

Pony Club

Licence 2010 Area contains outdoor horse arena,

clubrooms and grazing areas; the

general public is excluded from the

arena and clubrooms but have access

across the grazed land

Ambury

Centre for

Riding

Therapy

Licence 2019 Area contains a covered horse-riding

arena and grazing areas; the general

public is excluded from the arena but

may access grazed land

17.1.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Ambury Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7. In

addition to the standard monitoring programme, the council will undertake specific

monitoring as follows:

1. Monitor the effectiveness of the integrated pest animal control programme

221


17.2 Ātiu Creek Regional Park

17.2.1 Park values

Ātiu Creek Regional Park is located on the elevated Okahukura (Taporapora) peninsula.

Fronting the Oruawharo River and the north eastern reaches of the Kaipara Harbour, the

park offers endless and varied panoramic harbour views. Ātiu Creek Regional Park is

currently under development for park purposes but was officially opened to the public in

2008.

This park was gifted to the people of New Zealand by Pierre and Jackie Chatelanat in 2006,

to guarantee ongoing public access to this part of the Kaipara Harbour. The park is subject to

an agreement with the Chatelanats to protect their right to continue to live on and enjoy the

property. It is also subject to a QEII National Trust open space covenant so that the natural

and cultural heritage aspects of the land are protected in perpetuity.

At 843 hectares, Ātiu Creek one of the largest parks in the regional park network, and is the

largest farm park with around 340 hectares of grazing land. It consists of a patchwork of

rolling pastures, exotic tree plantations, and majestic stands of rare and ancient native

forest, wetlands, and estuarine mangrove habitats. A feature of the park is the white

limestone farm roads that wind across the rolling green pastures. There are a number of

picturesque water reservoirs on the park which are frequented by native and exotic water

fowl. Many of the paddocks are named after distinctive features or people who have

shaped the development of the farm.

More than a third of the park is covered by mature and regenerating native forest. Large old

kauri, totara, puriri and pohutukawa can be found on the ridges and coastal reaches.

Regenerating kanuka forest, wetlands and estuarine mangroves contrast with exotic

species like pine, cypress, cedar, Norfolk pine and redwood.

Native pigeons (kereru), moreporks (ruru), fantails (piwakawaka), grey warblers (riroriro) and

tui live in the forest and scrublands and white-faced herons, banded rails (moho-pereru),

spur-winged plovers, kingfishers (kotare) and fernbirds (mātātā) inhabit the pasture,

shoreline and salt marshes. The park’s reservoirs harbours a few black swans, paradise

shelducks (putangitangi), mallards, grey ducks (parera) and NZ dabchicks (weweia), and the

rare brown teal (pateke) is an occasional visitor.

The salt marsh fringe habitat, incorporating mature mangroves, is an important ecological

feature of the park and an example of an intact sea/land interface and ecological sequence.

It provides an opportunity for an interpretation trail.

Strategically located at the neck of the Okahukura peninsula, Ātiu Creek Regional Park

offers the opportunity to establish a cordon for the long-term elimination of animal pests

from the peninsula. The Northland Kiwi Foundation, in association with a Tapora land-care

group, is maintaining a poisoning cordon as a trial for a pest-free peninsula, with a view to

returning kiwi to the area. There is potential to increase the level of volunteer participation in

conservation programmes on the park and the formation of a park friends group.

Ātiu Creek Regional Park takes the name from the tidal creek that flows into the park land

from the Oruawharo River. The tangata whenua name for the general area is Oruawharo

(after the river) which has provided food and a form of travel to the descendants of

Haumoewharangi for over twenty generations. Te Uri o Hau, Te Mangamata Ngāti Rango

and Te Tao (Ngāti Whatua) assert kaitiakitanga rights on the Okahukura peninsula, and have

several sites of significance situated on and adjacent to the park land, such as; Te Oweka

222


pa, Takahe and Heretoka pa and the strategically important Opou portage between the north

and south arms of the Kaipara harbour.

The whole of the Okahukura peninsula came into European ownership in 1877 when it was

purchased by Thomas Fitzgerald. The remaining stands of timber were milled and the

property developed into an extensive, unfenced grazing run. Kauri gum was dug throughout

the area and oyster farming was briefly undertaken in the adjacent Oruawharo River.

In the early 1900s, the Okahukura peninsula, known as ‘Fitzgerald’s Run’ was named

‘Seaview’. It was purchased by the young British-born Pierre Chatelanat in 1951. He sold

the majority of the block to the government for development as returned soldiers’ farms and

retained the portion that became known as Ātiu Creek Farm. An extensive programme of

land clearance, fencing, roading, tree planting and building was carried out firstly by Pierre,

and then by his farm managers and staff, creating an outstanding model farm.

The scale and nature of Ātiu Creek Regional Park makes it suitable for consideration for a

number of broad-acre recreational uses such as recreational cycling, horse riding and

tramping; though the park is largely undeveloped for recreational use. It contains a small

arrival area with car parking and a toilet block, and an area for horse riders to park horse

floats. The well established farm tracks lend themselves to use by many activities and there

is the potential to further extend the trail systems. However, the park is subject to a QEII

conservation covenant and an agreement with the previous owners, which restrict the level

of activity that can be accommodated on the park.

The relative distance from the main urban population of the region make this a destination

park where people will tend to visit for extended periods of time. There are opportunities to

stay at two baches on the park. Low key camping, including camping associated with

mountain biking and horse riding, will be provided for at appropriate locations on the park.

Care will also need to be taken to minimise the visual impacts of vehicles on the park.

Restrictions will apply to where large vehicles, such as campervans, house trucks, boat

trailers, horse floats and horse trucks access and park on the park. There may be potential

to offer public transport for day visitors to the park on special occasions.

While the park offers views of the Kaipara harbour and access to the harbour, the coastline

is not recommended for water related recreation, such as swimming or kayaking, due to the

strong tidal current in this part of the harbour.

17.2.2 Park vision

Ātiu Creek Regional Park is a large remote farmed park on the Kaipara Harbour,

distinguished by its gifting by Pierre and Jackie Chatelanat. For walkers, trampers, mountain

bikers and horse-riders alike, it provides the opportunity for long treks over picturesque

rolling farmed pasture, native bush and exotic woodlots with panoramic views to the

Oruawharo arm of the harbour, offering experiences not readily accessible to the public.

Over-night stays are possible in the campground or baches enabling visitors, including those

with horses, to fully explore the tranquil beauty of the park.


Over the long term, Ātiu Creek Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to

section 7.1). The park will provide:

A large picturesque farmed setting containing a mixture of rolling pasture, exotic

woodlots, native vegetation and wetlands in a spectacular coastal setting.

Protected and enhanced native biodiversity and habitats.

223


A scenic setting offering a diversity of panoramic views and vistas over the northern

Kaipara harbour.



have particular regard to the practical expression of kaitiakitanga‛ to the long term

focus for all parks

A farmed setting with an associated farming infrastructure, which demonstrates

sustainable farming practices.

A range of informal recreation activities with extensive track systems and associated

facilities for walking, tramping, recreational cycling, mountain biking and horse riding.

Bach escapes and camping for people to enjoy the park and recreational experiences,

such as tramping, horse riding and cycling.

Over the next 10 years the management of Ātiu Creek Regional Park will focus on:

protecting and enhancing the mature forest remnants, riparian areas, wetlands,

estuarine mangrove habitats, regenerating shrublands and stabilising steep gully

systems through revegetation programmes.

working with the Tapora land-care group to protect and enhance the biodiversity on the

park and adjoining private land, including integrated pest animal and plant control,

interpreting significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and events

on the park,




progressively developing and extending the track systems, and

continuing to manage a sheep and beef farm while progressively implementing

sustainable farming practices.


developments:

developing the camping and bach escape opportunities on the park, with the

construction of a new campground and designated areas for campervans near the

arrival area, and

progressively extending the track systems on the park.

17.2.4 Management polices



Natural settings

1. Protect and manage the salt marsh fringe and other habitats for their biodiversity

value, as an ecological feature of the park and as habitat for threatened species, in

accordance with section 10.3., incorporating interpretation where appropriate.

224


2. Progressively revegetate areas as shown on Maps 2.1 and 2.2, with an emphasis on

land stabilization, while maintaining the park’s views and vistas.

3. Maintain key coastline sea vistas at Solomon’s Bay by the appropriate clearance of

native vegetation consistent with a conservation plan for the protection of coastal

vegetation.

4. Progressively fence off riparian margins and wetlands to exclude stock.

5. Undertake pest plant and animal control programmes on an integrated basis with the

community programmes on the Okahukura peninsula, to protect ecological values and

wildlife habitats, such as that of brown teal, in accordance with sections 10.3.3 and

10.4.3

6. Implement measures in areas of kauri to reduce the risk of spreading kauri dieback

disease, in accordance with section 10.4.4


7. Re-survey and update information on archaeological sites on the park and implement

the Archaeological Site Management Actions identified in the Cultural Heritage

Inventory.

8. Develop a human occupation report.

9. Prohibit mountain biking and horse riding on Heretoka Pa and manage in a manner

that does not damage the integrity of the pa, in consultation with iwi.

Farmed settings


heritage through maintaining features such as the limestone roads, retain key views

and vistas, and facilitate recreation and use (including farm experiences).

11. Cover the sheep race and upgrade the woolshed waste disposal system.

12. Manage the existing woodlots as productive forests in accordance with section 12.4.

13. Retain trees in grazed areas and, where necessary, plant further trees for shade and

shelter for farm stock consistent with the Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade

Management Guidelines.

14. Retire the steep, eroding slopes from pasture and revegetate as shown in Maps 2.1

and 2.2 while maintaining key views and vistas.


15. Prohibit public access around the private residences on the park.

16. Upgrade the main public car park to cater for overnight stays for campervans in

separated and discrete locations, and install an automatic entry gate.

17. Construct a toilet block and campground in the vicinity of Solomon’s Bay with a

holding paddock to facilitate over-night stays by recreational horse riders (Note: no

provision will be made for the parking of large vehicles, such as campervans, house

trucks, boat trailers, horse floats and horse trucks in this vicinity).

225


18. Manage the horse park for the over-night parking of horse floats and investigate the

potential for camping adjacent to the horse park for riders.

19. Maintain the park roads in keeping with the farm setting to cater for all-season traffic,

installing cattle-stops where necessary.

20. Develop the track systems as shown on Maps 2.1 and 2.2 using the farm tracks and

woodlots where appropriate, identifying tracks to be used by walkers, and those for

shared use by recreational cycles, mountain bikes, horses, park vehicles and farm

livestock.

21. Improve recreation access over open pastures by defining the routes with signs and

markers, and installing purpose-built gates, ramps and stiles.

22. Work with transport organisations to facilitate public transport for visitors to the park

for events or other special occasions.

Tangata whenua

23. Recognise tangata whenua of Ātiu Creek Regional Park through:




and the tangata whenua values they contain, with emphasis on protecting

Heretoka Pa,




for their hauora while sustaining the mauri of the park’s natural and historic

resources (refer to Part 9).





website.


25. Liaise with R & J Chatelanat on matters of mutual interest, including their lifetime

interest as occupants of Courtyard House.

26. Liaise with Rodney District Council, adjoining landowners and the local community to

ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Ātiu Regional

Park:





226


27. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 26, liaise with the Rodney District Council

to designate the land for regional parks purposes in the Rodney District Plan, and in

relation to dog control.

28. Liaise with the Department of Conservation on the management and re-introduction

of animal and bird species.

29. Liaise with the Tapora Landcare Group and Northland Kiwi Foundation on an

integrated pest animal control care programme on the Okahukura peninsula and the

potential for the re-introduction of rare bird species.

30. Liaise with the Queen Elizabeth II National Trust regarding the Open Space Covenant

on the property.

31. Liaise with the Integrated Kaipara Harbour Catchment Management Group.

32. Establish a friends group for the park.


whenua in promoting and enforcing fisheries regulations, and enforce the council’s

ban of set netting from regional parks (refer to policy 13.6.1.5).



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Ātiu Creek Regional Park



any permitted activities (refer to policy 13. 3.1.2). Any temporary restrictions will be




13.6 of this plan.

Permitted activities Status and restrictions

Barbecues Portable barbecues are permitted subject to fire

restriction that may apply from time to time.

Boat access There are limited locations on the coast suitable for hand

launching small craft such as kayaks. These are tide

dependent and there is no vehicle access. Navigational

Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.


family or group

activities.


manage conflict with other recreation activities. Groups

larger than 75 must obtain a discretionary activity

consent.

Recreational

cycling and

mountain biking

Permitted on designated tracks, poled routes across farm

land and park roads (refer to Maps 2.1 and 2.2) but

temporary restrictions may apply to protect sites of

significance to tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological

sites and ecological areas, or to enable park operations

such as lambing and pest control.

227



Phytosanitary measures may be required when using

tracks within kauri zones.

Walking, tramping,

running and

orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 2.1 and

2.2), council approved orienteering courses and open

pasture areas but temporary restrictions may apply to:

protect sites of significance to tangata whenua, sensitive

archaeological sites and ecological areas, or to enable

park operations such as lambing and pest control.




The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Ātiu Creek Regional

Park, as outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on permanent

restrictions to controlled activities can be found. The council may also apply temporary

restrictions to any controlled activities (refer to policy 13. 4.1.2). Any temporary restrictions

will be advertised in park brochures, signs or using other media.




Controlled

activities


applicable)

Restrictions and conditions

Baches Ātiu Cottage (8 people)

Takahe Cottage (10

people)(may also be

used for operational

purposes and volunteers)


confirmation.

Campervans

and caravans

Permitted in car park (5

vehicles) until SCC

Vehicle Campground

constructed (10

vehicles).


certificate in car park and new

certified self-contained vehicle

campground. Further conditions


camping pass.

Camping Designated vehicle-

accessible campground

planned (initially a max.

of 60 persons with

potential for 150, if

demand requires and the

capacity of facilities

permit)


confirmation or camping passes

Recreational

horse riding

Horse riding is permitted

on designated tracks and

open pastures.

Horse riding is prohibited on

Heretoka pa.

Further conditions on horse

riding pass. Temporary

228


restrictions may apply to: protect

sites of significance to tangata

whenua, sensitive archaeological

sites and ecological areas, or to

enable park operations such as


approved discretionary activities.

Prohibited activities

The table below outlines the activities that in addition to the activities in section 13.6 are

prohibited on the Ātiu Creek Regional Park

Prohibited activities Status/restriction

Dogs Dogs are prohibited from Ātiu Creek Regional Park at

all times.

Dogs are subject to local authority dog control

policies and bylaws which are subject to change.

Reference should be made to the council’s website.

Leases and licenses

There were no current leases and licenses operating on Ātiu Creek Regional Park when this

management plan was adopted but the park is subject to a QEII National Trust conservation

covenant.

New licences may be created during the term of this plan. For an up to date list of leases

and licences please refer to please refer to the council website.

17.2.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Ātiu Creek Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7

.

229


17.3 Āwhitu Regional Park

17.3.1 Park values

On the south west shores of the Manukau Harbour, at the northern end of the Āwhitu

Peninsula, lies Āwhitu Regional Park. The 115 hectares of rolling open pastures that

surround two tranquil bays provide a peaceful retreat and a wide range of recreation

activities in a variety of settings.

The park is located upon the land known to tangata whenua as Manukau (Northern Āwhitu

Peninsula). Ngāti Te Ata followed seasonal food gathering cycles within this area and

maintained waahi nohoanga (place of regular use and encampment) at Kai-Tara, the land on

which Āwhitu Regional Park is located. Iwi gathered food resources from the creeks of

Opoia and Kauritutahi required to sustain them and to maintain ahi ka roa (long-burning fires

of occupation that symbolises continuous occupation). The mātātā (fern bird) abundant in

this area is of special significance to Ngāti Te Ata on this land as it is considered to be a

kaitiaki of this area and is recognised by the tohu tangata whenua located on the park.

While the park was highly modified for farming in the late 19th century, park management

has helped restore many of the special habitats it once contained. Three wetlands that lie

behind the park’s two long sandy beaches (Kauritutahi Beach and Brook Beach) are in the

process of being restored. Together with the salt marsh, beach and intertidal areas, and

adjacent creeks (Kauritutahi and Opoia Creeks), these wetlands provide a wonderful habitat

for the mātātā (fernbird), matuku (bittern) and moho-pereru (banded rail). The mature

pohutukawa forest that fringes the three headlands is also the focus of conservation efforts,

to mitigate the adverse effects of coastal erosion of the steep cliffs.

The Brook family, who settled on the land in 1875, planted a variety of exotic trees,

including Lawson Cypress and Japanese Cedar, and built the Brook Homestead in 1878.

This historic homestead is of particular significance as it reflects the early European

settlement of the district. The old jetty, which remains at Kauritutahi Bay, and the bach in

front of the homestead were also built by the Brook family.

The Kauritutahi Domain Recreation Reserve located at the northern end of the park is Crown

land held under the Reserves Act 1977, which is vested in trust in the council. North of the

park, are several esplanade reserves owned and managed by Franklin District Council up to

Grahams Beach. To the south of the park, an almost contiguous section of road and

esplanade reserves extend to Matakawau Point Reserve (5.4 hectares) and further south. A

track maintained by locals crosses these reserves and private land, and connects the small

Matakawau Point village to the park.

With a nine hole golf course, two campgrounds, horse riding, swimming, white sand

beaches, cycling and walking tracks, easy vehicle access to the boat ramps at the end of

Featon Road and Matakawau Point, and picnic areas that offer panoramic vistas back across

the Manukau Harbour to Auckland city, the park offers visitors a diverse mix of active and

passive recreation. Visitors are able to stay at the camp ground behind Brook Homestead or

the bach at the northern end of the park. This way they may also use the park as a base to

explore some of the unique and isolated places on the Āwhitu Peninsula. The park also has

an environmental camp at the southern end of the park that is managed by Waiuku College.

This mature regional farm park is just starting to experience an increase in visitation, with

approximately 60,000 visitors per annum.

230


17.3.2 Park vision

Āwhitu Regional Park is a compact farm park on the remote Āwhitu Peninsula which offers

two sandy beaches, backed by regionally important wetlands. Walkers, mountain bikers and

horse riders follow tracks to highpoints which provide vistas of the Manukau Harbour, and a

public golf course operates under licence. Well sited campgrounds, a lodge and a bach

provide overnight bases from which park visitors can explore the dramatic Āwhitu

Peninsula. The sense of heritage is strong with Māori and European heritage sites, including

the historic Brook Homestead and orchard.


Over the long term, Āwhitu Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to

section 7.1) with the wetlands and Brook Homestead precinct managed as Special

management zones. The park will provide:

A restored wetland system, which are now rare in the Auckland region, that provides

habitat for threatened species and the opportunity for the public to learn about the

importance of this regionally significant ecosystem.

A coastal farm that has restored riparian areas and coastal forest which the public can

enjoy while undertaking a wide range of passive and active recreation activities.




Opportunities for the public to learn about the area’s Māori history and tangata

whenua’s role in that history and present day park management.

Protection of the significant historic Brook Homestead precinct and the opportunity for

the public to learn more about the early European farming history and the Brook family

who settled in the area.

Opportunities to stay overnight on the park in either a campground or bach.

Access to water based recreation on the Manukau Harbour.

Panoramic vistas across the Manukau Harbour to Auckland city.

A focal point for recreation, education and cultural events on the Āwhitu Peninsula.

Over the next ten years the management of Āwhitu Regional Park will focus on;

protecting and enhancing the environmental and landscape features of the park, to

maintain the general spacious rural character of the area in sympathy with the rural

landscape of the Āwhitu Peninsula,

protecting, restoring and enhancing the wetlands, riparian areas and coastal forest

ecosystems,

mitigating the impacts of coastal erosion on the cliffs,

enhancing the conservation and recreation potential of the area by continuing to

develop an integrated management approach to the park and the adjoining Franklin

District Council reserves,




231


protecting and enhancing the Brook Homestead precinct in accordance with any

adopted conservation plans,

increasing the on park interpretation on the significant heritage stories of the park

including people, places, milestones and events,

implementing environmental and sustainable farming practices and improving the

operational and farming facilities,

improving the existing range of recreation and use opportunities by extending the track

network to integrate the northern end of the park and provide longer walking circuits

and expanding the camping opportunities, and

promoting the park as a focal point for recreation and education on the Āwhitu

Peninsula.


developments:

upgrading the Brook Road house, and

improving the track length and range of circuit options for walking and horse riding.




Natural settings

1. Protect and enhance the coastal forest ecosystems through pest animal and plant

control programmes.

2. Enhance the coastal forest remnants and mitigate the impacts of coastal erosion

through;

a) retracting the coastal fence line, particularly in the southern end of the park, and

b) encouraging regeneration through plantings along the coastal perimeter,

particularly pohutukawa plantings, in a way that protects the view shafts into the

Manukau Harbour.

3. Revegetate the southern side of the dammed lake up to the stock access lane (as

shown on Map 3).

4. Progressively remove the gum woodlot and encourage regeneration of native tree

species appropriate to the area in order to complete riparian revegetation (as shown

on Map 3).

5. Harvest and remediate the pine woodlot with native tree species appropriate to the

area to complete riparian revegetation (as shown on Map 3).

6. Continue the weed control programme on Kauritutahi Island and in the salt marsh at

the northern end of the park.

7. Implement measures in areas of kauri to reduce the risk of spreading kauri dieback, in

accordance with section 10.4.4

232



8. Resurvey and update information on the archaeological sites on the park and

implement the archaeological site management actions identified in the Cultural

Heritage Inventory.

Farmed settings

9. Continue to farm the majority of the park as open pasture to recognise the rural

heritage, retain key views and vistas, and facilitate recreation and use (including farm

experiences).


shade and shelter for farm stock in accordance with the Regional Parks Livestock

Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines, and cognisant of the impact on vistas and

adjoining landowners.


11. Monitor the Peninsula Campground for cliff erosion.

12. Extend and enhance the Brook Campground as shown on Map 3 by:

a) providing hard stand for campervan parking behind the existing Brook

Campground,

b) increasing the capacity for tents by developing an additional toilet and barbecue

facilities, and

c) developing planting to improve the amenity of the area.

13. Continue to provide the Āwhitu House as a bach for public use. In the long term,

upgrade the house and provide as a ranger residence if there is demand.

14. Upgrade Brook Road house at the park entrance for either ranger and/or

contractor/volunteer accommodation in the short term. Investigate the feasibility of

bringing online as a bach in the long term if the Āwhitu house is used as a ranger

residence.

15. Improve the access track to Kauritutahi Beach from the Brook Homestead grounds.

16. Develop a signed, poled route from Brook Road to main arrival area.

17. Improve appropriate recreation access through farmed settings by installing purpose

built gates, ramps and stiles and developing signed, poled routes identified on the

Map 3 to improve connectivity to the northern wetland, between the Brook Road and

main arrival area, and the southern end of park.

18. Expand the horse riding opportunities by:

a) investigating and if feasible making the poled route at the southern end of the

park shared use,

b) investigating the provision of access through the woodlots at the back of the

wetlands Special management zone prior to harvesting, and

233


c) progressively developing the facilities outlined in policy 14.8.1 and investigating

facilities such as a holding paddock to enable horse riders to stay overnight on the

park with their horses.

19. Maintain the lookout station sited on the ridge top behind Brook Beach.

20. Interpret significant heritage stories including people, places, milestones and events in

accordance with the Regional Parks’ Interpretation Strategy and Interpretation

Guidelines.

21. Manage the Āwhitu Golf Club within the extent of the existing licensed area as a nine-

hole public golf course, and maintain the raceway through the golf course for

operational purposes and public access such as horse riding, mountain biking and

walking.

22. Upgrade park depot facilities.

23. Monitor the condition and use of the environmental camp, and regularly evaluate the

ongoing feasibility of the facility with the licensee.

Tangata whenua

24. Recognise tangata whenua of Āwhitu Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through interpretation and Ngāti Te Ata’s existing

tohu tangata whenua,

b) replace the tohu tangata whenua and develop a maintenance programme for the

new tohu tangata whenua,

c) completing a council human occupation report for the park,

d) consulting on the planning, protection, development and management of the park


e) investigating options with tangata whenua to enable them to exercise their role as


f) supporting tangata whenua to undertake activities which enable them to provide







website.

234



26. Liaise with Franklin District Council, adjoining landowners and the local community to

ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Āwhitu Regional

Park:





27. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 26, liaise with the Franklin District Council

in relation to:

a) strategic weed control, undertaken in partnership with the council, on the

Kauritutahi Domain (Recreation Reserve) at the northern end of the Park and

Hatton Road Reserve at the southern end of the Park, and

b) the management of the Hatton Road reserve at the southern end of the park, the

Kauritutahi Domain (Recreation Reserve) and boat ramp at Fenton Road at the

northern end of the Park.

28. Work with Waiuku College to ensure the licence conditions for the environmental

camp are met, and learning's from the other regional park camps are shared.

29. Liaise with the Āwhitu Golf Club over its licence.


whenua in promoting and enforcing fisheries regulations and enforce the council’s ban

of set netting from regional parks (refer to policy 13.6.1.5).

Special management zones

Wetland

The park contains three wetland areas, one situated on the northern edge of the park

adjacent to the Kauritutahi Creek and the other two behind Kauritutahi and Brook Beaches

known respectively as the Gallichan and Brooks wetlands. Actions by the council have

helped restore and protect these regionally significant ecosystems. They now provide a

great example of how effective restoration programmes can be within a short period of

time. The wetlands exhibit typical herbaceous and woody plant associations and provide an

important habitat for wetland species, particularly the fernbird, banded rail and bittern. The

water dam behind the Kauritutahi Beach wetland provides a wildlife habitat for eels and

frogs.

These wetlands provide some of the best examples of wetland restoration in the regional

parks network and, through interpretation, park visitors will be able to learn of their

ecological importance, restoration and protection.

31. Protect and enhance the wetland habitat through weed control.

32. Continue integrated pest animal programme to protect nesting wetland species,

particularly fernbird and bittern.

235


33. Work with tangata whenua to protect the eels.

34. Investigate the most appropriate ways to enable the public to experience the wetland

environments.

35. Develop interpretation to raise awareness and increase understanding of the

importance of wetland ecosystems and the threats they face.

Brook Homestead historic precinct

There are a wide range of Māori and European heritage sites in Āwhitu Regional Park. The

Brook Homestead and surrounding environs provide an excellent example of an early

colonial house in its original setting. The homestead was built in 1878 by John and Sarah

Brook from kauri supplied from a nearby mill. The Brook family continued to occupy the

homestead for another century. The isolated nature of the property meant that generations

of the Brook family shared a continuity of lifestyle which minimised the environment’s

vulnerability to change. A small timber bach, built by the family circa 1907, is situated just

north of the homestead. The Brook family’s old jetty also remains on the foreshore.

The homestead is situated on an elevated site on a flat-topped promontory, between Brooks

Beach and Kauritutahi Beach that overlooks the Manukau Harbour. It is surrounded by lawns

that are encompassed by mature exotic trees on three sides, and interspersed with

specimen trees and commemorative plantings. There were once a kitchen garden, orchard

and several outbuildings, and in 2009 the orchard was reinstated with heirloom species. The

site also has a significant Māori history.

Through the protection, interpretation and active management programmes, this area now

offers park visitors the opportunity to either step back in time or just relax and enjoy a

beautiful, sheltered setting.

36. Review and implement the recommendations of the conservation plans for the Brook

Homestead, bach and surrounding environs, namely: Brook Homestead Conservation

Plan (2001); Brook Homestead: A Survey & Policy for the Interior (2006); Brook Garden

Conservation & Planting Concept (2005); Brook Bach: Conservation Assessment

(2006), with particular emphasis on:

a) protecting the remaining heritage fabric and value of the buildings and jetty,

c) ensuring regular maintenance, stabilisation, repair and/or restoration is undertaken

to protect building integrity,

d) maintaining the heirloom orchard in conjunction with the Auckland Botanic

Gardens,

e) conserving and restoring significant exotic plantings associated with the Brook

Homestead, such as the pine and macrocarpa shelterbelts and indigenous planted

specimens around the homestead, in accordance with the policies in section

10.4.2,

f) identifying and facilitating an appropriate use or uses for the Brook Homestead

and associated bach, which is consistent with the retention of their heritage

significance and community access,

g) facilitating the use of Brook Homestead surrounds for recreation and events such

as festivals, and

h) providing interpretation about the Brook Homestead and orchard, and the early

European farming lifestyle.

236




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Āwhitu Regional Park,







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted either at the facilities provided or

portable gas barbecues, subject to fire

restrictions that may apply from time to time.

Boat access (including sea

kayak/waka)

Franklin District Council boat ramp on Featon

Road located just outside of the park.

Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.

Informal individual, family or

group activities

Informal groups are limited to 100 persons in

order to manage conflict with other recreation

activities. Groups larger than 100 must obtain a

discretionary activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted on designated poled routes across

farm land and park roads (refer to Map 3) but

temporary restrictions may apply to: protect

sites of significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological sites and ecological

areas, or to enable park operations such as


Phytosanitary measures may be required when

using tracks within kauri zones.

Walking, tramping, running

and orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 3

and council approved orienteering course) and

open pasture areas but temporary restrictions

may apply to: protect sites of significance to

tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological sites

and ecological areas, or to enable park

operations such as lambing and pest control.



237



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Āwhitu Regional Park,








Controlled activities Description of site (if

applicable)


Baches Āwhitu House (6 people)

Note - this may be swapped

for the Brook Road house in

the long term (refer to 13 and

14 above).


confirmation.

Campervans/

caravans


campgrounds and in car park

(20 vehicles).


campground only.


certificate in car park.

Further conditions outlined

on booking confirmation

and camping pass.

Camping Vehicle accessible

campgrounds:

Brook Campground

(100 people). Note: to

be expanded to 160

people

Peninsula

Campground (60

people)


confirmation and camping

pass.

Designated sites 1 premium site Conditions on booking

confirmation

Lodges Education and environmental

camp (80 people)

Conditions set by licensee.

Recreational horse

riding

Permitted on designated

tracks (refer to Map 3) and

open pasture areas.

Conditions on horse riding

pass. Temporary

restrictions may apply to:

protect sites of

significance to tangata

whenua, sensitive

archaeological sites and

ecological areas, or to

enable park operations

such as lambing and pest

control or approved

discretionary activities.

238


Leases and licences

The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on Āwhitu Regional Park when

this management plan was adopted.



website.


Āwhitu Golf Club Licence 2026 Public golf course

Waiuku College Board

of Trustees

Licence 2018 Education and

environmental camp for

80 persons — available for

hire


The table below identifies the activities that in addition to those activities listed in section

11.6 are prohibited on Āwhitu Regional Park.


Dogs Dogs are prohibited from Āwhitu Regional Park

at all times.

Note: dogs are permitted on the Esplanade

Reserve at the end of Brook Road.


policies and bylaws which are subject to

change. Reference should be made to the

council’s website.

17.3.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Āwhitu Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7. In

addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will undertake specific


1. Regularly monitor the fernbird population to evaluate the effectiveness of the existing

protection mechanisms.

239


17.4 Duder Regional Park

17.4.1 Park values

Duder Regional Park occupies the farmed, pohutukawa fringed coastal peninsula known as

Whakakaiwhara Peninsula, which juts out into the Tāmaki Strait. The narrow connection of

the peninsula to the mainland gives one the illusion of being on an island. From the elevated

‚razor-back‛ spine of the peninsula, spectacular 360 degree views extend to the

Brookby/Maraetai hills, the Hūnua Ranges and the section of the Hauraki Gulf which

includes Pakihi, Ponui, Rangitoto and Waiheke islands. Along the coastline to the north-west

lies Umupuia Beach, the settlement of Maraetai and Ōmana Regional Park. From

Whakakaiwhara Point back to the tidal mud flats, the southern coastline is dotted with small

sandy beaches.

Ngai Tai and the descendants of Te Wana claim kaitiakitanga rights to the park linking back

to before the arrival of the Tainui waka. Some of the crew disembarked here and settled in

the area. They lived on the peninsula until the 1860s, taking advantage of its abundant food

resources and its strategic location adjacent to the Wairoa River mouth. The iwi, Ngai Tai

also known as Ngāti Tai, followed a traditional cycle of resource gathering; the peninsula

being important for kai moana (seafood), in particular shellfish and shark. Ngai Tai use and

occupation of the land is reflected in the numerous recorded sites of significance to tangata

whenua and archaeological sites, on and near the park, including the Te Kuiti, Oturia and Te

Wharau settlements. The most significant sites are Whakakaiwhara Pa - a well preserved pa

on the tip of the peninsula and Oue Pa a few kilometres to the south.

The kauri forest on the peninsula was logged in the 1850s. In 1866 the Duder family, after

whom the park is named, began its association with the area when Thomas Duder, a

survivor of the HMS Buffalo wreck (1840), bought the 243 hectare property from Ngai Tai.

The Auckland Regional Council bought the park from the Duder family in 1995, and acquired

an additional 14 hectares of land adjoining the regional park in 2010.

While the majority of the 162 hectares of park land is now managed as a sustainable

working farm with exotic plantings of poplars, there are fragmented remnants of unique

mixed coastal forest that are dominated by taraire, tawa and pohutukawa. These forests

support small populations of native birds including tauhou (silvereye), kereru (wood pigeon),

ruru (morepork), tui, piwakawaka (fantail) and riroriro (grey warbler). The southern part of the

park forms part of the Wairoa estuary system, which supports a high diversity of coastal

wading birds including a number of threatened bird species such as the Northern New

Zealand dotterel. The Wairoa Estuary is the largest estuary in the Hūnua Ecological District

and is one of the best saline wetland systems in the Auckland region.

The council’s Farm Business Unit is implementing environmental and sustainable farming

practices that focus on soil health, plant health, animal welfare and riparian management,

(refer to section 12.3 Sustainable farming practices) The park offers the public the

opportunity to see and learn more about these practices in an operational farm.

The park also provides much sought after coastal public open space for the ever expanding

southern population of the region. With little formalised development, its rolling pasture,

small beaches, track network, high coastal ridges and remote headland makes it an ideal

park for those seeking a tranquil farm park experience.

Visitors have to make an effort to access the interior of the park, as unlike many regional

parks, the main car park is at the edge of the park. The park is suited to walking, picnicking,

camping, horse riding and recreational cycling. It is also forms part of the sea kayak/waka

240


trail and is suitable for paragliding given the right weather conditions. The number of park

visitors has been steadily increasing with almost 50,000 people presently visiting per

annum.

17.4.2 Park vision

Duder Regional Park lies on the long, narrow, pohutukawa fringed Whakakaiwhara

Peninsula, which juts out into the Tāmaki Strait. The trail along the spine to the pa site offers

stunning views of the Hauraki Gulf. The park is managed as a working farm and showcases

sustainable farming practices. It is a stop-off point on the sea kayak/waka trail, provides for

cycling and horse riding, and will, in the future, provide for further activities, such as

camping.


Over the long term, Duder Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to section

7.1). The park will provide:

A protected and restored coastal forest unique in Hūnua District containing

pohutukawa, kauri, totara and kowhai.

A regionally significant restored coastal wetland that provides a habitat for threatened

species.




A place to learn about the Māori and European history of the park and surrounding area.

A farmed coastal peninsula where people enjoy the panoramic views of the Hauraki

Gulf and the Hūnua Ranges and learn about practices in sustainable farming on an

operational farm.

The opportunity to have a remote coastal experience that is unlike the experiences

provided at the more developed and urban public parks located between this park and

Auckland city.

A stunning coastal retreat to visit as a day visitor or to camp at a small coastal

campground if kayaking and go walking, off road cycling, horse riding, picnicking, fishing

or sea kayaking.

Over the next 10 years the management of Duder Regional Park will focus on;

completing riparian revegetation and restoring coastal forest (particularly the northern

coastline) while retaining the open vistas and maintaining the rural character of the park,

managing the coastal salt-marsh and shellbank to protect and enhance shorebird

roosting and feeding habitats,




protecting archaeological sites and interpreting these where appropriate,

conserving significant features associated with the park’s European farming history,

241


continuing to implement sustainable farming practices and interpreting these where

appropriate to raise awareness and understanding of the importance of these practices,

improving the main arrival area and completing a self-contained vehicle campground,

enhancing the existing range of recreation activities,

developing access to the existing woolshed, and

improving security of the visitor parking and woolshed.


developments:

preparing and implementing a development plan for the main arrival area,

improving the park entrance

developing overnight-stay opportunities on the park by developing a hard stand area for

campervans at the entrance car park, and

developing a new back country campground to support the sea kayak/waka trail.




Natural settings

1. Protect and enhance the southern coastal wetland ecosystem through;

a) extending the area that is protected as shown on Map 4,

b) continuing the integrated pest animal programme to protect nesting shore birds

on the adjacent shell bank and salt-marsh areas,

c) continuing pest plant and weed control,

d) encouraging regeneration of salt marsh species,

e) fencing off the dotterel nesting areas during breeding season and discouraging

people from accessing the shell bank, and

f) supporting the protection of marine resources, such as shell fish.

2. Protect and enhance coastal forest remnants through pest animal and plant control

programmes.

3. Continue to implement measures in the kauri areas to reduce the risk of spreading

kauri dieback in accordance with policy 10.4.4.2

4. Revegetate areas identified on Map 4 and give emphasis to;

a) completing valley, riparian and wetland protection,

b) restoring coastal forest, particularly on the northern slopes through staged

planting and trialling other revegetation techniques,

c) stabilising erosion-prone slopes using native trees where appropriate, and

d) protecting the view shafts into the Hauraki Gulf and towards the Hūnua Ranges.

242



5. Implement the archaeological site management actions identified in the Cultural

Heritage Inventory, with particular emphasis on:

a) Whakakaiwhara Pa site, and

b) significant features associated with the park’s European farming history, including

the woolshed and old stockyards in the arrival zone in accordance with the

Woolshed of the Whakakaiwhara Peninsula: Conservation Assessment, 2006.

6. Prepare and implement a conservation plan for Whakakaiwhara pa, in consultation

with tangata whenua

Farmed settings



experiences

8. Retire the steep northern slopes from grazing and retract fencing to enable

progressive revegetation in accordance with policy 4 above.

9. In accordance with policy 5a, discuss with tangata whenua whether Whakakaiwhara

Pa site should be retired from grazing and alternative pasture management options.

10. Extend the existing farm track on the newly acquired land to provide operational

access to the wool shed and yards and fence along the race.


11. Prepare a development plan for the main arrival area off North Road (as shown on

map 4) that incorporates the new park land to improve the layout of the main arrival

area, the visibility of the park entrance, and the recreation opportunities available on

the park, including consideration of camping and horse riding but does not extend

public vehicle access further into the park. Make immediate minor improvements to

the main entrance to improve safety.

12. Develop and promote the opportunity for certified self-contained vehicle overnight

stays in the car park.

13. Consider undergrounding utility services during the development works on the arrival

zone.

14. Enhance track systems by installing purpose built gates and ramps to formalise

appropriate recreation access through the farmed settings.

15. Maintain the orienteering course with local orienteering clubs.

16. Interpret significant heritage stories including people, places, milestones and events

and sustainable farming in accordance with the Regional Parks’ Interpretation Strategy

and Interpretation Guidelines.

17. Develop a new track from the Sea Kayak/Waka Campground to the Whakakaiwhara Pa

Walk (as shown on Map 4).

243


Tangata whenua

18. Recognise tangata whenua of Duder Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through interpretation and the existing tohu

tangata whenua,




kaitiaki over sites of significance; with particular emphasis on Whakakaiwhara Pa,

d) supporting the protection of the neighbouring shellfish populations through rāhui

(customary prohibition), and

e) supporting tangata whenua to undertake activities which enable them to provide







website.


20. Liaise with Manukau City Council, adjoining landowners and the local community to

ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Duder Regional

Park:





21. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 19, liaise with adjoining property owners in

relation to existing easements and protecting the vistas to and from the park (refer to

policy 4.d above).

22. Continue to develop the volunteer base that supports the park.




244




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Duder Regional Park, as

outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that will be applied to the

permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply temporary restrictions to any

permitted activities (refer to policy 13.3.1.2). Any temporary restrictions will be advertised in




13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted either at facilities provided or portable

gas barbecues, subject to fire restrictions that

may apply from time to time.


kayak/waka)

Seaward access and camping facilities for people

in kayaks or waka as part of sea kayak/waka trail.


Informal individual, family

or group activities

Informal groups are limited to 100 persons in

order to manage conflict with other recreation



Recreational cycling Permitted on designated poled routes across farm

land and park roads (refer to Map 4) but temporary

restrictions may apply to: protect sites of

significance to tangata whenua, sensitive

archaeological sites and ecological areas, or to

enable park operations such as lambing and pest

control.



Walking, tramping,

running and orienteering


and council approved orienteering course) and

open pasture areas but temporary restrictions may

apply to: protect sites of significance to tangata

whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and

ecological areas, or to enable park operations such

as lambing and pest control.



245



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Duder Regional Park, as

outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on permanent restrictions to







Controlled

activities


applicable)


Campervans/

caravans

Campervans proposed in main

arrival area car park.

Note: there is no provision for

caravans.

Require self-

containment certificate

in car park. Further

conditions on booking

confirmation and

camping pass.

Camping Sea kayak / waka trail

backcountry campground (20

people)

Only available to people

on the sea kayak/waka

trail. Conditions on

booking confirmation

and camping pass.

Recreational horse

riding


tracks (refer to Map 4) and

open pasture areas.

Conditions on horse


restrictions may apply

to: protect sites of


whenua, sensitive


ecological areas, or to


such as lambing and

pest control or approved


Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences operating on Duder Regional Park when this management

plan was adopted. New leases or licences may be created during the term of this plan. For

an up to date list of leases and licences please refer to please refer to the council website.

246




prohibited on Duder Regional Park


Dogs Dogs are prohibited from Duder Regional Park and the

adjoining foreshore areas at all times.




17.4.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Duder Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7.

247


17.5 Hūnua Ranges Regional Park

17.5.1 Park values

The Hūnua Ranges Regional Park consists of 17,528 hectares of contiguous park land that

contains the largest tract of regenerating and mature indigenous forest on the mainland in

the Auckland region. The park is characterised by high, narrow ridges with deeply dissected

valley systems, covered in dense native bush. Combined with Waharau and Whakatīwai

Regional Parks, it contains an almost intact succession from submontane to coastal forest,

from the highest point on the Auckland mainland, Mt Kohukohunui (688 metres), down to

the shores of the Firth of Thames. Distinctive high altitude vegetation has developed in the

sub-montane habitat, which is unique in the region. The park also contains special features

such as the majestic Hūnua Falls and regionally significant geological features.

A number of iwi claim the right to exercise kaitiakitanga in the Hūnua, which adds to the

richness of the area’s long and intriguing history. The earliest occupation was by the Turehu

and Patupaiarehe (Ngāti Tamaoho and Ngai Tai) who occupied the area for several centuries

and trace their origins to Toitehuatahi and latterly the Tainui waka. Ngāti Whanaunga and

Ngāti Paoa of the Marutuahu and Te Uri o Poutukeka tribes have also played their part in

defining the history of the area. The Hūnua Ranges are generally considered to have been

used for food collection and hunting rather than to have been densely settled. The major

settlements were located along the eastern coastal margins. The park land contains many

sites of significance to iwi, inland at Ararimu, Te Hūnua, Moumoukai, Te Ahu a Matariki,

Mangawheau, Mangatawhiri, Mangatangi and towards the coastal fringe to Wharekawa,

Kohukohunui and Koherunui. Kohukohunui and Rataroa (adjacent to the park land) are

significant to Ngāti Whanaunga and Ngāti Paoa respectively. When the Kingitanga

movement was first established the four Marutuahu iwi pledged maunga as symbolic pou in

support of the new king. These were Kohukohunui (Ngāti Whanaunga), Rataroa (Ngāti Paoa)

mountains on the western side of Tīkapa Moana, and Te Aroha (Ngāti Maru) and Moehau

(Ngāti Tamatera) on the eastern side.

The forest has undergone major changes in forest structure in the last 100 years as a result

of the impact of animal pests, logging, and clearance for farming. Despite this, it is identified

as being outstanding wildlife habitat with high ecological values. It supports 20 per cent (450

species) of all of New Zealand’s indigenous vertebrate species including twenty one

nationally and regionally threatened species, including the Hochstetter’s frog and long-tailed

bat. Of special importance is the relict population of North Island kokako that has been

intensively managed through a joint programme with the Department of Conservation. It is

also home to a number of threatened plants and the submontane vegetation community on

Mt Kohukohunui that is not found anywhere else in the mainland part of the region. Some of

these natural values have been monitored since the 1960s.

In addition to native forest, there is also 2240 hectares of exotic forest, consisting mostly of

Pinus Radiata which is managed under long term lease. Significant native bush remnants

and riparian strips occur within the pine forest.

Unlike the Waitākere Ranges, the park is bordered by farmland and native bush and has no

major public roads running through it. To a degree this has buffered the ranges from some

invasive weed and animal threats. These factors, along with the extent of the park, provide

an opportunity for substantial biodiversity gains for the region through continuing the animal

pest and weed control programmes that are underway to protect and restore the park’s

ecosystems. Integrating the management of the coastal Waharau and Whakatīwai Regional

Parks enables the council to take a mountain-to-sea integrated management approach.

248


The wider Hūnua Ranges, including the regional park land, have nationally significant kauri

trees and stands. Since 1994, kauri trees in parts of the Auckland region have been

affected by a pathogen Phytophthora taxon Agathis (PTA) causing kauri dieback. The council

as the landowner has a responsibility to protect kauri in this and other regional parks from

the disease. Additionally, the council as the regional biosecurity agency has authority to

contain or eradicate new diseases that are a significant risk to biodiversity. The Hūnua

Ranges have so far been found to be free of the disease and special measures, including

signage and phytosanitary cleaning stations, have been implemented to prevent the spread

of the disease into the ranges.

The park was created through progressive acquisitions over a number of years by public

bodies historically responsible for water supply planning. The bulk of the park contains land

held and managed under the terms of the Local Government Act 2002. Two small areas, the

Hūnua Scenic Reserve and Kiripaka Wildlife Reserve (approximately 764 hectares or four per

cent of the total land area) are Crown land held under the Reserves Act 1977 and

administered by the council; which places additional management obligations for the

administration of park land classified as scenic reserves under that Act. Watercare Services

Limited has a licence over approximately 14,000 hectares of native forest that filters about

2300 millimetres of rain annually into four dams. These dams supply 60 per cent of

Auckland’s water supply. These dams and associated waterways support also provide

important freshwater habitats for a range of flora and fauna, such as the native eels and

kokopu.

The Local Government (Auckland Council) Amendment Act 2010 amended the Auckland

regional boundary. As of 1 November 2010 62 per cent of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park,

including the region’s two largest dams (the Mangatangi and Mangatawhiri dams) will sit

within Environment Waikato (648.9 hectares in the Hauraki District and 10212.8 hectares in

the Waikato District). The Auckland Council will, however, continue to own and manage the

land and assets as part of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park.

The Hūnua Ranges Regional Park offers a diverse range of visitor experiences. Over

250,000 people visit the park annually. The majority of these visitors, however, congregate

at the Hūnua Falls, Lower Mangatawhiri Valley and Wairoa Dam. At these locations visitors

can enjoy recreation experiences such as tramping, mountain biking, swimming, picnicking,

camping and staying in one of the two education camps in the park. The Mangatangi and

Mangatawhiri Dams offer trout fishing under a user permit system (this is managed by Fish

and Game and Watercare Services Ltd). No other access or opportunities are provided for

on the dams. More adventurous visitors make use of the extensive track and back country

campground network that has been developed to provide wilderness and multi day

opportunities. The park also supports significant volunteer programmes through the

development of recreation opportunities and conservation programmes.

17.5.2 Park vision

The vast Hūnua Ranges Regional Park contains an almost intact succession from coastal to

submontane forest, from the highest point on the Auckland mainland, Mt Kohukohunui (688

metres), down to the gravel shores of the Tīkapa Moana (Firth of Thames). A major visitor

destination is the magnificent Hūnua Falls. The park is managed to protect and enhance this

outstanding wildlife habitat with high ecological values, and to cultivate an ethic of

stewardship. The water catchment lands provide for a wide range of day and multi-day

remote passive and active recreation activities such a tramping, horse riding and mountain

biking and opportunities to stay overnight on the park, including lodges and remote

campsites.

249



Over the long term, the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park, including the Hūnua Water

Catchment Land, will be managed as Class I park (refer to section 7.1); with the Hūnua Falls,

Wairoa Dam, lower Mangatawhiri valley, Kokako Management Area and Hūnua Water

Catchment Land, managed as Special management zones. The park will provide:

Protection and restoration of the over 15,000 hectares of indigenous bush and forest

recognising this significant contribution of the Hūnua Ranges to the region’s biodiversity

and water supply.

A forested corridor from the Hūnua Ranges to Firth of Thames, forming an almost intact

succession from montane to coastal forest.

Habitat for nationally and regionally threatened species, including a nationally important

kokako recovery management area.

Retention of view shafts, open space and farmed areas recognising their contribution to

heritage landscapes, scenic values, recreation values and vistas of the park and beyond.




A place to learn about the Māori and European history and the natural values of the park

land and wider area.

Protected water supply catchment areas and associated infrastructure for the collection

and storage of high quality water for potable metropolitan supply.

A place of respite for the people of Auckland, where they can enjoy the natural

environment in wilderness places that feels remote.

A remote wilderness place where people can enjoy a range of compatible recreational

activities in natural settings; with a focus on tramping, camping, mountain biking, horse

riding and multi-sport events.

A range of opportunities to stay in the park, including remote back country

campgrounds, vehicle accessible campgrounds and an education camp.

Over the next 10 years the management of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park will focus on;

completing a conservation plan for the park,

continuing a range of conservation programmes to restore the integrity of the forest

and freshwater ecosystems, including: disease management programmes, intensifying

the integrated pest animal and plant management programmes, particularly for goats

and possums, and management of threatened species including the restoration of

species formerly found in the ranges such as kokako,

improving ecological monitoring and reporting to gain a better understanding of the

biodiversity in the Ranges in order to inform and improve management,

continuing measures to prevent the incursion of kauri dieback and monitoring the

overall health of kauri in the park,

maintaining the dominant bush settings and retaining area of open country side in

appropriate locations to facilitate recreation,

250


managing the series of Special management zones with reference to the Class 1

parameters but recognising that Hūnua Falls, Lower Mangatawhiri valley and Wairoa

Dam will need to be developed to cater for more intensive use and be promoted as the

main access points for the park,



increase tangata whenua involvement with regional parks,

recognising the regional strategic significance to Auckland of the water supply

catchments and the water supply infrastructure and managing the water catchment

lands in accordance with the agreement with Watercare Services Ltd,

completing a recreation opportunities plan for the park,

enhancing and expanding the settings and facilities that support remote recreational

experiences such as tramping and back country camping while retaining low levels of

infrastructure in the interior forested areas to preserve the remote wilderness

experience,

enhancing and expanding the range of opportunities for adventure-based recreation

activities such as informal mountain biking, horse riding, orienteering and abseiling, and

formal multi-sport events,

partnerships with recreation clubs, environmental camp licensees, education

organisations to support and develop the volunteer base that supports the park,

building a strong working relationship with Environment Waikato and Waikato District

Council,

working with partners such as Department of Conservation, volunteers, local

community groups and adjoining landowners to undertake the parks conservation

programmes and maximise restoration outcomes,

increasing the interpretation of the significant heritage stories of the park including

people, places, milestones and events, and

investigating opportunities to increase recreational access in licenced areas with

Watercare Services Ltd and Waytemore Forests Ltd.


developments:

redeveloping the main arrival area at Hūnua Falls,

developing a lookout on Mt Kohukohunui,




Natural settings

1. Develop a conservation plan for the Hūnua Ranges, Waharau and Whakatīwai

Regional Parks that details restoration objectives, pest control targets and monitoring

programmes that will be used to prioritise future management.

251


2. Continue to undertake comprehensive pest animal control programmes, irrespective

of regional boundary changes, to maintain and enhance the habitat for indigenous flora

and fauna, with particular focus on:

a) lowering the threshold for possum control to a maximum five per cent residual

trap catch to reduce possum abundance over the whole park to improve forest

health,

b) intensifying goat control, with a target of local eradication in the Hūnua Ranges

and the maintenance of a buffer zone on all adjoining properties,

c) liaising with Department of Conservation to prevent the incursion of deer into the

Hūnua Range,

d) continuing integrated pest animal control at selected sites within the Ranges,

including the Kokako Management and the Hūnua Falls Pest Control Project Areas

(see Special management zones below) to allow for complete ecosystem

recovery and reintroductions of rare and threatened species,

e) investigating opportunities to further expand integrated pest animal control in the

Hūnua ranges, and

f) continuing the integrated pest animal eradication and management programmes

in the Hūnua Ranges onto neighbouring reserve land and adjoining private

property.

3. Continue to allow pig hunting by permit provided it supports pest animal control

programmes, and review this policy annually.

4. Maintain, and in some locations intensify, the comprehensive pest plant control

programmes to restore modified areas and prevent the spread of pest plants into the

more pristine habitat in accordance with the conservation plan identified in policy 1.


kauri dieback, in accordance with policy 10.4.4.2.

6. Continue support for partner, community and interest groups in undertaking ecological

programmes such as wildlife habitat enhancement, reintroduction programmes, and

pest plant and animal control, where such initiatives are consistent with this plan.

7. Ensure as far as practicable, and in liaison with Watercare Services Ltd, the

management of the park’s natural values, in particular the pest plant and animal

control programmes, is integrated with management within the Watercare catchment

land.

8. Protect high altitude (over 550 metres) vegetation from clearance, except for that

required to maintain tracks or develop an emergency landing site if no other suitable

alternatives exist below 550m, to be undertaken in accordance with policy 10.3.1.6

9. Work with the relevant roading authority to progressively close unformed paper roads

throughout the park in accordance with section 15.5.

252



10. Resurvey and update information on the archaeological sites on the park and


Heritage Inventory.

11. Maintain the historic Trig K hut (1946) for the Kokako Recovery Programme and

emergency shelter for park visitors when not required for this purpose.

Farmed settings

Farming only occurs within the Watercare Services Ltd’s licenced area and is managed by

Watercare Services Ltd.

12. Liaise with Watercare Services Ltd licenced area to progressively fence off and retire

livestock grazing from riparian margins.


13. Work with key stakeholders, including Watercare Services Ltd and Waytemore Forest

Ltd, to develop a recreation opportunities plan for the Hūnua Ranges, Waharau and

Whakatīwai Regional Parks that:

a) provides an overview of the recreation opportunities that will be allowed in the

park,

b) outlines how these opportunities will be developed and managed (including

opportunities on licenced land) with particular emphasis on creating:

i) regionally important tramping, off-road running, horse riding and mountain

biking destinations,

ii) a network of back country campgrounds that support multi-day experiences,

iii) certified self-contained vehicle campgrounds, and

iv) walking, cycling and/or bridle way networks that provide connections to other

public open spaces, recreation opportunities and urban areas.

14. Maintain and progressively upgrade tracks, including:

a) drainage renewal and surface replacement on the Hūnua Massey Track,

b) an upgrade of the Hūnua Suspension Bridge Track,

c) upgrading the Mine Road Track, and

d) bridging the Cosseys Track Stream crossing.

15. Investigate, and if feasible, develop a walking track between the Workman and

Mangatangi Ridge Tracks, and a crossing over Mangatawhiri Stream on Ernie’s Track.

16. Manage the water catchment lands in accordance with the lease/licence agreement

with Watercare Services Ltd (refer to policies 53 to 57 below) and work with

Watercare Services Ltd to ensure the ongoing provision of public toilets and

recreational facilities in the water catchment lands and to maintain and in some areas

investigate increasing recreational access.

17. Actively discourage off-track activity, with emphasis given to the primary buffer land

(20 metre margin around the exterior boundary of each dam) within Watercare

Services Ltd’s water catchment land, unless formally approved as a discretionary

253


activity, because of its impact on the park environment, particularly indigenous

vegetation and fauna, and riparian margins.

18. Relocate the Hūnua Ranges’ park operational depot to an appropriate location within

the park and present alternative uses of the existing depot land to council for

consideration, as shown on Map 5.7.

19. Interpret significant natural values and heritage stories including people, places,

milestones and events in accordance with the Regional Parks’ Interpretation Strategy


Tangata whenua

20. Recognise tangata whenua of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through interpretation and a tohu tangata whenua,












website.


22. Liaise with Manukau City Council, Franklin District Council, Environment Waikato,

Waikato District Council, the Department of Conservation, adjoining landowners and

the local community to ensure the planning, development and management of land

adjoining Hūnua Ranges Regional Park:




c) improves access to the park.

23. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 22, liaise with the Department of

Conservation regarding:

a) recovery programmes for threatened species, releases of native birds, pest

control programmes and the management of adjoining conservation estate and

Hūnua and Kiripaka (Scenic) Reserve, and

b) the possible transfer of management of the Plows Road Stewardship Area from

Department of Conservation to the council, as a historic reserve.

254


24. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 22, work with adjoining land owners to

build support, co-operation and responsibility for plant and animal pest control.

25. Liaise with Waytemore Forests Ltd (or successor) in terms of the existing licence,

including improved public access to the exotic forest area.

26. Liaise with Watercare Services Ltd in terms of the ‘Deed of Lease, Licence and

Agreement to Licence’ and the Annual Operational Plan. Seek to work co-operatively

with Watercare Services Ltd regarding protection and enhancement of natural and

cultural values, and the provision and management of recreation opportunities in the

Hūnua Ranges.

27. Liaise with agencies that provide emergency response services including the NZ Rural

Fire Service and NZ Fire Service, NZ Police (Search and Rescue) First Response and

Westpac Rescue Helicopter.

28. Liaise with the Kokako Lodge Trust in relation to the ongoing management and

operation of the lodge.

29. Liaise with the Te Araroa Trust in relation to the maintenance and management of the

section of the Te Araroa Trail that runs through the park.

30. Liaise with Auckland Mountain Bike Club to develop and maintain mountain bike

tracks and educate riders on the code of conduct.

31. Continue to develop the volunteer base that supports the Kokako Management Area

and Hūnua Falls Pest Control Area projects.

32. Liaise with pig hunting clubs regarding their involvement in pest control programmes

in the Hūnua Ranges.


Hūnua Falls

Hūnua Falls is the main gateway to the Hūnua Ranges. The majestic waterfall, large picnic

areas and open settings for informal group activities at the edge of the mature forest offer

visitors a remote and social experience that provides glimpses of everything else the park

has to offer. It caters for high numbers of visitors, up to 220,000 visits per year, and

provides public information and specialist activities. The area also contains a short Hūnua

Falls Loop Track, longer tracks into the ranges (Cossey Gorge and Massey Tracks), an

abseiling site, the Kokako Lodge and the ranger house.

The area requires special management because of the high visitation, the specific pest

control programme known as the Hūnua Falls Project and the fact that 240 hectares of the

zone is classified as a scenic reserve under the Reserves Act 1977.

The 30 metre high Hūnua Falls occur where the Wairoa River cascades over a small basalt

lava flow in the neck of a volcano situated on the Wairoa fault. Tuff ring deposits and lava

bombs are visible in true right bank of the waterfall, and together the features of this site

are of regional significance.

33. Integrate the pest plant and animal control with the programmes outlined in policy 2

above.

255


34. Continue to implement the Hūnua Falls Project, a pest control programme aimed at

restoring wildlife in a high visitor use area, in partnership with the community.

35. Reintroduce, in consultation with the Department of Conservation and tangata

whenua, appropriate missing indigenous species into the area.

36. Undertake the following to develop the Hūnua Falls as the main arrival area for the

park by (refer Map 5.2):

a) developing new car parking to improve the vehicle and pedestrian flows,

b) developing bus zone and move information kiosk,

c) remediating old car park by reinstating grass and developing a new path to the

bridge,

d) providing interpretation to encourage responsible behaviour and a sense of

stewardship through raising awareness of:

i) the park values and the work that is done to maintain and enhance these

values, and,

ii) the importance of the water catchment to the region’s water supply,

e) providing visitor facilities such as picnic tables,

f) installing an automatic gate, and

g) providing information to encourage park visitors to explore the Hūnua Ranges.

37. Undertake facility and service improvements, in accordance with the policies in

section 13.1.3 and Part 14 Infrastructure, to ensure that there are adequate accessible

disability parking spaces, firm surfaces from these parking spaces to the park entry,

toilet facilities, seating, shelter and tracks to destinations such as viewing points.

38. Work in partnership with the Kokako Lodge Trust to expand and enhance the Kokako

Lodge facilities.

39. Utilise the range of visitor services outlined in section 13.2 to warn park visitors of the

risks of going to the top of the Hūnua Falls and of jumping off the rocks.

40. Continue to manage the Hūnua Falls abseiling site as a designated site.

Wairoa Dam

The Wairoa Special management zone is part of Watercare Services Ltd’s lease area;

containing both primary and secondary catchment zones. The lease however enables the

council to manage the land and provide public access.

The area sits between the Hūnua Falls and Lower Mangatawhiri Special management zones

and provides linkages to these through a small network of tracks. It has moderate visitation,

and has potential for a self-contained campervan area and a small back country campground.

Many visitors to the area walk in from the Hūnua Falls along the Wairoa Cosseys Track and

then on to the Suspension Bridge Track. As an interior destination point, it also provides a

marshalling or transition point for adventure sport events.

41. Integrate the pest plant and animal control with the programmes in the wider Hūnua

range.

256


42. Work with Watercare Services Ltd to investigate the maintenance and enhancement

of recreational opportunities at Wairoa Dam, including the development of a new

certified self-contained vehicle campground and back country campground.

43. Upgrade the Wairoa Loop Track.

Lower Mangatawhiri Valley

The Lower Mangatawhiri Valley is part of Watercare Services Ltd’s lease and has been

identified as a site of a possible future dam. The lease however enables the council to

manage the land and provide public access until notice is given of construction of the new

dam and formation of the resulting dam over that land. The lease however requires the

council to maintain the existing area of pasture clear of all woody vegetation.

The area has higher visitation than most of the park because of the range of recreation

opportunities, including: one vehicle based campsites (Upper Mangatawhiri), one back

country campground (Lower Mangatawhiri), horse riding, mountain biking and tramping

tracks (Lower Mangatawhiri Track, Mangatawhiri Challenge Track, Moumoukai Track and

Valley Loop Track). It therefore requires a more intensive management approach.

44. Integrate the pest plant and animal control with the programmes in the wider Hūnua

Ranges.

45. Control willows and other weed species in Lower Mangatawhiri Valley and undertake

riparian restoration and revegetation in collaboration with Watercare Services Ltd.

46. Investigate and develop the following mountain-biking routes and facilities in

partnership with the Auckland Mountain Bike Club and other key stakeholders (as

shown on Map 5.6):

a) expanding the current mountain bike zone to enable the development of a new

skills area and children’s mountain bike track over the river from the locked gate,

b) developing a mountain bike wash-down area,

c) upgrading the Challenge Track,

d) upgrading the experts downhill track,

e) upgrading the Farm Track, and

f) re-routing the River Track.

47. Work with horse riding individuals and organisations to investigate and implement

track changes, developments and facilities to expand and enhance horse riding

opportunities in accordance with the policies in section 13.4.6 and Part 14.

48. Upgrade the Upper Mangatawhiri Campground (as shown on Map 5.6) by constructing

a campground shelter, providing potable water supply and introducing recycling and

rubbish collection.

49. Work with Watercare Services Ltd to investigate the maintenance and enhancement

of recreational opportunities at Mangatawhiri Dam, including the development of a

self-contained certified vehicle campground (as shown on Map 5.6).

50. Upgrade the Mangatawhiri House and investigate future use alternatives in

consultation with Watercare Services Ltd.

257


Kokako Management Area

The Kokako Management Area (KMA) is located in the montane podocarp/tawa forest in the

higher parts of the Ranges, centred on the upper Mangatawhiri catchment and surrounding

ridges (refer to Maps 5.3 and 5.4). It contains Mt Kohukohunui which, as outlined in the park

values, is the highest point on the mainland in the region and important to tangata whenua.

Here a relict population of North Island kokako survived into the mid-1990s, long after the

species became extinct elsewhere in the Auckland region.

A joint council and Department of Conservation programme began in 1994 to protect the

population, which then comprised about 25 birds and just one breeding pair. A grid of bait

stations and traps was established, targeting ship rats and possums, the two key kokako

predators. As a result of 15 years of intensive predator management by council and

Department of Conservation staff, contractors and volunteers, about 60 young kokako have

fledged within the 1300 hectares of intensively managed park land. In addition, 26 kokako of

King Country genetic origin, sourced from Mapara, Waipapa and Tiritiri Matangi Island, have

been released.

By 2009 the population inside the managed area comprised about 20 pairs, with another pair

outside the KMA at Piggott’s Camp. Mixed pairs are now successfully fledging young,

providing the population with a fresh infusion of genetic diversity. Management of the

Hūnua kokako population is guided by Department of Conservation’s national North Island

Kokako Recovery Plan (1999). This plan identifies the Hūnua population as one of 23

nationally, which will be managed. The goal of the plan is to establish populations averaging

50 pairs by 2020, which will be managed with the diverse forest communities in which

kokako were previously recorded. Predator management targeting kokako has benefited

other species. Kaka are now breeding in the KMA and bellbirds are dispersing from within

the managed area to other parts of the Ranges. The area also harbours one of the strongest

populations of Hochstetter’s frogs known. These species will increasingly disperse into

areas adjoining the KMA.

51. Continue to work in partnership with the Department of Conservation in the

management of the threatened species and in particular the national kokako recovery

programme by assisting with:

a) protecting the kokako habitat in the core 1300ha Kokako Management Area in the

northern Hūnua Ranges (refer Maps 5.3 and 5.4),

b) controlling key predators of the kokako to ensure the population survives and

increases,

c) investigating the best approach to protecting species when they disperse into

areas adjoining the KMA,

d) investigating native species missing from the park ecosystem and continue the

re-introduction of threatened bird species, in consultation with tangata whenua

and Department of Conservation,

e) supporting and continuing to develop the volunteer base, and

f) monitoring other rare and endangered species and threats, as outlined in section

17.5.6 Monitoring, below.

52. Complete the lookout at Mt Kohukohunui.

258


Water Catchment Area

More than 14,000 hectares of native forest filter around 2300 millimetres of rain annually

into four dams, which supply 60 per cent of Auckland’s water supply. This catchment park

land, the four water supply dams, the headworks land (which includes the Exclusive Land,

Service Land, Buffer Land and Reservoir Land) and associated structures are managed by

Watercare Services Ltd by way of a Deed of Lease. Its primary purpose is to protect the

cleanliness of, and to prevent contamination of, the metropolitan water supply. For this

reason, certain restrictions apply to this area of the park; public access to the water in the

dams is prohibited and access to the exclusive use and buffer lands is minimised. A further

objective is to ensure the sustainable management and efficient use and development of

regionally significant water supply resources within the water catchment areas. This

includes the ongoing operation, maintenance and upgrade of Watercare Services Ltd’s

structures and facilities.

The public are allowed to access the area and Watercare Services Ltd has provided a

relatively high level of visitor facilities, such as toilets and picnic facilities, in the vicinity of

the dams. The council will work with Watercare Services Ltd to explore opportunities for the

future management of these visitor facilities.

Service roads, some of which are sealed, offer relatively easy access to a number of areas

within the interior of the Hūnua Ranges.

53. Manage the Water Catchment Area in terms of the ‚Deed of Lease, Licence and

Agreement to Licence‛ and the associated Annual Operations Plan, in association

with Watercare Services Ltd.

54. This plan does not limit or change the responsibilities or powers of Watercare

Services Ltd in relation to the water catchment areas under the Auckland Metropolitan

Drainage Act 1960, or Section 707ZZZS of the Local Government Act 1974. In

addition, it is recognised that the provisions of this plan have no affect on the

Resource Management Act 1991 matters except to the extent they are incorporated

through a planning instrument, or unless the Act authorises it to be taken into

account.

55. Implement pest plant and animal control programmes in partnership with Watercare

Services Ltd. as lessee, to protect high ecological values in the catchment.

56. Ensure that approvals for discretionary activities in water catchment ‘exclusive use

land’ and the ‘buffer land,’ as defined in the Watercare Lease and Licence, are only

given when Watercare Services Ltd has provided written approval. Consult Watercare

Services Ltd on any application for a discretionary activity on the remaining water

catchment park land, as shown in Maps 5.8 and 5.9.

57. Actively discourage off-track activity within this Special management zone; with

emphasis given to the primary buffer land (20 metre margin around the exterior

boundary of each dam) unless formally approved as a discretionary activity (refer to

policy 17)

259


17.5.5 Recreation activities


The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on the Hūnua Ranges

Regional Park, as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that

will be applied to the permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply temporary

restrictions to any permitted activities (refer to policy 13.3.1.2). Any temporary restrictions




13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted at either facilities provided or portable gas

barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may apply from

time to time.

Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead but excluded from camping

and picnic areas, exclusive areas around and including the

water supply dams or on Kohukohunui Track. Restrictions

may apply during seasonal farming operations (lambing

and calving).





family or group

activities




consent.

Mountain biking Permitted on designated tracks and park roads (refer to

Maps 5.2 – 5.7) but temporary restrictions may apply to:



park operations such as lambing and pest control.



Walking, tramping

and running

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Maps 5.2 – 5.7)

and open pasture areas but temporary restrictions may

apply to: protect sites of significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas; or to

enable park operations such as lambing and pest control.

Off-track activity is prohibited in water catchment areas

and is actively discouraged elsewhere unless part of an

approved discretionary activity. Phytosanitary measures

may be required when using tracks within kauri zones.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on the Hūnua Ranges

Regional Park, as outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on permanent

260



restrictions to any controlled activities (refer to policy 13.4.1.2). Any temporary restrictions





Controlled

activities


applicable)


Abseiling Hūnua Falls Conditions on booking

confirmation

Campervans/

caravans

Campervans permitted in the

Hūnua Falls car park (2

vehicles) and in vehicle

accessible campgrounds.

Planned in parking areas at

Wairoa, Mangatawhiri and

Mangatangi Dams.

Caravans permitted in vehicle

accessible campgrounds only.

Require self-



conditions outlined on


and camping pass.


campground:

Upper Mangatawhiri (40

people)

Backcountry campgrounds:

Lower Mangatawhiri (40

people)

Adams Lookout (20 people)

Workmans (20 people)

Repeater (20 people)

1000 Acres (20 people)

Mangatangi Trig (20 people)

Piggotts (Lilburne)(20

people)

Additional campgrounds to be

investigated.


confirmation and

camping pass.

Designated sites Hūnua Falls – 1 basic site Conditions on booking

confirmation or pass

Lodge Kokako Lodge (Hūnua Falls)

(85 people)



Recreational horse

riding


tracks (refer to Maps 5.2 –

5.7).

Conditions on horse


restrictions may apply

to: protect sites of


whenua, sensitive

261


Controlled

activities


applicable)



ecological areas; or to


such as lambing and

pest control or approved


Off-track activity is

prohibited in water

catchment areas.

Leases and licences

The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on Hūnua Ranges Regional Park

when this management plan was adopted.



website.

Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

Broadcast

Communications Ltd

Lease 2029 Telecommunications tower

Kokako Lodge Trust Licence 2021 School camp — available to

public on weekends and for

20 weeks each year on

application and if not

required by Aim Hi schools

NZ Association of Radio

Transmitters Inc

Licence 2011 Pole-mounted radio

repeater station at Mt.

Kohukohunui

NZ Police Lease 2027 Radio transmitter at

Moumoukai Hill

Rural Fire Licence 2022 Fire station at Hūnua

township

Teamtalk Lease 2030 Radio-communication

station at Mangatangi Trig

Station

Teamtalk Lease 2030 Communications facility at

Otau Mountain

Vector Lease 2030 Telecommunications tower

at Otau Mountain Road

Watercare Services Ltd Lease 2092 Metropolitan water supply

agreement; public access to

water catchment areas

except the exclusive zones

around dams

262


Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

Waytemore Forests Ltd Forestry

Right

2092 Forestry right to

commercial pine forest;

public access by permit

17.5.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Hūnua Ranges Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will undertake monitoring

across the entire Hūnua Ranges as part of the council’s State of the Environment reporting.

This will include site-specific monitoring programmes designed to assess the effectiveness

and benefits of conservation management.

1. Undertake the Hūnua Ranges Terrestrial Monitoring Programme (see outline below)

and work with stakeholders to jointly monitor and report the monitoring.

2. Encourage and support research if it contributes to the understanding of the natural

values of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and contributes to the objectives of this

plan. EcoQuest Education Foundation has for example been independently monitoring

birds and invertebrates at various sites across the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park

(including the KMA, Rata Ridge, and a more coastal site). It will be encouraged to

continue this monitoring.

Hūnua Ranges terrestrial biodiversity monitoring programme

Programme objectives:

To quantify the existing state of indigenous biodiversity and monitor changes in pattern

and important processes through time.

To identify key threats to indigenous biodiversity.

To assess and improve the effectiveness and efficiencies of biodiversity related

management and policy development.

To contribute to public understanding of issues, status, trends, and management.

Identify and remedy significant gaps in biodiversity information required for policy and

management. To fulfil statutory monitoring and reporting requirements.

Programme framework:

A biodiversity monitoring programme that involves the collection of data on vegetation,

plant and animal pests and birds at around 50 monitoring stations established across

the entire Hūnua Ranges Regional Park to track changes in biodiversity and invasive

species. These monitoring stations include:

Forest monitoring transects, which have been measured at 10 yearly intervals

since the 1960s,

20 x 20m vegetation plots that have been monitored every 10 years since the

1970’s to assess changes in vegetation and impacts from ungulates (deer, goats,

pigs),

ten 20m x 20m goat plots setup in the mid 1990’s,

263


a Hochstetter’s frog long-term five yearly monitoring programme to assess

spatial distribution and population dynamics of this species across the Hūnua

Ranges, as well as the influence of pest management in the Kokako

Management Area (KMA),

Rat monitoring in areas where intensive pest control is undertaken,

Possum and goat monitoring across the entire ranges,

Forest bird monitoring programmes in the KMA, which have been conducted

since 2001,

Targeted pair counts of Kokako (mostly in the KMA), which have been conducted

since 1994.

A biodiversity monitoring programme in the KMA and Hūnua Falls SMZ that is virtually

identical to the above programme but which allows the council to assess the effects of

intensive mammalian pest control in these areas through the addition of extra

monitoring stations in this area. The Hūnua Falls programme will also include

invertebrate monitoring. This programme will ensure a systematic, strategic approach

centred on State of the Environment reporting, which includes assessing the

effectiveness and efficiencies of biodiversity related policies and management

objectives. The programme will be compatible with and form part of the regional

biodiversity monitoring programme that is currently in development.

Programme methodology:

Monitoring will involve database and information analyses (eg, indigenous land cover status

and trends and consented development), and field monitoring of indigenous plants and

birds, and invasive weeds and mammalian pests. Monitoring will begin in late 2009 and

existing field monitoring programmes will be integrated where appropriate.

Programme reporting:

This programme includes the production of technical reports, annual summary reports, and

five yearly ‘State of the Region’ reports.

Baseline monitoring and monitoring the environmental impacts of recreational activity

on the park, including pre and post-event monitoring, and periodically report on the

cumulative range and number of activities in the park.

Monitoring the water quality at selected locations.

264


265


17.6 Long Bay Regional Park

17.6.1 Park values

Long Bay Regional Park occupies 120 hectares of coastal land, adjoining a sweeping sandy

beach in the Hauraki Gulf. Close to the metropolitan urban area, the park and beach receive

nearly one million visits per year; making it one of the most highly visited regional parks.

The park adjoins the Long Bay-Okura Marine Reserve which extends the length of the park

to the Okura estuary in the north, and a Heritage Protection area which lies immediately

behind the southern portion of the park. Management of the coastal and marine areas

adjoining the parks ensures the integrated management of the land/sea interface

ecosystems. The regionally rare coastal dune systems are protected and are being

progressively restored. The Vaughan Flats, crossed by the Vaughan Stream, has the

potential to be restored as a viable wetland. The bluff behind the Vaughan homestead

contains a nature trail that allows visitors to experience the remnant coastal broadleaf forest

and restored native vegetation along the Vaughan Stream edge.

The portion of the park north of the Vaughan Stream, which is currently farmed and is

relatively free from the influences of the urban area, retains its countryside ambience. It

offers people the opportunity to enjoy coastal walks and panoramic views over the Hauraki

Gulf. The river edge and valleys are being restored with native vegetation. The coastal edge

is characterised by high coastal cliffs, small intimate bays and extensive rocky shelves.

The southern portion of the park adjoining the beach is the main activity area on the park,

catering for people enjoying the extensive picnicking and beach related recreation

opportunities. The park is very popular with people enjoying swimming, sunbathing and

picnicking at the beach. Regular public transport services terminate at the park. A restaurant

operates on the park under licence and the park provides a disability-friendly playground.

The land behind this portion of the park will be subject to future urban development.

The park and the adjoining Heritage Protection Area contain evidence of Māori occupation

and historic European farming practices. Ngāti Kahu and Ngāti Poataniwha occupied this

area before European arrived in the 1820s. The park land today consists of many occupation

and cultivation sites, including the headland pa Te Piripiri, and the papakainga Te Awaruaika.

Behind the park land is the maunga Pukeatua (Albany Heights) and to the north is the all-

important Okura River by which tangata whenua would travel inland by waka. The historic

Vaughan homestead on the park was originally constructed as a farm cottage in 1863 by

George Vaughan and later extended for his wife and family. There are two World War II

machine gun emplacements (pillboxes) on the park, built to counter the threat of Japanese

invasion in 1942.

Long Bay Regional Park was one of Auckland’s first regional parks; the bulk of the park was

purchased in 1965 and was developed during the late 1960s and early1970s. The park land

has subsequently been added to. The majority of the park is held and managed under the

Local Government Act 2002, with a small area to the west of the entrance subject to the

Reserves Act 1977.

The southern portion of the park, being close to the metropolitan urban area, is relatively

structured park with a reasonably high level of infrastructure for a regional park. Much of its

infrastructure, such as vehicle circulation and parking, however, was developed to cater for

lower levels of use than are currently experienced. Furthermore, over time, the surrounding

context has changed from a largely rural to an urban setting, and will be further developed

266


for intensive urban development in the future. Use of the park, especially by locals, is likely

to increase.

The park reaches its parking capacity on a number of days during the summer which causes

chronic congestion on the park and on the surrounding residential streets. Future

development of the adjoining land will provide the opportunity for an additional entry point to

the park in the vicinity of the Vaughan flats. A concept plan was developed for the park in

2005. This identified the preferred layout for the park, taking into consideration the future

development of land adjoining the park.

The main thrust of the concept plan was to increase the available recreation areas by pulling

park infrastructure back from the beach frontage. However, the timing of the adjoining

development and the cost of providing a new entry road is prohibitive at this stage, given

other priorities for the development of new parks and improvements to other parks in the

regional park network. In the interim, there is a need to improve the circulation and

rationalise the vehicle parking on the park in a way that does not foreclose on future

improvements but facilitates the other desired improvements identified in the concept plan,

such as increasing the utility of beach picnic areas and the upgrade of pedestrian and cycle

track systems.

17.6.2 Park vision

Long Bay Regional Park boasts one of the region’s best urban beaches, and it is highly

visited for its safe swimming, backed by extensive grassed picnic sites, a barrier free

children’s playground and supporting facilities. The park contains the original historic farm

homestead as well as a cafe for casual dining. The northern part of the park provides, as a

contrast, a coastal countryside setting for people to escape the crowds and enjoy coastal

walks with panoramic views over the Hauraki Gulf.


Over the long term, Long Bay Regional Park will be managed as a Class III park (refer to


A coastal park and countryside experience close to the metropolitan urban area.

A relatively remote open coastal countryside experience on the northern part of the

park with panoramic vistas over the Hauraki Gulf close to the metropolitan area.

Restored stream edges, wetlands, coastal forest and beach fore-dunes.



have particular regard to the practical expression of kaitiakitanga

The opportunity to learn about the Māori and European history of the park and locality,

and learn about coastal and estuarine marine ecology.

A highly popular beach venue with extensive picnic sites and supporting facilities, such

as picnic shelters, barbecues, a children’s playground and restaurant.

Over the next 10 years the management of Long Bay Regional Park will focus on:

Continuing to restore the stream edges, coastal forest, wetlands and beach fore-dunes,

The integration of the adjoining areas containing the proposed Heritage Protection Area,

and the Vaughan Stream flats and Piripiri Reserve with the management of the park,

267


Retaining the relative remoteness and countryside feel of the northern part of the park

while maintaining the accessibility to these areas through the provision of tracks,



increase tangata whenua involvement with regional parks particularly in relation to the

management of the adjoining Heritage Protection Area,

The progressive implementation of those parts of the Long Bay Concept Plan 2005 that

improve the usable areas of the land behind the beach and improve traffic circulation

and parking on the park,

The development of walking and cycle tracks, with associated support facilities such as

cycle racks, that integrate with neighbourhood networks, and promote their use as

alternative transport corridors, and

Managing the behaviour of people to ensure an enjoyable, relaxed and informal beach

experience for all park visitors.


developments:

Widening the Beach Road bridge to improve pedestrian, cycle and vehicle access,

including public transport,

Retain and upgrade the kiosk, playground and restaurant,

Relocating some of the sealed car parks at the southern end of the beach and reinstate

areas for picnicking,

Upgrading grassed overflow vehicle parking areas to grass pavers,

Constructing all-weather footpaths for people with limited mobility, and

Ensuring surrounding land uses and development does not detrimentally affect the

coastal character and ambience of the park.




Natural settings

1. Complete the coastal forest enhancement revegetation programme including

enhancing the screen planting along the western boundary of the park.

2. Protect and enhance existing coastal broadleaf forest remnants and plant the coastal

edge with pohutukawa, while retaining the views and vistas identified in Map 6.1.

3. Undertake ecological restoration of riparian margins and wetland areas at Grannies

Bay and along waterways on the park, in particular to create ecological links with the

Vaughan stream restoration carried out as part of urban development in the upper

catchments, and the adjoining Piripiri Park Reserve.

4. Restore Vaughan Stream flats as a viable wetland, linked with the Vaughan Stream

restoration in accordance with the approved concept plan.

268


5. Restore and maintain the threatened fore-dunes and associated plant communities in

various suitable locations along the foreshore, while retaining views and access to the

beach at selected points, consistent with the polices in section 10.3.

6. Interpret the dune restoration programme to raise public awareness and increase

understanding of their ecological importance in the region, the threats to dune

systems, and protection and restoration methods.

7. Progressively remove inappropriate exotic trees, such as pines and lagunaria (Norfolk

Island Hibiscus), from the park and replace these with native shade and structure

trees, such as pohutukawa.


accordance with section 10.4.4.




Inventory, using interpretation to manage impacts where appropriate.

10. Interpret significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and events

in accordance with the Regional Parks’ Interpretation Strategy and Interpretation

Guidelines, as part of a heritage trail on the park integrating with the management of

the adjoining Heritage Protection Area.

11. Develop and extend the current Nature Trail to include the interpretation of the natural

features of the park, the Māori, European and military history of the park and locality.

12. Manage the Vaughan Homestead and its environs in accordance with the Vaughan

Homestead Conservation Plan 2001 for the site by:

a) encouraging public use of the homestead consistent with preserving the heritage

values of the building and environs, and

b) retaining and conserving all significant non-invasive historic plantings associated

with the homestead garden.

13. Undertake remedial conservation work on the World War II machine gun

emplacements (pill boxes) on the park.

Farmed settings

14. Continue to graze the open pastures on the park, where practicable, in association

with adjoining reserves and private landowners. The management of the open

grassland on the park will be kept under review in relation to the development of

adjoining land and may be modified or replaced with mowing, if this proves practicable

and desirable.

15. Develop a stock water supply and stock handling facilities in the event that grazing

open space continues to be the best long term option.




269



17. Continue to provide for intensive, informal use of the southern portion of the park with

facilities, such as designated bookable picnic site, barbecues and shelters.

18. Progressively implement the Long Bay Concept Plan 2005 (refer to Map 6.1). The

following works will be progressively undertaken as funding allows:

a) commencing in the first five years in the southern portion of the park south of the

park office:

i) improve access to the park from beach road,

ii) relocate sealed car parks and reinstate areas for picnicking,

iii) upgrade grassed overflow vehicle parking areas to grass pavers,

iv) construct all weather footpaths for people with limited mobility and upgrade

the ‘barrier free’ playground.

b) to be undertaken in subsequent years, dependent on the timing of the adjoining

urban development and subject to available funding, in the central portion of the

park:

i) construct the new entrance road,

ii) seal existing aggregate roads,

iii) construct grassed overflow parking areas and extend aggregate roads to

serve these,

iv) remove redundant roads and car parks from public vehicle access,

v) construct the mountain biking and equestrian tracks.

19. Maintain and upgrade the ‘barrier free’ playground and undertake facility and service

improvements, in accordance with the policies in section 13.1.3 and Part 14, to ensure

that there are adequate accessible disability parking spaces, firm surfaces from these

parking spaces to the park entry, toilet facilities, seating, shelter and tracks to

destinations such as viewing points and beaches.

20. Upgrade and complete the walking and cycling tracks, and integrate them with tracks

on the adjoining public land and, where appropriate, private lands, the coastal walkway

system and the Te Araroa Trail (refer to Map 6.1).

21. Re-route tracks away from eroding cliff-edges to maintain visitor safety, where

necessary.

22. Develop equestrian trails on Piripiri Point if the adjoining Piripiri Park Reserve is

developed for equestrian access.

23. Maintain the open grassland areas and designated views and vistas on the northern

end of the park by grazing or other appropriate methods.

24. Progressively replace wood-fired with electric barbecues, where appropriate and

practicable, and install additional shade shelters.

25. Continue to provide and upgrade the licensed restaurant and northern kiosk on the

park.

270


26. Seek amendments to the dog control policies and bylaws to permit dogs on a lead on

the park north of the Vaughan Stream.

27. Retain the public bus terminus on the park and implement a travel demand

programme on the park in accordance with section 8.3.

Tangata whenua

28. Recognise the special relationship of tangata whenua with the Long Bay Regional Park

through:






kaitiaki over sites of significance and the management of the adjoining Heritage

Protection Zone, and






programme and the management actions outlined and the actions outlined in Part 9.


website.


30. Liaise with North Shore City Council and adjoining landowners to:

a) ensure the planning and development of land adjoining Long Bay Regional Park

protects and enhances the park values,

b) integrate the development and management of Piripiri Park Reserve, esplanade

reserves, the adjoining land containing the Heritage Protection Area and the

Vaughan Stream corridor,

c) improve access to the park, and

d) provide an integrated approach to pest animal and plant control programmes,

ecological restoration programmes and recreation activities,

31. Liaise with the NZ Police and North Shore City Council on managing appropriate

behaviour on the park and matters of public safety and security on the park.

32. Liaise with the North Shore City Council and adjoining private landowners to

encourage joint management of pest animals and plants and the control of invasive

garden plants.

33. Liaise with the Torbay Historical Society over renewal of the licence and use of the

Vaughan Homestead.

271


34. Liaise with the Marine Education and Recreation Centre (MERC) to align the

recreation objectives of both parties and use of the park.

35. Co-operate with the Department of Conservation to manage the adjoining Long Bay

Marine Reserve and education programmes associated with it.




set netting from regional parks (refer Policy 13.6.1.5).



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Long Bay Regional Park,







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted at either facilities provided or portable gas

barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may apply

from time to time.

Boat access Small boats can be hand launched from the southern

end of the beach (refer to Map 6.2). Navigational

Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.


family or group

activities.




activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted on designated tracks and park roads (refer

to Maps 6.1 and 6.2) but temporary restrictions may


whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and ecological

areas, or to enable park operations such as lambing

and pest control. Phytosanitary measures may be

required when using tracks within kauri zones.

Walking, tramping,

and running

Permitted on designated track or open pasture areas

but restrictions may apply in some locations in order to


sensitive archaeological and ecological areas, or to

enable, park operations, such as pest control and

lambing. Phytosanitary measures may be required

when using tracks within kauri zones.

272



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Long Bay Regional Park,








Controlled

activities


applicable)


Campervans Selected car parking areas

(10 vehicles)

Requires self-containment

certificates in car parks.

Further conditions on booking

confirmation or camping

passes.

Designated

sites

1 special premium site

2 premium sites

2 standard sites

2 basic sites


confirmation

Meeting

venues

Vaughan Homestead is

available for hire by

arrangement with licensee.

(Torbay Historic Society Inc.)


confirmation

Recreational

horse riding

To be investigated if

equestrian tracks are

established on Piripiri Point.



prohibited on Long Bay Regional Park.


Dogs Dogs are prohibited from all areas of Long Bay

Regional Park, as it is a park heavily used for

picnicking, and on the beach north of the Vaughan

Stream, which adjoins the Long Bay Marine Reserve.

Dogs are permitted on the beach on a lead at any time

and permitted off lead on the beach up to 10.00am in

the morning and after 6.30 pm in the evening during

daylight saving time.

Council will seek to have these policies amended

(refer to policy 25 above).




273


Leases and licences

The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on Long Bay Regional Park




website.


Long Bay Restaurant

Ltd.

licence 2031 subject

to conditions.

Commercial public

restaurant and kiosk.

Telecom C/- Transfield Lease 2014 Communications facility

Torbay Historical

Society

Licence 2014 Licence to occupy

building

Todd Corp (LandCo) Licence Annual Licence to graze

17.6.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Long Bay Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7.

274


275


17.7 Mahurangi Regional Park

17.7.1 Park values

Mahurangi Regional Park is a collection of coastal park locations that define the entrance

into the Mahurangi Harbour, totalling 245 hectares. The park consists of three distinct areas

with two coastal peninsulas that contain a range of sheltered sandy bays backed by bush

covered coastal cliffs and overlooking the scenic Mahurangi Harbour. The park is made up

of:

a) Mahurangi West; consisting of Tungutu Point overlooking the sheltered popular sandy

Sullivan’s Bay (Otarawao) and the secluded Mita Bay (Otuawao) to the north, and

Cudlip Point overlooking the relatively isolated open flats of Te Muri Bay across the Te

Muri Estuary to the south. The geological exposures around Cudlip Point and the

relatively unmodified east coast estuary are of regional significance. The council

manages an esplanade reserve along the northern side of the Te Muri River. Sullivan’s

Bay has a vehicle-based campground and there are back-country campgrounds at Te

Muri and Mita Bays. Puhoi Cottage, at the Puhoi River Mouth, was built as an early

holiday home.

b) Scott Point; lying at the end of the bush covered Te Kapa peninsula in the Mahurangi

harbour, contains two baches and the historic Scott Homestead which fronts onto a

secluded sandy bay. The peninsula also contains a Department of Conservation

reserve and a wharf and boat ramp managed by the local authority that serves

recreational boating and the local shellfish industry. The Department of Conservation

managed Casnell Island lies just off the headland.

c) Mahurangi East; which is isolated on the eastern peninsula, separated by the Te Kapa

river estuary and the Mahurangi harbour, is accessible only by boat. It contains two

baches, one on the west side of the peninsula fronting the tidal Lagoon Bay (Vine

House), and one the eastern side in the secluded and sandy Big Bay. It also contains

an historic and restored woolshed and a small campground.

Areas of coastal forest dominated by mature pohutukawa and regenerating bush, including

kauri, are dotted throughout the park. The best preserved examples are on many of the

headlands such as Cudlip point, Te Muri Point and overlooking Sullivan’s Bay. The

Mahurangi harbour and coastline hosts a variety of sea birds such as the threatened NZ

Dotterel which nests at Te Muri beach and on Mahurangi East, and little blue penguin which

nest all along the Mahurangi coast.

The Mahurangi area has a long history of occupation, favoured for its plentiful, seasonal food

supplies and natural resources; fishing grounds in the sheltered tidal waters between the

islands and the bay, shellfish gathering on the rocky and sandy shores, eels in the streams,

birds in the bush inland, and kumara cultivation on the better drained soils on the slopes and

alluvial beach flats. The Mahurangi sea area was also a prized shark fishing ground for

tangata whenua of Tāmaki, which were dried for winter food and the collection of shark liver

oil (which was mixed with pigment for paint and as a body adornment). The descendants of

Ngawhetu and Maki (Ngāti Rongo & Te Kawerau) claim the right of kaitiakitanga over this

park land including the fortified pa at Opahi and Otarawhao, the places known as Tungutu,

Nokenoke, Orokaraka, Puhoi and the Te Muri.

The sea captain, John Sullivan married Meremai Kaipuke and they settled at Sullivan’s Bay

in the 1870’s. Their descendants farmed the land for nearly a century and built the historic

Sullivan Homestead in 1875. Both Māori and Europeans are buried at the historic Te Muri

cemetery (urupa) on the park. Scott Point, with the Georgian styled homestead built in 1877,

276


was the location of thriving timber milling, boat building and firewood cutting industries and

coastal trade.

There are a number of off-shore islands close to the Mahurangi coast. These include Te

Haupa (Saddle), Motuora, Motutara, Moturekareka and Kawau Islands. The area is very

popular for recreational boating and for activities such as sea kayaking. The park receives

between 60,000 to 100,000 visits each year. A popular annual event, the Mahurangi Old

Timer Regatta for classic vessels, is often held at Sullivan’s Bay and the regatta ball held at

the Scott Homestead. The parks are particularly popular with families holidaying in the

baches and campgrounds on the parks. Sullivan’s Bay is particularly popular, where people

compete for space for picnicking, swimming, camping and staying in campervans during the

peak of the summer season. In contrast, more remote experiences are offered at Te Muri,

which has no road access and is separated by the Te Muri River estuary, and Mahurangi

East, which is separated by the Te Kapa River estuary and Mahurangi Harbour, and is only

accessible by boat.

Mahurangi Regional Park was progressively acquired for regional park purposes between

1966 and 1979. The park land was developed in the late 1970s and its patterns of use are

now well established. The small campground at Sullivan’s Bay is very popular and the park

is an increasingly popular destination for campervans, which currently park in the foreshore

parking area in the main arrival area. There are growing concerns about the visual impact of

campervans on the park and views from the sea.

17.7.2 Park vision

Mahurangi Regional Park is a set of separate locations on the beautiful Mahurangi Harbour,

with isolated destinations only accessible by foot at low tide or by boat. They offer superb

swimming on sandy beaches, views of the coastline and off-shore islands and unrivalled

kayaking and boating. Camping is provided at beachfront camp sites and overnight stays are

possible at superbly located baches. The rich Māori and settler history of the Mahurangi is

protected, in particular at Te Muri cemetery and at Scott’s Homestead.


Over the long term, Mahurangi Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to

section 7.1), with Sullivan’s Bay and Scott Point managed as a Special management zones.

The park will provide:

Protection of the outstanding headland landscapes at the mouth of the Mahurangi

harbour and enhancement of the coastal forests by protecting and enhancing the

biodiversity values of the park including the restoration of the coastal forests containing

pohutukawa and stands of mature puriri.




The opportunity to learn about the rich Māori and European history of the locality.

Opportunities for people to enjoy an overview of the entrance to the scenic Mahurangi

harbour, and a key access point to the Mahurangi Harbour for water related recreation,

such as sea kayaking, by promoting the park as a maritime-oriented park.

Opportunities for people to enjoy tramping, walking and picnicking at a number of

beach locations.

Intimate and isolated camping and bach stay opportunities on the park.

277


Over the next 10 years the management of Mahurangi Regional Park will focus on:

maintaining, protecting and enhancing the coastal forest, with an emphasis of

protecting and replacing pohutukawa, protecting stands of puriri and the habitats and

populations of indigenous fauna,




enabling people to learn about the rich maritime history of the locality by interpreting

the significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and events,

protecting the historic Scott Homestead and establish appropriate community uses for

it,

integrating the management of regional, local authority and Department of Conservation

park land and reserves in the locality, and

rationalising the day use and camping arrangements at Sullivan’s Bay and make

provision for campervans in a way that does not detract from the visual amenity of the

park and views from the sea, the amenity of the existing campground and the

enjoyment of day visitors.

Over the next five years the council will give priority to;

reviewing the configuration of the arrival area at Sullivan’s Bay and upgrading this;

including relocating the campervans at Sullivan’s Bay away from the beach frontage to

improve the visual amenity of the park,

constructing a designated CCS campervan area, and

reducing the size of the Sullivan’s Bay campground and developing additional camping

opportunities to the west of the existing campground.




Natural settings

1. Complete the coastal forest enhancement revegetation programme with

supplementary planting of pohutukawa, where appropriate, while retaining the views

and vistas.

2. Manage recreational activity, especially dogs, in the coastal areas so that they do not

unduly disturb the birdlife, such as nesting little blue penguins and NZ dotterels.

3. Maintain pest animal and plant control on the park to prevent incursions onto the off-

shore islands in the vicinity.



278



5. Resurvey and update information on archaeological sites on the park land and

implement the Archaeological Site Management Actions identified in the Cultural

Heritage Inventory.

6. Develop an interpretation trail using existing tracks at Sullivans Bay to assist

management and understanding of the cultural heritage significance of the park and

surrounding.

7. Manage the historic buildings in accordance with the following heritage conservation

plans:

a) Sullivan Homestead Conservation Plan 2003,

b) Schischka Cottage Conservation Plan 2002,

c) Vine House Conservation Plan 2001 (which includes the Lagoon Woolshed),

d) Scott Homestead Conservation Plan 2000.

8. Formalise the management of the historic Te Muri Cemetery with Rodney District

Council.

9. Prepare and implement, in consultation with descendants and Rodney District Council,

a management plan for the Te Muri cemetery, as shown on Map 7.2.

Farmed settings

10. Continue to farm the majority of the park as open pasture on Mahurangi West to

recognise its rural heritage, retain key views and vistas, and facilitate recreation and

use (including farm experiences).





12. Upgrade and manage the Puhoi cottage as overnight accommodation as part of the

bach escapes programme.

13. Maintain the informal lay-by at Tungutu Point to provide access to a major vantage

point.

14. Reconfigure the car parking at the park entrance to Sullivan Bay to improve security,

and maintain the service road access to Te Muri and facilitate pedestrian access to Te

Muri beach.

15. Maintain Te Muri beach as a remote location and Te Muri Campground as a

backcountry campground with pedestrian and boat access only.

16. Seek amendments to the dog control policies and bylaws to prohibit dogs from

Mahurangi East in order to protect breeding shore birds.

279


Tangata whenua

17. Recognise the special relationship of tangata whenua with the Mahurangi Regional

Park through:












programme and the management actions outlined in Part 9.


website.



ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Mahurangi

Regional Park:





20. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 19, liaise with Rodney District Council

specifically in relation to boating access and dog control.

21. Liaise with the licensee of Vine House to ensure it is managed in accordance with the

Vine House Conservation Plan 2001; and make it available to the public as part of the

bach escape network.




280



Sullivan’s Bay

Sullivan’s Bay is the main arrival area on the park. It is a small and constrained bay

containing the main car parking, visitor facilities, a campground and the historic Sullivan

Homestead which acts as a ranger residence and park depot. It is very popular with

campers and as a destination for caravans. There is a need to rationalise the arrangement of

facilities within the bay to accommodate the range of activities, and not detract from its

natural charm as a beach location, including the visual impacts from the sea.

23. Manage Sullivan’s Bay as a main arrival area for the park.

24. Review, in consultation with key stakeholders, the configuration and use of the arrival

area at Sullivan’s Bay, in relation to car parking, camping, day use activity and

provision for campervans and caravans, as shown on Map 7.2 including:

a) rationalising and upgrading the toilets facilities at Sullivan’s Bay.

b) managing the Sullivan’s Bay campground and car parking areas to maintain the

foreshore areas as open areas for communal use and reduce the visual impacts

on the coastline and from the sea,

c) reducing the capacity of the existing Sullivans Bay campground to 30 persons

while investigating options to accommodate additional camping on the hill above

the current campground and, once established, reduce the existing Sullivan’s Bay

campground to 20 persons.

d) developing designated areas for campervans and in the short term, moving

campervans away from the foreshore parking spaces.

Scott Point

Scott Point, at the end of the Te Kapa Peninsula, contains land owned and managed by

three public agencies; the council, Department of Conservation and Rodney District Council.

It contains a wharf and landing and a boat ramp used by recreational boating and the shell

fishing industry. The regional park land also contains the historic Scott Homestead and two

houses, Ferguson House and Bailey Cottage, which are available for holiday rental as part of

the bach escapes programme. The location acts as an access point for visitors to Mahurangi

East.

Scott homestead was built by Thomas Scott jnr. in 1877-81. This former hotel and boarding

house dates from a time before road access was developed to the Mahurangi, when the

harbour was a hub of shipbuilding and timber milling activity. Today the Scott homestead is

one of the heritage icons of the Mahurangi area, with which the local community has

developed a strong sense of attachment.

Finding an appropriate use for the Scott Homestead that is consistent both with the

retention of its heritage value and setting, while allowing public access to the grounds, has

been an ongoing challenge. Fire egress and protection, structural issues and protection of

the heritage fabric are amongst the constraints that restrict use of the upper level of the

building. The limited car parking capacity in the locality also limits use options.

25. Manage Scott Point as an arrival area for Mahurangi East.

26. Prepare and implement a conservation plan for the setting of Scott Homestead,

including the heritage fruit trees associated with the homestead.

281


27. Manage the Scott Homestead in accordance with the conservation plan and

investigate appropriate public use for the homestead, including its possible use for

overnight accommodation.

28. Formalise, in consultation with Rodney District Council and Department of

Conservation, the integrated management of the Department of Conservation land

(including Casnell Island), local reserves at Scott Point and the use of Mahurangi East,

with respect to pest animal and plant control, and the provision of recreational

opportunities.

29. Investigate, in association with Rodney District Council, the provision of additional car

parking and toilet facilities to meet use at Scott Point and to service the Scott

Homestead.

30. Investigate removing the aging pine trees on the regional park land along the western

side of Ridge Road and replace with appropriate species, following consultation with

the New Zealand Historic Places Trust regarding archaeological sites in the area.

31. Maintain public walking access along the beach to Scott Homestead and sign post and

improve walking access between the Ferguson house, Bailey Cottage, the Scott

Homestead and the adjoining Mahurangi Scenic Reserve (DOC).



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Mahurangi Regional

Park, as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that will be

applied to the permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply temporary





13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted at either facilities provided at Sullivan’s Bay or

portable gas barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may


Boat access A boat launching ramp and trailer parking is available at Scott

Point. Small craft, such as kayaks, can be hand launched at

Sullivan Bay. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.

282



Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead;

a) On the Cudlip Point Loop Track, except during lambing

season (July, August and September inclusive).

b) On Mita Bay beach and the coastal area around to Opahi

Bay. Dogs can only access Mita Bay by boat, or by foot

from Opahi Bay.

c) At Scott Point and adjoining beaches: except between

9am and 7pm from the first Sunday in October to the 3rd

Sunday in March.

d) Mahurangi East park land and adjoining beaches.

Temporary restrictions may apply.

Dogs are prohibited from park land at Sullivans Bay and Te

Muri and adjoining beaches at all times.

Council will seek to have these policies amended (refer to

policy 16 above).

Dogs are subject to local authority dog control policies and

bylaws which are subject to change. Reference should be

made to the council’s website.


family or group

activities.

Informal groups are limited to 75 persons in order to manage

conflict with other recreation activities. Groups larger than 75

must obtain a discretionary activity consent.

Recreational

cycling

Permitted on designated poled routes across farm land and

park roads (refer to Maps 7.1 and 7.2) but temporary

restrictions may apply on sites of significance to tangata

whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas;

or to protect park values and to enable park operations such

as pest control and lambing. Phytosanitary measures may be


Walking, tramping,

running and

orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Maps 7.1 and 7.2)

and council approved orienteering course) and open pasture

areas but temporary restrictions may apply to: protect sites

of significance to tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological

sites and ecological areas; or to enable park operations such

as lambing and pest control. Phytosanitary measures may be


283



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Mahurangi Regional








Controlled activities Description of site (if applicable) Restrictions and

conditions

Baches Scott Point: Baileys Cottage (6

people) and Ferguson House (8

people).

Mahurangi East: Vine House (6

people) and the Big Bay Bach (8

people).

Subject to completion of

improvements, Puhoi Cottage

will be available at the Puhoi

River entrance (across from

Wenderholm Regional Park)


confirmation.

Note the Vine House

is available for hire by

the general public and

is under licence to the

Auckland Canoe Club.

Campervans and

caravans

Sullivan’s Bay arrival area (10

vehicles) until a SCC Vehicle

Campground has been

constructed with capacity for no

more than 20 vehicles. SCC

campervans and caravans will

not be allowed along the

foreshore in the Sullivan’s Bay

car parking area.

Requires self-

containment

certificates in car

parks.

Further conditions on


or camping passes.


Sullivan’s Bay (30 people),

Back-country campgrounds: Te

Muri (80 people), Mita Bay (40

people) and Lagoon Bay (20

people).


confirmation or

camping passes.

Meeting venues The Scott Homestead and

grounds are available for

meetings, weddings and other

celebrations, by arrangement

with the council

Listed in Recreation


confirmation. Note:

special conditions

apply to the Scott

Homestead because

of its heritage values.

100 people can be

booked in during the

284


period March to

November inclusive

and 30 people during

the peak summer

period December to

February inclusive.

Leases and licenses

The table below identifies the leases and licenses operating on Mahurangi Regional Park




website.


Auckland

Canoe Club

Licence to

occupy Vine

House

2014 Occupation limited to

specific days of the year.

17.7.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Mahurangi Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7.

In addition to the standard monitoring programme, the council will undertake specific


1. Monitor the viability of the coastal birdlife, such as NZ dotterels and little blue penguins.

285


17.8 Muriwai Regional Park (including 5 Mile Strip)

17.8.1 Park values

Muriwai Regional Park is a beach-side park, extending from Maukatia (Māori Bay) in the

south and northwards alongside Muriwai Beach for eight kilometres. It provides access to

one of Auckland’s most popular west coast surf beaches with over a million visitors each

year. This unique, west-coast park has a range of landscapes dominated by a windswept

rugged coastline and a black iron-sand dune system. The park’s natural beauty is further

enhanced by unique ecological and geological assets of national and international

significance, namely, the spectacular Takapu (gannet) colony and the Maukatia Pillow Lava

formations.

In the south, the park has the elevated backdrop of the Mitchelson block with its significant

regenerating coastal forest that contains a collection of mature exotic trees of historic value.

In the north is the wilderness area of 5 mile strip with its expansive dune system and retired

pine plantation. Otakamiro Point, the dominant headland in the park, provides spectacular

views of the gannets in summer and down the expansive stretch of the longest beach in

the region. The park is characterised by its wide open spaces and vistas from numerous

vantage points.

Muriwai has a long history of human settlement dating back over 800 years. The park land

and beach were named by the tangata whenua as Motutara and Te Oneone Rangatira

respectively. The natural resources of the area and the strategic route-ways (ie, Waitematā-

Kaipara portage and the access through the eastern foothills of the Waitākere Ranges to the

Manukau Harbour) attracted many iwi. Māori occupation of the park land was concentrated

on and around Otakamiro and the Muriwai Stream Valley. Taonga (treasured artefacts) that

are typical of early settlement sites have been found in middens located in the sand-hills and

at Maukatia (Māori Bay). In 2009, a full-length waka was recovered from the Okiritoto

Stream.

The park is predominantly owned by the Crown and held as a recreation reserve under the

Reserves Act 1977. The park has been formed over a number of years with the initial 6.9ha

at Maukatia gazetted as a reserve for recreation in 1909. This was expanded in the 1920s to

include the area occupied by the present campground, picnicking areas and Village Green.

Further acquisitions of the Mitchelson Block and the quarry occurred in the 1950s. The park

was originally known as the Motutara Domain and was managed by a locally elected domain

board.

In 1960, the Department of Lands and Survey changed its name to the Muriwai Beach

Domain. Control of the domain was then transferred to the Auckland Regional Authority

(now the council) in 1968. The golf course land was reserved by the Crown and added to

the domain in the early 1970s, and the entire domain was classified as a recreation reserve

under the Reserves Act in 1979. The domain became known as a regional park with the

adoption of the first park management plan in 1981 and the Local Government Amendment

Act 1992 also explicitly included ‚Muriwai‛ as part of the regional parks network.

Management of the foreshore land, known as 5 Mile Strip, was transferred from the Crown

to the council in 1995 to form part of the Muriwai Regional Park, as the New Zealand

Forestry Service operations on the strip had ceased. At this time it was also classified as a

recreation reserve under the Reserves Act 1977.

286


An 830m2 area on Waitea Road purchased by council in 1993 is the only area of the park

held under the Local Government Act.

The park provides for a range of recreational activities with picnic areas and walking tracks, a

café, serviced campground (licenced to a private operator) and the Muriwai Golf Club.

Tracks in the south of the park are part of the last few kilometres of the Hillary Trail, a 70km

multi-day tramp that starts in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park and travels north,

predominantly along the coastline to Muriwai. The park also includes community facilities,

such as a sports field and tennis courts in the Muriwai Village Green, the fire station off

Coast Road and the playground at the end of Motutara Road. All these community sites are

licensed to Rodney District Council.

This plan recognises that the beaches that adjoin the park are the main reason people visit

the park, to undertake a range of activities such as swimming, surfing, kite-surfing, fishing

and blowcarting. However, it does not contain management policies relating to the beach as

most of the beach, below mean high water springs (MHWS), is not formally part of the park.

The park does however provide the parking, and open-grassed areas and picnicking facilities

that service and supplement the activities on the beach. Vehicles accessing the beach

through the park have become an issue, and the council has developed a joint agency

programme to address illegal vehicle-use of the beach.

As a fairly mature park it has a range of infrastructure that is requiring renewal. In addition

the park is located in a dynamic and exposed west coast environment and while it currently

covers an area of 438ha, it is slowing reducing in size due to the impact of coastal erosion.

This has significantly impacted the park in recent years requiring the removal of

infrastructure located on the foreshore.

A review of the overall direction of the management of this area began some time ago and

has included wide consultation with the Rodney District Council and community. In 2002

the council and the Rodney District Council jointly commissioned the Coastal Hazard

Management Strategy 2002; this signalled the need to remove structures from the 150m

coastal hazard zone and to restore the dune system. The following year the council

commissioned the Muriwai Regional Park Concept Design Proposal 2003. The 2004

variation to the Muriwai Regional Park section of the Regional Park Management Plan

incorporated the proposals put forward in the concept plan. A number of these have been

implemented over the past five years, including the recent re-configuration of part of the

southern car park and re-location of the surf club tower.

To slow the erosion, large areas of the dunes have been re-contoured and planted with

spinifex and pingao in an effort to stabilise the sand. Fencing has been used to restrict

visitor access to the dunes to pathways leading to the beach.

Muriwai Regional Park is recognised as having unique natural, aesthetic and spatial qualities.

The objective and purpose to be considered when exercising any development or activities

on the park is to ensure that those qualities are conserved and enhanced, while continuing

to provide for the wellbeing of visitors to the park and residents of the Muriwai area.

287


17.8.2 Park vision

Muriwai Regional Park is an extensive coastal park running over 8 kilometres along the

rugged west coast. It has unique nationally significant ecological and geological features,

and the internationally-renowned gannet colony draws visitors to Otakamiro Point. It

provides for a range of recreational activities focused on the sea, such as swimming,

surfing, and fishing, while on the land hang gliding and horse riding are catered for, and a

golf course and camp ground operate under licence. The park provides a cafe and contains a

large and active surf club. Despite its scale, Muriwai faces challenges due to competing

uses, and damage to the dune system from natural causes and recreational use. The park

will be managed to balance these diverse activities, while acting to protect the dune system

and park from the threats of erosion.


Over the long term, Muriwai Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to

section 7.1 ), with Central / Motutara, Otakamiro Point / Maukatia, Okiritoto Stream and

Horse Park, and 5 Mile Strip managed as a Special management zones. The park will

provide:

Retention of its wilderness character.

Protection of its valued features unique to the area such as the gannet colony,

Otakamiro Point, the Mitchelson Block, Okiritoto Stream and 5 mile strip.




Recognition of the areas significance to tangata whenua.

Public access and visual linkages to the coast.

Multiple open spaces for a variety of recreational and visitor related experiences.

Links to the wider local community.

Over the next 10 years the management of Muriwai Regional Park will focus on:

managing the impacts of erosion on the park,

implementing the Muriwai Design Guidelines,

protecting and enhancing the values associated with the seabirds at Otakamiro Point

and Maukatia,

strengthening the relationship with Te Taou-Reweti Marae and Te Kawerau a Maki and

investigating opportunities for practical expression of kaitiakitanga,

managing the park as a series of Special management zones, including

Central/Motutara, Otakamiro Point/Maukatia, Okiritoto Stream and horse park, and 5

Mile Strip,

redeveloping the arrival area to the park,

progressively moving parking areas and the internal park road outside of the 150m

coastal hazard zone as erosion and need dictates,

managing appropriate pedestrian, vehicle and horse access to the beach,

maintaining tracks, and

288


continuing the revegetation programme along Coast Road, around Okiritoto Stream and

in selected areas of the 5 Mile Strip.


developments:

pulling back the northern car park from the coastal hazard zone and developing a new

parking area and access to this, as erosion dictates,

implementing the development plan for the end of Motutara Road to improve the arrival

area of the park, incorporating the reorientation of the park depot, which will be

upgraded to improve the provision of visitor services, and the realignment of the

Motutara Road intersection to guide visitors to the northern car parking area,

assisting the surf lifesaving club re-establish on a new location in the park out of the

coastal hazard zone to enable the continuity of their service to park visitors, and

installing an automatic gate at Maukatia.




Natural settings

1. Continue to manage coastal erosion through the restoration of the dune systems to

their natural form to improve their stability, with a particular focus on the southern end

of the park.

2. Interpret dune restoration to raise awareness and increase understanding of the

threats to dune systems, their importance to the region and protection methods.

3. Continue the revegetation programmes as identified on Map 8.1 and 8.2, with

emphasis on:

a) planting the dunes with appropriate native species,

b) facilitating natural regeneration in the 5 Mile Strip by supplementing with coastal

native planting,

c) revegetating areas around Maukatia and

d) working with the Muriwai Volunteer Lifeguard Service Inc. and the Muriwai Golf

Club to plant along the southern golf course boundary to screen and provide

shelter to public open space areas between the golf course, the new surf club

building and the campground, taking into consideration the maintenance of view

lines where appropriate.

4. Progressively remove exotic plant species as part of revegetation programmes, or as

trees become diseased or present a risk to visitors, including macrocarpa, pine,

Norfolk Island pine, Norfolk Island hibiscus27, and species identified in the Auckland

Regional Pest Management Strategy, with a focus on the Central/Motutara area.

27 With the exception of the Norfolk Island hibiscus near the café.

289



5. Resurvey and update information on archaeological sites on the park and implement

the archaeological management actions as identified in the Cultural Heritage

Inventory.

6. Review the Conservation Plan for the Otakamiro Point Pa Site Q11/146 and Nearby

Midden/Burial Site Q11/148 (Law and Associates, April 2002) in consultation with

tangata whenua and the community.

7. Complete an inventory and assessment of trees of heritage value in the Mitchelson

Block.

Farmed settings

No farming is undertaken on this park.


8. Ensure any new infrastructure such as roads, vehicle parking areas, fences and

directional and safety signs are consistent with the Muriwai Design Guidelines and in

accordance with Part 14.

9. Upgrade or relocate facilities for informal recreational activities as erosion or demand

dictates.


section 13.1.3 and Part 14, to ensure that there are adequate accessible disability

parking spaces, firm surfaces from these parking spaces to the park entry, toilet

facilities, seating, shelter and tracks to destinations such as viewing points and the

beach.

11. Continue to implement and manage the Hillary Trail as an informal multi-day trail, and

in accordance with policy 17.19.5.107, implement the Hillary Trail operational plan,

including using interpretation to identify Muriwai as the end of the trail.

12. Work with appropriate agencies to explore options for travel demand management, in

accordance with section 8.3, including the provision of public transport for visitors to

the park, the provision of parking management signs at Waimauku, and options for the

Hillary Trail.

13. Restrict unnecessary, dangerous or damaging use of vehicles on Muriwai Beach and

Te Oneone Rangatira to reduce the associated unsustainable damage to the dunes

and adjacent coastline, public safety risks, the alienation of non-vehicle users and the

significant ongoing infrastructure costs for the agencies involved through:

a) where feasible and practicable, blocking off illegal access points,

b) declining discretionary applications that request access through regional parks to

access the foreshore for purposes that would either result in or encourage illegal,

unnecessary or damaging use of vehicles on the foreshore,

c) an education campaign promoting safety and environmental protection,

d) patrolling,

e) the use of bylaws, and

290


f) staff modelling best practice through following a standard operating procedure for

vehicle use on beaches (refer to policy 13.3.5.3).

14. Realign key corners on Coast Road to improve safety and seal the road up to the

entrance to the golf club, as shown on Map 8.2.

15. Investigate the development of a pull off area on Coast Road just after the golf club

entrance, as shown on Map 8.2, for viewing the coast and beach, subject to suitable

traffic calming measures being implemented on Coast Road.

16. Continue support for programmes and activities which advocate safe use of west

coast beaches, such as safe fishing practices, or competence in water-related

activities.

Tangata whenua

17. Recognise tangata whenua of Muriwai Regional Park through:


infrastructure such as interpretation and tohu tangata whenua,












website.


19. Liaise with Rodney District Council and Hancocks Forestry Management (NZ) Ltd to

advocate for the consistent and integrated management of all activities which run

across all agencies land and the adjoining foreshore, including: bylaws, dog control,

environmental programmes such as dune restoration and recreational activities such

as horse riding.

20. Continue to be a partner in the Joint Agency Muriwai Management Group (JAMM),

which includes Rodney District Council, iwi, Hancocks Forestry Management (NZ) Ltd,

NZ Police, NZ Defence Force, Department of Conservation, Muriwai Lifeguard

Service, regarding traffic management on Muriwai Beach and Te Oneone Rangatira.

21. Work with the Muriwai Golf Club and Hancock Forest Management (NZ) Ltd on the

maintenance of Coast Road.

22. Liaise with the Department of Conservation and the Ministry of Fisheries over the

management of the interface between the parkland, coastline and sea, fishing in the

291


area, the protection of the toheroa beds and marine mammals, and to enforce

council’s prohibition of set netting from regional parks (refer to policy 13.6.1.5).

23. Liaise with the Muriwai Progressive Association, the local community, the licensees,

organised recreational groups or regular users of the park on issues of mutual interest

in managing the park and the beach.

24. Liaise with Rodney District Council regarding stormwater and wastewater issues,

roading, parking and traffic management.

25. Liaise with the NZ Police regarding traffic management on Muriwai Beach and

security on the park.

26. Liaise with Muriwai Fire and Emergency Services and First Response Group and

Muriwai Volunteer Lifeguard Service Inc in relation to rescue, first aid, fire and other

emergency responses.

27. Continue to work with the Muriwai Coastcare Group and other volunteer groups on

dune restoration and other conservation projects.

28. Continue to work with the Muriwai Volunteer Lifeguard Service Inc to ensure the safe

operation of their service and compatibility with other park operations.


Central / Motutara

This is the main entrance to the park and where the majority of visitors to the park

congregate. The area provides parking and picnicking areas, predominantly for people

visiting the beach. There is a serviced campground and café, both operated under licence.

Managing visitors to this area requires the provision of infrastructure, such as parking, that

needs to be sensitive to the dune system in the area.

29. Allow no further development and progressively remove structures, in accordance

with the policies in section 14.1, except movable lifeguard and pedestrian access

structures, from within the coastal hazard zone (150 metres from MHWS) to provide a

more natural foreshore environment, enhance areas of public open space and provide

a buffer between infrastructure and coastal erosion.

30. Progressively withdraw parking spaces from the existing northern car park as erosion

dictates and replace with permanent parking outside the 150m coastal hazard zone

and to the east of the existing parking area, as shown on Map 8.1.

31. Access to the new parking area outlined in policy 30 above will depend on whether

erosion trigger points are met and will be achieved through:

a) the development of an access road through the northern overflow car park and

along the golf course boundary, shown on Map 8.1,

or, if this is compromised, through:

b) the development of a new road entering the park off Coast Road between the

Muriwai Village Green and the southern boundary of the golf course (shown on

Map 8.1) following the preparation of a development plan in consultation with

stakeholders. This would also provide access to the surf club. Once this is

292


developed, limited access will retained in the area mentioned in a) above to

enable lifeguards to take equipment to the beach.

There is no intention to increase roading within or through the campground or to provide a

loop road through the park.

32. If the northern car park and overflow car park are removed, these areas will be

reinstated for the restoration of the natural dune system and recreation use.

33. Re-orientate and upgrade the park depot to improve the provision of visitor services

and information.

34. Implement the development plan for the area seaward of the Motutara Road and

Waitea Road intersection to:

a) create a pedestrian and cycle friendly precinct,

b) improve the information kiosk and, following the upgrade of information services

covered in policy 33 above, either integrate the kiosk or remove it,

c) enhance the public amenity of the area, including opportunities for picnicking,

d) retain the café in its present location, and

e) work with Rodney District Council to improve the amenity and environmental

outcomes associated with the stormwater drains, through the use of planted

swales.

35. Manage the seaward end of Motutara Road to:

a) maintain pedestrian access to the beach,

and subject to the continuing impacts of coastal erosion work with Rodney District

Council to:

b) retain limited vehicle access to the end of Motutara Road and the southern end of

Muriwai Beach for the Muriwai Surf Club, boat launching and emergency vehicles,

and

c) provide limited parking at the end of Motutara Road for people with limited

mobility and for short term parking and beach viewing.

36. Work with the Rodney District Council to reconfigure the intersection of Motutara

Road and the park road to clearly guide visitors to the northern car parks.

37. Provide for the continued operation of the Muriwai Volunteer Lifeguard Service Inc, to

maintain an effective lifesaving and emergency response services at Muriwai,

including:

a) supporting the development of a new building on the site identified in Map 8.1,

b) providing pedestrian and limited vehicular access for surf club members from the

northern over-flow car park along the golf course boundary to the club’s site as

shown on Map 8.1. This access may also become the access to new parking

areas as identified in policy 31a) above. If this access becomes compromised by

erosion in the future, it will be retained for limited vehicular access to the beach

for patrol purposes only, and official access to the surf club will be provided by the

new road proposed in policy 31b).

293


c) providing access through the Village Green for essential emergency services, and

d) removing the existing surf club building from the park.

38. Allow the Muriwai Volunteer Lifeguard Service Ltd. to relocate their patrol tower, as

erosion dictates, to provide appropriate beach surveillance.

39. Retain the Muriwai Beach Motor Camp at its current levels of service and location

under licence subject to review if and when the rate and extent of coastal erosion

makes renegotiation of the terms of the licence necessary.

40. Restore and manage the dune systems, in accordance with policy 1 above, to ensure

their stability, using methods such as:

a) removing structures as set out in policy 29 above,

b) ongoing re-contouring and planting of the dunes, and

c) managing public access to the dunes by way of low impact fencing and signage

that is sensitive to the environment.

41. Provide a clear and connected track network through the park and to the beach that

gives priority to pedestrians, and is well marked and promoted.

42. Investigate the provision of a permanent orienteering course, in the vicinity of the

campground.

43. Enable the Rodney District Council to manage the Village Green area to provide for

local community needs in accordance with their licence and the Muriwai Village Green

Management Plan.

44. Enable Rodney District Council to manage stormwater from the Muriwai Township on

the park including the treatment and disposal of stormwater, ensuring it does not

compromise the environmental health and amenity of the park, or recreation

opportunities on the park.

45. Manage the vegetation in the Mitchelson Block to:

a) maintain the existing levels of vegetative cover and allow the block to regenerate

naturally,

b) conserve the significant non-invasive exotic plantings which have heritage value

and assist in land stabilisation, and

c) retain the area of open space along Oaia Road.

46. Develop the lookout at the entrance to the Edwin Mitchelson Track off Oaia Road as

shown on Map 8.1, subject to a favourable geotechnical report, providing a safety

barrier and a small car park.

Otakamiro Point / Maukatia

Otakamiro Point is vegetated with remnant coastal forest and flax through which tracks lead

to observation points and platforms overlooking the gannet colony and offshore islands. The

gannet colony is one of only three mainland gannet colonies in New Zealand and has about

1,200 pairs of adult Australasian gannets (Morus serrator) that nest here each summer, and

can be seen between August and March each year. The point and islands are also home to

White Fronted Terns (Tara) and Blue Penguins. Fur seals also regularly feed and rest at Oaia

294


Island 1.6km off the coast. Otakamiro and Maukatia provide opportunities for seabird

restoration and coastal herb field recovery.

The area has significant value to tangata whenua, being the location of three pa sites,

including the Motutara Island pa, which has now been destroyed by erosion. From the point

there are panoramic views over the beach and Tasman Sea.

Maukatia is a popular surfing destination and a well-known launching site for hang gliders

and parapenters. The cliffs above Maukatia contain some of the best-exposed and

preserved pillow lavas in the world. In the past quarrying was undertaken in the area and

destroyed part of this lava flow. Other geological features in the area include a sea cave,

Miocene fauna fossils and volcaniclastic sediments in the cliffs and intertidal platforms.

The area has a sealed car park and toilets.

47. Work in partnership with tangata whenua over the management of this area, including

the revegetation of the Maukatia banks.

48. Ensure the natural resources of Otakamiro Point and Maukatia are managed by

avoiding adverse effects on:

a) the breeding colony of gannets and other seabirds breeding in the area,

b) the visiting New Zealand fur seals and other species, and their habitats,

c) all geological features,

d) all significant areas of native vegetation,

e) all significant native flora and fauna and

f) the natural landscape and aesthetic values.

49. Protect the archaeological sites in the area, including implementing the

recommendations of the Conservation Plan for the Otakamiro Point Pa Site Q11/146

and Nearby Midden/Burial Site Q11/148 2002.

50. Provide information on, and interpretation of, these natural and cultural features to

ensure visitors understand and respect their values.

51. Minimise physical disturbance by:

a) maintaining current levels of infrastructure necessary to meet visitor needs,

upgrading these as required, and

b) managing access to destination points by encouraging visitor use of defined

tracks only.

52. Manage access by commercial operators and large groups to Otakamiro Point by:

a) appropriately managing bus parking in the area,

b) monitoring commercial use,

c) working with commercial operators to inform them of the cultural sensitivity of

the area, and

d) if necessary, applying conditions on discretionary use consents to manage access

during peak times.

295


53. Maintain the Maukatia car park in its current state and capacity and install automatic

gates.

54. Maintain appropriate and safe pedestrian access to Maukatia Bay.

55. Investigate the installation of a shower in the Maukatia area.

56. Prohibit dogs from Otakamiro Point and Maukatia.

Okiritoto Stream and Horse Park

Okiritoto Stream and the horse park are located at the end of Coast Road, refer to Map 8.2.

The area adjoins Hancock’s commercial forest to the east. The horse park is dominated by

mature pine trees that provide shade as well as a link to the forestry plantings within the

area. Okiritoto Stream has significant ecological value as the only stream of any size flowing

out to the sea on the western side of the South Head Peninsula or the Kaipara Ecological

District. While it has been greatly modified by exotic tree plantings, there are opportunities

to restore the natural stream system and riparian margins.

This area is coming under significant recreation pressure as it provides the only access to

the beach for horse riders, motorbike riders and 4WDs and is the gateway to horse and

pedestrian track systems within the forest and 5 Mile Strip.

57. Manage Okiritoto Stream to:

a) control all major invasive pest plants, including aquatic weeds,

b) continue revegetation of the riparian zone and wider area as shown on Map 8.2.

58. Maintain the current tracks around the stream and along Coast Road adjacent to the

golf course.

59. Prepare a development plan from the golf club entrance to the Okiritoto Stream and

Horse Park area that emphasises the sense of transition into a more fragile and

remote environment, with a focus on education about the values, risks and range of

recreation on offer.

60. Continue to monitor and review the pedestrian, horse and vehicular tracks to the

beach at Okiritoto Stream and to 5 Mile Strip, to ensure access is maintained and

potential conflict between users is minimised.

61. Restrict the damaging and illegal use of off-road vehicles through the actions outlined

in policy 13 above.

5 Mile Strip

This remote wilderness area is 5 miles long and approximately 200 metres wide (refer to

Map 8.2). It has a relatively unmodified, undulating dune system that is of regional

geological significance, and a mix of native bush and forestry plantings. The forestry

plantings were undertaken by the New Zealand Forestry Service prior to the land being

vested in the council. Animal browsing is an issue in this area and to achieve the restoration

of the native vegetation will need to be addressed. This area is part of Te Oneone Rangatira

leading up to the tip of the South Kaipara peninsula.

62. Manage the 5 Mile Strip as a remote experience area with a focus on the protection of

the dune system.

296


63. Undertake a deer control programme in co-operation with the Department of

Conservation.

64. Review horse riding and walking tracks through the 5 Mile Strip, with a view to

limiting the number and location of access points and tracks to selected locations to

minimise their impact on the sensitive coastal environment. These maybe shifted or

re-orientated where necessary to allow for the recovery of the dunes.

65. Support the natural regeneration and protection of threatened species on the 5 Mile

Strip through pest plant and deer control, and planting that facilitates regeneration.

66. Promote and enforce restrictions related to vehicle use on the beach in accordance

with policy 13 above, with a particular emphasis on fencing off areas that are regularly

accessed illegally.



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Muriwai Regional Park,







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted either at facilities provided or portable gas

barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may apply

from time to time.

Boat launching The ability to launch boats from the beach will be

dependent on use of 4 wheel-drive vehicles and sea

conditions. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.

Dogs Dogs are prohibited from parkland at Otakamiro Point

and Maukatia; permanent controls apply to this

activity, (refer to policy 56). Dogs are permitted on a

lead in the remaining area of parkland.

Rodney District Council Dog Control Bylaws apply on

the beach. Dogs are permitted on the beach in

winter. Restrictions apply over daylight saving hours

where dogs are not allowed down the southernmost

200m of the beach between 9am and 7pm.

Dogs are subject to Rodney District Council dog

control policies and bylaws which are subject to

change and reference should also be made to the

Rodney District Council website and the council

website.

Informal individual, Informal groups are limited to 100 persons in order to

297



family or group

activities



activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted on Coast Road only.

Walking , tramping

running, and

orienteering


council approved orienteering course) and areas but

temporary restrictions may apply to: protect sites of



park operations, such as pest control.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Muriwai Regional Park,








Controlled

activities


applicable)


Campervans/

caravans

Permitted at commercial

campground but not in

car parks

Appropriate activity at

campground, apply to

licensee

Camping Commercial campground Apply to licensee

Recreational horse

riding

Designated tracks on 5

Mile Strip and on Coast

Road (including beach

access at Okiritoto

Stream)


pass. Temporary restrictions

may apply to: protect sites of


whenua, sensitive


ecological areas; or to enable

park operations such as


approved discretionary

activities.

298


Leases and licences

The table below identifies existing leases and licences operating on Muriwai Regional Park

when this plan was adopted.



website.

Holder

Type Expiry

Date

Notes

Muriwai Golf Club

Inc.

Lease over part

(29.1ha)

2094 Public golf course

Muriwai Golf Club

Inc

Lease over balance

(53.5ha)

In

perpetuity

Muriwai Surf

School Ltd.

Licence 2020 Surf school

Muriwai Volunteer

Lifeguard Service

Inc.

Licence

2044 Muriwai surf lifesaving

headquarters

Rodney District

Council

Licence 2011 Playground off

Motutara Road

Rodney District

Council

Licence 2026 Muriwai Village Green

Rodney District

Council

Lease 2023 Muriwai Fire Station

Sand Dunz Ltd Licence 2025 Café

Steven Shearing Licence 2015 Muriwai Beach Motor

Camp


website.

17.8.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of the park land at Muriwai in accordance with section 7.7.

In addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will undertake specific


1. Monitor and report periodically upon the following aspects of the Muriwai Regional

Park:

a) annual erosion rates,

b) traffic counts on Coast, Motutara and Maukatia Roads,

c) health of the gannet population at Otakamiro Point and other birdlife in the

Okiritoto Stream,

d) tourism operators at Otakamiro Point, and

e) stormwater quality in conjunction with Rodney District Council.

299


17.9 Ōmana Regional Park

17.9.1 Park values

Ōmana Regional Park provides a coastal rural setting that lies on a gently contoured knoll

from which visitors can enjoy expansive views of the inner Hauraki Gulf. The 41 hectares of

park land contains a wide variety of landforms and landscapes, including: an extensive

intertidal rock platform of regional geological significance that stretches into the sea below

pohutukawa lined Waitematā sandstone cliffs, the shelly beaches of Maraetai, an estuary

and estuarine wetland, undulating open farm land, and regenerating indigenous bush

remnants in the gullies.

Ōmana park land is claimed by Ngai Tai as a place of extreme importance. Te Tuhi o

Manawatere (the mark of Manawatere) is a famous pohutukawa tree that once grew on the

park land. Manawatere did not arrive here by canoe but Ngai Tai say that he arrived here by

gliding upon the ripples of the waves. When he arrived, he marked the tree with a red ochre

paint (Karamea) as a sign to those following that he had come this way. Ngai Tai claim

descent from this man and have a proverb or saying amongst themselves when things or

persons are lost ‚Ma te tuhi rapa a Manawatere ka kitea‛ (by the vivid mark of Manawatere

it will be found). Ōmana pa (the pa of Manawatere) is also located on this park land.

While the majority of Ōmana Regional Park is grazed and mown grassland, there are

pockets of well established indigenous plantings that include mature tanekahas, puriris and

taraires. There is also a typical plant succession of mangrove-salt marsh to kanuka and

regenerating scrub, extending from the Te Puru wetlands. The restoration of these

ecosystems has been a focus for park management since the park was acquired in 1970 by

the Auckland Regional Authority.

The majority of the park is held and managed under the Local Government Act 2002, with a

small area to the north of the entrance subject to the Reserves Act 1977. The park also

includes an area of Crown land sitting to the south of the Te Puru wetlands which is subject

the Reserves Act.

The park’s headland lies between Ōmana Beach and Kellys Landing, and has public open

space adjoining it on both the eastern (Ōmana Esplanade Beach Reserve) and western

(Kellys Reserve and Te Puru Reserve) coastal boundaries. Collectively the reserves

comprise four kilometres of contiguous coastal reserves. The remaining boundaries of the

park are changing with significant coastal erosion on the seaward boundary, and urban

development along the inland boundary that runs parallel to the Whitford to Maraetai Road.

As with the surrounding district, the forest was felled for timber, and the area was dug for

kauri gum and prospected for gold and silver. Ōmana was then developed as one of the

region’s first farms. The park now attracts 220,000 visitors per year and this is likely to

increase with the opening of the Beachlands – Maraetai walkway.

Being located south east of Auckland city, between the Beachlands and Maraetai

communities, Ōmana Regional Park is a very popular park. It draws in families seeking safe

swimming at high tide and beautiful coastal picnic areas. The park has both a walking and

cycling circuit that traverses all of the park’s settings and a shared-use track that forms part

of the Beachlands to Maraetai walkway. For those wanting to stay longer, or to stay in the

park before they start the sea kayak/waka trail, there are overnight camping options

provided at the cliff top, vehicle based campground.

300


17.9.2 Park vision

Ōmana Regional Park is a coastal farm park between Beachlands and Maraetai that

contributes to a network of open spaces that includes Te Puru Reserve and numerous

coastal esplanade reserves. This network protects the restored Te Puru wetlands and

supports a walking and cycle way that connects local communities to the parks and

transport hubs. The park offers walks with commanding views over the Hauraki Gulf.

Visitors can also enjoy the indigenous themed play space and stay overnight in the

campground. The park is the start of the southern sea kayak/waka trail. Its picnicking and

barbecuing areas and accessible coastline make it popular for beach related activities.


Over the long term, Ōmana Regional Park will be managed as a Class III park (refer to

Section 7.1) with Te Puru wetlands managed as a Special management zone. The park will

provide:

A protected and restored estuarine wetland.

Opportunities for Ngai Tai to strengthen their connection to the land, to provide for their

hauora, and to be involved in the park management processes in ways which have

particular regard to the practical expression of kaitiakitanga

A farm setting where people, and particularly families, can enjoy the rural character and

small farm park experiences.

Beautiful coastal areas that offer commanding views over the Hauraki Gulf for

picnicking, barbecuing and access to the water based recreation.

Pedestrian and cyclist connectivity between Maraetai and Beachlands, and a track

system that enables visitors to explore the park.

Coastal rural camping opportunities close to urban communities.

A significant indigenous themed playground.

Over the next 10 years the management of Ōmana Regional Park will focus on;

protecting and enhancing Te Puru wetlands, the coastal ecosystem and the remnant

bush,

reducing and mitigating the impacts of coastal erosion through plantings, retraction of

coastal facilities and changes in farming and recreation management,

identifying, mapping and assessing tangata whenua values associated with the park,

and creating processes and opportunities to increase Ngai Tai’s involvement with in the

management of sites of significance to them,

enhancing the recreation and conservation potential of the area by continuing to

develop an integrated management approach to the park and the adjoining Manukau

City Council reserves,

retaining the open farmland setting and small farm experiences,

continuing to develop the strong volunteer base,

enhancing settings for family and group recreational activities,

reducing the impact of built infrastructure,

301


advocating that the public open space network along the coastline be managed as a

contiguous reserve, and

fostering the ethic of stewardship, particularly in the neighbouring Beachlands and

Maraetai communities.


developments:

providing a greater range of activities for visitors by completing the Ōmana Park section

of the Beachlands – Maraetai walkway,

redeveloping the existing playground, and

retracting the cliff top fence line and undertaking revegetation in order to mitigate

coastal erosion.




Natural settings

1. Enhance the coastal forest remnants and reduce the rate of coastal erosion through:

a) encouraging the regeneration of understory vegetation through plantings along

the coastal perimeter, particularly pohutukawa, and

b) rationalising beach access, and

c) investigating and trialling options to restore the coastal dune system on Ōmana

Beach to its natural form to improve its stability and reduce erosion.



Heritage Inventory, with particular emphasis on O-Manawatere pa site.

Farmed settings



experiences).





5. Develop and maintain the pedestrian and cyclist connectivity to other public open

spaces through supporting the Maraetai Beachlands walkway as shown on Map 9 and

working with Manukau City Council to replace the pedestrian access to and from the

new housing estate on the southern boundary to improve public safety.

302


6. Retract the fence and perimeter track next to the Cliff Top Campground, as shown on

Map 9, and relocate part of the campground to enable cliff stabilisation planting

programme.

7. Enhance the amenity of the picnicking and camping areas through planting that

provides a sense of enclosure and separation from roads and other activities.

8. Improve recreation access over open pastures by defining the track network through

signs and markers, and installing purpose built gates, ramps and stiles.

9. Investigate and develop new facilities on the designated sites that meet the needs of

the diverse range of visitors in accordance with the policies in Part 13 Recreation and

use management and Part 14 Infrastructure.

10. Develop an orienteering course in partnership with local orienteering club(s).

11. Implement a travel demand management programmed on the park in accordance with

section 8.3, with particular emphasis on supporting the sea kayak/waka trail and

limiting the car parking footprint.

12. Upgrade the car park to enable year round use.

13. Install an automatic gate at the park entrance to improve security.

14. Retain areas for overflow parking, as shown on Map 9, during the summer months

and events, and taking into account policy 12, investigate formalising this access and

parking to draw visitors further into the park and distribute the demand.

15. Investigate installing or providing for hire, appropriate equipment for group games and

recreation activity if research confirms there is demand for this service.

16. Evaluate options to reduce the visual impact of the water tanks, including relocation.

17. Upgrade the Ōmana Regional Park office and staff facilities to provide more room for

meetings and student accommodation.



Guidelines.

19. Redesign and upgrade the children’s playground to create a substantial indigenous

playground, in consultation with tangata whenua.

Tangata whenua

20. Recognise tangata whenua of Ōmana Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through interpretation and a tohu tangata whenua,

b) completing a human occupation report for the park,

c) consulting on the planning, protection, development and management of the park

and the tangata whenua values they contain, with particular emphasis on the

mitigation of coastal erosion on sites of significance and redesigning the

playground,

303


d) investigating options with tangata whenua to enable them to exercise their role as

kaitiaki over sites of significance; with particular emphasis on O-Manawatere Pa,

e) supporting the protection of the neighbouring shellfish populations through rāhui

(customary prohibitions), and








website.



ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Ōmana Regional

Park:




c) improves the access to the park (refer to policy 6 above).

23. Strengthen the neighbouring communities’ relationship to the park and their ethic of

stewardship through the range of visitor services outlined in section 13.2 in order to

minimise inappropriate behaviour on park land.





Te Puru wetland

The Te Puru wetland has a well established estuarine and mangrove plant association,

which grades into terrestrial communities dominated by kanuka on the slopes above the

creek, and into freshwater raupo swamp in the upper reaches. The natural values of this

area are being progressively enhanced with weed and pest control. The boardwalk through

the wetland offers park visitors the opportunity to experience this unique and rare

ecosystem without damaging the natural values that make it so special.

25. Continue the integrated plant and animal pest management programme.

26. Continue to restore the wetland by completing revegetation of open areas and

encouraging natural regeneration in planted areas.

27. Develop interpretation to raise awareness and increase understanding of the

importance of revegetation and the techniques involved in revegetation.

304




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Ōmana Regional Park, as

outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that will be applied to the

permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply temporary restrictions to any

permitted activities (refer to policy 13.3.1.2). Any temporary restrictions will be advertised in




13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted at either facilities provided or portable

gas barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may


Boat access (that is. sea

kayak/waka)

Sea kayak/waka high tide access at Ōmana Beach.

All tide access at adjoining Ōmana Beach boat

ramp. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.

Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead at the arrival area and

off lead on perimeter track year round.

Restrictions may apply during seasonal farming

operations (lambing and calving).



Reference should be made to the council’s

website.


or group activities

Informal groups are limited to 100 persons in order

to manage conflict with other recreation activities.


activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted on designated Beachlands-Maraetai walk

cycle way and park roads (refer to Map 9) and open

pasture areas but temporary restrictions may apply

to: protect sites of significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas,

or to enable park operations such as lambing and

pest control.

Walking, tramping,



council approved orienteering course) and open

pasture areas but temporary restrictions may apply




pest control.

305



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Ōmana Regional Park,




park brochures, signs or using other media





applicable)


Campervans/ caravans Campervans permitted

in campground and car

park (15 vehicles).


campground only.




on booking confirmation

and camping pass.


campground:

Cliff Top (80 people)



pass.

Designated sites 5 standard sites Conditions on booking

confirmation or permit.

Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences on Ōmana Regional Park when this management plan was

adopted. Licences may be surrendered and new ones may be created during the term of

this plan. For an up to date list of leases and licences please refer to please refer to the

council website.

17.9.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Ōmana Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7.

306


307


17.10 Pākiri Regional Park land

17.10.1 Park values

The council purchased 172 hectares of land at Pākiri for regional park purposes in 2005, and

in 2010, acquired an additional 7.2 hectares of land adjoining the regional park. The park land

has almost a kilometre of sandy, coastal foreshore along Pākiri beach. The park land is a

combination of steep coastal terrain, with a shoreline dominated by creeping sand dunes

with some flat grassland. The elevated hinterland offers spectacular panoramic views along

the extensive Pākiri coastline and over the northern Hauraki Gulf.

Part of the land that was purchased, known as the Arrigato Block, is subject to a resource

consent that imposed conditions relating to the revegetation of parts of the land.

Approximately half the land is grazed pasture. The coastal dunes contain stands of mature

pohutukawa trees and parts of the steep coastal terrain are being planted with native

vegetation to stabilise the land. The land contains the only mainland protected population of

sand tussock in Auckland region and a series of perched freshwater wetlands28. Dotterels

and fairy terns nest on the adjoining beaches. The beach and dunes are of regional

geological significance, and Pākiri beach contains excellent examples of active dune features

at the southernmost end of the beach. Pākiri beach is the longest sandy beach in Rodney

Ecological District.

Pākiri park land is within the rohe of Ngāti Manuhiri, who claim whakapapa connections to

Tahuhu, Haumoewharangi, and Ngawhetu, Maki and the Waiohua and Tainui (Hauraki-

Waikato) peoples. Pākiri is adjacent to Te Taumata, an Ngāti Manuhiri reservation (current

Māori freehold land) and has coastal papakainga and pa of significance to tangata whenua;

these include Pito Kuku, Te Kiri and Okakari pa. Limited evidence of European settlement

dating from the late 1850s exists in the form of introduced tree species, such as

macrocarpa and fig. The park land was the location of the house of William Medlands c.

1859, an early settler in the area.

This park is a recent acquisition and has yet to be named, developed and officially opened

for full public use. It is not anticipated that this will occur within the life of this plan. Prior to

the next review of this plan, a concept plan will be prepared in full consultation with key

stakeholders and the wider public.

In the interim people are welcome to enjoy the coastal walks and views from elevated

portions of the land. Marker posts will be installed to indicate safe routes across the

parkland. The pohutukawa grove behind the coastal dunes offers an ideal setting for

informal picnicking. The park will be managed in accordance with the general objectives of

this plan, the Regional Parks Bylaws 2007 and the interim management policies outlined

below.

17.10.2 Park vision

The undeveloped regional parkland at Pākiri provides a superb white sand surf beach backed

by grassy farmland with mature pohutukawa in the back-dunes. From the high hills and from

the significant Kiri’s Pa site there are panoramic vistas along the Pākiri coastline and of the

Hauraki Gulf. The parkland has a rich Māori history and contains many places of significance

to tangata whenua. A major revegetation programme aims to restore native forest and

protect steep coastal faces.

28 A perched freshwater wetland is created when a collection of fresh water sits on an impervious rock layer above the main

water table.

308



In the interim, until a concept plan has been developed, the parkland at Pākiri will be

managed as a scenic park in term of the Class I park classification (refer to section 7.1) with

limited development. It will provide:

Unobstructed panoramic views of the Pākiri coast and northern Hauraki Gulf.

Protected and enhanced coastal forests, dune systems, freshwater wetlands and

riparian areas and stabilised steep coastal faces.




Protection of sites of significance to tangata whenua.

Informal coastal and countryside walks and tramping routes.

Over the next 10 years, the management of the park land at Pākiri will focus on:

completing a concept plan in full consultation with key stakeholders and the wider

public, that can be incorporated in the next management plan review,

protecting and enhancing of areas of high ecological value, including wetlands, dunes

and stream margins,

protecting sites of significance to tangata whenua and sensitive archaeological sites,

stabilising the steep slopes through the retirement from pasture and revegetation,

ongoing pest animal and plant control,




improving the farm water supply, and

the retention of a farmed park that provides informal access to the public for walking,

picnicking and access to the beach.

There are no capital developments planned in the first five years of this plan.

17.10.4 Interim management policies



1. Prepare a concept plan for the park prior to the ten year review of this Plan, in


Natural settings

2. Prepare and implement a revegetation plan for the park land to progressively restore

the coastal forest, supplementing the forests with pohutukawa, and protect and

restore nationally threatened plants on the existing dunes.

3. Implement the revegetation plan prepared to meet the conditions of the resource

consent on the former Arrigato Block.

309


4. Fence off all sensitive ecological sites, such as dunes and wetlands.

5. Undertake pest animal and plant control, with a particular focus on the removal of pest

plants from pastures and revegetation areas.



the archaeological site management actions identified in the Cultural Heritage

Inventory, with an emphasis on fencing off or grazing sensitive sites with light stock

only.

7. Research the Māori and European history and develop a human occupation history of

the land as a preliminary step to formally naming and developing the park.



Guidelines.

9. Prevent stock from grazing on the sand dune areas which contain archaeological sites

and use shallow rooting and sand binding vegetation to preserve sensitive

archaeological sites.

Farmed settings



experiences).

11. Improve the stock water supply and retain trees in grazed areas and, where

necessary, plant further trees for shade and shelter for farm stock consistent with the

Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines.

12. Retire the steep, unproductive slopes from pasture and re-vegetate as shown in Map

10.


13. Do not actively promote the park or erect directional signs until a concept plan has

been developed and the appropriate visitor infrastructure installed.

14. Provide, in consultation with the Rodney district Council and iwi, information to

indicate the extent of the parkland and the protocols associated with its interim use

until a concept plan has been developed.

15. Permit pedestrian access to allow park visitors to participate in a range of informal

activities, such as walking, picnicking and use of the beach.

16. Do not approve discretionary activity applications, if it is likely to set a precedent prior

to a formal concept plan being approved.

310


Tangata whenua

17. Recognise tangata whenua of park land at Pākiri through:













19. Consult with tangata whenua and the public on the formal name for the park, in



website.


20. Liaise with Rodney District Council, the Department of Conservation, adjoining

landowners and the local community to ensure the planning, development and

management of land adjoining Pākiri Regional Park:





21. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 20, liaise with the Rodney District Council:

a) on the uplifting the Arrigato subdivision pattern and the closure of unnecessary

paper roads in consultation with the public.

b) in relation to the management of adjoining foreshore areas and reserves and dog

controls.

c) to designate the land for regional park purposes in the Rodney District Plan.



set netting from regional parks (refer Policy 13.6.1.5).


Conservation on matters of wildlife and habitat management.

24. Work with the adjoining private landowner and advocate for the total protection of Te

Kiri pa.

311


25. Hold meetings with the local community, when required, to consider matters of

mutual interest

26. Liaise with the Pākiri Land Conservation Group and the owners of the Taumata B

Block.



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Pākiri Regional Park land,







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Portable barbecues are permitted subject to fire



family or group

activities.




consent.

Walking, tramping

and running

Permitted on designated track or open pasture areas but

temporary restrictions may apply in some locations in

order to protect sites of significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological and ecological areas, or to enable

park operations, such as pest control and lambing.


No controlled activities will be provided for on this park prior to the variation to this plan to

incorporate the concept plan.



prohibited on the regional park land at Pākiri


Dogs Dogs are prohibited from the regional park land at

Pākiri at all times.




Leases and licenses

The table below identifies the leases and licenses operating on the regional park land at

Pākiri when this management plan was adopted.

312




website.


B. Gravatt Pastoral grazing

licence

2011


website.

17.10.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of the regional park land at Pākiri in accordance with

section 7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme, the council will undertake

specific monitoring as follows:

1. the number of visitors walking over or using park land,

2. visitor behaviour, and

3. unauthorised activity including camping, dogs and fires and evidence of littering,

313


17.11 Scandrett Regional Park

17.11.1 Park values

Scandrett Regional Park occupies 48 hectares of a farmed, coastal peninsula, known as

Mullet Point, with panoramic views of the Hauraki Gulf and nearby Kawau Island. The land

was purchased from the Scandrett family for regional park purposes in 1999. The remnant

coastal forest contains pohutukawa, taraire, kohekohe, tawapou, mahoe and kowhai. The

park has the potential for restoration of the coastal meadow plant communities, extending

into a marsh-ribbonwood communities and flaxland to the coastal forest communities on the

higher land. The threatened New Zealand dotterel nests and breeds on the beach.

A feature of the park is the late 19th century Scandrett homestead and associated historic

farming complex. It has historical associations with the early colonial history of Kawau Island

and the residency of Sir George Grey, a former governor of New Zealand. The park was the

site of the mid-19th century ship building industry and, from 1863 was farmed by the

Scandrett family. It contains their unique historic homestead built from an early form of

concrete (lime and aggregate) in 1884, and a number of original farm buildings and exotic

trees (orchard trees and a large Norfolk pine) planted in that era. Mrs Scandrett still occupies

the farm house on the park.

Strategically placed between the mainland and that part of Mahurangi known as Waihe and

Kawau Island, this park land was included as part of the early land purchase (known as

Mahurangi) by the Crown from the Ngāti Paoa (Marutuahu) and Ngāti Tai hapū. Ngāti Rongo

(Kawerau) and Hauraki contested the Mahurangi area and still do today.

Scandrett is a small and compact park that is now largely developed to accommodate the

level of recreational activity it can cater for. The park contains a number of traditional kiwi

baches, three of which (the Moonlight, Coldhams and Graham bach) have been restored for

people to rent as holiday accommodation. These front a sheltered beach and adjoin flat

areas providing pleasant picnicking.

The park is suited to walking, picnicking, swimming, kayaking, fishing and mountain biking.

The popularity of the park for day visits and a place to holiday in a bach has steadily

increased since it was opened to the public, with now nearly 30,000 visits to the park each

year. A walking track connects the park to the popular Martin’s Bay where there is a large

public campground.

17.11.2 Park vision

Scandrett Regional Park is a compact and scenic farm park on a coastal peninsula with a

strong heritage theme. It retains restored features of its farming history, such as an historic

homestead and farm buildings that enable visitors to learn about the Mahurangi district’s

early farming heritage. Its sheltered beach provides safe swimming and picnicking for

families, with opportunities to fish from the rocky platforms, and there is walking access to

neighbouring Martins Bay. The park provides the opportunity for people to stay in three

traditional kiwi baches, remnants of a once large bach community, and enjoy the intimate

beach setting.

314



Over the long term, Scandrett Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to


A compact, scenic, coastal peninsula park with an operating farm.

Restored coastal forest and restored coastal meadow plant communities.

An historic 19th century homestead and associated farming complex.




Interpretation of the Māori and European history of the park and location, including the

history of the Scandrett family.

Panoramic views of the local bays, the Hauraki Gulf and off-shore islands.

Picnicking on the foreshore with coastal walks to the end of the peninsula and to

Martin’s Bay.

Holiday accommodation in traditional kiwi baches and a small designated elevated

location for campervans.

Over the next 10 years the management of Scandrett Regional Park will focus on;

restoring a portion of the shoreline and riparian plant communities and the coastal

forest and progressively remove the exotic pine trees, where desirable and practicable,




interpreting significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and events

of the park and locality,

retaining the open farmed setting and panoramic views, and

improving the amenity for park visitors by providing shaded picnic areas along the

foreshore.


developments:

improving the amenity of the park for picnicking on the foreshore, and

interpretation of the heritage features on the park.

315





Natural settings

1. Complete the revegetation programme as shown in Map 11 with an emphasis on the

restoration of the coastal ecological sequences, where possible, extending flaxland

into the valleys and restoring the coastal forest communities.

2. Undertake small scale revegetation to restore the coastal vegetation taking into

account the archaeological status of the coastal pa sites.

3. Restore the remnant coastal forest, supplementing with pohutukawa where

appropriate.

4. Progressively remove inappropriate exotic vegetation, such as pine trees, wherever

practicable.


5. Resurvey and update information on archaeological sites on the park and implement


Inventory.

6. Manage the Scandrett Homestead in accordance with the Scandrett Farm Complex

Conservation Plan 2002, in consultation with the Department of conservation,

including preserving, restoring, enhancing and interpreting the homestead, historic

orchard, gardens and the historic farmyard.

7. Manage the Moonlight, Graham and Coldham baches in accordance with the

Scandrett Baches Heritage Assessment 2005.

8. Prepare and implement a heritage conservation plan for the Scandrett homestead

garden and associated plantings.

9. Develop a trail to interpret the Māori and European history of the park and wider

location and in particular the farming history of the Scandrett family.

10. Retain the Scandrett Homestead as the park office, until alternative accommodation

becomes available at the farm house, and consider alternative uses that are

compatible with its historic values, with a preference as an interpretation centre.

Farmed settings



experiences).




316



13. Upgrade the entrance road with passing bays.

14. Enhance the amenity of the foreshore for picnicking by providing picnic furniture and

shade planting.

15. Improve the coastal walks to Mullet Point, including improving safety fencing, and the

tracks to Martins Bay.

Tanana whenua

16. Recognise tangata whenua of Scandrett Regional Park through:


infrastructures such as interpretation and tohu tangata whenua;


and the tangata whenua values they contain;


kaitiaki over sites of significance; and


for their hauora (while sustaining the mauri of the park’s natural and historic






website.




management of land adjoining Scandrett Regional Park:






in relation to dog control.

20. Liaise with the Scandrett family on matters of mutual interest, including supporting

Mrs Scandrett’s lifetime interest as occupant of Scandrett House.





317




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Scandrett Regional Park,







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Portable barbecues permitted subject to fire restrictions

that may apply from time to time.

Boat access Small craft can be hand launched from the beach.



family or group

activities.



larger than 75 must obtain a discretionary activity consent.

Recreational

cycling

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 11) and open

pasture areas but temporary restrictions may apply on sites

of significance to tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological

sites and ecological areas, or to protect park values and to

enable park operations such as pest control and lambing.

Walking, tramping

and running

Permitted on designated poled routes across farm land and

park roads (refer to Map 11) but temporary restrictions may

apply in some locations in order to protect sites of


and ecological areas, or to enable, park operations, such as

pest control and lambing.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Scandrett Regional Park,








Controlled

activities


applicable)


Baches Moonlight Bach (6 people)

Graham Bach (8 people)

Coldham Bach (6 people)


confirmation

318


Campervans and

caravans

SCC Vehicle Campground (5

vehicles).


certificates.


booking confirmation or

camping passes.

Meeting venues Scandrett Homestead may

be hired for meetings by

arrangement with the council


confirmation



prohibited on Scandrett Regional Park.


Dogs Dogs are prohibited from Scandrett Regional Park at all

times to protect threatened breeding shore birds, such

as the NZ Dotterel.




Leases and licenses

There were no leases and licenses operating on Scandrett Regional Park when this

management plan was adopted.

New licences may be created during the term of this plan. For an up to date list of leases

and licences please refer to please refer to the council website.

17.11.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Scandrett Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7

319


17.12 Shakespear Regional Park

17.12.1 Park values

Shakespear Regional Park occupies 377 hectares of elevated land at the end of the

Whangaparaoa Peninsula. The land was purchased for regional park purposes in 1967. It is

linked to the urbanised part of the peninsula by a narrow, low lying isthmus of land between

Army Bay and Okoromai Bay that contains extensive restored wetlands. It adjoins land held

for defence purposes, some smaller local reserves and the Hibiscus Coast Sewage

Treatment Plant. The majority of the park is held and managed under the Local Government

Act 2002, with the foreshore along Army Bay being subject to the Reserves Act 1977.

The park consists of rolling, open and elevated farmland with fingers of existing and

enhanced native vegetation running up the numerous valleys. The cliffs and intertidal

platforms around Whangaparaoa Peninsula feature several regionally significant geological

features, in particular examples of deformed Waitematā Group sediments in the cliffs

southeast of Te Haruhi Bay and just north of the park at Whangaparaoa Head.

Shakespear forms part of the North-West Wild Link which is an ecological corridor linking

the Hauraki Gulf Islands to the Waitākere Ranges through a series of protected and

enhanced ecological areas on public and private land. The park contains a range of native

vegetation types, including shrubland associations, mature broadleaf forest, including kauri,

in Waterfall Gully, coastal forest on the eastern cliffs, salt-marsh behind Okoromai Bay and

sand dunes behind Te Haruhi Bay. Of particular note are the remnant wetlands at the base

of a number of valleys and between Okoromai and Army Bays. There has been substantial

revegetation and wetland restoration on the park over a number of years. The park is also

notable for its range of coastal ecosystems ranging from sandy beaches to extensive

intertidal sand and mudflats to sub-tidal rock shelves on the eastern coastline.

The park is close to Tiritiri Matangi Island which is a predator free bird sanctuary that

contains a number of rare and threatened native birds such as little spotted kiwi, brown teal,

takeha, kakariki, whitehead, north island robin, bellbirds, stitchbird, kokako and saddleback.

Some of these birds, such as bellbirds and kakariki, have migrated across the Tiri Channel to

the park. The park is also known to have the rare moko and ornate skinks and dwarf

mistletoe that grows on manuka.

Being on a peninsula, the park has been identified for development as an open sanctuary

similar to that operating on Tāwharanui Regional Park. Shakespear Open Sanctuary will

integrate the recreation, conservation, farming and other land uses over 550ha of the park

and adjoining lands administered by Rodney District Council and New Zealand Defence

Force (NZDF). RDC and NZDF lands will however remain off limits to park visitors.

The park has active volunteers who are working to restore the biodiversity of the park

through pest animal and weed control and are fundraising to help build a pest proof fence

across the neck of the peninsula. In 2010, a pest proof fence from Army Bay to Okoromai

Bay was constructed which, in conjunction with a pest management buffer zone, will enable

the eradication of mammalian pests and mitigate potential for reinvasion by these pests.

Ecological restoration will prioritise existing biodiversity values and facilitate the

reintroduction of absent flora and fauna. Many species can be expected to re-colonise

naturally from adjacent Tiritiri Matangi and other nearby islands, while others will require

translocation.

320


Ngāti Kahu occupied the Whangaparaoa Peninsula before European arrived in the 1820s.

The area was a desirable place to live because of its strategic location in the Hauraki Gulf

and abundant natural resources. Ngāti Kahu migrated over their rohe (ancestral domain)

between Orewa and Okura in a seasonal cycle of fishing, hunting, gathering and harvesting.

They maintained kainga (occupation sites) throughout the area although settlement was

concentrated around the sheltered bays of the peninsula, which included Okororai,

Rakaumanga and Matakatia but in particular Te Haruhi Bay where there was the best site for

cultivation. The park contains extensive evidence of tangata whenua use and occupation

with 5 pa sites (earthwork fortifications) and urupa behind Te Haruhi Bay.

Mr W. H. Shakespear purchased 800 hectares of land at the tip of the peninsula in 1883. In

1910 the Shakespear family build a homestead (now the YMCA lodge) overlooking Te

Haruhi Bay on ground that retains evidence of a Māori pa.

During World War II the army acquired 130 hectares of the north-eastern tip of the

peninsula. The end of the peninsula was an important defence site during the war. The army

constructed a range of defences including 11 pillboxes, searchlights, electrified barbed wire

entanglements and an anti-tank ditch. These remains are highlighted on the Shakespear

Heritage Trail. The Ministry of Defence continues to use the adjacent land.

Shakespear is a mature regional farm park with well established recreational uses related to

its coastal location and pleasant beaches. The park receives about 500,000 visits per year.

There are a number of walking tracks which access bush areas and the elevated parts of the

park. These offer panoramic views over the Hauraki Gulf and south to Rangitoto Island and

the metropolitan urban area. The sandy beaches in Army Bay, Okoromai Bay and Te Haruhi

Bay are popular with picnickers and swimmers. Te Haruhi Bay contains mature pohutukawa,

many of which are from the Kermadec Islands that offer shade for picnickers and a

spectacular floral display at Christmas time. There are regular public bus services to the

park.

Te Haruhi Bay contains a popular campground catering for 120 campers. Army Bay also

contains a boat ramp and trailer parking area. The coastline of the park with its range of

large sand flats, sandy beaches and rocky shorelines makes the park popular with shell fish

gatherers, fishing and wind surfing. Community education programmes, the Māori,

European and military history of the park, and sustainable farming practices are based at the

park.

17.12.2 Park vision

Shakespear Regional Park is an expansive farmed park at the head of Whangaparaoa

peninsula that offers spectacular views over the Hauraki Gulf to those walking or cycling

around the park. There are three sandy beaches that cater for a variety of popular water-

related recreational activities. Though close to the suburban areas of Whangaparaoa, the

park has a strong conservation focus and a variety of coastal, wetland, grassland and bush

habitats are being restored. The pest-free sanctuary will allow the re-introduction of rare and

threatened wildlife so that visitors can enjoy and learn about the region’s native flora and

fauna.

321



Over the long term, Shakespear Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to


Protected and enhanced biodiversity values of the park.

An open sanctuary with restored native shrubland, forests, wetlands and open

grasslands providing habitat to a variety of rare native bird species and lizards and acting

as a link for birds migrating from the Tiritiri Matangi Island sanctuary to the mainland.




A large farm park close to the metropolitan urban area where people can enjoy

panoramic vistas of the inner Hauraki Gulf and distant views of metropolitan Auckland

A place to picnic and relax by the sea or undertake extensive bush and countryside

walks.

Large open spaces that people can enjoy activities requiring large natural areas such as

informal sports, orienteering and parapenting.

A variety of coastal water related activities, such as swimming, boating, wind surfing,

kite surfing and fishing.

A campground in a natural setting adjoining a sandy and safe swimming beach and

close to the metropolitan area.

Shakespear lodge as a residential outdoor education and fitness centre for school

children, operated by the YMCA.

A place to learn about the Māori and European history of the park and location.

Over the next 10 years the management of Shakespear Regional Park will focus on:

establishing an open sanctuary by constructing a pest proof fence and managing the

sanctuary in a way that integrates recreation, conservation, farming and other land uses

on the park and adjoining lands,

protecting and enhancing biodiversity values throughout the park,




enhancing the camping opportunities on the park,

develop walking and cycle, that integrate with neighbourhood networks,

implementing and demonstrating sustainable farming practices, and

establishing and maintaining relationships with adjacent landowners and volunteer

groups to assist in the development of the open sanctuary.


developments:

establishing an open sanctuary following construction of the pest proof fence and

progressively undertaking pest animal eradication, and

increasing and upgrading the camping opportunities on the park.

322




relevant principles, objectives and policies contained in Parts 6 to 16 of this plan.

Natural settings

1. Continue to implement the revegetation programmes shown on Map 12, creating and

maintaining ecological corridors where appropriate and protecting the habitat for rare

plants, such as dwarf mistletoe.

2. Restore the coastal dune systems to their natural form at Te Haruhi Bay and restore

the wetlands throughout the park.

3. Eradicate mammalian pest species from the park within the Shakespear Open

Sanctuary and work with adjoining landowners to prevent pest incursion into the

sanctuary.

4. Reintroduce, where appropriate, absent flora and fauna consistent with the

Shakespear Open Sanctuary Operational Plan (refer to the Special management zone

policies below).

5. Remove the culverts and rock groyne from Okoromai Bay to restore the natural water

flows.

6. Progressively underground power lines wherever practicable on the park.

7. Implement measures in areas of kauri to reduce the risk of spreading kauri dieback in



8. Resurvey and update information on archaeological sites on the park land, and


Heritage Inventory including, where appropriate, preventing deep rooted trees from

establishing on sensitive sites.


in accordance with the Regional Parks Interpretation Strategy and interpretation

guidelines, making use of the historic woolshed and military structures, and

interpreting sensitive sites, such as urupa.

10. Manage Shakespear Lodge and the Okoromai Bay Homestead in accordance with the

Shakespear Lodge Conservation Plan 2001 and the Shakespear Okoromai Bay

Homestead Conservation Plan 2003.

11. Manage the World War II structures on the park in accordance with the Shakespear

Regional Park WWII Defence Installations Conservation Plan 2000.

Farmed settings

12. Continue to farm the park as an operational sheep and beef farm to recognise its rural

heritage, retain key views and vistas, provide open grassland habitats and facilitate

recreation and use (including farm experiences.

323





14. Retire the steep, eroding slopes from pasture and re-vegetate as shown in Map 12.


15. Review the configuration of the park entrance and parking arrangements, including the

boat ramp and the capacity of the boat trailer parking at Army Bay, in consultation with

Rodney District Council.

16. Increase the camping opportunities on the park by;

a) providing additional vehicle based camping spaces at Te Haruhi Bay Campground,

without reducing the amenity of the existing campground;

b) increasing the provision for campervans in appropriate and discrete locations, and

c) investigating the provision for camping at Okoromai Bay.

17. Maintain and improve the demarcation and shelter of camp sites within the

campgrounds through appropriate screen planting.

18. Progressively replace solid fuel barbecues with electric barbecues, where appropriate

and practicable.

19. Develop walking and cycle tracks, with associated facilities such as bike racks, which

integrate with neighbourhood networks, and promote their use as alternative transport

options.

20. Complete the track linking Te Haruhi Bay and Okoromai Bay and investigate a loop

track from the Waterfall Gully car park.

21. Investigate installing toilet facilities at the Old Woolshed, in accordance with section

14.11.

22. Continue the community education programmes with a focus on the Māori, European

and military history of the park, sustainable farming practices and the ecological

enhancement programmes associated with the open sanctuary

23. Implement a travel demand programme on the park in accordance with section 8.3

and work with transport organisations to facilitate public transport for visitors to Te

Haruhi Bay.

24. Provide, in association with SOSSI, a visitor information board focused on the role,

function and values of the Shakespear Open Sanctuary and the Society.

25. Seek to amend the dog control policies and bylaws to permit dogs in the area

between Army Bay and Okoromai Bay at all times

26. Investigate alternative uses for the unused park house at Army Bay and implement if

compatible with the park classification, values and vision, subject to council approval.

324


Tangata whenua

27. Recognise tangata whenua of Shakespear Regional Park through:




and the tangata whenua values they contain, especially in relation to the re-

introductions of native flora and fauna,










website.




management of land adjoining Shakespear Regional Park:

a) protects and enhances the park values and does not threaten the viability of the

open sanctuary,




30. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 29, liaise with Rodney District Council on

the management of adjoining reserves, the boat ramp, dog control, the adjoining

wastewater treatment plant facilities and matters relating to the management of the

Shakespear Open Sanctuary.


Conservation and Tiritiri Matangi Supporters on matters relating to the management of

the Shakespear Open Sanctuary and Tiritiri Matangi.

32. Liaise with the Ministry of Defence on the management of the adjoining defence

facilities and matters relating to the management of the Shakespear Open Sanctuary

in accordance with Memorandum of Understanding.

33. Investigate the acquisition of the adjoining NZ Defence Force land should it become

available for purchase.

34. Liaise with and support the Shakespear Open Sanctuary Society Inc. (SOSSI) on

matters of mutual interest in accordance with a Memorandum of Understanding.

325


35. Liaise with the Hibiscus Coast Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society on matters of

mutual interest.

36. Liaise with the YMCA on matters of mutual interest in relation to the programmes run

from the lodge.


whenua in promoting and enforcing fisheries regulations (especially in relation to shell

fish on the mudflats at Okoromai Bay) and enforce council’s ban of set netting from

regional parks (refer policy 13.3.6.5).

38. Liaise with the Harbour Master to improve the safety of water spaces adjoining the

park, with specific reference to kite surfing.

39. Support community and school initiatives on matters of mutual interest, especially

education programmes.


Shakespear Open Sanctuary

As Shakespear Regional Park is located on a peninsula linked to the mainland by a narrow

isthmus, it has been identified for development as an open sanctuary, utilising a pest proof

fence. The Shakespear Open Sanctuary covers the park land east of the pest proof fence as

shown on Map 12. The project aims to integrate conservation programmes, recreational

opportunities and farming.

40. Maintain a pest proof fence from Okoromai Bay to Army Bay to enable pest

eradication and mitigate potential for reinvasion.

41. Develop and implement an operational plan for an open sanctuary, incorporating a

buffer cordon between the pest proof fence and the urban area and making provision

for the progressive re-introduction of rare and threatened native species once pest

species are eradicated. The operational plan will facilitate the integration of

conservation programmes, recreation and farming operations on the park.

42. Develop and implement management strategies for areas, including the Habitat

Management Areas identified on Map 12, to ensure a range of suitable habitats for

rare plants, birds and lizards consistent with the Shakespear Open Sanctuary

Operational Plan.

43. Reintroduce, where appropriate, absent flora and fauna as consistent with the

Shakespear Open Sanctuary Operational Plan.

44. Maintain an on-site nursery to produce plants for the revegetation and conservation

programmes.

45. Prohibit all pets from entry into the open sanctuary.

326




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Shakespear Regional




will be advertised in park brochures, signs or using other media



13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted either at facilities provided at Okoromai Bay

and Te Haruhi Bay, or portable gas barbecues at picnic

sites subject to fire restrictions that may apply from

time to time.

Boat access A boat launching ramp and trailer parking is available at

Army Bay. Small craft can be hand launched at all

sandy beaches. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008

applies.

Dogs Dogs are permitted in the area between Army Bay and

Okoromai Bay before 9am and after 7pm from the first

Sunday in October to the 3rd Sunday in March and at

all other times.

Dogs are prohibited from the remainder of the park

and within the pest proof fence.

The council will seek to have these policies amended

as outlined in policy 25 above.





family or group

activities.




activity consent.

Recreational cycling

and mountain biking

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 12) and


apply on sites of significance to tangata whenua,

sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas, or

to protect park values and to enable park operations

such as pest control and lambing. Phytosanitary

measures may be required when using tracks within

kauri zones.

Walking, tramping,

running and

orienteering

Permitted on designated poled routes across farm land

and park roads (refer to Map 12 and council approved

orienteering course) but temporary restrictions may

apply on sites of significance to tangata whenua,

327



sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas; or

to protect park values and to enable park operations

such as pest control and lambing. Restrictions also

apply in the vicinity of the Military Hazard Zones.




The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Shakespear Regional








Controlled

activities


applicable)


Houses Army Bay House May be used for park

operation purposes if not

dedicated for an approved

alternative use.

Campervans and

caravans

Car parks (20 vehicles) and

Te Haruhi Bay Campground.





camping passes.


Te Haruhi Bay (max. of 120

persons, increasing to 140

as the capacity of facilities

permit)



passes.

Designated sites 2 activity sites

2 premium sites

3 standard sites


confirmation

Lodges Shakespear Lodge is

licensed to the YMCA as a

residential education lodge.


confirmation

Meeting venues Shakespear Lodge is

available by arrangement

with licensee. Also the Old

woolshed is available by

arrangement with the

council.


confirmation

328


Leases and licenses

The table below identifies the leases and licenses operating on Shakespear Regional Park




website.

Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

YMCA Licence 2024 License includes the

Shakespear homestead and

the adjacent farm house

used as the manager’s

residence.

Shakespear

Open Sanctuary

Society Inc.

(SOSSI)

Memorandum of

understanding

2012

Ministry of

Defence

Memorandum of

understanding

2019

17.12.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Shakespear Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme, the council will encourage and

support research if it contributes to the understanding of the natural values of Shakespear

Regional Parks and contributes to the objectives of the open sanctuary, including the

management of rare and threatened species.

329


17.13 Tāpapakanga Regional Park

17.13.1 Park values

Tāpapakanga Regional Park, located at the end of Tāpapakanga Stream, provides the

ultimate Tīkapa Moana (Firth of Thames) experience. The 174 hectares of park land contains

a wide range of landscapes and settings, from coastal forest to farmland to beautiful sand

and cobble beaches. Tāpapakanga Stream meanders through the park and provides a fresh

water swimming option where it emerges at the coast. A number of viewing points provide

360 degree vistas from the Hūnua Ranges, across the Hauraki Plains and along the length of

the Coromandel Peninsula. These settings have been expanded through the acquisition of

an additional 23 hectares of land known as the Blundell Block in 2009. The total area of park

land is now 197 hectares.

Ngāti Puku of Ngāti Whanaunga and Ngāti Taurua of Ngāti Paoa claim kaitiakitanga rights

over Te Tāpapakanga a Puku. Famous for the lands ability to produce kai for the many hapū

who lived in the vicinity, Tāpapakanga was also known as a place where waka taua (war

canoes) were completed after having been shaped to a certain point in the hinterland areas

of ‚Te Ngahere nui o Kohunui‛ (Hūnua Ranges). The coastal pa of Ohangakawau and

Pupurakau are located on the park land. Ngāti Whanaunga (Royal whanau Māori freehold

land) lies adjacent to the south east of the park. Taiwiwi a taniwha of the local Ngāti

Whanaunga resides in the wahapū (mouth) pool of the Tāpapakanga Stream, ever vigilant as

a kaitiaki of the people, lands and sea area of Hauraki.

The Māori relationship to this land is commemorated by two prominent tohu tangata

whenua (carved posts) at the park entrance. An unusual feature of these posts is the

representation of a European, James Ashby, depicted carrying an axe. Ashby settled on the

land in 1899 and enjoyed a lifelong friendship with the local chief Tuku Te Taniwha. James

and his wife Rebecca built the existing homestead beside the beach in 1900. They raised 14

children on the property, which remained in family ownership until 1990. Now the

homestead and its setting are maintained to offer park visitors a glimpse of the early

settlers’ world.

Large spreading pohutukawa are a highlight of this park’s coastline. Coastal forest remnants

also contain large puriri, taraire and occasional kauri. As the park is an operational farm,

much of the park is pasture but many of the steeper slopes have been fenced from stock

and revegetated in appropriate native species to protect riparian areas or enhance the

coastal forest remnants. Springs are common throughout the park and are marked by the

presence of giant umbrella sedges and rushes. The river terraces provide geomorphological

evidence of a period of falling sea level and are of regional significance. These diverse

ecosystems provide a home to numerous native land and coastal bird species.

The park’s main attraction is the main beach arrival area which provides access to Ashby

beach and fresh water lagoon (the mouth of the Tāpapakanga Stream). Tāpapakanga

Regional Park is a moderately developed park. This coastal area is considered a relatively

safe area for swimming and superb for sea kayaking. There are two camp grounds, a

number of barbecues and a network of farm tracks for walking and cycling. The number of

visitors coming to the park is increasing steadily with approximately 50,000 people visiting

per annum.

330


17.13.2 Park vision

Tāpapakanga Regional Park is a large coastal park on Tīkapa Moana (Firth of Thames) with

rolling pastures providing walking, cycling and dog walking opportunities which enjoy vistas

across to the Coromandel Peninsula. The coastal edge is characterised by spreading

pohutukawa, and provides for extensive beach-oriented recreation opportunities and

overnight and kayak trail coastal camping. The park has restored bush gullies and waterways

and has a rich history, with numerous archaeological features, including coastal pa,

remnants of stone field gardens and the historic Ashby Homestead and cemetery.


Over the long term, Tāpapakanga Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to

section 7.1) with the new Blundell Block and the Ashby Homestead and surrounding

environs managed as Special management zones. The park will provide:

An expansive coastal farm that has restored and protected riparian areas and coastal

forest.


for their hauora (long term wellbeing) and to be involved in the park management

processes in ways which have particular regard to the practical expression of

kaitiakitanga.

Opportunities for the public to learn about the area’s Māori history and tangata

whenua’s role in that history and present day park management.

A significant historic homestead that offers the public a glimpse into the lives of early

European settlers.

Protected pa sites and stonefields that the public can see and learn about.

Extensive beach oriented recreation areas with opportunities for picnics, including the

provision of barbecues, picnic furniture and shade in selected locations (some

bookable).

Walking, cycling and dog walking opportunities through a remote open coastal working

sheep and beef farm.

Vehicle accessible camping in an area that is encompassed by pohutukawa and has

vistas across Tīkapa Moana to the Coromandel, as well as year round overnight

campervan opportunities.

Over the next 10 years the management of Tāpapakanga Regional Park will focus on;

revegetating selected areas to enhance and protect sensitive ecosystems, including

wetland and riparian areas, and coastal remnants,

harvesting existing pine woodlots, and planting or encouraging the development of

native forest within these areas,

reducing the speed of coastal erosion through rationalising tracks, encouraging coastal

vegetation and progressively reinstating the coastal pohutukawa fringe,




strengthening the relationship with tangata whenua,

331


protecting and enhancing Ashby Homestead and its setting, and upgrading this heritage

building to make it available as bookable public accommodation,

retaining the majority of the existing open farmed park settings,

protecting and maintaining access for beach-orientated recreational experiences,

improving and expanding the current range of recreation opportunities with particular

emphasis on camping and the track network,

integrating the Blundell Block into the park through the implementation of a

development plan, and

negotiating control over the access road (Deerys Road) and installing a main park

automatic gate to improve visitor and asset security.


developments:

upgrade Ashby Homestead,

remove campervan camping from the foreshore,

complete and begin implementing a development plan for the Blundell Block,

fence off areas for revegetation to exclude stock,

upgrade the toilets on the foreshore,

improve the interpretation and way finding information, and

upgrade Fisherman’s car park.




Natural settings

1. Protect and enhance coastal forest remnants, including the Taraire Glade, as shown

on Map 13.

2. Continue park-wide pest plant control programmes.

3. Reinstate the view shaft at the southern end of the park as shown on Map 13.

4. Progressively revegetate the areas identified on Map 13 and give emphasis to;

a) completing riparian and wetland planting to protect water quality,

b) fencing the coastal forest remnants,

c) enhancing and linking coastal forest remnants and the coastal pohutukawa fringe,

d) protecting of the views and vistas into Firth of Thames, and towards the

Coromandel and Hūnua Ranges,

e) protecting archaeological sites, and

f) protecting the coastal foreshore from erosion.

5. Retain the totara trial plantation for research purposes.

332


6. Implement measures in the kauri areas to reduce the risk of spreading kauri dieback,

in accordance with section 10.4.4.



Heritage Inventory.

8. Develop and implement a conservation plan for Tāpapakanga pa.

Farmed settings



experiences).



Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines.

11. Retire the riparian margins and coastal forest remnants shown as revegetation on

Map 13 from grazing.





facilities, seating, shelter and tracks to destinations such as viewing points and

beaches.

13. Remove the existing foreshore campervan camping area and undertake the following

associated works;

a) remove existing road along foreshore, and

b) investigate the need for a new road to provide access to the area behind the

current toilet block (as shown on Map 13), and if needed complete development

plans taking into account the sensitive wetland and stream areas.

14. Investigate demand for and the appropriateness of expanding capacity of existing

Seaview Campground from 40 to 80, and develop necessary facilities to expand the

campground if approved by council.

15. Provide rubbish and recycle bins in the Seaview Campground.

16. Investigate with Manukau City Council the possibility of developing a new certified

self-contained vehicle campground and picnic areas within their road reserve.

17. Upgrade the existing toilets at the main arrival area and Beachfront Campground and if

necessary develop a new toilet below the main car park.

18. Install new barbecues at locations that are in accordance with the policies in Part 14

Infrastructure.

19. Upgrade the Fisherman’s car park.

333


20. Improve the security of the service area and the car park through;

a) installing a main park automatic gate on Deerys Road, and

b) the design of any future developments.

21. Improve recreation access over open pastures by defining the track network with

signs and markers, and installing purpose built gates, ramps and stiles.



Guidelines.

23. Work with local orienteering club(s) to investigate the development of an orienteering

course and undertake an assessment to determine whether it is appropriate to allow

orienteering in the woodlots before they are harvested.

24. Investigate and if feasible develop horse riding tracks and facilities in the southern half

of the park in accordance with the policies in section 13.4.6 and Part 14.

25. Evaluate which of the two park houses should be provided as a bach, and then

develop the house and make it available for public rental as part of the bach escape

programme. Manage the other house as a ranger residence.

26. Investigate and implement management approaches to reduce the litter associated

with fishing.

Tangata whenua

27. Recognise tangata whenua of Tāpapakanga Regional Park through;


tangata whenua,

b) developing a management / maintenance programme for the two tohu tangata

whenua,

c) completing a human occupation report for the park,

d) consulting on the planning, protection, development and management of the park


e) investigating options with tangata whenua to enable them to exercise their role as

kaitiaki over sites of significance; with particular emphasis on the pa sites, and








website.

334




ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Tāpapakanga

Regional Park:





30. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 29, work with adjoining landowners to

expand the coastal pohutukawa plantings, particularly along the coastal cliffs towards

Ōrere Point




32. Consult with the Ashby family over the management of the homestead and cemetery.


Blundell block

In 2009 the council bought 27 hectares of park land adjoining Tāpapakanga Regional Park.

The acquisition of this land has enhanced the park by better connecting existing areas of

park land and providing a greater protective buffer for this picturesque park. Work now

needs to occur to ensure this land is integrated into the existing park recreation and

conservation networks.

33. Develop and install park signs to raise awareness that it is a public park.

34. Continue to farm the majority of the park as a working sheep and beef farm to

recognise its rural heritage, retain key views and vistas, retain open pasture and

facilitate recreation and use (including farm experiences).

35. Fence and revegetate riparian areas shown on Map 13 ensuring that stock access

ways that facilitate effective and efficient movement of livestock between grazing

blocks and areas for recreation tracks are retained.

36. Complete and progressively implement a development plan for this newly acquired

land that gives emphasis to;

a) providing a new park entrance with locked gate and turning area,

b) creating park destinations and access to these destinations,

c) linking track networks and improving access along the stream to the coast,

d) creating new vehicle-based camping options (including the option of reinstating

the existing campground and SCC campervan camping options),

e) upgrading the Blundell house and confirming the best use for the dwelling,

f) improvement of pastures,

335


g) provision of shade and shelter, and

h) implementation of sustainable farming practices.

Ashby Homestead and environs

The Ashby family arrived in New Zealand from Australia in 1862. James Ashby immediately

set about building the homestead which still stands. In 1900, he and his wife Rebecca

moved in with their 11 children. The couple eventually were to have 14 children. As well as

the homestead, a cowshed, piggery and other buildings were constructed. The farm derived

income from timber milled on the property, firewood, cattle, sheep and dairy products. The

local post office and a school were also run from the homestead.

37. Continue to review and implement the recommendations of the Ashby Homestead

Conservation Plan (2003) and associated restoration plans for the Ashby Homestead

and precinct, with particular emphasis on;

a) protecting the remaining heritage fabric and value of the buildings and its setting,

b) ensuring that regular maintenance, stabilisation, repair and/or restoration is

undertaken to protect building integrity,

c) upgrading the Ashby Homestead in a manner which is consistent with the

retention of its heritage significance and adding it to the bach escape network,

d) investigating alternative energy options such as solar power and hot water

heating to facilitate use of the homestead,

e) developing an on-site waste water disposal system for the homestead and

adjacent toilet block,

f) continuing to provide appropriate interpretation about the Ashby Homestead and

the early 20th century pioneer farming family life, and

g) providing appropriate interpretation of existing markers of people’s connection to

the land.

38. Conserve and enhance significant exotic plantings associated with the Ashby

Homestead, including the orchard’s heritage and specimen trees.

39. Maintain the Ashby Cemetery as a memorial to the pioneers of the area in

consultation with the Ashby family.

17.13.5 Recreation activities


The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Tāpapakanga Regional







13.6 of this plan.

336



Barbecues Permitted either at facilities provided or portable

gas barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may


Boat access (including

sea kayak/waka)

Sea kayak/waka all tide access along beach and at

the estuary. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008

applies.

Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead except during lambing

and calving season.


policies and bylaws which are subject to change

and reference should also be made to the relevant

local authority website and the council website.


or group activities


to manage conflict with informal recreation



Recreational cycling Permitted on designated poled routes across farm

land and park roads (refer to Map 13) but temporary

restrictions may apply to protect sites of


archaeological sites and ecological areas; or to


control. Phytosanitary measures may be required


Walking, tramping,



and the council approved orienteering course) and



whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and

ecological areas; or to enable park operations such

as lambing and pest control. Phytosanitary

measures may be required when using tracks

within kauri zones.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Tāpapakanga Regional








337


Controlled

activities


applicable)


Bach Possible use for Ashby

House and the Blundell

house.

Campervans/

caravans


Sea view campground.

New SCC Vehicle

Campground to be

investigated on the Blundell

Block and MCC reserve.


Seaview Campground.





camping pass.


campgrounds:

Beachfront (40 people)

Sea view vehicle (40

people) Expansion to 80

people to be investigated

Sea kayak / waka trail

campground at the

southern end of the park

planned.

Camping opportunities to

be investigated on the

Blundell Block and MCC

reserve.



pass.

Designated sites 1 basic site Conditions on booking

confirmation

Recreational horse

riding

To be investigated and

provided as a controlled

activity if feasible.

Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences operating on Tāpapakanga Regional Park when this

management plan was adopted. Licences may be surrendered and new ones may be

created during the term of this plan. For an up to date list of leases and licences please refer

to please refer to the council website.

17.13.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Tāpapakanga Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7.

338


339


17.14 Tāwharanui Regional Park

17.14.1 Park values

Tāwharanui Regional Park is a large 588 hectare farmed coastal peninsula. The land was

purchased by the council for regional park purposes in 1973. It contains a mixture of rolling

open pastures, mature coastal forest and restored wetlands and native forests spread along

the peninsula. The elevated and open ridges offer panoramic views of the northern Hauraki

Gulf with Kawau Island to the south and Omaha, Leigh and Little Barrier Island to the north.

The park contains extensive sandy beaches on its northern coast, and shingle bays and

rocky outcrops on its southern coast.

Tāwharanui contains one of the least modified beach and dune systems remaining on the

increasingly modified east coast of Auckland, and is of regional significance. The shore

platform on the east side of Anchor Bay contains a very rare occurrence in Auckland and

Northland of Jurassic age fossils that are of national significance.

Since 2001, the park has been managed as New Zealand’s first integrated open sanctuary,

or mainland island, that incorporates ecological and biodiversity restoration integrated with

farming and recreation. The sanctuary maintains an environment with low pest numbers

behind a special protective fence where it has been possible to re-introduce and/or protect a

number of native birds such as, North Island brown kiwi, brown teal, kakariki, kaka, bellbirds,

North Island robins, whitehead, New Zealand dotterel, reef heron, spotless crake and

bittern. It is bordered by a marine park on its northern coast. (This is currently being

considered for conversion to marine reserve status). The open sanctuary has been actively

supported by a community based group known as the Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary Society

Inc. (TOSSI) who have raised substantial funds and provided labour for conservation

programmes on the park.

The strategic location of Tāwharanui, and its abundant natural resources, made it an

attractive place to live from the earliest period of human settlement in the region. This long

period of occupation is reflected in the presence of four pā and numerous kāinga

(settlements) such as Matatua Ahu, Mangatawhiri and Waimaru. Evidence of associated

outlying seasonal occupation sites, used for both cultivation and fishing activities, are found

on the northern coastline between the Waimaru Stream and Waikokowai (Anchor Bay).

Evidence of smaller sites also exists on the ridgeline along the southern coast on the

peninsula. The descendants of Ngawhetu and Maki (Ngāti Manuhiri) continue to claim

kaitiakitanga rights to this land today.

European settlers cut firewood and timber for sale, developed pasture for farming, and built

a succession of cottages and homesteads on the land including the 1912 villa built by the

Jones family which remains today. There has also been a long history of gravel extraction,

culminating in the excavation of a large area of the flats at Jones Bay and leaving behind the

disused quarry that is now a lagoon. The Tāwharanui peninsula coastline has claimed nine

ships and a number of lives over the years, and place names like Comet Rocks and Anchor

Bay are an enduring reminder of these events.

Despite its relative remoteness, the park receives up to 160,000 visits each year and is

popular with people enjoying the extensive sandy northern beaches where they picnic,

swim and surf. The northern beaches are exposed to the influences of the Pacific Ocean

which makes them popular with surfers. Fishing is prohibited in the Marine Park and it is

popular for snorkelling and diving. The extensive track systems are used by trampers and

mountain bikers. The park has one of the largest and most popular campgrounds in the

340


regional park network, catering for up to 260 campers. The rocky outcrops of the southern

coast outside the Marine Park are popular for fishing.

Tāwharanui Regional Park is a mature park with established infrastructure and recreational

patterns.

17.14.2 Park vision

Tāwharanui Regional Park, located on the Takatu Peninsula, is considered one of the most

remote and iconic of the regional parks’ network. It has superb swimming and surfing

beaches, coastal camping, and extensive walks with spectacular views of the Hauraki Gulf

through the farmed pastures and restored bush areas. A fence straddling the peninsula

provides protection from pests for a mainland island and the variety of coastal, wetland and

bush habitats lend themselves to the re-introduction of rare and threatened flora and fauna

enabling visitors to experience and learn about the region’s biodiversity.


Over the long term, Tāwharanui Regional Park will be managed as a Class I park (refer to

section 7.1) with the Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary managed as a Special management zone.


Protected and enhanced native biodiversity in the wildlife sanctuary and the adjoining

marine park (reserve).

The opportunity to experience and learn about wildlife management in an open

sanctuary.




The opportunity to learn about the rich Māori and European history of the park and

locality.

Extensive sandy surf beaches for picnicking, swimming, surfing, diving and snorkelling.

An open farmed landscape and the panoramic views of the Hauraki Gulf.

A large campground close to a northern surf beach.

Tramping and mountain biking on a large coastal peninsula.

Over the next 10 years the management of Tāwharanui Regional Park will focus on:

managing the park as an open sanctuary in a way that incorporates biodiversity

restoration integrated with farming and recreation,

restoring native habitats and biodiversity through maintenance of low pest numbers and

re-introducing absent flora and a range of native bird species as appropriate in

accordance with the Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary Operation Plan,

enabling people to learn about the wildlife and habitat management as part of the open

sanctuary and the significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and

events of the park and locality,

advocating for the marine park to be upgraded to a marine reserve,

341





facilitating camping and informal recreation on the park, and

managing a sheep and beef farm and implementing sustainable farming practices.


developments:

improving the effectiveness of the pest proof fence,

interpretation of the open sanctuary, and

improving the amenity of the campground.



relevant principles, objectives and policies contained in Parts 6 to 16 of this plan.

Natural settings

Refer to the policies for the Special management zone –Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary below.



Heritage Inventory.

2. Prepare and implement a conservation management strategy for Mangatawhiri

(Oponui) pa in consultation with tangata whenua.

3. Manage the Jones homestead in accordance with the Jones House Conservation Plan

2002.

Farmed settings

4. Continue to farm the majority of the park as an operational sheep and beef farm to

recognise its rural heritage, retain key views and vistas, provide open grass land

habitats and facilitate recreation and use (including farm experiences).




6. Retire the steep, eroding slopes from pasture and revegetate as shown in Maps 14.1

and 14.2.


7. Continue to maintain recreational access to the park, including the provision for

camping, walking, tramping, mountain biking and beach related recreation.




342


facilities, seating, shelter and tracks to destinations such as viewing points and

beaches.

9. Develop a walkway through the Mangatawhiri wetland utilizing boardwalks where

necessary.

10. Investigate expanding the camping opportunities on the park without reducing the

amenity of the existing campground, and enhance the demarcation and shelter of

camp sites through appropriate screen planting.

11. Permit campervans and caravans in the dedicated locations within the existing

campground only.

12. Investigate sealing the road access to Anchor Bay and the parking areas.

13. Maintain the ecology trail and investigate with the Department of Conservation and

Leigh Marine Centre the establishment of an underwater marine trail on the northern

coast within the marine park (reserve).

14. Upgrade and rationalise the interpretation at Anchor Bay, including the information

hut, to focus on interpretation of the biodiversity of the park and adjoining marine area.

15. Permit fishing on the southern coast but prohibit fishing and the collection of shell-fish

from the coastline adjoining the marine park (reserve).

16. Seek to manage the Rodney District Council road reserve at Jones Bay as an integral

part of the park.

Tangata whenua

17. Recognise tangata whenua of Tāwharanui Regional Park through:














website.




management of land adjoining Tāwharanui Regional Park:

343


a) protects and enhances the park values and does not threaten the viability of the

open sanctuary,





Conservation on the creation, management and introduction of species to the open

sanctuary and the management of Tāwharanui Marine Reserve.

21. Liaise with adjoining landowners to ensure that the effective management of the open

sanctuary area is assisted by complementary land uses and land management

practices on adjacent properties.

22. Develop and maintain the open sanctuary in accordance with the Memorandum of

Understanding in partnership with the Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary Society Inc.

(TOSSI)





Tāwharanui Open Sanctuary

24. Manage the park as an open sanctuary in accordance with the Tāwharanui Open

Sanctuary Operational Plan with a focus on maintaining the pest proof fence and

buffer land to control pest animals and pest plants, and enhancing and restoring the

viability of the natural habitats and ecosystems on the park.

25. Prohibit all pets from entry into the open sanctuary.

26. Undertake education and training programmes based on the attributes and values of,

and management practices used within, the open sanctuary.

27. Enhance native ecosystems and habitats, including the re-introduction of flora and

fauna, in conjunction with the Department of Conservation, Tāwharanui Open

Sanctuary Society Incorporated, and other partners.

28. Manage the open sanctuary as an ecological link to adjoining land and the off-shore

islands, and as a source of species for translocation to other places.

29. Develop and implement management strategies different ecosystems to ensure a

range of suitable habitats for plants, birds and lizards consistent with the Tāwharanui

Open Sanctuary Operational Plan.

30. Manage and enhance the wetlands by:

a) progressively retiring them from grazing,

b) restoring the natural water levels where appropriate,

c) restoring the native wetland vegetation,

d) re-introducing appropriate native flora and fauna, and

344


e) facilitating public access where appropriate by tracks and boardwalks.

31. Continue to protect the form and function of the dune systems on the northern coast

of the park consistent with the policies in Part 8, and where necessary, by:

a) the placement of sand ladders to manage visitors and control access to the

dunes,

b) restoring and maintaining native plant communities,

c) protecting nesting shorebirds from human disturbance and from pest animals, and

d) protecting and reintroducing threatened dune plants.


accordance with section 10.4.4



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Tāwharanui Regional







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Portable barbecues permitted subject to fire restriction

that may apply from time to time.

Boat access Small boats can be hand launched from sandy

beaches. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008 applies.


family or group

activities




activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted on designated poled routes across farm land

and park roads (refer to Maps 14.1 and 14.2) but

temporary restrictions may apply on sites of


archaeological sites and ecological areas, or to protect

park values and to enable park operations such as pest

control and lambing. Phytosanitary measures may be


Walking, tramping,

running and

orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks and open pasture

areas (refer to Maps 14.1 and 14.2 and council

approved orienteering course) but temporary

restrictions may apply on sites of significance to

tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and

ecological areas, or to protect park values and to

345



enable park operations such as pest control and

lambing. Phytosanitary measures may be required



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Tāwharanui Regional








Controlled

activities


applicable)


Baches Tāwharanui Bach (6

people)


confirmation.

Campervans/

caravans

Within designated areas

within the campground

(max.20 vehicles)

Note: the towing of

caravans on Takatu Road

is discouraged.

Campervans are not

permitted at the Lagoon or

Anchor Bay car parks.



camping passes.

Camping Vehicle-accessible

campground (260 people).

Expansion to be

investigated.

Groups larger than 50

require separate approval as

large vehicles such as buses

are not encouraged to use

the Takatu Road.



camping passes.



prohibited on Tāwharanui Regional Park.


Dogs Dogs are prohibited from Tāwharanui Regional Park at

all times.




Leases and licences

The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on Tāwharanui Regional Park


346




website.


Tāwharanui

Open Sanctuary

Society Inc.

Memorandum of

Understanding

2011

17.14.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Tāwharanui Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme, the council will encourage and

support research if it contributes to the understanding of the natural values of Tāwharanui

Regional Park and contributes to the objectives of the open sanctuary. Particular attention

will be paid to pest animal incursions and the effectiveness of pest animal control

programmes.

347


17.15 Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park

17.15.1 Park values

Between Papanui Point and Ōrere Point lie a series of stunning beaches on the south east

coast of the Auckland region. Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park refers to two small

and relatively isolated areas approximately two kilometres apart, which were purchased in

1981 to initiate a coastal trail along this amazing coastline. As this coastal trail has not yet

been developed, these two areas of park land remain separate with no pedestrian

connectivity.

Named after the rivers of Ōrere and Tawhitokino, the park land is known by tangata whenua

as Karaka, Ōrere and Taupo. Te Urikaraka (Ngāti Paoa) claim kaitiakitanga rights to the

stream (Tawhitokino) and the adjacent headland pa of Papanui, Te Puhaetuatahi and Te

Kaiohorewaru as well as the kainga Te Rangipakihi.

Ōrere Point (4.3 hectares) is accessible through Ōrere township. It has pedestrian access

into the centre of the park and walkways to the beach. To the northern end of the park is a

private boat ramp for Ōrere Boat Club members. These members access the boat ramp

through the land adjoining the northern park boundary. While the focus of Ōrere Point is on

restoring the native bush, it forms an important part of the sea kayak/waka trail and will be

developed to offer camping to support the trail.

Tawhitokino is a beautiful piece (4.1hectares) of regenerating coastal bush adjoining a 1400

metre long unbroken stretch of pohutukawa framed sandy beach. Two small streams feed

into Tawhitokino Beach, cutting into the bush-clad escarpment behind the beach and

forming a small wetland. The park is an attractive destination for those who want to escape

to a hidden white sand beach. Unlike all of the other regional parks, Tawhitokino is only

accessible by foot at low tide. It takes approximately 30 minutes to walk to the park from

Manukau City Council’s Waiti reserve, located at the end of Kawakawa Bay Coast Road.

A local community group has been instrumental in protecting and enhancing a small

population of weka that have been re-introduced into the area. The group also undertake

significant pest control in the wider area around the park.

Tawhitokino contains historic logging sites, including the remains of a saw-mill erected by

the Cashmore family in the 1870s and used to mill the logs that were driven down the

streams to the coast. It also has deformed chert beds of regional significance that appear to

be of Triassic age outcrop among Jurassic greywacke in the shore platform at the northwest

end of Tawhitokino Beach (and also to the northwest of nearby Waiti Bay).

The council also manages the adjoining Papanui Point Reserve to the north as part of the

park. The park has a remote back country campsite and is suitable for walking, picnicking,

kayaking, snorkelling, fishing and swimming. Access to recreational water craft activities is

also made available at the nearby Kawakawa Bay boat ramp.

17.15.2 Park vision

Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park are two disconnected small areas of parkland

that provide pedestrian and sea kayak access to remote parts of the southern coastline of

the Tīkapa Moana (Firth of Thames). Tawhitokino has a superb crescent shaped sandy

beach fringed by pohutukawa with a small remote campground. Visitors to Ōrere Point can

also stay overnight in a small and relatively remote campgrounds which are also part of the

sea kayak/waka trail.

348



Over the long term, Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park will be managed as a Class I

park (refer to section 7.1). The park will provide:

Restored coastal forest and wetland ecosystems.




kaitiakitanga.

The opportunity for remote and intimate coastal camping on the northern Firth of

Thames (Tīkapa Moana) coastline.

Access to remote beaches whose quality is unequalled anywhere on the south east

coast of the Auckland region.

Over the next 10 years, the management of Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park will

focus on:

protecting and enhancing the biodiversity values of the park,

re-vegetating the majority of the existing grass land at Ōrere Point ,

maintaining consistent animal and plant pest management programmes,

supporting and promoting the community led actions to protect and enhance the weka

population at Tawhitokino and in the surrounding habitat,




enhancing the existing range of recreation activities, and

maintaining access tracks.

As a priority over the next five years the council will focus on:

developing a sea kayak/waka campground at Ōrere Point.




Natural settings

1. Restore and enhance the coastal forest at Ōrere Point by revegetating the open

pasture area, while retaining an open area suitable for camping.

2. Undertake regular intensive pest plant management programmes to reduce significant

infestations at Ōrere Point, including liaising with the park neighbours to address pest

plant concerns on adjacent properties.

3. Undertake a plant pest management programme at Tawhitokino, focusing on gorse

and pampas.

349


4. Restore the small coastal wetland adjacent to Tawhitokino campground by controlling

weeds and encouraging natural regeneration.

5. Support and promote the work of the Kawakawa Bay community group on

Tawhitokino and in the surrounding area to protect and enhance the weka population.

Cultural settings


Heritage Inventory.

Farmed settings

There is no farming on this park land.


7. Improve way-finding signs at Tawhitokino.

8. Complete the upgrade of the access track to Tawhitokino Beach as and where

necessary, without the construction on steps onto the beach so as to maintain the

low-tide only access.

9. Develop sea kayak /waka campground at Ōrere Point by installing a potable water

supply and a toilet.

Tangata whenua

10. Recognise tangata whenua of Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through interpretation,

b) completing a human occupation report for the park,


and the tangata whenua values it contains,








programme and the actions outlined in Part 9 .


website.



ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Tawhitokino and

Ōrere Point Regional Park:


350





13. Liaise with Ōrere Point Boat Club on issues of mutual interest.

14. Continue to manage Papanui Point Reserve adjoining Tawhitokino as part of the park.

15. Liaise with community Weka Watch Group and Department of Conservation regarding

weka management.

16. Liaise with the NZ Police and the Harbourmaster in relation to managing visitor

behaviour at Tawhitokino.






The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Tawhitokino and Ōrere

Point Regional Park, as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions

that will be applied to the permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply

temporary restrictions to any permitted activities (refer to policy 13.3.1.2). Any temporary

restrictions will be advertised in park brochures, signs or using other media.



13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Portable gas barbecues permitted at picnic sites

subject to fire restrictions that may apply from time

to time.

Boat access (including

sea kayak/waka)

Sea kayak/waka all tide access to Tawhitokino

beach and adjoining Waiti Bay and Manukau City

Council Reserve boat landing area.

Sea kayak/waka all tide access at Orere River

estuary and the Orere Boat Club’s boat ramp that is

in front of Ōrere Point Regional Park but accessed

from adjoining property.


Dogs Dogs are permitted if they are under control at all

times but are prohibited at campgrounds.




website.

Informal individual, family Informal groups are limited to 25 persons in order

351



or group activities to manage conflict with other recreation activities.


activity consent.

Walking, tramping and

running

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Maps 15.1

and 15.2) but low tide access only to Tāwhitokino

Regional Park. Temporary restrictions may apply to:




pest control.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Tawhitokino and Ōrere

Point Regional Park, as outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on

permanent restrictions to controlled activities can be found. Note: controlled activities

require prior booking through the council.



The council may also apply temporary restrictions to any controlled activities (refer to policy

13.4.1.2). Any temporary restrictions will be advertised in park brochures, signs or using

other media.


applicable)


Camping 1 backcountry campground at

Tawhitokino (20 people).

Sea kayak / waka

campground at Ōrere Point

planned (20 people)


confirmation and

camping pass

Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences operating on Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park

when this management plan was adopted. Licences may be surrendered and new ones

may be created during the term of this plan. For an up to date list of leases and licences

please refer to please refer to the council website.

17.15.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Regional Park in


352


353


17.16 Te Ārai Regional Park land

17.16.1 Park values

The council purchased 50 hectares of land on Te Ārai Point in 2008 for regional park

purposes. The park land adjoins an existing 37 hectare local reserve and an extensive area

of Crown land to the south, currently leased for commercial forestry. The large area of

commercial forest to the north is privately owned and is subject to future development

proposals.

The regional park land occupies the most prominent headland on this part of the eastern

coast offering panoramic views to Pākiri Beach in the south and Mangawhai Heads sand spit

to the north, and the rural hinterland and the Tomarata Lakes to the west.

Te Ārai o Tahuhunuiarangi (the shelter of Tahuhu) is the full name of this parkland and was

the pa of the founding ancestor of Ngai Tahuhunuiarangi. The only prominent point jutting

out into the South Pacific Ocean between Mangawhai (Bream tail) and Omaha (Cape

Rodney), it was visited frequently by passing waka. Te Ārai is claimed by many iwi and

hapū, as a tribal boundary marker to a burial site. Kawerau, Ngāti Whatua, Hauraki and Ngāti

Wai (Ngāti Manuhiri) claim the right to exercise kaitiakitanga over Te Ārai to this day.

The park land is in a relatively undeveloped and remote part of the region. The north eastern

face of the headland is covered in grass and gorse but the south western portion of the land

contains coastal forest and scrublands dominated by aged pohutukawa and two small dune

lakes (Little Te Ārai Point Lake and Little Shag Lake) and associated wetlands. The lakes

retain their natural state and are free from pest fish. They are nationally recognised as

threatened ecosystems. They are also recognised as a Regionally Significant Natural Area

that is the habitat of two nationally threatened plants and nine nationally threatened bird

species, including threatened shorebird species such as NZ dotterel and fairy terns nesting

on the foreshore adjacent to the parkland, and is a possible habitat for bittern.

The adjoining commercial forest to the south contains a small campground and its extensive

tracks are used by horse riders and for mountain biking. A small area in the southern forest

is also used by trail bikes. The adjoining beaches are frequented by swimmers and

sunbathers and are popular with surfers who access through the commercial forest and the

local reserve at Eyres point. The area is undeveloped apart from car parking and toilets at

Eyres Point north of the park land and at the Crown land at the end of Western Boundary

Road to the south. The regional park land has unformed roads on it that offer a natural track

link between the northern private forests and the southern Crown land.

The park land has yet to be formally named. The public are able to access the land using

existing cleared tracks. Given that public facilities, in the form of car parking and toilets,

exist on the adjoining local reserves it is not envisaged that this land will ever have

significant infrastructure on it, apart from an upgraded and completed track system.

17.16.2 Park vision

The park land at Te Ārai with the adjoining Rodney District Council parkland is a headland

between the white sand Pākiri and Te Ārai beaches. The headland is of significance to

tangata whenua and offers panoramic views along the northern Hauraki Gulf and islands. It

contains unique and rare regionally significant dune lakes and related wetland habitats. It

has limited recreational potential for pedestrian, cycle and horse access only.

354


17.16.3 Management Focus

Over the long term the regional park land at Te Ārai will be managed as a Class I park in

terms of section 7.1, and will be managed primarily for its natural ecological and heritage

values with recreation activity limited to walking, mountain biking and horse riding on

designated tracks that offer access to key vantage points and are linked to the beach, the

recreation tracks on the adjoining local reserves and those on the Crown land.

Over the next 10 years the management of Te Ārai Regional Park land will focus on;

naming the park within the next 18 months,

maintaining its natural values, especially the lakes, and its cultural values through

fencing, signage and containing visitor activity to defined tracks,

undertaking regular pest plant and animal control, particularly to protect the fairy terns,

and

maintaining the existing track system and integrating with those of the adjoining public

land, and

facilitating public access to ensure the protection of the park land’s natural values.

There will be no major capital developments on the park in the next five years.




Natural settings

1. Progressively control the gorse and revegetate the north-eastern slopes of the park

land in appropriate coastal vegetation.

2. Maintain the ecological integrity and intrinsic values of the dune lakes by protecting

them from the release of pest fish and plant species, and containing visitor activity to

defined tracks and through interpretation.

3. Investigate, in liaison with the Department of Conservation, the potential for the

translocation of threatened dune plant species.

4. Control pest plants and remove inappropriate exotic plants, such as pines.

5. Undertake pest animal control, with an emphasis on protecting the fairy terns and NZ

dotterel on the adjoining coastline.

6. Liaise with the relevant local authority to seek a review of dog control policies and

bylaws at Te Ārai, the adjoining reserve and on the beach.



Heritage Inventory.

8. Develop a human occupation report prior to formally naming the park.

355



in accordance with the Regional Parks’ Interpretation Strategy and Interpretation

Guidelines

Farmed settings

No farming is undertaken on this park.


10. Manage the land for low level informal recreation using the existing cleared tracks.

11. Evaluate the location of the informal tracks adjacent to the dune lakes and, if

necessary, realign these where necessary, to protect the natural, landscape, tangata

whenua and cultural values of the parkland.

12. Investigate the need for a new small car park on Te Ārai Point Road as shown on Map

16

Tangata whenua

13. Recognise tangata whenua of the park land at Te Ārai through:













15. Consult with tangata whenua and the public on the formal name for the park.


website.




management of land adjoining Te Ārai Regional Park:






to designate the land for regional park purposes in the Rodney District Plan.

356


18. Advocate for the complementary management of the adjacent foreshore and Rodney

District Council and Department of Conservation reserves to provide an integrated

approach to environmental programmes and recreation activities.

19. Liaise with the Department of Conservation on the management of adjoining Crown

land and wildlife, such as fairy terns and NZ dotterel, on the beach.






The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Te Ārai Regional Park

land, as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that will be






13.6 of this plan.



or group activities




activity consent.

Recreational cycling Permitted only on designated tracks (refer to Map

16) but temporary restrictions may apply on sites

of significance to tangata whenua, sensitive


protect park values and to enable park operations

such as pest control.


running

Permitted only on designated tracks (refer to Map

16) but temporary restrictions may apply in some

locations in order to protect sites of significance to

tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological and

ecological areas, or to enable, park operations,

such as pest control.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Te Ārai Regional Park

land, as outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on permanent





357





applicable)


Recreational horse

riding

Permitted only on designated

tracks (refer to Map 16) but

temporary restrictions may

apply to: protect sites of


whenua, sensitive






activities.

Recreational horse

riding



prohibited on the parkland at Te Ārai.


Barbecues No provision is made for picnicking and portable

barbecues are prohibited due to the high fire risk

on this park.

Dogs Dogs are prohibited the parkland at Te Ārai at all

times.




website.

Leases and Licences

There were no leases or licences operating on the park land at Te Ārai when this




17.16.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of the park land at Te Ārai in accordance with section 7.7.

358


359


17.17 Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park

17.17.1 Park values

Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park, acquired in 2005, is a farmed park located at South Head on the

South Kaipara Peninsula. Covering 247 hectares the park is a mix of rolling farmland and

steep gully systems broadly covering the Patauoa Creek valley. To the east the park

stretches over a kilometre along the shores of the Kaipara Harbour. The Department of

Conservation administers the Omokoiti Bay Marginal Strip stretching along the foreshore of

the park; this extends the length of the Kaipara Coast from Mosquito Bay to Waipiro Bay.

To the south, the park overlooks the Haratahi Creek and wetlands. The western boundary

of the park abuts the Department of Conservation’s Lake Ototoa Scenic Reserve. The park

is dissected by South Kaipara Head Road; access off this road to the park is made difficult

by two blind bends in the road. The elevated ridges of the park offer spectacular panoramic

views across the Kaipara Harbour.

The park contains significant areas of wetlands, regenerating forest and shrubland habitats,

and coastal cliff vegetation. These provide opportunity for restoration of habitats and

sequences, in particular improving the connections from the west to east coast, taking into

account the other public land in the area. There is a wide range of shorebird species that

visit the coastal area of the park as part of the Kaipara Harbour, which is one of three areas

in the region that are of national and international ornithological significance.

Among the Ngāti Whatua of the Kaipara today, this land was known for a grove of Puriri

trees that grew in the area. Waipiro kainga and the coastal pa of Pararaha, Awarua and the

inland kainga of Kapohia and Onuhao provided for the needs of tangata whenua who settled

in and around Waioneke (South Head) and adjacent lands.

There is a regionally significant geological site at the Patauoa Creek mouth, being one of

best examples of six metre high coastal terrace formed by the high sea level during the last

interglacial.

The park land was previously managed as a sheep and beef farm and recently farmed as a

deer unit as indicated by the high netting fences on the park. The property is currently

operated as a cattle farm and has a range of facilities and infrastructure supporting this,

predominantly located on the western side of the park.

As a recent acquisition the park has not yet been developed and officially opened for full

public use. It is not anticipated that this will occur within the life of this plan. Prior to the

next review of this plan, a concept plan will be prepared in full consultation with key

stakeholders and the wider public. In the interim the park will be managed in accordance

with the general objectives of this plan, the Regional Parks Bylaws 2007 and the interim

management policies outlined below.

The public are welcome to enjoy foot and bike access across the park or could access the

park by boat from the Kaipara Harbour. Presently the park offers a range of walking,

recreational cycling and horse riding opportunities through the pasture and on a number of

farm tracks throughout the property. It is a three kilometre walk down to the tidal beach

which offers picnicking, safe swimming and fishing opportunities. The South Head Walkway

Plan prepared by the Rodney District Council proposes a coast to coast walk from Te Rau

Pūriri through Lake Ototoa Scenic Reserve and Woodhill Forest to Te Oneone Rangatira

Beach on the west coast of South Head.

360


The Rodney District Council contributed to the purchase of the park and owns two titles

which are subject to the Reserves Act, shown on Map 17. The Deed of Agreement

regarding the arrangement between the councils recognises these titles and outlines what

activities will be contemplated on the park.

17.17.2 Park vision

Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park is a farmed park on the South Kaipara Peninsula, occupying land

on both sides of South Head Road, which offers panoramic views across the Kaipara

Harbour and opportunities for walking, mountain biking, horse riding and swimming. With

limited public access to the coast of the Kaipara Harbour, the park provides visitors with

access to the peaceful Omokoiti Bay beach on its eastern boundary. Adjoining DOC land,

the parkland offers improved connectivity with other public land and to Lake Ototoa. The

park has a rich ecology with its wetlands and bird habitat and provides opportunities for

restoration of the natural and cultural values.


Over the long term, Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to


A farmed park with areas of high ecological value and cultural value protected.

Panoramic views over the Kaipara Harbour from a number of accessible vantage points.

Restored wetlands and revegetated foreshore area supporting a range of shore and

wetland bird species.

Ecological links provided from the Kaipara Harbour through to the Lake Ototoa Reserve.




Well preserved hill-top pa sites.

Access for a range of informal recreational activities including walking, recreational

cycling, horse riding and picnicking, with future opportunities for camping.

Protection of archaeological sites, and where appropriate, interpretation of these sites

and associations with the wider Kaipara Peninsula landscape.

Over the next 10 years, the management of Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park will focus on:

completing a concept plan in accordance with Section 7.3, in full consultation with key

stakeholders and the wider public, that can be incorporated in the next management

plan review,

strengthening the relationship with Ngāti Whatua Nga Rima o Kaipara Trust and


integrating the management of regional park land and the Department of Conservation

reserves,

protecting and enhancing areas of high ecological value, including wetlands and stream

margins,

stabilising steep gully systems through the retirement from pasture and revegetation,

ongoing animal and plant pest control with a focus on controlling deer,

361


retaining a farmed park that provides access to the public for walking, recreational

cycling, horse riding, picnicking and access to the beach,

implementing sustainable farming practices and a working sheep and beef farm that

benefits land management and facilitates recreational access,

investigating improvements to the park entrance,

maintaining the existing informal tracks and poled routes throughout the park,

providing limited low key facilities for horse riders, and

establishing a coast to coast track in consultation with the Department of Conservation,

the Rodney District Council and landowners west of Lake Ototoa.


developments:

upgrading farm infrastructure,

protecting the park’s natural values through the provision of improved fencing, and

exploring a link to the neighbouring Lake Ototoa Scenic Reserve.

17.17.4 Interim management policies



1. Prepare a concept plan for the park prior to the ten year review of this Plan.

Natural settings

2. Protect and manage the adjoining intertidal area and wetlands on the park as an

ecological feature of the park for their biodiversity value and to protect shore and

wetland bird species.

3. Upgrade boundary fencing to a standard that will exclude deer.

4. Progressively revegetate areas identified on Map 17 and give emphasis to

enhancement of wetland areas and riparian margins, stabilising steep areas and

connectivity of existing vegetated areas.

5. Protect the interglacial terrace shown on Map 17 and ensure consultation with the

Geological Society regarding any proposed developments around this.


6. Develop a human occupation report.

7. Prepare and implement a conservation plan for the ridge pa site Q09/34, as shown on

Map 17.

8. Implement the archaeological site management actions for the park identified in the

Cultural Heritage Inventory.

362


Farmed settings



experiences).

10. Review current farming practices to manage the land in a sustainable manner, in

accordance with Part 12, and to ensure farm operations are compatible with the

recreation outcomes for the park.

11. Retire the steep gully systems from pasture and in accordance with policy 4

revegetate these, as shown in Map 17.

12. Upgrade and realign fencing throughout the park as required, with a particular focus

on removing deer fencing from internal fence lines, realigning fences to best fit farm

operations and park management, and to remove stock from sensitive archaeological

and ecological sites.

13. Upgrade farming infrastructure as required, including sheep yards and woolshed,

waterlines, workshop, storage sheds and replacement of the septic system.

Infrastructure may be upgraded to provide a park’s operational base.


14. Do not actively promote the park or erect directional signs until a concept plan has

been developed and the appropriate visitor infrastructure installed.

15. Investigate options and implement improvements to the park entrance off South

Kaipara Head Road and provide further limited parking in this area.

16. Permit pedestrian access to allow park visitors to participate in a range of informal

recreational activities, such as walking, picnicking and use of the beach.

17. Install composting toilets on appropriate locations in the parkland; refer to Map 17 for

general locations.

18. Continue to cater for informal use of the park by walkers and recreational cyclists.

19. Develop limited low-key facilities to provide for the use of the park by horse riders;

including increased parking for horse floats, a holding paddock and hitching posts.

20. Explore with the Department of Conservation the provision of a connection to Lake

Ototoa Scenic Reserve as part of the coast to coast walkway.

Tangata whenua

21. Recognise tangata whenua of Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park through:


infrastructure such as interpretation and tohu tangata whenua;





363









website.




management of land adjoining Te Rau Pūriri Regional Park:






to designate the land for regional park purposes in the Rodney District Plan.


Conservation to advocate for the cooperative management of the adjacent Lake

Ototoa Scenic Reserve and Omokoiti Bay Marginal Strip, to provide an integrated

approach to environmental programmes and recreational activities, such as pest

control initiatives and the possibility of a coast to coast walkway in the future and dog

control.

26. Work with the adjacent landowner to protect the ridge pa site Q09/34 which is

partially contained on their land.

27. Liaise with the South Kaipara Landcare Group and the South Kaipara Residents and

Ratepayers over matters of mutual interest, such as local community initiatives.






The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Te Rau Pūriri Regional







13.6 of this plan.

364



Barbecues Portable barbecues permitted subject to fire

restriction that may apply from time to time.

Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead, with the exception of

the foreshore area where they are prohibited.

Temporary restrictions may apply during seasonal

farming operations (lambing and calving).




website.


or group activities




activity consent. Note: parking capacity may limit

the accessibility of the park to large groups.

Recreational cycling Permitted on designated open pasture areas (refer

to Map 17) but temporary restrictions may apply on

sites of significance to tangata whenua, sensitive

archaeological sites and ecological areas, or to

protect park values and enable park operations such

as pest control and lambing.


running

Permitted on tracks and open pasture areas, but

restrictions (refer to Map 17) may temporary

restrictions apply in some locations in order to


sensitive archaeological and ecological areas, or to

enable park operations such as calving or pest

control.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Te Rau Pūriri Regional








Controlled

activities

Description of site

(if applicable)


Recreational

horse riding

Designated farm

land.

Conditions on horse riding pass.

Temporary restrictions may apply to:

protect sites of significance to tangata

whenua, sensitive archaeological sites

and ecological areas; or to enable park

365


operations such as lambing and pest

control or approved discretionary

activities.

Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences operating on Te Rau Pūriri when this management plan

was adopted. Licences may be surrendered and new ones may be created during the term

of this plan. For an up to date list of leases and licences please refer to please refer to the

council website.

17.17.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Te Rau Pūriri in accordance with section 7.7

366


367


17.18 Waharau Regional Park

17.18.1 Park values

Waharau Regional Park extends from the gravelly shores of the Tīkapa Moana (Firth of

Thames) into the eastern foothills of the Hūnua Ranges. The coastal part of the park lies

between the Waharau Stream in the north and sandy Waihihi Bay in the south. Like

Whakatīwai Regional Park, the park provides an eastern access point to the Hūnua Ranges

Regional Park and provides visitors with a variety of experiences in coastal, farmed and

remote bush settings.

The Tainui canoe landed on the beach at the southern edge of the park in the 14th century

bestowing the name Waihihi a name that has its origins in Hawaiki. Ngāti Whanaunga

occupied the land from the 17th century and still maintains two urupa (burial ground) Opuku

and Okauia in this area; one on the foreshore adjoining the park’s northern boundary and the

other along the southern boundary of the park. Waharau was one of the larger Māori

settlements along the coast in the late 1800s and was a summer residence for the Māori

King from the 1890s. This connection is maintained with the Tainui campground on the park.

European settlers milled the area’s kauri and beech trees from the 1860s. They shipped the

timber to Auckland and across Tīkapa Moana to the gold mining settlements on the

Coromandel Peninsula. Today, the 169 hectares of park land contains the best example of

lowland tanekaha forest on high relief and the only example of lowland tanekaha-towai

forest on high relief in the Hūnua Ecological District. It also contains one of the best

examples of lowland kahikatea forest on alluvial sediments and one of the best examples of

lowland kauri-beech-tanekaha forest on low relief. As a continuation of the Hūnua Ranges,

this bush supports over 18 species of native land birds and there are large, transient

populations of migratory birds offshore.

Waharau was acquired under the Public Works Act from Ngāti Whanaunga between 1970

and 1973 to provide access to Hūnua water catchment land. It was subsequently developed

as a regional park and opened by the Māori Queen in 1979. The Local Government

(Auckland Council) Amendment Act 2010 amended the Auckland regional boundary. As of 1

November 2010, Waharau Regional Park will sit within Waikato region and the Hauraki

District. The Auckland Council will, however, continue to own and manage the land as part

of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park. The arrival area has two vehicle accessible

campgrounds (one of which is leased to Tainui (Waahi Marae Trust) from the second

weekend in December to the second weekend in February), the Waharau Outdoor

Education Camp, barbecue areas, and the Waharau Hall. The Waihihi Stream winds its way

through this area. The park has coastal access and has been identified as the start/end point

of the sea kayak/waka trail. The area connects to the main part of the Hūnua Ranges

through a series of loop tracks which explore the Hūnua Ranges’ foothills and link to some

of the more rugged tramping tracks in the hinterland. The park is highly valued by the

Auckland Astronomical Society because the night sky has minimal disturbance from city

lights and the park has overnight facilities within easy reach of the Auckland city for people

wishing to view, study and enjoy the sky

17.18.2 Park vision

Waharau Regional Park is a largely forested park that extends from the gravel shores of the

Tīkapa Moana (Firth of Thames) into the eastern foothills of the Hūnua Ranges. The park

provides a coastal area that offers opportunities for picnicking, barbecuing, water based

recreation and vistas across to the Coromandel Peninsula. Visitors to the park can also stay

368


in one of the three campgrounds or the school education camp, utilise the Waharau Hall or

explore up into the Hūnua Ranges by foot or mountain bike.


Over the long term, Waharau Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to

Section 7.1) with the forested Eastern foothills of the Hūnua Ranges managed as a Special

management zone. The park will provide:

A forested corridor to the Eastern Hūnua Ranges, forming part of the almost intact

succession from coastal to montane forest.

Protection and enhancement of Waihihi Stream.




kaitiakitanga.

Areas that are kept open for their contribution to heritage landscapes, recreation and

vistas through either mowing or grazing.

Remote recreational experiences including tramping, mountain biking, camping, bach

stays and recreation access to Eastern Hūnua Ranges.

Spectacular views of the Firth of Thames and over to the Coromandel.

Coastal settings developed for people to enjoy while picnicking, swimming, playing

informal games and sea kayaking.

A residential lodge and supporting facilities to be utilised as an outdoor education and

environmental education camp.

Over the next ten years the management of Waharau Regional Park will focus on;

maintaining the dominant bush settings and retaining area of open country side in

appropriate locations to retain some of the rural character of the surrounding district and

facilitate recreation,




restricting livestock access to the backcountry and riparian areas and re-vegetating

these areas,

building a strong working relationship with Environment Waikato and Hauraki District

Council,

increasing and enhancing remote recreational experiences, such as tramping and

camping, and access to the Hūnua Ranges, and

upgrading the park house and bringing online as a bach.


developments:

attracting more people to the park through redeveloping the foreshore arrival area and

enhancing and facilitating the use of the Waharau Hall, and

upgrading the old workshop and office area and renewing the sheep yards.

369





Natural settings




2. Continue to integrate Hūnua Ranges Regional Park’s comprehensive pest plant and

animal management programme in Waharau Regional Park.

3. Retain open pasture settings at the coastal edge and in the Blackberry Flats through

either mowing or farming.


kauri dieback in accordance with section 10.4.4.

5. Investigate the concept of creating a night sky reserve in partnership with Auckland

Astronomical Society, the New Zealand Starlight Reserve Committee and other key

stakeholders.



Heritage Inventory.

Farmed settings

7. Maintain a small flock of sheep to assist with the management of the fenced

foreshore areas and front paddocks to recognise its rural heritage, retain key views

and vistas, and facilitate recreation and use (including farm experiences).

8. Retire backcountry areas from grazing.

9. Renew sheep yards.


10. Develop a Recreation Opportunities Plan for the park in accordance with policy

17.5.4.13 that specifically considers how Waharau Regional Park could be developed

to expand and enhance tramping and mountain biking opportunities and whether

horse riding tracks that connect to the horse riding tracks in the Hūnua Ranges and/or

Whakatīwai could be developed.

11. Develop the coastal side of the park (Karewa Avenue) as shown on Map 18, once the

significance and ownership of cultural sites and other areas on the Waharau foreshore

have been clarified with tangata whenua, giving emphasis to:

a) improving vehicle and pedestrian access to the Waihihi Bay coastal area,

b) increasing shade planting,

c) protecting the puriri trees,

370


d) mowing areas,

e) developing barbecue areas, and

f) developing a walking track linking the foreshore and Blackberry Flats campground.

12. Improve the park entrance by installing a security gate.

13. Enhance facilities at the Waharau Hall and renew the interpretation in the Hall.

14. Investigate and facilitate appropriate use of the Waharau Hall.

15. Improve facilities for camping and picnicking in the inland area.

16. Create a more intimate camping experience in the Blackberry Flats Campground

through amenity planting, whilst retaining the open settings through either mowing or

grazing in accordance with policy 3 above.

17. Develop the area shown on Map 18 beside the Waharau Hall as a certified self-

contained vehicle campground.

18. Upgrade the Waharau Volunteers House as shown on Map 18, prune trees to restore

views, and add to the bach escape network.

19. Improve recreation access over open pastures by defining the track network through

signs and markers and installing purpose built gates, ramps and stiles.

20. Attract events suitable to the terrain and park classification to raise public awareness

of the park and increase park visitor numbers.

21. Work with the Waharau Outdoor Education Camp Trust to maintain and develop

appropriate facilities such as a climbing wall and learn to ride infrastructure.

22. Upgrade the Waharau workshop.

23. Implement a travel demand management programme in accordance with section 8.3;

with particular emphasis on supporting the sea kayak/waka trail and working with

schools to encourage alternative transport modes to private vehicles.

Tangata whenua

24. Recognise tangata whenua of Waharau Regional Park through:


tangata whenua,




kaitiaki over sites of significance,

d) resolving the significance and ownership of sites of significance on the coastal

side of the park before pursuing any expansion in opportunities in this area,

e) considering options to support Ngāti Whananuga’s management of the coastal

urupa and the urupa that adjoins the southern boundary of the park and if

required, extend the urupa on the southern boundary onto the park,

371


f) working in partnership with Tainui (Waahi Marae Trust) to maintain and develop

campground, including but not limited to: discussing options for campervans to

utilise the campground in the off season through developing a hardstand area and

bringing in Ngāti Whanaunga as a joint member of that relationship, and

g) supporting tangata whenua to undertake activities which enable them to provide



25. Ensure senior staff responsible for managing the park meet at least annually with


programme and the actions outlined in policy 22 above (refer to Part 9).


website.


26. Liaise with Franklin District Council, Environment Waikato, Hauraki District Council,

adjoining landowners and the local community to ensure the planning, development

and management of land adjoining Waharau Regional Park:





27. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 26, liaise with Franklin District Council in

relation to the foreshore reserve that council administers on its behalf.

28. Liaise with the Waharau Outdoor Education Camp Committee over the management

and development of the Waharau Outdoor Education Camp.





Eastern foothills of the Hūnua Ranges

The thick regenerating bush on the western steeper country of the park that extends up into

the Hūnua Ranges offers a remote bush experience. Beilschmiedia (tawa and taraire) forest,

containing high numbers of treeferns, occupies the gullies and kauri-hard beech-tanekaha

forest occupies the warm, dry slops and ridges. This bush, as a continuation of the Hūnua

ranges supports a rich collection of bird and invertebrate species, including thirty seven

species of land snails. These upper reaches have steeply divided topography with

associated watercourses. The higher points afford major view eastwards of the Firth of

Thames with the Coromandel Peninsula beyond.

30. Revegetate areas identified on Map 18 and give emphasis to

a) developing forested corridor from the coast to the interior of the Hūnua Ranges,

and

b) protecting identified view shafts and archaeological sites.

372


31. Restore and enhance sea and shore bird nesting and roosting habitats along the Firth

of Thames coastline.

32. Continue the Hūnua Ranges’ integrated plant and animal pest management

programme in this area.



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Waharau Regional Park,







13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted either at facilities provided or portable gas

barbecues subject to fire restrictions that may apply from

time to time.

Boat access

(including sea

kayak/waka)

Sea kayak/waka all tide access at Waharau Stream.


Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead but excluded from camping

and picnic areas. Dogs will also be prohibited during lambing

season.





family or group

activities




Mountain biking Permitted on designated tracks and park roads (refer to Map

18) but temporary restrictions may apply to: protect sites of


sites and ecological areas, or to enable park operations such

as lambing and pest control.

Phytosanitary measures may be required when using tracks

within kauri zones.

Walking, tramping,

running and

orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 18) and open

pasture areas but temporary restrictions may apply to:


archaeological sites and ecological areas; or to enable park

operations such as lambing and pest control.

Phytosanitary measures may be required when using tracks

within kauri zones.

373



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Waharau Regional Park,









applicable)


Baches Upgrade of Waharau Park

House planned

Campervans/

caravans

Campervans and caravans

permitted in Blackberry Flats

Campground.

New certified self-contained

vehicle campground planned.


confirmation and

camping pass


campgrounds:

Tainui Camp (60 people)

Blackberry Flats (80 people)

Southern boundary (100

people).


confirmation and

camping pass

Designated sites 1 basic site

Lodges Waharau Outdoor Camp (80

people)



Meeting venues Waharau Park Centre Conditions on booking


Leases and licences

The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on Waharau Regional Park




website.

Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

Tainui (Waahi Marae

Trust)

Lease 2021 Campground — available to public

except between 1 December and

28 February.

Waharau Outdoor

Education Centre Trust

Licence 2022 Bookings managed by Waharau

Outdoor Education Centre.

374


17.18.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Waharau Regional Park in accordance with section 7.7.

In addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will:

1. Integrate with the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park monitoring programme.

375


17.19 Waitākere Ranges Regional Park

17.19.1 Park values

The Waitākere Ranges Regional Park consists of 17,000 hectares of contiguous park land in

close proximity to the Auckland metropolitan area. It has a dramatic and distinctively

beautiful landscape of steep hill country almost entirely covered in bush with spectacular

gorges and bluffs. On its western side it is bounded by a rugged coastline with wild black-

sand surf beaches. In the south the forested flanks of the ranges meet the Manukau

Harbour. Small pockets of farmland are retained on the park representing the farmed

heritage of the area and the rural landscape value of open pasture settings amongst dense

bush and precipitous terrain. There are magnificent views afforded from a number of

locations, across the ranges to the sea, to Āwhitu Peninsula and to the urban area of

Auckland City. The Waitākere Ranges also provides an important visual backdrop to the

metropolitan area.

The impetus to create the park came from a community that wished to conserve the native

flora and fauna of the area and have a large scenic park for its enjoyment. The park has been

built up over more than 100 year period by land vesting, purchases and gifts. It includes land

purchased by Auckland City Council for water catchment purposes and land gifted to, or

otherwise progressively acquired by, the Auckland City Council for reserve purposes. It also

includes land progressively acquired by the Auckland Centennial Memorial Park Board,

which had been established as a result of the Auckland Centennial Memorial Park Act 1941,

to create a scenic park as a memorial to 100 years of settlement and progress in Auckland.

In 2008 the national significance of the Waitākere Ranges and the regional park was

recognised in the Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act. The regional park makes up 60 per

cent of the Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area.

The bulk of the park contains land held and managed in terms of the Local Government Act,

2002. A smaller proportion (approximately 17 per cent) of the land area is held and

administered under the Reserves Act 1977, including land at Cascades-Kauri, Cornwallis,

Lake Wainamu, Pae o Te Rangi, Parau and Whatipu. This places additional management

obligations in relation to administering this land classified as recreation, scenic and scientific

reserves under that Act.

Te Kawerau a Maki and Ngāti Whatua have a long association with the Waitākere Ranges

and are the recognised tangata whenua. The Waitākere Ranges are known to them as Te

Wao Nui a Tiriwa (The Great Forest of the Tiriwa). Until the late 19th Century ‘Waitākere‛

was a localised name referring to the Waitākere River Valley – Te Henga area. The special

relationship Te Kawerau a Maki has with the ranges been acknowledged in various aspects

of the park, such as the Arataki Visitor Centre, pou whenua in a number of park locations

and the pā harakēkē planting at Pae o te Rangi.

Kauri logging and sawmilling commenced in the Waitākere Ranges during the 1830s and

only finally ended a century later. This ‚boom and bust‛ period saw numerous logging

operations and mills start up and then close down and move to another part of the ranges

as the timber resource was progressively worked out. There are only a few small unmilled

areas in the Cascade-Kauri Park, the upper Piha Valley and Huia Valley which retain any large

specimens of kauri. Parts of the ranges were burnt to establish pasture, but farming was

only ever a marginal proposition, other than on the foothills of the ranges.

The Waitākere Ranges were recognised early in the development of the Auckland region as

an important future water catchment area. The region’s first gravitational supply dam was

built at Nihotupu in 1902. An extensive programme of dam construction continued until the

376


last of the five dams that are currently operational was completed in 1971. Watercare

Services Limited has a licence over 6,619 hectares of the inner area of the park that

includes these five dams and their catchments. The dams contribute over a quarter of

Auckland’s metropolitan potable water supply.

Recreation and tourism has had a long history, with the wild, west coast beaches and

forested ranges attracting visitors seeking a wilderness experience. Whatipu Lodge was

one of a number of ventures developed to cater for the growing demand for tourist

accommodation, and continues to be popular with park visitors. Today there are hundreds of

archaeological sites and historic structures recorded in the Waitākere Ranges including kauri

timber dams, tramlines, quarries, flax and timber mills, log chutes, shipwrecks, schools,

cemeteries, wharves and logging roads.

The Waitākere Ranges sit on an uplifted dissected plateau comprising of resistant volcanic

material creating a landscape of gorges, bluffs, waterfalls ridges, slopes and gullies. There

are a series of large catchments terminating in the dunes and exposed coastal beaches to

the west and a less rugged landscape along the Manukau Harbour. The ranges contain

numerous geological features that are of regional and national significance, as identified in

Section 10.2, described in more detail in the Special management zones and shown on

Maps 19.2 to 19.16.

The Waitākere Ranges is ecologically significant as one of the largest areas of coastal and

lowland forest with intact sequences from wetlands and dunelands to coastal and inland

lowland forest remaining in the region. It supports a wide diversity of habitats including

forest, shrubland, fresh water streams and rivers, sand flats, dunes, coastal turfs and

wetlands including the Whatipu Scientific Reserve, the largest wetland complex in the

region. The forest types reflect the history of forest clearance and milling but include

remnant kauri and podocarp broadleaf forest, coastal forest and large areas of regenerating

manuka and kanuka shrubland.

The park is home to 540 species of indigenous plants, several thousand insect species, over

100 snail species, 71 bird species, six lizards and two skinks, the long-tailed bat and

Hochstetter’s frog. It provides a refuge for a number of threatened plant and animal species

including the Waitākere rock hebe (Hebe bishopiana) endemic to the Waitākere Ranges; and

nationally threatened birds, particularly at Whatipu, such as fernbird, bittern and dotterels.

Specific restoration projects continue to improve the condition of the ranges, including the

return of several bird species which were lost during the last century.

Pest plant and animal control has a significant role in reducing impacts on ecological values

and preventing spread onto neighbouring land. The Strategic Weed Initiative and pest buffer

programmes continue to protect the park from pest plant and animal threats occurring on

neighbouring land. The dumping of rubbish in the park, however, is an ongoing issue and a

source of pest plant introductions.

The Waitākere Ranges are a major visitor attraction in the region and continue to be

appreciated as a place to escape from the pressures of everyday life and enjoy peace and

quiet in a large natural setting. The park contains over 140 tracks covering approximately

250 kilometres. The track network together with managed picnic areas and campgrounds,

are the main recreational assets on the park and are one of the main ways people

experience the park. The track entrances with associated vehicle parking, signs and toilets,

are key visitor management points. The Hillary Trail, which travels through the track network

in the Waitākere Ranges, was opened in 2010 and provides an opportunity for people to

experience a multi-day tramp in the park.

377


There is also a range of accommodation facilities with a number of lodges and baches

located within the park. Many visitors use the parkland as a means to access the foreshore,

therefore not actually using the park for recreation, but enjoying the west coast beaches.

Visitor counts at selected locations indicate that visitor numbers to the park have almost

doubled over the past 10 years. This trend is likely to continue due to the proximity of the

park to the growing urban areas of Auckland. Parts of the park are under pressure from

increasing recreational activity, including commercial activity. Careful management of the

type, intensity and distribution of activity on the park is required to ensure the pressure of

use does not destroy the very qualities that people value about the park.

Visitor activity tends to concentrate in particular nodes or arrival areas and the track systems

that emanate from these. Due to the age of the park, the infrastructure necessary to

support activity in these areas is generally in place. However, in some circumstances a

renewal of this infrastructure is required or a range of management tools, outlined in section

7.7, will be implemented to manage the impacts of visitor growth. For example some of the

tracks in the network are not of a suitable standard that would enable them to absorb any

significant growth in use and it has been recognised that greater investment in the

maintenance of the track system is required.

While the Waitākere Ranges is an expansive park there are some fragmented areas,

particularly in the Titirangi area. Some of these pieces of parkland provide more of a local

park experience and the operational management of these has been transferred to

Waitākere City Council, as set out in section 15.3 Transfer of management. These are

shown on Map 19.17.

Stewardship

The Waitākere Ranges Regional Park is a significant rainforest with unique natural and

cultural values that are under pressure from increasing visitor numbers and its proximity to

the growing urban area. When the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park section of the Regional

Parks Management Plan was reviewed in 2007 there was a strong message from

submitters that there was a need to protect these values. The council therefore wants to

ensure that all visitors to the park have a sense of care and stewardship when visiting and

using the resources of the Waitākere Ranges.

As the gateway to the park land, the Arataki Visitor Centre plays an important role in

providing information about the park, running a range of educational programmes and

conveying important messages about care and stewardship of the environment of the

Waitākere Ranges.

The council is assisted by a number of interested community groups and by volunteers who

make a significant contribution of their time and resources to assist with maintenance,

planting programmes, habitat enhancement, species recovery, pest plant and animal

control, as well as the protection of the cultural heritage of the park.

Discretionary activity

The Waitākere Ranges support a range of commercial enterprises, some of which occur on

the regional park land. Over the years the park has become increasing popular for tourism

operators, screen production companies and for sporting events. The primary attraction of

the park land is its natural and scenic settings to which people have free access; mainly

through the park track systems. While it is recognised that concessionaires and other

recreation providers extend the range of recreational opportunities available to people,

compared to other parks in the network, demand for these discretionary activities in the

Waitākere Ranges is very high. Because of this, a precautionary approach has been taken.

378


Limits have been placed on the size and nature of some activities that can take place at

certain locations as a way of managing cumulative impacts on the park and the enjoyment

of the park by other users.

As noted in section 13.5 on discretionary activities, the council will consider discretionary

activities on the park, provided they do not detract from the park focus and outcomes

including the enjoyment of other park users or adversely affect the natural settings and

ecological and cultural heritage values. A decision to grant consent for a discretionary

activity does not imply any rights beyond the approved term of the consent.

As some activities may conflict with the outcomes sought for the park, such as maintaining

its intrinsic qualities or preserving the visitor experience, limits will be imposed on the size

and nature of some activities in particular locations. Large groups, especially organised

sports events, have the potential to adversely impact on the park environment and the

enjoyment of the park by other users.

The council will work with promoters and organisers to investigate alternative suitable

locations for organised events within the Waitākere Ranges and across the regional parks

network.

Track network

The track network in the Waitākere Ranges has historically served the needs of walkers and

trampers seeking to experience the natural environment of the Ranges. Research has

shown that, while people want the tracks maintained to a reasonable standard that does not

result in degradation of the environment, there is also acceptance that the tracks will be of a

variable standard along the length of the track. There is a desire to maintain natural surfaces

and avoid unnecessary structures or introduced material on the tracks. The focus on

maintenance should be on good drainage of the track surfaces. Signage is seen as

necessary, and should be informative, but not intrusive.

Kauri dieback

The Waitākere Ranges, including the park land has nationally significant kauri trees and

stands. The park is home to some of the largest kauri in the region, with some notable

trees, such as Aunt Agathis and Tom Thumb. In 2006, it was determined that kauri trees in

the park had been affected by a pathogen Phytophthora taxon Agathis (PTA) causing kauri

dieback (refer to section 10.4.4 on pathogens). Diseased trees have been specifically

identified in the Piha catchment, Cascades-Kauri area and around Huia.

The council as the landowner has a responsibility to protect kauri in this and other regional

parks from the disease. Additionally, the council as the regional biosecurity agency has

authority to contain or eradicate new diseases that are a significant risk to biodiversity.

A targeted survey in the Waitākere Ranges of park entrances and along the track network

has identified disease zones where there are issues with kauri health, including the impacts

of kauri dieback. Soil compaction, root trauma, and physical damage of trees along tracks

have also been associated with general ill-thrift or decline of kauri and this is not necessarily

associated with disease.

Special measures have been implemented to help stop the spread of the disease, as

outlined in section 10.4.4. In some circumstances the closure of tracks or areas may be

warranted, particularly during spring and autumn which are the optimum periods for the

spread of PTA. The management programme will be adapted as findings of research provide

more information about the disease.

379


17.19.2 Park vision

A regional conservation and scenic park that is managed to protect and enhance its unique

natural, cultural and historic values and wilderness qualities; to provide a place of respite for

the people of Auckland, to provide for a range of compatible recreational activities in natural

settings, and to cultivate an ethic of stewardship.


Over the long term, the entire Waitākere Ranges Regional Park, including the Waitākere

Water Catchment land, will be managed as a Class I park (refer to section 7.1).

The following sites in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park will be managed as Special

management zones: Anawhata, Arataki Visitor Centre and precinct, Cascades – Kauri,

Cornwallis, Fairy Falls, the Hillary Trail, Huia Lookout, Huia Valley, Kaitarakihi, Kakamatua,

Karamatura, Karekare, Lake Wainamu, Lion Rock, Little Huia, Mercer Bay Loop Walk and

lookouts, Mt Donald McLean lookout, North Piha, Opanuku, Pae o te Rangi, Pararaha Valley,

Parau / Big Muddy Creek, Parkinson’s lookout, Pukematekeo lookout, Rose Hellaby House

and lookout, Spragg Bush, Tasman and Gap lookouts, Upper Nihotupu Dam car park, Wai o

Kahu/Piha Valley, Water Catchment Area, Whatipu, and the Whatipu Scientific Reserve.


protection and restoration of the over 16,000 hectares of dominant indigenous bush and

forest, including its flora and fauna, ecosystems and threatened plants; recognising the

significant contribution to the region’s biodiversity and ecosystem services.

a place of respite, where the people of Auckland can enjoy the natural environment in

places that feel wild and remote.

a place to undertake extensive bush walks and overnight tramping expeditions, to enjoy

spectacular views of the west coast, to picnic and relax, or to enjoy coastal water

related activities, such as swimming, surfing and fishing.

a place to learn about the natural values of the park land and wider area of the

Waitākere Ranges.

opportunities for Ngāti Whatua and Te Kawerau a Maki to strengthen their connection

to the land, to provide for their hauora, and to be involved in the park management


kaitiakitanga

a range of short term accommodation, including intimate backcountry campgrounds,

vehicle based camping opportunities, lodges and baches.

for the retention of the farmed areas recognising their contribution to heritage

landscapes, scenic values and vistas of the park and beyond.

protection of the water supply catchment areas and associated infrastructure for the

collection and storage of high quality water for potable metropolitan supply.

380


Over the next 10 years the management of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park will focus

on:

maintaining the dominant bush settings and retaining areas of open countryside in

appropriate locations, such as behind beaches, at major viewing points and farmed

areas,

ensuring the park is managed in accordance with the purpose and objectives of the

Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008,

continuing a range of conservation programmes involving; habitat protection and

restoration; management of threatened species, including the restoration of species

formerly found in the ranges; ongoing pest animal, plant and disease control; and

conservation of cultural heritage resources, including built heritage, significant botanical

heritage and archaeological sites,

recognising the national significance of the Whatipu Scientific Reserve,

addressing the impacts of kauri dieback and improving the overall health of kauri in the

park,

strengthening the relationship with Te Kawerau a Maki and Ngāti Whatua and


managing the park as a series of Special management zones recognising that there are

a number of locations where visitors access the park and congregate. Careful

consideration will be given to the style and level of infrastructure provided in order to

protect the intrinsic qualities and sensitive features of each locality. It is not intended

that these nodes will be developed beyond the existing level unless explicitly stated. All

nodes will be managed with reference to the Class I parameters, recognising that

Arataki and Cornwallis will need to cater for more intensive use. The Hillary Trail will

also be managed as a Special management zone to maintain the wilderness experience

it offers and to ensure that development of the trail protects the park values.

encouraging people to respect the park environment and the enjoyment of other park

users. There will be increased emphasis on educating visitors about the park

environment, and how they can act as responsible stewards of the park land,

allowing for discretionary use provided that it avoids adverse cumulative impacts on the

park’s values and visitor experiences. Restrictions will apply to areas of high ecological

value, places of historic value, or areas where there are high levels of informal

recreational use,

continuing to manage the track system through increased maintenance to bring the

tracks back to their stated standard,

developing the Hillary Trail as a multi-day trail,

adding camping and other accommodation opportunities, particularly in association with

the Hillary Trail,

improving monitoring and reporting,

recognising the regional strategic significance to Auckland of the water supply

catchments and the water supply infrastructure, and managing the water catchment

lands in accordance with the agreement with Watercare Services Ltd,

supporting opportunities for volunteers, friends-of-the-park groups and local community

groups to participate in the park’s conservation programmes, and

381


continuing to work with communities bordering the park, recognising their stewardship

role.


developments:

further implementation of the Hillary Trail,

developing Arataki as a destination with links to tracks in the area and the potential

development of a café,

developing camping opportunities at Piha Mill Camp (the former Stedfast Park) in

association with the outdoor education centre,

the provision of further toilets at a few arrival areas across the park, and

the provision of further interpretation.

17.19.4 The Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008

This Act creates a distinct statutory identity for the Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area. The

purpose of the Act is two-fold: to recognise the national, regional and local significance of

the Waitākere Ranges heritage area which includes the regional park; and to promote the

protection and enhancement of its heritage features for present and future generations.

Section 7 of the Act outlines the heritage features to be protected, including:

its terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems of prominent indigenous character that:

include large contiguous areas of primary and regenerating lowland and coastal

rain forest, wetland and dune systems with intact ecological sequences,

have intrinsic value,

provide a diversity of habitats for indigenous flora and fauna,

collect, store and produce high quality water,

provide opportunities for ecological restoration,

are of cultural, scientific or educational interest,

have landscape qualities of regional and national significance,

have natural scenic beauty,

the different classes of natural landforms and landscapes within the area that contrast

and connect with each other, and which collectively give the area its distinctive

character,

the coastal areas, which:

have a natural and dynamic character, and

contribute to the area’s vistas, and

differ significantly from each other.

the quietness and darkness of the Waitākere Ranges and the coastal parts of the area,

the dramatic landform of the Ranges and foothills, which is the visual backdrop to

metropolitan Auckland, forming its western skyline,

the opportunities that the area provides for wilderness experiences, recreation and

relaxation in close proximity to metropolitan Auckland,

382


the historical, traditional and cultural relationships of people, communities and tangata

whenua with the area and their exercise of kaitiakitanga and stewardship,

the evidence of past human activities in the area, including those in relation to timber

extraction, gum digging, flax milling, mineral extraction, quarrying, extensive farming,

and water impoundment and supply,

the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park and its importance as an accessible public place

with significant natural, historical, cultural and recreational resources,

the public water catchment and supply system, the operation and maintenance, and

development of which serves the people of Auckland.

The Act mandates the council to prepare, adopt and maintain this management plan for the

integrated management of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park. The plan must give effect

to the purpose and objectives of the Act.

The Act states that a local authority must establish and maintain processes to provide

opportunities for Ngāti Whatua and Te Kawerau a Maki to contribute to the decision making

processes and the implementation of the Act. The Act also requires the local authorities

jointly monitor and report on aspects of the Act every five years.

Section 19 of the Act accepts that the Regional Parks Management Plan is consistent with

the Act, but any decisions made to give effect to the plan must comply with the Act. Deeds

of acknowledgement are proposed as ways of recognising the particular relationships that

tangata whenua have with land in the heritage area and identifying opportunities for their

contribution to the management of public land. The council must be able to demonstrate

that any decision in relation to activities in the Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area has taken

the Act into consideration. All decisions relating to the following should be documented;

all discretionary consents, including approvals to concessionaires,

all development proposals, including signs,

all major maintenance projects or track realignments, and

any activity using the park to access the marine area.

When making a decision, the council will:

a) Systematically, check off whether the decision would have an impact on the heritage

features listed in the Act, in particular the provisions of Sections 7 and 8.

b) Where the proposal would have a significant effect on a feature, especially a negative

effect, record what and how this was assessed and any measures taken to avoid or

mitigate the impacts.

c) In the parks context, special attention should be paid to the following issues;

i) impacts on the landscape and special character of a locality, e.g. its wilderness

qualities,

ii) visual impacts of proposals, especially on the character of the coastline,

iii) impact on the ‚quietness and darkness‛ of the ranges, and

Iv) impact on natural functioning of streams.

383





Natural settings

1. Maintain an integrated pest plant control programme that enhances the viability of

habitats for native flora and fauna, prioritising areas of high ecological value.

2. Undertake comprehensive pest animal control programmes to maintain and enhance

the habitat for indigenous flora and fauna, with particular focus on:

a) maintaining the threshold for possum control to a maximum two per cent residual

trap catch over the entirety of the park to improve ecosystem health,

b) maintaining the goat-free status of the Waitākere Ranges,

c) liaising with the Department of Conservation to prevent the incursion of deer into

the Waitākere Ranges,

d) lowering the threshold for rat and pig control,

e) continuing integrated control for all mammalian pests at selected sites within the

ranges, including the Ark in the Park to create mainland islands to allow for

complete ecosystem recovery and reintroductions of rare and threatened species,

f) investigating opportunities to further expand integrated mammalian pest control in

the Waitākere Ranges, and

g) continuing the integrated pest animal management programme in the Waitākere

Ranges onto neighbouring reserve land and private property.


kauri dieback, in accordance with section 10.4.4

4. Protect and restore habitats for nationally and regionally threatened plants, as guided

by the council’s threatened plant guidelines,

5. Restore and enhance sea and shore bird nesting and roosting habitats along the

Waitākere coastline.

6. Progressively undertake limited revegetation, with emphasis on riparian planting;

coastal forest, wetland and dune enhancement; creating ecological linkages between

ecosystems and habitats; and amenity planting at main activity areas.

7. Continue to work with neighbouring property owners on the Strategic Weed Initiatives

and pest buffer programmes.

8. Systematically isolate bank edges from lay-bys and parking areas to address the

rubbish dumping problem and introduction of pest plants.

9. Continued support for, or partnering with community and interest groups in

undertaking ecological programmes such as wildlife habitat enhancement,

reintroduction programmes, and pest plant and animal control, where such initiatives

are consistent with this plan.

384


10. Work with the relevant roading authority to progressively close unformed roads

throughout the park in accordance with policy 15.5.1.




Inventory.

12. Interpret significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and events,

in accordance with the Regional Parks Interpretation Strategy and Interpretation

Guidelines.

13. Prepare and implement a conservation assessment of the Piha Tramway that runs

from Anawhata Stream in the north to Paratutai in the south.

14. Acknowledge the land formerly held as part of the Auckland Centennial Memorial Park

on park interpretation and signs.

Farmed settings

15. Maintain farmed areas in the Waitākere Ranges to recognise farming’s rural heritage,

retain outstanding views and vistas, and facilitate recreation and use (including farm

experiences).


16. Develop a plan for the ongoing maintenance of the track system, with a focus on

improving drainage on the tracks which is a component of maintaining a hard surface,

and controlling vegetation growth.

17. Where necessary or desirable:

a) temporarily close tracks or areas of the park to protect or allow the recovery of

the natural environment (including to protect against kauri dieback) or cultural

values, or

b) re-route tracks in accordance with the policies set out in section 14.3.3 Track

network.

All such works will be undertaken in a way that ensures a net environmental benefit.

18. Actively discourage off-track activity unless formally approved as a discretionary

activity, because of its impact on the park environment, particularly indigenous

vegetation and fauna, and riparian margins in accordance with policy 13.3.2.6b.

19. Manage the water catchment lands in accordance with the lease/licence agreement

with Watercare Services Ltd (refer to policies 243 to 247 below) and work with

Watercare Services Ltd to ensure the ongoing provision of public toilets and

recreational facilities in the water catchment lands and to maintain and in some areas

investigate increasing recreational access.

20. Investigate the transfer of management of Exhibition Drive from Watercare Services

Ltd to the council.

21. Where track networks include sections of road, the council will work with the relevant

roading authority to improve pedestrian safety.

385


22. Develop existing roadside parking areas so they are more easily identifiable, clearly

named and have improved safety.

23. Review informal roadside lay-bys where safety issues cannot be easily addressed or

where they are not meeting their specified functions, whilst maintaining existing

access points to the park.

24. Review the provision of camping in the park, including the potential to provide new

camping opportunities or relocate existing campgrounds.

25. Investigate with the campervan association the potential to expand the opportunities

for overnight stays by self-contained campervans in appropriate locations.

26. Investigate the potential use of the park house in South Titirangi Road as a bach

escape, acknowledge and interpret the gift of the property, and investigate the

development of a track to connect to the Zigzag track.

27. Manage the Ongaruanuku Hut under licence and make it available to the public for

short-term accommodation.

28. Limit the number of organised sport events involving 50 or more participants in some

locations in order to protect sensitive environments and the experience of casual

visitors. Work with applicants to avoid over-use of areas and tracks, and, where

desirable, find suitable alternatives. These limits or caps on discretionary activities

generally reflect current levels of activity and will be applied at the following locations

in the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park:

Capped discretionary activity area Map reference Organised sporting

events involving over

50 participants

Anawhata 19.3 1 per year

Karekare 19.5 4 per year

North Piha 1 19.4 2 per year

Pararaha Valley 19.6 1 per year

Wai o Kahu (Piha Valley) 1 19.4 3 per year

Whatipu 2 19.6 and 19.7 3 per year

1 taking into account the timing of activities approved by the Waitākere City Council

elsewhere at Piha – refer to Policies 186 and 242.

2 any group activities over 50 persons and all events, prohibited from the scientific reserve

except on the eastern end of the reserve in the vicinity of the arrival area and Paratutai on

existing tracks and grassed areas, where these do not detract from the purposes of the

scientific reserve. (Also refer to policy 276 below)

29. The above limits will not apply to filming, weddings, educational groups, conservation

programmes, community fairs, or similar group activities and events at the above

locations, although these activities will be managed in accordance with the general

policies on discretionary use in section 13.5.

386


30. The council reserves the right to decline applicants if, in its opinion, the frequency and

extent of activity in an area will result in an unacceptable level of degradation of the

park environment or the loss of the quality of visitor experience.

31. Restrict unnecessary, dangerous or damaging use of vehicles on beaches and dune

areas, including Cornwallis, Mill Bay, Little Huia, Karekare, Piha and North Piha

Beaches and in the Lake Wainamu area, to reduce the associated unsustainable

damage to the dunes and adjacent coastline, public safety risks, the alienation of non-

vehicle users and the significant ongoing infrastructure costs for the agencies involved

through:

a) where feasible and practicable, blocking off illegal access points in co-operation

with other agencies, for example local authorities or surf clubs,

b) declining discretionary applications that request access through regional parks to

access the foreshore for purposes that would either result in or encourage illegal,

unnecessary or damaging use of vehicles on the foreshore,

c) an education campaign promoting safety and environmental protection,

d) patrolling,

e) the use of bylaws, and

f) staff modelling best practice through following a standard operating procedure for

vehicle use on beaches (refer to policy 13.3.5.3).

32. Continue support for programmes advocating safe fishing practices on West Coast

beaches.

33. Support the bush railway operations provided by Watercare Services Ltd. and the

Waitākere Tramline Society as a means of enabling the public to enjoy the natural

beauty of the park.

Tangata whenua

34. Undertake a comprehensive human occupation report of the park, an assessment of

tangata whenua values and a tūpuna whenua report (tangata whenua identifying their

relationship to the land).

35. In accordance with the Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act recognise Ngāti Whatua

and Te Kawerau a Maki as tangata whenua of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park

through:


infrastructure such as interpretation and tohu tangata whenua;



c) investigating options with Ngāti Whatua and Te Kawerau a Maki to enable them

to exercise their role as kaitiaki over sites of significance; and

d) supporting Ngāti Whatua and Te Kawerau a Maki to undertake activities which

enable them to provide for their hauora while sustaining the mauri of the park’s


387



Ngāti Whatua and Te Kawerau a Maki appointed kaitiaki (representatives) to discuss

the annual work programme and the actions outlined in Part 9.


website.

The Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act

37. Participate in the development of Local Area Plans and plan changes that arise from

the implementation of the Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act, to ensure alignment

with this Regional Parks Management Plan.


38. Liaise with Waitākere City Council over matters of mutual interest, such as: local

community relationships, regional parkland that Waitākere City manages on the

council’s behalf, the planning and development of land adjoining parkland, the Hillary

Trail, environmental programmes and issues around the management of visitors, park

values, and an integrated management approach to adjacent beaches and reserves.

39. Liaise with the Department of Conservation on the management of the scientific

reserve at Whatipu, all lands classified as scenic and recreation reserves under the

Reserves Act and, where appropriate, the conservation of wildlife and reintroduction

of species under the Wildlife Act and the Wild Animal Control Act.

40. Liaise with the Department of Conservation and the Ministry of Fisheries over the

management of the interface between the parkland, coast and sea, fishing in the area

and marine mammals, and to enforce the council’s prohibition of set netting from

regional parks (refer to policy 13.6.1.5).

41. Liaise with Watercare Services Ltd in terms of the ‚Deed of Lease, Licence and

Agreement to Licence‛ and the alignment of issues relating to the Operational Plan,

Rainforest Express, Waitākere Tramline Society, events and works within the water

catchment areas.

42. Liaise with the Hillary family over the Hillary Trail brand.

43. Liaise with the Queen Elizabeth II National Trust on the management of the Lake

Wainamu Reserve, in consultation with adjoining landowners.

44. Liaise with agencies that provide emergency response services including the

Waitākere Rural Fire Authority, NZ Fire Service, NZ Police (search and rescue) First

Response, Westpac Rescue Helicopter, and the Piha, United North Piha, Karekare and

Bethells Beach surf lifesaving clubs.

45. Liaise with community, conservation, care and restoration groups working in and

around the park land such as Ark in the Park, Friends of Arataki, Friends of Whatipu,

Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society, Waitākere Ranges Protection Society Inc.,

West Auckland Historical Society, Huia Settlers Museum committee, and Residents’

and Ratepayers’ groups and other community groups to provide support and direction.

46. Liaise with the West Coast Plan Liaison Group and where practicable and appropriate,

give effect to the policies and actions identified in the West Coast Plan (2001).

388


47. The council will work with promoters and event organisers to investigate alternative

suitable locations for organised events within the Waitākere Ranges and other regional

parks.

48. Work to resolve the impact of existing encroachments on park values.


While the entire park will be managed as a Class I park, within this context there are a

number of locations (nodes) where visitors access the park land. These range from a major

visitor centre at Arataki with a wide range of visitor facilities, to a series of track entrances

and lookouts with little more than a car park. These are locations where visitors congregate

for recreational activities and to access the extensive track systems. In the case of the

Hillary Trail, the Special management zone covers the entire trail which connects many

tracks throughout the parkland. These Special management zones are identified on Maps

19.2 - 19.16.

There are areas within the Waitākere Ranges that offer a unique and special, remote

wilderness experience for visitors. They also often contain significant forest ecosystems

and high natural, scenic and historic values. Many of these areas are relatively accessible

and are becoming increasingly popular to casual visitors. There is a need to manage access

to these areas. The level and type of infrastructure will be controlled to ensure that the

special character of these locations is not threatened.

Each of the following Special management zones contains a description of the important

features of the locality, including any special or sensitive features to be protected, the

desired quality of experience for visitors, and a series of policies that will ensure the location

can cope with the defined level of activity.

Anawhata

Anawhata is one of the more remote areas of the park, refer to Map 19.3. Access is via

Anawhata Road, the park land includes Anawhata Farm, the Anawhata Stream and

catchment and access to a wild, west coast beach.

The area offers a remote experience within a unique ancient volcanic setting that has

retained many of the intrinsic natural qualities of the west coast, including natural

unmodified coastal dune systems. The deeply incised Anawhata Gorge and adjoining beach

are of regional geological significance.

General public access to the beach is restricted to pedestrian access from the end of

Anawhata Road. There are a number of routes through the locality. Due to the sensitive

nature of the environment and limited supporting infrastructure, limits have been placed on

discretionary activities in this area (refer to Map 19.3). Historic Keddle House is currently

used for public accommodation and there is a back-country campground adjacent to Craw

Homestead.

49. Manage Anawhata as a remote experience area with a small gravel car park, toilet and

directional signs.

50. Advocate for the retention and maintenance of Anawhata Road as a road serving a

remote location.

389


51. Maintain the views from the car park to Anawhata Beach through appropriate

vegetation management.

52. Retain the existing farmland at Anawhata Farm as open pasture to maintain the

landscape values and main vistas, and implement sustainable farming practices and

the Anawhata Farm revegetation plan, for riparian enhancement, stock shelter and for

erosion control.

53. Protect and maintain coastal habitats and the dune ecosystem, and undertake pest

plant and animal control, in particular protect penguins and burrowing seabirds at Te

Waha Point.

54. Investigate with the dog control authority the best way to minimise the impact of

dogs on the park values, such as penguins and burrowing seabirds.

55. Manage the Anawhata catchment as a remote experience area with a marked

tramping route, and maintain tracks leading into the wider area as tramping tracks and

routes suitable for people with moderate to high levels of fitness and tramping

footwear.

56. Investigate the opportunity to develop a track on Anawhata Farm that would provide

an alternative to the road walking section of the Hillary Trail in this area.

57. Continue to implement the recommendations of the Keddle House Conservation Plan

2003, and operate it as a bach escape to be available for general public use and under

licence to the Auckland Outdoor Activities Club.

58. Manage the fire risk around Keddle House and its access road, through the regular

maintenance of surrounding vegetation and the use of low fire risk species in any

further amenity plantings within the house grounds, its access road and surrounding

area.

59. Renovate the former Craw Homestead and investigate options to support the Hillary

Trail or other recreation, educational, conservation or community uses appropriate to

the remote nature of the location.

60. Manage the Craw Campground as part of the Hillary Trail and for camping provision

generally.

61. Investigate opportunities for self-contained campervans to camp overnight in this area,

including: the end of Anawhata Road or the use of the concrete pad in front of the

Craw Homestead; being cognisant of any impacts on those staying in the campground

or homestead.

62. Retain the open space on the site of the former Hettig House, known as Hettig

clearing, for group recreational opportunities.

63. Limit organised sport events, involving 50 or more people, to one per year in order to

protect the wilderness qualities and sensitive ecosystems in the area, as set out in

policy 28 above.

390


Arataki Visitor Centre

Arataki is the primary visitor information centre for the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park,

refer to Map 19.14. It contains the park administration headquarters, public education

facilities, the main works depot, a plant nursery for the park and entrances to tracks. The

visitor centre was designed by Harry Turbott who worked under the instruction of Te

Warena, a kaumatua of Te Kawarau a Maki, to ensure the building reflected Māori design

principles. Arataki houses taonga of Te Kawerau a Maki and pou whenua that reflects Te

Kawerau a Maki’s mana whenua status in the area.

Arataki is designed as a gateway to the Waitākere Ranges to introduce and orient people to

the features and values of the Waitākere Ranges. It caters for relatively large numbers of

visitors, with over 150,000 visits per year. It provides visitors with information on the history

and ecology of the Waitākere Ranges, the recreational opportunities available and specialist

activities, such as school education programmes. It is also designed to cater for visitors

wishing to obtain an experience of the Waitākere Ranges without the need to enter further

into the park.

Friends of Arataki are a local community group that support the services provided at Arataki

and a range of other projects throughout the park.

A business plan has been prepared for Arataki that looks at ways of reinvigorating Arataki as

a place of learning, getting visitors to stay longer, and capturing repeat business. This

includes ways to promote Arataki as a destination rather than just a visitor centre and

entrance to the park, such as:

the creation of seasonal themes,

the provision of a lecture series,

live interpretation - such as traditional music or themed gardens,

utilising partners - such as Te Kawerau a Maki, Ark in the Park, and Friends of Arataki,

showcasing sustainability projects,

increasing events,

merchandising that more appropriately matches visitor expectations,

reviewing the use of spaces,

the food and beverage offer,

mobility access,

promotion and marketing,

improving connectivity to tracks in the area, and

landscaping around the centre that provides visitor education.

64. Maintain Arataki as the major visitor destination site for the Waitākere Ranges,

involving a staffed centre providing park visitor and tourist information and services,

including light refreshments and appropriate merchandising.

65. Improve the layout and functionality of the visitor centre in accordance with the

Arataki Business Plan as demand requires.

66. Enhance the role of Arataki in educating visitors in the values of the park land to

inculcate responsible behaviour and a sense of stewardship.

391


67. Maintain Arataki as a primary centre for environmental and school education

programmes, including the location for NZ curricula-based school programmes, the

bush-camp and a nature trail. Visitor and education programmes and services will be

extended as demand requires.

68. Expand the range of interpretation provided at the centre, including consideration of

interpreting topical issues, such as kauri dieback and whale strandings.

69. Conserve the pou and develop and implement an effective long-term maintenance

plan.

70. Encourage use of Arataki and its facilities for community events and public meetings.


section 13.1.3 and Part 14 Infrastructure, to ensure that there are adequate accessible

disability parking spaces, firm surfaces from these parking spaces to the visitor centre,

toilet facilities, seating, shelter and accessible tracks to destinations such as viewing

points.

72. Enable the establishment of a café/restaurant under licence at Arataki, if it is

determined that this could be commercially viable.

73. Review the need for additional parking, and visitor facilities and services, as demand

requires.

74. Investigate the provision of a shuttle bus service to Arataki Visitor Centre.

75. Maintain vistas of the city and the Manukau and Waitematā harbours from Arataki and

improve visibility of the centre from Scenic Drive through appropriate vegetation

clearance.

76. Advocate for safe speed limits on Scenic Drive in the vicinity of Arataki Visitor Centre.

77. Enhance walking opportunities to and from Arataki by:

a) constructing a ‘signature’ track linking Arataki with Exhibition Drive in consultation

with Watercare Services Ltd; which will be named the Beveridge Track.

b) creating a wheelchair accessible section of the Beveridge Track from Arataki to

lookout points,

c) potentially constructing tracks linking Arataki with the Incline and the Rangemore

Tracks in consultation with Watercare Services Ltd, where applicable, and

d) investigating the development of a tree canopy walkway as a possible option for

a) or c) or as part of the Nature Trail.

78. Provide for recreational cycling on Exhibition Drive and the new Beveridge Track.

79. Promote Arataki as the gateway and entry point to the Hillary Trail.

80. Implement an annual pest animal control and conservation programme in partnership

with the community.

81. Maintain a nursery to support revegetation programmes in the western sector of the

parks network.

392


Cascades – Kauri

The Cascades-Kauri area, shown on Map 19.12, is a popular destination with high

conservation values; it contains significant stands of mature kauri and lowland podocarp

broadleaf forest. The kauri is some of the largest and most accessible in the region. A

number of trees are suffering from kauri dieback and the management of this presents an

ongoing challenge. The Cascade Falls along with their conglomerate bluffs and the larger

Waitākere Falls further south are both of regional geological significance.

Cascades-Kauri is a destination providing a range of informal recreational opportunities being

particularly popular with visitors seeking picnicking, and accessible walks within mature,

native forest, with access to large kauri trees, picturesque streams and waterfalls. The

location provides access to an extensive network of tramping tracks and routes, including

the Montana Heritage Trail, which offers a half day easy tramp through the ranges. A pou

whenua is located at one of the area’s viewing points on the Auckland City Walk. The park

includes the Waitākere Golf Course, which has been located on the site since 1948 and is

managed under a licence. The open space values of the golf course enables expansive

views of the forested escarpments surrounding what is a natural amphitheatre. The area

lends itself to appropriate events.

This area is the location of the Ark in the Park mainland island conservation programme

which is a partnership project between the council and the Waitākere Branch of the Royal

Forest and Bird Protection Society. The project currently covers approximately 1200ha, but it

is intended that it will progressively expand to cover 2,000ha over time, as identified in

Maps 19.2, 19.10, 19.11 and 19.12. It involves extensive pest animal and plant control,

wildlife habitat and ecological enhancement and re-introduction of rare and threatened

forest species. The programme includes monitoring of ecosystem recovery and species

reintroductions. Cascades-Kauri also contains a park depot.

82. Manage Cascades-Kauri as a destination with a focus on:

a) providing for a range of recreational activity based on golf, picnicking and the

extensive walking and tramping track systems, with provision of an unsealed car

parking area, toilets, picnicking facilities and park information and

b) undertaking conservation programmes in the upper Waitākere River catchment in

partnership with Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society and in accordance with

the Ark in the Park Operational Plan.

83. Maintain the Auckland City Walk as a loop-walk for visitors with low to moderate

levels of fitness and walking footwear, and implement measures to protect kauri along

the route.

84. Upgrade the Montana Heritage Trail as an accessible loop tramping track for people,

with a moderate level of fitness, and access to tramping tracks and routes for people

with higher levels of fitness and tramping footwear.

85. Explore options for creating viewing opportunities of the Waitākere Waterfall.

86. In recognition of the restoration programme and the presence of sensitive wildlife:

a) dogs will be prohibited from all of the Cascades-Kauri area, except the Auckland

City Walk, Montana Heritage Trail, Waitākere Dam Road and the Waitākere Golf

Course, where dogs must be restrained on leads at all times (except approved

and clearly identified pest control dogs).

393


b) the effectiveness of dog control and the threats dogs pose to wildlife will be

reassessed when the dog control bylaws are reviewed in accordance with policy

13.3.3.5, to determine whether dogs should be prohibited over the entire

Cascades-Kauri wildlife area.

87. Update the interpretation at the Falls Road car park to provide information on the Ark

in the Park programme, fauna values, and kauri dieback.

88. Develop bookable designated sites for group activities and events on the grassed

areas.

89. Improve the amenity of the horse paddock with planting while maintaining the open

space for future recreation opportunities.

90. Work with Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society to ensure their operational

requirements are met, including consideration of a field base if appropriate conditions

could be met.

91. Realign the Waitākere Golf Course licence boundaries to accommodate the current

footprint of the golf course and reclassify the land held in this area as recreation

reserve under the Reserves Act 1977.

Cornwallis

Cornwallis Peninsula, including Cornwallis Beach Map 19.16 and Mill Bay Map 19.15, is a

major beach destination with safe swimming and extensive picnicking areas that are popular

with families. Visits to this area are high in comparison to other areas of the park. There are

three main entrances, one off Pine Road and two off Cornwallis Road. The Cornwallis wharf

is a major feature of the area and is a popular boat launching and fishing spot. There are four

bookable picnic sites, two with barbecues and shelters. A park house and a park storage

site are located on the peninsula.

The peninsula, with its unique manuka-covered coastal gumland setting, offers an open

landscape that contrasts with the verdant forests of the rest of the Waitākere Ranges. There

is also a pine forest in this area, which was planted in the 1920s but owing to the very

impoverished gumland soil never thrived. Wilding pines are an ongoing problem in the area.

The cliffs on the western side of the Cornwallis Peninsula are a geological feature containing

excellent exposures of a sequence of marine sediments. The area also contains three

heritage features, the Orpheus Graves Monument overlooking Kakamatua, the McLachlan

Monument on Puponga Point, and the pou whenua on Cornwallis Beach.

92. Manage Cornwallis as a major beach destination and picnic area on the southern

Waitākere Ranges, including the boat ramp and wharf, while recognising its unique

landscape and gumland ecology.

93. Progressively implement the Cornwallis Concept Plan 2005 over the long term

through a series of development plans in consultation with key stakeholders, including

improvements to:

a) Vehicular access, circulation and parking, to cover:

i) the layout, flow and amenity of the Pine Avenue car park, with the provision

of limited mobility parking,

ii) the provision of overflow parking and possible southern extension to the

Firebreak Road car park, and

394


iii) vehicular circulation and overflow parking by the Cornwallis Wharf,

iv) but not the development of a through road between Pine Avenue and

Firebreak Road.

b) Access to beaches and track network, to cover:

i) formalising pedestrian access to the beach near the Cornwallis Wharf and

provide access to the wharf for people with limited mobility, and

ii) investigating a walkway/track connection between the end of Cornwallis

Road and the Kakamatua Inlet Track and between the end of the McLachlan

Memorial Track and the main beach.

c) Signage and interpretation, to cover:

i) the pa site and walkways at the south end of Cornwallis, and

ii) the park entrance at Firebreak Road.

94. Maintain and manage the Cornwallis wharf.


with policy 31 above.

96. Investigate the removal of pines from Puponga Point and, in the meanwhile, manage

them to ensure public safety and to maintain the views from the McLachlan Memorial

in terms of the Deed of Gift.

97. Undertake a conservation assessment of the McLachlan Memorial and protect the

historic aloe at Cornwallis Beach.

98. Progressively remove all wilding pines from the area.

99. Prepare and implement a pest plant and animal management plan for Cornwallis to

protect and enhance indigenous flora, and nesting penguins and petrels.

Fairy Falls (Scenic Drive)

The Fairy Falls tracks, refer to Maps 19.11 and 19.13, offer tramping through mature native

forest with significant kauri stands to the scenic Fairy Falls. The falls flow in several drops

over erosion-resistant conglomerate. This is a popular and accessible tramping destination

with minimal facilities. It contains a number of track platforms and stairs designed to

facilitate safe visitor access and to protect tree roots.

100. Manage Fairy Falls as a track network entrance with unsealed car parks, visitor

information and a toilet.

101. Upgrade the toilet as required.

102. Investigate the feasibility of reconfiguring the existing car parking on Scenic Drive or

relocating it to improve safety, and upgrading the car park on Mountain Road.

103. Maintain tracks to cater for people with moderate to high levels of fitness and walking

footwear.

104. Review the appropriateness of the stairs and platforms, and the alignment of tracks,

to retain the natural setting and landscape qualities

395


105. Review the track section of the Old Coach Road Track with a view to making it a

consistent standard when used as a loop track combined with the Fairy Falls Track.

Hillary Trail

A multi-day trail is being developed in the park which has been named after Sir Edmund

Hillary. For an overview refer to the blue track on Maps 19.18 – 20. The Hillary Trail is

owned and operated by the Auckland Regional Council and uses tracks on the Waitākere

Ranges parkland, with a section on the fourth day that utilises the Department of

Conservation’s Te Henga Walkway. It travels through a variety of settings, reflecting the

diversity of the Waitākere Ranges and surrounding areas. The aim of the trail is to

encourage families and young people with suitable fitness, not just the experienced

trampers, to enjoy multi-day overnight tramping and to gain confidence in encountering an

adventure in the outdoors.

The trail covers approximately 70 kilometres. The Arataki Visitor Centre is the gateway to

the trail, though people may choose to start at Titirangi, particularly if using public transport.

The trail travels to Huia and then along the coast to Anawhata, where there are two options,

the primary route of the trail heads further north through Lake Wainamu and the Te Henga

Walkway to Muriwai Regional Park. A secondary option travels inland to Swanson through

the Cascades area, with a public transport connection at Swanson.

As this is the council’s first multi-day trail in the network, and it is still in its infancy, a pre-

cautionary approach will be taken to its development. Feedback from early users of the trail

is that it is challenging, with long daily ‚legs‛. It is intended that there will be an ‚easier‛

version of the trail as an alternative to the ‚challenging‛ trail; over the same route but

extended over a greater number of days for people with moderate fitness and skills.

Information from trampers will be used to further develop the trail with a view to providing

shorter ‚legs‛, investigating the provision of further camping, hut and lodge options within

the park using existing infrastructure or on other public land, and rerouting to avoid road

walking where possible.

Community concerns have been expressed about undermining the ‚wilderness‛ focus of

the Waitākere parkland by allowing packaged tours on the trail or upgrading infrastructure to

meet potential pressure to make the trail easier. To avoid these risks and protect park

values, no concessions, such as guided walks, will be granted over the trail as an entity,

with the exception of concessions that enable youth on formal outdoor programmes to

experience the trail, such as those achieving Duke of Edinburgh Awards. Concessions may

also be allowed for transport to Arataki and to the end of the trail at Muriwai. In addition,

tracks on the Hillary Trail will be maintained at the existing standard and will not be

upgraded to Great Walk standard, to protect the values of the parkland.

The trail to date has predominantly utilised existing tramping tracks and infrastructure, with

very minor realignments or connection of tracks and the development of one new

campground. An operational plan will be developed that will guide the further

implementation and management of the trail based on an ongoing monitoring programme.

Monitoring will enable fine-tuning of the trail and promotional material and will include

assessment of trail users’ experiences, the impacts of track use and council

accommodation bookings. It is essential that the capacity of the trail to absorb increased

use is established, to ensure the trail continues to deliver a ‚wilderness‛ experience and

does not unduly impact on informal park users. The opening of the Hillary Trail has led to

increased day walkers’ use of the tracks making up the trail.

396


106. Continue to implement and manage the Hillary Trail as an informal multi-day trail, with

the tracks maintained in accordance with section 14.3 Track network.

107. Develop the Hillary Trail in accordance with an operational plan to be prepared to guide

the trail’s ongoing implementation, including but not limited to:

a) possible development or extension of tracks that reduce some of the road

walking connections or provide further interest to the trail,

b) investigation into the options to shorten the length of the ‚legs’ of the trail with a

view to providing more stopovers on the park,

c) investigation and potential use or upgrade of existing park infrastructure to

provide alternate accommodation, including lodges, baches and huts,

d) investigation and potential development of a further campground in the Bethells /

Te Henga area,

e) provision of further interpretation,

f) marketing of the trail, and

g) improving way finding on the trail if necessary.

108. Undertake ongoing monitoring of the use of the Hillary Trail, including: assessment of

feedback from trail users, campground and other accommodation bookings, and track

counter data; to guide the further development of the trail, mitigation of adverse

effects of the trail’s use and management of the visitor experience and park values.

109. No concessions will be granted over the trail as an entity, with the exception of

concessions that:

a) enable groups of young people (under 25 years old) to experience the trail as part

of a formal education or development programme,

b) provide transport to the beginning of the trail at Arataki or the end of the trail at

Muriwai.

Huia Lookout

The Huia Lookout, shown on Map 19.8, offers scenic views across the Manukau Harbour

and to the Karamatura area.

110. Manage the Huia Lookout as a scenic lookout with a car park, a walking track suitable

for people with limited mobility, and directional and interpretation signs.

111. Develop a picnic area.

112. Maintain vistas over Huia and Little Huia and from the Manukau Heads to Cornwallis

through appropriate vegetation clearance.

Huia Valley

Huia Valley, shown on Map 19.9, contains a dam access road managed by Watercare

Services Ltd. that has a number of tramping tracks and routes leading off it. It has valuable

stands of remnant forest containing significant kauri and within this area is the highest point

in the ranges, Te Toiokawharu.

113. Continue to manage the tracks as a more remote back country experience.

397


114. Work with Watercare Services Ltd. on facilitating public pedestrian access into the

lower Huia Dam site.

115. Work with Watercare Services Ltd to ensure the ongoing provision of interpretation

and a toilet at the lower Huia Dam.

116. Investigate the potential use of the former Huia dam caretaker’s house (Whare Puke)

as a bach escape, ensuring its use is compatible with its heritage values outlined in

the Whare Puke Heritage Assessment 2009.

Kaitarakihi

Kaitarakihi is an access point to a small, secluded beach on the Manukau Harbour that is

popular for picnics, refer to Map 19.16. It is also an access point to the historic Spragg

Memorial, a war memorial to Wesley Spragg and other WW1 soldiers, which offers views

across the Manukau Harbour. An annual Armistice Day Commemoration ceremony is held

at the memorial.

117. Manage Kaitarakihi as a picnicking and beach access point with a small unsealed car

park, toilets and directional signs.

118. Manage the Spragg Memorial to maintain all views in accordance with the Deed of

Gift, through appropriate vegetation clearance.

119. Relocate the toilet back from the beach when it needs replacing.

Kakamatua

Kakamatua, with its large sand flats, offers a remote coastal experience for visitors. It has a

gravel car park. Refer to Map 19.16.

120. Manage Kakamatua as a beach track entrance offering remote coastal wilderness

experiences.

121. Retain the unsealed car park and improve vehicular access to ensure safe egress from

and onto Huia Road.

122. Protect and enhance the coastal estuarine and wetland habitats.

123. Improve the interpretation of the Māori and early European history of the area.

124. Provide a toilet at the car park to cater for the growing number of visitors.

125. Investigate with the dog control authority the best way to minimise the impact of

dogs on the park values, such as shore birds in this area.

Karamatura

Karamatura, shown on Map 19.8, contains a dramatic mountainous landscape with open

pastures, high rock cliffs, waterfalls, gorges and surrounding native forest. The Karamatura

Stream catchment and the Marama catchment are of regional geological significance.

It is a popular recreational destination with a wide range of recreational opportunities,

including accessible picnicking, camping and tramping opportunities. It contains the only

approved abseiling site in the Waitākere Ranges that is accessible to the general public. The

area is particularly popular with schools for outdoor education and other community groups.

398


The area also contains a park depot, the Huia Settlers’ Museum (operated under licence by

the Huia Settlers’ Museum Society Inc), a Heritage Trail, abseiling and orienteering courses,

a pou whenua, the Huia Community Hall (owned and managed by the Huia-Cornwallis

Residents’ and Ratepayers’ Association Inc.), the Kiwanis’ Huia Camp, which includes the

historic Hinge House, and Huia Lodge which includes the historic Huia Schoolhouse.

A development plan has been prepared for the arrival area to Karamatura. This includes the

relocation of the parking area from the valley picnic area and improvements to the overall

amenity of the area.

126. Manage the Karamatura area as a recreational destination with an emphasis on a

range of recreational uses within a natural, scenic setting, the retention of its farmed

landscapes and the interpretation of its historic and cultural importance.

127. Progressively implement the Karamatura Arrival Area Development Plan in

consultation with the Waitākere City Council and the local community, with priority

given to providing a toilet accessible from the new arrival area. Limited mobility

access will be provided to the valley picnic area and the foreshore.

128. Maintain camping in the area, with:

a) Karamatura Valley and Karamatura Barn Paddock as a back-country campgrounds,

and

b) Exploration of the reinstatement of the Tanekaha Campground, if demand

dictates.

129. Develop the Hinge Bay paddock as a bookable designated site for group activities and

events.

130. Retain the existing farmland as open pasture to maintain the heritage landscapes,

scenic values and main vistas, including those from the farm arrival area and harbour;

and implement sustainable farming practices.

131. Continue to implement the recommendations of the Huia Lodge (former school, Huia)

Conservation Plan 2000, and the Hinge House, Huia, Conservation Plan 2003.

132. Manage the Kiwanis’ Huia Camp and Huia Lodge as short-term rental accommodation.

Investigate licensing out the management of these facilities.

133. Investigate the use of Hinge House and Huia Lodge as accommodation options for the

Hillary Trail.

134. Continue to license the Huia Settlers’ Museum Society Inc. to operate the Huia

Settlers’ Museum. Buildings may be upgraded and extended, subject to the approval

of the council.

135. Continue to implement the recommendations of the Manukau Timber Company Mill,

Hinge Bay, Huia (Site Q11/472) Conservation Plan 2000, and interpret the site as part

of the Huia Heritage Trail.

136. Extend the Huia Heritage Trail to include heritage places in the Karamatura Valley.

399


Karekare

Karekare is a popular surf beach, and a coastal settlement, refer to Map 19.5. It is a

geographically contained area with constrained vehicle access and limited parking capacity.

The car park is provided by the Waitākere City Council but is managed by the council.

Waitākere City Council provides and manages the public toilets at the main car park. There

is a pou whenua situated alongside this car park.

The Karekare environment is dominated by large coastal dune systems traversed by a

stream which provides one of the access points to the beach. The Pohutukawa Glade has a

significant stand of Pohutukawa forest and also provides an access point to the beach. The

landscape is also dominated by the Watchman dacite dome. This along with the cliffs above

Union Bay which contain the well-exposed remains of a multiple crater formed by a volcanic

eruption, are features of national geological significance. Cliffs at the south end of the beach

also contain exposures of stratified conglomerate rock illustrating volcanic and sedimentary

processes.

The Karekare Falls are popular with visitors and as a setting for photography, filming and

weddings. The regional park land provides access to a number of popular tramping routes

including the Pararaha Valley wilderness area and the Whatipu Scientific Reserve. Limits

have been placed on discretionary activities in this area due to the sensitive environment,

high informal use of the area and limited capacity of the supporting infrastructure.

The Karekare Surf Lifesaving Club has clubrooms located near the beach and provides

lifesaving services from the beach.

137. Manage Karekare as a beach destination, picnicking area and tramping track access

point at the Pohutukawa Glade.

138. Protect and maintain the dune and forest ecosystems, and habitat of threatened bird

species, and undertake pest plant and animal control in partnership with the local

community care groups.

139. Provide information and interpretation about the values of the Whatipu Scientific

Reserve, particularly noting that dogs are prohibited from the reserve.

140. Limit the car park, and any overflow car parking, to its existing capacity.

141. No vehicle access will be permitted in the Pohutukawa Glade unless for operational or

emergency response purposes.



143. Continue to maintain pedestrian access through the Pohutukawa Glade and along the

Karekare Stream to the beach to cater for day visitors with low to moderate levels of

fitness and walking footwear.

144. Work with the Karekare Surf Lifesaving Club to maintain an effective lifesaving and

emergency response service at Karekare, including investigating an all-weather and

tide vehicular access to service the Surf Lifesaving Club and the provision of licences

to enable access to their site, the retention of the foreshore wall and landscaping of

parkland.

400


145. Limit organised sport events, involving 50 or more people, to four per year, in order to

protect the wilderness qualities of the area, as set out in policy 28 above.

Lake Wainamu

Lake Wainamu Reserve covers 155 ha of regenerating native bush, areas of grass, a large

dune lake, wetland fringing the lake and a small area of dunes, refer to Map 19.2. The

reserve is owned by the Queen Elizabeth II National Trust and managed on their behalf by

the council and is subject to a management agreement. The Waitākere City Council has a

reserve bordering the northern point of the lake; this covers a large area of dunes. Part of

the lake boundary is also in private ownership.

Lake Wainamu covering 14 hectares is a unique freshwater lake, impounded by an

extensive open dynamic sand dune system. The Waitohi Falls flow into the head of the lake.

The lake has been degraded by the illegal introduction of exotic coarse and pest fish and

aquatic pest plants, but has shown recent signs of improvement with the implementation of

a aquatic habitat restoration project. A number of grass carp have been introduced to the

lake to eradicate the pest plant egeria and these will be removed when the weed is

eradicated. Due to the lake’s high conservation value, fishing is not permitted in accordance

with the Regional Pest Management Strategy.

The lake and surrounding reserve are a popular recreational destination. There is a track

around the perimeter of the lake, some of which crosses private land. The extensive black

sand dunes are vulnerable to uncontrolled recreation, particularly unauthorised motorised

vehicles.

146. Manage Lake Wainamu Reserve as a remote day-use location, and manage the sand

dunes so they remain free of vegetation to ensure their integrity and natural dynamics

are preserved.

147. Recognise the significant Māori cultural values of Lake Wainamu and the wider area.

148. Support the installation of a pou whenua in the area in consultation with Te Kawerau a

Maki and Friends of Arataki.

149. Manage Lake Wainamu Reserve in accordance with the management agreement with

the Queen Elizabeth II National Trust and in consultation with adjoining landowners.

150. Continue implementation of the aquatic habitat restoration programme for Lake

Wainamu, in consultation with the community, which will include the control of pest

and coarse fish, and pest plants, and monitoring the ecological values and native fish

populations.

151. Fishing is prohibited in the lake, unless part of an authorised pest control programme.

152. Work with the Waitākere City Council and adjoining land owners on:

a) an integrated pest plant control programme, including pampas and marram grass,

b) maintaining the perimeter track around the lake, and

c) providing a toilet facility.

153. Prohibit unauthorised motorised vehicles and watercraft from land managed by the

council and from the lake.

401


154. Promote and enforce restrictions related to vehicle use on the dunes and beach in

accordance with policy 31 above.

155. Manage tracks leading into the area as tramping tracks and routes suitable for people

with moderate to high levels of fitness and tramping footwear.

Lion Rock (Piha)

Lion Rock or Whakaari is an iconic feature of Auckland’s west coast with high natural,

scenic and cultural significance, refer to Map 19.4. It is a high rock stack with a distinctive

lion-shaped profile that is an eroded remnant of an ancient volcanic plug. It was once a

fortified Māori pa and the significance to tangata whenua is illustrated by the carved

guardian pou whenua. It also contains plaques in memory of people who served in the

World Wars.

A track leads up to a lookout with spectacular views along the Piha coastline and the

Tasman Sea. Its steep nature and harsh coastal environment poses potential risks to

visitors.

156. Manage Lion Rock as a scenic lookout by maintaining practicable public access in its

current form, without compromising Lion Rock’s natural, cultural or landscape values.

Public access will be limited to the natural ledge two-thirds of the way up the rock.

157. Recognise the significance of the Lion Rock and wider area to Te Kawerau a Maki.

158. Seek the scheduling of the plaques on Lion Rock in the District Plan.

159. Undertake pest plant and animal control and small scale revegetation to restore the

coastal vegetation and protect nesting penguins, taking into account the

archaeological sites on the rock.

Little Huia

Little Huia is a small farmed area of regional park land shown on Map 19.8. It contains a

public boat ramp and boat shed managed by the council, and toilet managed by the

Waitākere City Council. It is a popular spot for boaties and the location suffers from a lack of

vehicle parking space, especially for boat trailers, causing congestion during peak periods.

Barr Cottage, which is operated as a bach, is at Little Huia. It also contains ‘Project K’

Lodge, which has been used for volunteer programmes and rented for community

recreation programmes.

160. Manage Little Huia for boat launching and as a location for park volunteer programmes

while retaining its natural character.

161. Retain the existing farmland as open pasture to maintain the heritage landscapes,

scenic values and main vistas, and enable public access to the lower reaches of the

Marama Stream; and implement sustainable farming practices.

162. Finalise and implement the development plan for Little Huia, in consultation the local

community.

163. Investigate the upgrade of the boat ramp and future removal of the boat shed that is

beside the ramp, in conjunction with the local community.



402


165. Explore opportunities to renovate the ‘Project K’ Lodge to a level suitable to support

volunteer, education or community programmes, including looking at external funding,

and investigate the potential to licence out the management of the lodge.

166. Implement the recommendations of the Barr Cottage of Little Huia: Conservation

Assessment 2006, and operate the cottage as a bach escape.

Mercer Bay Loop Walk and lookouts (Piha)

The Mercer Bay Loop Walk provides accessible elevated spectacular vistas of the rugged

west coast shoreline, Whatipu and the Tasman Sea, refer to Map 19.5. In the cliffs of Te

Ahua Point at the northern end of Mercer Bay is a nationally significant geological feature;

being a sea cave that has eroded vertically to form a 100 metre chimney.

The area is also of historic and cultural significance. There is a Māori pa, known as the Te

Ahua pa surrounded by steep natural defences. It is also the location of a World War II radar

station now a marine navigation beacon. It contains a gravel car park and toilets off Log

Race Road.

167. Manage Mercer Bay Loop Walk as an accessible walk giving access to a number of

lookouts and to several coastal tramping tracks, whilst ensuring track maintenance is

sensitive to the nationally threatened forget-me-not Myosotis petiolata var. pansa that

exists on the track edges.

168. Prepare and implement a development plan to review the layout of the arrival area to

improve visitor convenience and safety, and upgrade the toilets, while maintaining the

undeveloped and rugged nature of the area.

169. Maintain coastal vistas and visibility of the beacon through appropriate vegetation

management.

170. Support the installation of a pou whenua in the area in consultation with Te Kawerau a

Maki and Friends of Arataki.

171. Interpret at the track entrance at the end of Log Race Road, the historic sites of the

area including the Te Ahua pa, the World War II radar station and the discovery of

radio stars.

Mt Donald McLean Lookout

Mt Donald McLean is prominent exfoliation dome and one of the highest points in the

Waitākere Ranges, refer to Map 19.8. The lookout offers panoramic vistas of the southern

Waitākere Ranges and Manukau Harbour and beyond. It is accessed by a gravel road, jointly

maintained by the council and the Waitākere City Council, and a short walk to a lookout. It is

also provides access to a number of tracks in the southwest of the park.

172. Maintain an accessible walking track to the Mt Donald McLean lookout.

173. Keep visitor infrastructure to a minimum with a small car park, a walking track to a

viewing platform, directional signs and interpretation on the views of the Waitākere

Ranges and beyond.

174. Maintain vistas of the Waitākere Ranges and Manukau Harbour through appropriate

vegetation management.

175. Provide protection to the Hebe bishopiana population.

403


176. Maintain this as an access point to tramping tracks in the wider area for people with

moderate to high levels of fitness and tramping footwear.

North Piha

North Piha contains a sealed car park and picnic area, and provides access to the northern

end of the beach, refer to Map 19.4. The area is a popular destination for surfers and leads

to tramping tracks to Whites Beach and Anawhata. The area is dominated by the dune

system behind the beach and Te Waha Point. Further north the in the cliffs surrounding

Whites Beach and Paikea Bay is one of the best exposed craters in the Waitākere Ranges.

Northern blue penguins nest along the coast.

Limits have been placed on discretionary activities in this area due to the sensitive

environment, and high informal use of the area.

177. Manage North Piha as a beach access point, informal picnic area and access point to

tracks in a manner that protects its natural value.

178. Protect dune systems by providing defined access points from the car parks and the

road, and maintain dune revegetation areas through pest plant and animal control.

179. Protect fauna, especially nesting penguins and grey faced petrels, through ongoing

pest animal control.

180. Dogs are prohibited from this area.

181. Access will not be developed to the land at North Piha donated by the Royal Forest

and Bird Protection Society in the life of this plan.

182. Work with the North Piha Water Supply Society to formalise arrangements for their

water tanks to occupy park land.

183. Keep visitor infrastructure to a minimum with a car park, and directional and water

safety signs.


with policy 31, including the modification of the car park surrounds to inhibit

unauthorised access to the beach.

185. Install public toilets in a discrete location, following consultation with the community.

186. Limit organised sport events involving 50 or more people to two per year, taking into

account the timing of activities approved by the Waitākere City Council elsewhere at

Piha, as set out in policy 28 above.

Opanuku (Mountain Road)

Opanuku offers accessible camping and picnicking close to the urban area, refer to Map

19.12. It also provides access to a number of bush-walking and tramping tracks.

187. Maintain the Opanuku Campground and picnic area as a natural setting.

188. Manage tracks leading into the area as walking and tramping tracks suitable for people

with low to moderate level of fitness and walking footwear.

404


Pae o te Rangi

Pae o te Rangi is a farmed area with a small remote campground with a toilet and access to

a number of tramping tracks as shown on Map 19.2. Tracks link to Cascade Kauri Park, the

Anawhata catchment and Lake Wainamu. The farmed area includes the lower paddocks

accessed off Bethells Road and the upper paddocks accessed off Long Road. Between

these sits an area included in the Ark in the Park conservation programme. The elevated

areas offer panoramic views over the northern end of the Waitākere Ranges and to the

Tasman Sea, Kaipara, Manukau and Waitematā Harbours. Adjacent to the lower paddocks is

an established pā harakēkē (flax reserve for cultural purposes). Pae o te Rangi and is the only

area in the Waitākere Ranges that provides for horse riding, outside the winter months.

189. Manage Pae o te Rangi as a remote farmed location offering access for tramping,

camping, and horse riding; and recognising the partnership with Royal Forest and Bird

Protection Society to deliver the Ark in the Park conservation programme on the area

shown on Map 19.2.

190. Manage the existing farmland as open pasture to maintain the landscape values and

vistas, implement sustainable farming practices and Pae o te Rangi revegetation plan

for riparian enhancement, stock shade and shelter, and for erosion control.

191. Maintain vistas from the elevated areas of Pae o te Rangi over the northern Waitākere

Ranges and to the Tasman Sea, Kaipara, Manukau and Waitematā Harbours through

appropriate vegetation clearance.

192. Keep visitor infrastructure to a minimum with an unsealed car park, directional signs,

tramping tracks and routes and a campground and associated toilets.



194. Improve the entrance to Pae o te Rangi off Te Henga Road for recreational access and

truck loading access to the stock yards.

195. Improve the recreation access over open pasture by defining the routes with signs

and markers and installing purpose-built gates, ramps and stiles, as demand dictates.

196. Close the area to horse-riding in the wetter months of the year, as determined by

staff, to protect the environment.

197. Determine whether dogs should be prohibited from the area of Pae o te Rangi

covered by the Ark in the Park conservation programme in conjunction with policy

86.b) above, and the wider review of dog control bylaws in policy 13.3.3.5.

198. Support the Waitākere River Care group to implement a riparian restoration

programme along the Waitākere River.

199. Maintain and enhance the pā harakēkē planting, in partnership with Te Kawerau a

Maki.

Pararaha Valley

The Pararaha Valley, containing the Cowan’s and Pararaha Streams, shown in Map 19.6,

offers a remote wilderness experience with a variety of ancient volcanic cliffs, stream and

wetland settings and a number of historic features associated with the timber industry, such

405


as remnants of kauri dams. This valley contains significant taraire forest in a range of habitat

types. There is a range of sites significant to tangata whenua, including a pa and wāhi tapu

sites. It is an access point to the Whatipu Scientific Reserve.

There are two remote campgrounds, one located in the lower end of the Pararaha Valley

and a small bush campground off the Odlins Track. The area is accessible from a gravel car

park on Lone Kauri Road, and by tracks from Karekare, Whatipu and Huia, and is popular

with adventure sporting enthusiasts and tramping groups. Due to the significant ecological

values of the area off-track activity is particularly discouraged and limits have been placed on


200. Manage the Pararaha Valley as a remote wilderness area with limited infrastructure.

201. Protect the wetlands, coastal ecosystems, threatened species, and nesting seabirds,

by undertaking pest plant and animal control and supporting community restoration

initiatives.



203. Encourage visitors to stay on tracks and marked routes by using signs, clarify the track

exit to the beach, and maintain safety structures, such as ropes and boardwalks,

where necessary to prevent damage to riparian vegetation and wetlands.

204. Manage the Pararaha Campground as a backcountry campground and provide

interpretation on the Hillary Trail and the values of the Whatipu Scientific Reserve at

the campground shelter.

205. Limit visitor facilities to the provision of an unsealed car park on Lone Kauri Road and

toilets at the campgrounds, and retain the camping shelter at the Pararaha

Campground.

206. Visitor facilities will not be provided upstream of the Pararaha Campground.

207. Limit organised sporting events, involving 50 or more people, to one per year

recognising that these can compromise the wilderness qualities and sensitive nature

of the environment, as set out in policy 28 above. (Refer also to Whatipu Scientific

Reserve, policy 276 below.)

Parau / Big Muddy Creek

The Parau / Big Muddy Creek area shown on Map 19.15 is accessed by a car park behind

the Lower Nihotupu Dam pumping station, which is part of the Watercare Services’ licensed

area. To the east there is a backdrop of regenerating forest in a sequence, including kauri

ricker and coastal broadleaf forest, to mangroves in the estuary. This includes what is

known as the Manchester Unity Block which was partially developed for subdivision and

includes an abandoned road network. There are significant weed issues in this area. Part

this land was purchased by the Waitākere Ranges Protection Society and subsequently

gifted to the council.

208. Work with Watercare to explore the opportunity to upgrade the access-way into Big

Muddy Creek and to determine the demand for a picnic area.

209. Develop and implement a pest plant control programme.

406


210. Explore options for developing tramping tracks from Huia Road to Victory Road

through the park land previously known as the Manchester Unity Block, making use of

the existing formed roads where practical.

Parkinson’s Lookout (Scenic Drive)

Parkinson’s Lookout is an accessible lookout and picnic area off Scenic Drive offering

panoramic views over the Waitākere foothills and the city. Refer to Map 19.13.

211. Manage Parkinson’s Lookout as a lookout and picnic area with a small car park.

212. Reconfigure the arrival area to improve visitor safety and its function as a picnic area.

213. Maintain vistas of the Waitākere Ranges foothills, Waitematā Harbour and the city


Pukematekeo Lookout (Scenic Drive)

Pukematekeo Lookout offers panoramic vistas across the northern parts of the Waitākere

Ranges and the Waitematā Harbour, refer to Map 19.12. The historic and unique

Pukematekeo Bridge, which is closed to vehicle access, is a point of interest.

214. Manage Pukematekeo as a lookout with a small sealed car park, and directional and

interpretation signs.

215. Maintain vistas of the northern Waitākere Ranges, Waitematā Harbour and city


216. Prohibit vehicular access to Pukematekeo outside of normal park operating times to

maintain park security; including the installation of an automatic gate.

217. Maintain the Pukematekeo Summit Bridge consistent with the Pukematekeo Summit

Bridge Condition Report, 2004.

Rose Hellaby House and lookout (Scenic Drive)

Rose Hellaby House is an historic house with period gardens which was gifted to the people

of Auckland and is managed according to conditions in the deed. The conditions require it be

open to the public. The location offers panoramic views over the Waitākere Ranges foothills

and the city. Refer to Map 19.13.

218. Manage Rose Hellaby House and gardens as a historic precinct and lookout with a

small car park, a lookout platform, and directional and interpretation signs.

219. Manage Rose Hellaby House and gardens under licence, and continue to implement

the recommendations of the Aranui Rose Hellaby House Conservation Plan 2001 and

Rose Hellaby House Garden: Historical Investigation & Planting Proposal 2005.

220. Maintain vistas of the Waitākere Ranges foothills, the Waitematā Harbour, and the city

through appropriate vegetation management.

Spragg Bush (Scenic Drive)

Spragg Bush provides access to a number of easy bush loop-walks readily accessible from

Scenic Drive. It is the location of a historic cemetery. Refer to Map 19.11.

221. Manage Spragg Bush as an accessible bush-walk destination with a car park and

directional signs.

407


222. Review the car parking area at Spragg Bush with a view to reconfiguring it to

maximise visitor security and prohibit vehicular access to Spragg Bush outside normal

park operating times.

223. Manage tracks leading into the area as walking tracks suitable for people with

moderate levels of fitness and walking footwear.

224. Improve interpretation and conservation of the historic Spragg Cemetery.

Tasman and Gap Lookouts (Piha)

The Tasman Lookout and track provides views over the southern reaches of Piha beach,

Lion Rock and the Gap. Refer to Map 19.4. The Gap Lookout overlooks Taitomo Island,

owned by Te Kawerau o Maki. There is a gate near the entrance to the Tasman Lookout

Track which the Piha Deep Sea Fishing Club uses to access the beach.

225. Manage the Tasman and Gap Lookouts as coastal lookouts and tracks while retaining

the natural character of the area.

226. Investigate options to provide controlled access or to discourage access to the

foreshore from the Gap Lookout, to address safety issues and prevent environmental

damage, taking into account the landscape sensitivity of the area.

227. Remove pest plants to minimise the fire risk in the area and progressively revegetate

with locally appropriate native eco-sourced species.

228. Complete and maintain planting at Tasman Lookout to improve amenity and enable

removal of the fence.

229. Repair pedestrian erosion damage at the Gap lookout.

Upper Nihotupu Dam car park (Piha Road)

A series of walking and tramping tracks emanate from the Upper Nihotupu Dam car park

providing access to the interior of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park land, including

access to the water catchment areas, and a number of water supply dams and associated

infrastructure. This includes access to the Upper Nihotupu Dam where the Rainforest

Express terminates, and the Upper Nihotupu Auxiliary Dam, a decommissioned dam now

managed as a heritage structure by the council. Refer to Map 19.10.

230. Manage the Upper Nihotupu Dam car park as an entry point into the Nihotupu Water

Catchment Area, with an unsealed car park and directional and interpretational signs.

231. Continue to implement the recommendations of the Upper Nihotupu Auxiliary Dam

Heritage Assessment 2004, and manage the decommissioned dam site in accordance

with the Building Act 2004, including periodic monitoring to minimise the risk of

ponding at the dam outlet. Monitoring results shall be sent to the Headworks

Engineer at Watercare Services Ltd for information.

Wai o Kahu (Piha Valley)

Wai o Kahu, shown on Map 19.4, has high ecological value with rich mature broadleaved

forest, including regenerating kauri, which is contiguous with the more exposed coastal

vegetation to the south and the kauri forest in the upper Piha catchment. The area was the

site of the Piha Mill, one of the ranges’ major timber milling operations which was built in

1910 and closed in 1921.

408


It is a favoured destination with people seeking accessible walks within mature native bush

and views of the scenic Kitekite Falls. The falls are one of several regionally significant

waterfalls that reflect the interaction of fluvial erosion processes with the varied lithology of

the Waitākere Ranges. The Piha Gorge is the best example of a gorge in the Waitākere

Ranges.

The area is popular as a picnic area and provides extensive tramping opportunities as an

access point for a range of tramping tracks in the wider area, including the Maungaroa

Lookout Track. The Maungaroa Ridge Track was the first area in the Waitākere Ranges

detected with kauri dieback and has signs of extensive infection. Special care is needed in

the ongoing management of the area. Due to the area’s high informal use and sensitive

ecological values, limits have been placed on discretionary activities.

Sir Algernon Thomas gifted 42 hectares of land on the south side of Maungaroa Ridge,

including the flat area by the Piha stream that is known as the Sir Algernon Thomas Green.

This is the site of the Nigel Hanlon Hut which was refurbished in 2009/10.

Wai o Kahu includes an outdoor education camp based at the foot of the valley, known as

Piha Mill Camp, formerly Stedfast Park, which is operated under licence. It includes a large

area of open space and offers a range of recreational activities, including archery,

swimming, tramping and rope courses. The future management of this land will be

determined through the preparation of a development plan.

The area is the location of a park house used as an office and a park depot and workshop.

232. Manage Wai o Kahu as an access point to the track network in the area with unsealed

car parking, toilets and picnic facilities, while retaining its natural setting.

233. Maintain the Kitekite and Knutzen Tracks as walking tracks to and from the Kitekite

Falls for visitors with moderate levels of fitness and walking footwear; and maintain a

series of loop tramping tracks in the wider area for people with higher levels of fitness

and tramping footwear.

234. Remediate the informal tracks off the Kitekite Falls track to stop off-track activity in the

area.

235. Review the future development of the Piha Mill Camp through the preparation of a

development plan having regard to policy 7.3.4, taking into consideration:

a) the continued provision of the outdoor education camp and the opportunity to

provide for camping in association with this,

b) the potential to relocate the park depot and workshop, and

c) replacement of the current bridge, if necessary, with one that has the capacity

and loading required to facilitate access for emergency vehicles, buses and other

service vehicles.

236. Extend interpretation of the Piha Mill in conjunction with the licensee of the Piha Mill

Camp.

237. Maintain the Sir Algernon Thomas Green as a picnic area and investigate a track

linking this with the bush covered hills donated by Sir Algernon Thomas.

409


238. Manage the Nigel Hanlon Hut under licence and in accordance with the Nigel Hanlon

Memorial Hut Heritage Assessment 2010; and make it available to the public for short-

term accommodation, including investigating its use as part of the Hillary Trail.

239. Undertaking riparian planting and pest plant control in the Piha Mill Camp area, while

retaining vistas of the Piha Mill historic site, particularly from Glen Esk Road.

240. Undertake pest plant control at the entrance to the Maungaroa Lookout Track.

241. Support the West Auckland schools’ ecological restoration programme on the Ministry

of Education land, adjoining the park land.

242. Limit organised sporting events involving 50 or more people to three per year, taking

into account the timing of activities approved by the Waitākere City Council elsewhere

at Piha, as set out in policy 28.

Water Catchment Area

The Water Catchment Area is managed under licence by Watercare Services Ltd. Covering

an area of 6619ha; refer to Maps 19.18 - 20, its primary purpose is to protect the cleanliness

of, and to prevent contamination of, the metropolitan water supply. For this reason, certain

restrictions apply to this area of the park; public access to the water in the dams is

prohibited and access to the exclusive use and buffer lands is minimised. A further objective

is to ensure the sustainable management and efficient use and development of regionally

significant water supply resources within the water catchment areas. This includes the

ongoing operation, maintenance and upgrade of Watercare’s structures and facilities.

The public are allowed to access the area and Watercare has provided a relatively high level

of visitor facilities, such as toilets and picnic facilities, in the vicinity of the dams. The council

will work with Watercare to explore opportunities for the future management of these

visitor facilities.

Service roads, some of which are sealed, offer relatively easy access to a number of remote

areas within the interior of the Waitākere Ranges. Watercare operates the Rain Forest

Express a narrow-gauge railway that travels on the Nihotupu tramline from Jacobson’s

Depot to the Upper Nihotupu Dam and the Waitākere Tramline Society operates a narrow-

gauge tramway on the Waitākere Tramline.

243. Manage the Water Catchment Area in terms of the ‚Deed of Lease, Licence and

Agreement to Licence‛ and the associated Annual Operations Plan, in association

with Watercare Services Ltd.

244. This plan does not limit or change the responsibilities or powers of Watercare

Services Limited, in relation to the water catchment areas under the Auckland

Metropolitan Drainage Act 1960, or Section 707ZZZS of the Local Government Act

1974. In addition, it is recognised that the provisions of this plan have no affect on the

Resource Management Act 1991 matters, except to the extent they are incorporated

through a planning instrument, or unless the Act authorises it to be taken into

account.

245. Implement pest plant and animal control programmes in partnership with Watercare

Services Ltd. as lessee, Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society and other care

groups, to protect high ecological values in the catchment.

410


246. Ensure no further tracks are developed in the water supply catchment areas without

the permission of Watercare Services Ltd.

247. Ensure that approvals for discretionary activities in water catchment ‘exclusive use

land’ and the ‘buffer land,’ as defined in the Watercare Lease and Licence, are only

given when Watercare Services Ltd has provided written approval and consult

Watercare Services Ltd on any proposed use and applications for discretionary use on

the remaining water catchment parkland, as shown in Maps 19.18 – 19.20.

Whatipu

Whatipu is a remote wilderness area with high scenic qualities and access to an exposed

coastline, refer to Map 19.7. Whatipu is accessed by a winding gravel road. It has an

unsealed car park, toilet block and an information board and interpretation shelter. The area

contains extensive accreted sand flats and impounded wetlands that are classified as a

Scientific Reserve under the Reserves Act 1977. (Refer to the provisions for the Whatipu

Scientific Reserve below.)

The area is popular with trampers, sightseers and fishermen. The hinterland behind the sand

dunes consists of open pastures extending up the Whatipu Valley, surrounded by native

forest covered hills and cliffs. The area contains features of historic and natural interest such

as heritage buildings, Māori heritage sites, pou whenua, remnants of logging industry and

sea caves. Between 1866 and 1886 Whatipu was at the centre of a major timber milling

enterprise established by the Gibbons family. A coastal tramway was used to haul the

timber to Paratutai wharf and remnants of the wharf can still be seen today (refer to policy

15.19.5.13).

The Whatipu lodge has been providing accommodation since the early 1900s and is a

collection of buildings, the oldest of which is the Gibbons’ Homestead, built in 1867. The

lodge has a campground associated with it; both are operated under licence. The area

provides access to extensive tramping track systems that lead into the elevated interior of

the park.

248. Manage the Whatipu area as a remote wilderness experience and wildlife protection

area, recognising, in particular, the role of the adjoining scientific reserve.

249. Advocate for the retention and maintenance of Whatipu Road as a road serving a

remote location.

250. Limit the provision of visitor facilities to an unsealed car park and toilets at the arrival

area, and a combined information and interpretation shelter.

251. Review the design of the interpretation shelter.

252. Improve signage in the arrival area.

253. Emphasise in public education programmes and interpretation the role of the scientific

reserve, the historic and cultural significance of the area, and the conservation

programmes being undertaken.

254. Maintain the signage in the car park regarding safe fishing practices.

255. Manage tracks leading into the area as tramping tracks suitable for people with

moderate to high levels of fitness and tramping footwear.

411


256. Continue to implement the recommendations of the Whatipu Lodge Conservation

Plan 2000, the Proposed Remedial Works for Whatipu Lodge 2003, the Liebergreen

Cottage Conservation Plan 2003, and the Liebergreen Cottage Guidelines for the

Conservation, Repair and Continued Use of the Interiors 2007.

257. Manage the Whatipu Lodge complex, bach and campground under licence, for short-

stay accommodation.

258. Remove unauthorised structures and caravans from the Whatipu Campground.

259. Review farming in the Whatipu Valley; ensuring suitable areas of open space are

retained and that pest plant control is undertaken.

260. Undertake riparian management of the Whatipu Stream and its tributaries, in

accordance with policy 10.3.1.3.

261. Limit organised sporting events involving 50 or more people, to three per year, in

order to protect the wilderness and remote qualities of the area, as set out in policy 28

above.

Whatipu Scientific Reserve

The reserve is Crown land and covers 820 ha extending from Paratutai in the south to

Karekare Point in the north (refer to Maps 19.5 – 19.7). It is a dynamic coastal environment

of high scientific interest, containing extensive accreted sand flats and impounded

wetlands.

The reserve was classified in 2002 as a scientific reserve under the Reserves Act 1977, at

which time the Department of Conservation transferred the reserve’s management to the

council. The Reserves Act specifies that a scientific reserve is for ‚protecting and

preserving in perpetuity for scientific study, research, education, and the benefit of the

country, ecological associations, plant or animal communities, types of soil,

geomorphological phenomena, and like matters of special interest.‛

The scientific reserve status recognises the national importance of Whatipu and all activities

and management in the scientific reserve must be in accordance with the parameters set

out in the Act. A conservation plan for the reserve has been prepared by the council which

consolidates the information on the physical and ecological values of the reserve, and

includes management recommendations. The high level recommendations from this

conservation plan have been included in the policies below. Monitoring of the reserve will

be undertaken as outlined in policy 17.19.7.2.

The vegetation associations, sequences and habitat values of Whatipu are not known to

occur anywhere else in the region and at only a few sites nationwide. The reserve includes

the largest wetland complex in the region and due to the diverse range and large extent of

habitat at Whatipu, provides many feeding, roosting and breeding sites for birds. It is home

to threatened species, including NZ dotterel, and threatened plant species that occur in the

wetlands and on the interface with the sea. The extensive pingao on the dunes is regionally

unique.

There are also a number of nationally significant geological features and unique associations

including the rock platforms, caves and sand plains. The sand flat itself is the best example

in New Zealand of rapid recent coastal sand aggradation. The Whatipu caves and the

pyroclastic dikes are also nationally significant.

412


Due to the sensitive nature of the scientific reserve, the council will take a precautionary

approach to its management. Recreation is not provided as a function of scientific reserves;

however use for recreation can be compatible as long as it does not impact on the primary

purpose of the reserve. While low impact informal activities will generally be allowed, high

impact group activities, such as organised sporting events, will be restricted. There are two

small remote campgrounds within the reserve that pre-date the scientific reserve

classification: one near the Whatipu Caves and the other at Tunnel Point near the entrance

to the Pararaha Valley. These sites cater for 20 campers each, and toilets are the only

facilities provided.

262. Manage the scientific reserve to protect: its ecological values, including native

species, natural habitats, biodiversity and ecosystems; and to protect its geological

and geomorphological values.

263. Implement the conservation plan for the scientific reserve, with particular emphasis

on the protection of nesting sea and shore birds, protecting threatened plants, and

undertaking pest plant and animal control programmes.

264. Establish and implement a pest plant control programme which focuses on:

a) controlling exotic grasses ie pampas, Indian doab, kikuyu, marram, and Paspalum

species to levels where they no longer interfere with natural processes,

b) controlling low-incidence pest plants which have the capacity of significantly

modifying communities and or successional pathways to zero density,

c) systematically controlling gorse,

d) attempting to eradicate all new incursions, and

e) attempting the eradication of alligator weed from the lakes.

265. Develop and implement an integrated pest animal control programme, including

adjoining parkland, to protect the biodiversity values of the site.

266. Support and work with community groups, such as the Friends of Whatipu and the

Waitākere Ranges Protection Society, on community initiatives to deliver protection,

restoration and education programmes.

267. Prepare and implement a biosecurity standard operating procedure (SOP) for all staff,

researchers and volunteers working in the reserve, and promote biosecurity

messages to those visiting the reserve to reduce the risk of spreading pest plants or

diseases.

268. Prepare a vegetation map of the reserve as a basis for management and monitoring.

269. Support and provide opportunities for research within the reserve, developing a list of

preferred research topics.

270. Manage the scientific reserve as a remote destination with limited basic facilities to

enable the appreciation of the reserve’s natural, historical and cultural values.

271. Investigate education opportunities, such as guided walks, a self-guided trail,

interpretation and factsheets.

413


272. Limit the impact of park visitors on the reserve by:

a) directing foot traffic to appropriate access points and rationalising the number of

informal access points to, and tracks through the reserve to confine visitors to

specific areas and destinations, and to ensure these avoid sensitive areas,

b) clearly identifying tracks through the use of marker posts, if necessary, to protect

the wetland environments, and manage access to and from the Pararaha Valley,

c) monitoring the use of the Whatipu Cave and Tunnel Campgrounds to ensure no

detrimental impacts of this activity.

273. Investigate the relocation of the toilet at the Tunnel Point Campground to a more

discrete location.

274. Undertake remedial work to minimise corrosion of Tunnel Point boiler.

275. Dogs are prohibited from the Whatipu Scientific Reserve, except when being used for

operational purposes.

276. Ensure that all activities approved in the Whatipu Scientific Reserve are consistent

with the purpose of the scientific reserve and prohibit any group activities over 50

persons and all organised sporting events, except on the eastern end of the reserve in

the vicinity of the arrival area and Paratutai on existing tracks and grassed areas,

where these do not detract from the purposes of the scientific reserve.



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on the Waitākere Ranges

Regional Park, as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions that

will be applied to the permitted activities for this park. The council may also apply temporary





13.6 of this plan.


Barbecues Permitted either at facilities provided or portable gas barbecues

subject to fire restrictions that will apply from time to time.

Boat access Boat ramp at Little Huia and Cornwallis only. Hand launched craft

can be launched from these and other beaches. Navigational Safety

Bylaw 2008 applies.

414



Dogs Dogs are generally permitted on a lead in the Waitākere Ranges but

are excluded from: all picnic areas, campgrounds, water supply

buffer lands and reservoirs, grassed areas at Cornwallis, the

Whatipu Scientific Reserve and adjoining Crown foreshore and

Pararaha Valley, Lion Rock, North Piha, South Piha (south of Lion

Rock outside of daylight saving hours), Lake Wainamu and

surrounding areas, and the Tasman View Lookout Track. Temporary

restrictions may apply.

Council will seek to have these policies amended for areas covered

by the Ark in the Park conservation programme; Kakamatua and

Anawhata (refer to policies 56, 86.b, 124, and 198 above).

Dogs are subject to local authority dog control policies and bylaws

which are subject to change. Reference should be made to the



family or group

activities

Informal groups are limited to 50 persons in order to manage

conflict with other recreation activities, with the exception of

Cornwallis where the limit will be 100 persons.

Groups larger than 50 (or 100 at Cornwallis) must obtain a


Recreational cycling Mountain biking is prohibited in the Waitākere Ranges Regional

Park at all times.

Opportunities maybe provided in the future for recreational cycling

with the Exhibition Drive extension.

Walking, running,

tramping, and

orienteering

Permitted on designated tracks and open pasture areas (refer to

maps and council approved orienteering course at Karamatura) but

temporary restrictions may apply to: protect sites of significance to

tangata whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas;

or to enable park operations such as lambing and pest control.

Phytosanitary measures may be required when using tracks within

kauri zones.

Off-track activity is prohibited in water catchment areas and is

actively discouraged elsewhere unless part of an approved

discretionary activity.

415



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on the Waitākere Ranges

Regional Park, as outlined in section 13.4. It also outlines where information on permanent







Controlled activities Description of site (if applicable) Restrictions/conditions

Abseiling Karamatura Valley only. Conditions on booking

confirmation.

Baches / huts Keddle House, Anawhata (6 people)

Barr Cottage, Little Huia (6 people)

Whatipu Bach (6 people)

Ongaruanuku Hut, Waitākere

Interior, AUTC operated (12 people)

Nigel Hanlon Hut, Piha (9 people)

Possible use for Whare Puke, Huia

and house at South Titirangi Road as

bach escapes


confirmation.

Whatipu Bach, Ongaruanuku

Hut and Nigel Hanlon Hut are

operated under licence and

available for public use.

Bookings for Whatipu Bach

done through the licensee.

Campervans /

caravans

Self-contained campervans in

designated parking areas at:

Arataki (5 vehicles),

Barn Paddock (5 vehicles),

Cascades Falls (5 vehicles),

Cornwallis/Pine Ave (5 vehicles),

Glen Esk Road(5 vehicles), and

Log Race Road (5 vehicles).

Campervans and caravans permitted

at Whatipu Campground (managed

under licence)

Investigating further provision in the

Anawhata area. (policy 61)


certificate in car parks.

Further conditions outlined on


camping pass.

Apply to licensee

Camping Backcountry campgrounds:

Barn Paddock campground,

Karamatura (60 people)

Craw Campground, Anawhata (40

people)

Karamatura Stream (40 people)

McCreadies Paddock, Karekare

(20 people)

Odlins (20 people)

Opanuku Campground (20


confirmation or camping pass.

416


people)

Pararaha (40 people)

Pae o te Rangi (30 people)

Tunnel (20 people)

Whatipu Caves (20 people)

Whatipu campground (60 people)

managed under licence.

In accordance with policies 24,

109.d and 130.b develop new

campgrounds, including the

Bethells/Te Henga area and reinstate

the Tanekaha campground

(Karamatura) as determined by

demand.

Investigate camping in association

with Piha Mill Outdoor Education

Camp (policy 238a).

Apply to licensee

Lodge

Accommodation

Huia Lodge (24 people)

Kiwanis Camp/Lodge, Huia (46

people),

Project K lodge, Little Huia (12

people)

Piha Mill Outdoor Education Camp,

Piha (85 people)

Whatipu lodge (45 people)


confirmation.

Bookings for Piha Mill Camp

and Whatipu Lodge done

through the licensees.

Designated sites Two special premium designated

sites and two basic designated sites

at Cornwallis.

Proposed designated sites at

Cascades-Kauri and Karamatura.


confirmation.

Meeting venues Arataki Lecture Hall and Audio-visual

Theatre.


confirmation.

Recreational horse

riding

Horse riding is prohibited from the

park, including water catchment

areas, except on the Pae O Te Rangi

farmland.



may apply to: protect sites of


whenua, sensitive






activities.

417


Leases and licences

The table below identifies existing leases and licences operating on the Waitākere Ranges

Regional Park.



website.

Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

Adventure Camp Piha

Trust Board

Licence 2011 Piha Mill Outdoor Education Camp.

Aranui Antiques /

Lockwood and Lawson

Licence 2014 Rose Hellaby House – Antiques

sales business – open to the public.

Auckland Outdoor

Activities Club

Licence 2013 Designated use of Keddle House for

tramping club purposes; available for

public use outside of these times.

Auckland University

Tramping Club

Licence 2015 Tramping Hut at Anawhata - also

available for public use

Boys Brigade Northern

Regional Trust

Licence 2015 Nigel Hanlon Hut at Piha, beside old

school, also available for public use.

Chorus Licence 2029 Telecommunications mast at

Waiatarua.

D S Taylor Licence 2020 Encroachment on park land at

Karekare.

Huia Residents and

Ratepayers Assoc. and

the Huia Settlers

Museum Society Inc.

Licence 2029 Wastewater disposal field.

Huia Settlers Museum

Society Inc.

Licence 2021 Use of building for museum; open to

public.

K E Turner Licence 2011 Grazing at Whatipu.

K E Turner Licence 2013 Grazing at Karamatura and Little

Huia.

P and R Mansell Licence 2015 Grazing at Huia.

Montana Sponsorship 2020 Sponsorship of the Montana Trail.

National Institute of

Water and Atmospheric

Research

Licence 2011 Monitoring facility at Arataki.

National Institute of

Water and Atmospheric

Research

Licence 2017 Sea level measuring device at

Anawhata.

NZ Scouting Association Licence 2011 Scout den on Bishop Reserve,

Titirangi.

QEII (Queen Elizabeth II Management 2020 Lake Wainamu

418


Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

National Trust) Agreement

Royal Forest and Bird

Protection Society

MOA 2011 Undertaking conservation

programmes over 1200ha in the

Cascades area with ability to extend

to 2000ha.

Teamtalk Licence 2030 Telecommunications masts at 2

sites in Waiatarua.

Telecom Licence 2019 Telecommunications mast at Piha.

The Karamatura Heritage

Farm Trust

Licence 2011 Grazing of part of the Karamatura

Farm

Vector Ltd. Licence 2030 Telecommunications at Laingholm.

Waitākere City Council

(Sub-licence to

Vodafone)

Lease 2028 Water dam at Exhibition Drive.

(Telecommunications mast on the

dam)

Waitākere Golf Club Lease 2010 Public golf course at Cascades- Kauri

Park.

Watercare Services Ltd Lease 2092 Metropolitan water supply

catchments; open to public except

for the exclusive zones around the

water supply dams.

Whatipu Lodge and

Campground Ltd.

Licence

2013 Whatipu Lodge, bach and

campground accommodation.

D Woon Licence 2015 Grazing at Huia.

17.19.7 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park in accordance with

section 7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme, the council will undertake

specific monitoring of the ranges as part of the council’s state of the environment reporting.

As a component of this, a number of site-specific monitoring programmes are undertaken

focussing on assessing biodiversity benefits of conservation management.

The Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act requires the local authorities to jointly monitor

aspects of the Act, and provide a report no later than five years after the commencement of

the Act and then on a five yearly cycle.

The council will also encourage and support research if it contributes to the understanding

of the natural values of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park and contributes to the

objectives of this plan.

1. Undertake the Waitākere Terrestrial Monitoring Programme (see outline below) and

work with the Waitākere City Council to jointly monitor and report on the Waitākere

Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008 monitoring requirements, including:

a) the state of the environment in the heritage area,

b) the progress made towards achieving the objectives and

419


c) the funding impact arising from activities to be undertaken specifically to give

effect to the Act.

2. Monitor and report periodically on the effectiveness of specific management

programmes in the Whatipu Scientific Reserve.

3. Undertake baseline and long-term monitoring of the social (including perception) and

environmental impacts of recreational activity on the park, including pre and post-

event monitoring, and regular reporting on the range, number and cumulative impacts

of activities in the park.

Waitākere terrestrial biodiversity monitoring programme:

At present, Hochstetter’s frog, possums, and rodents, are monitored across the Waitākere

Ranges, and birds and invertebrates are monitored in specific locations (eg, Ark in the Park).

However, to adequately address the monitoring objectives of the WRHA Act 2008, and in

the Regional Parks Management Plan it is necessary to develop a comprehensive terrestrial

monitoring programme (which includes monitoring of forest, wetlands and dune

ecosystems). This programme will ensure a systematic, strategic approach centred on State

of the Environment reporting, which includes assessing the effectiveness and efficiencies

of biodiversity related policies and management objectives. The programme will be

compatible with and form part of the regional biodiversity monitoring programme that is

currently in development.

Programme objectives:

To quantify the existing state of indigenous biodiversity and monitor changes in pattern

and important processes through time

To identify key threats to indigenous biodiversity

To assess and improve the effectiveness and efficiencies of biodiversity related

management and policy development

To contribute to public understanding of issues, status, trends, and management

Identify and remedy significant gaps in biodiversity information required for policy and

management

To fulfil statutory monitoring and reporting requirements

Field monitoring will be conducted to achieve stated objectives across the WRHA and in the

Hūnua Ranges and surrounding foothills (reference site) and within key ecological

restoration initiatives (ie, Ark in the Park and the Kokako Management Area).

Monitoring will involve database and information analyses (eg, indigenous land cover status

and trends and consented development), and field monitoring of indigenous plants and

birds, and invasive weeds and mammalian pests. Monitoring will begin in late 2009 and

existing field monitoring programmes (eg, of Hochstetter’s frogs) will be integrated where

appropriate. This programme includes the production of technical reports, annual summary

reports, and five yearly State of the Region reports.

420


421


17.20 Waitawa Regional Park land

17.20.1 Park values

Located 50 kilometres from central Auckland on the region’s south eastern coast, two

kilometres west of the small coastal settlement of Kawakawa Bay, the parkland at Waitawa

is sited on a headland in the Tamaki Strait. The parkland was acquired because of its

accessible active recreation potential, vistas, environmental restoration potential and tangata

whenua values. The 188 hectares of parkland comprises a number landscapes including:

coastal and exotic forests, pastures, three small peninsulas and two beautiful coastal bays,

with access to a third. The north-western and north-eastern part of the site falls down

steeply from the ridge, which runs southwest to northeast towards Wairoa and Waitawa

Bays. Several small gullies and minor ridges bisect this coastal slope. The steep nature of

this land has resulted in the area being used primarily for forestry with pines and eucalypts

being the dominant species.

The parkland contains several wetlands at the bases of gully systems and one large

significant wetland system as well as mature pohutukawa along the coastal fringe. There is

a population of the nationally threatened shrub Pomaderris rugosa. The property has

potential for ecological restoration, which will be achieved without compromising the site's

recreation potential or spectacular views.

The park land at Waitawa is of great importance to Maori as it is located upon a traditional

boundary line between Te Urikaraka (Ngati Paoa) and Ngati Kohua (Ngai Tai / Te Waiohua).

The area has a long and rich history of human occupation which is reflected in the

numerous archaeological sites recorded on the parkland at Waitawa and the wider area.

Sites of significance include Waitawa, Waipatukahu and Ruakakariki kainga, the inland

kainga of Papaporutu, Oamio and Karioi the Pawhetau, Orakau, Mataitai, Koheruarahi and

Kauri pa as well as cultivations at Te Aroaro.

The parkland has significant recreation potential. There is access to two beaches for water

based recreation. A wharf offers direct access to a deep channel which makes it ideal for

recreational fishing. The presence of exotic plantations on the more rugged areas offers

opportunities for active recreation activities.

Since 1958, the land has been used for the importing and manufacturing of explosives and

contains a number of period factory buildings and explosive stores, known as ‘magazines’.

In late 2004, the council purchased the park land for use as a regional park. A condition of

the sale and purchase was for the council to lease the land back to Orica Mining Services

Limited (Orica) for a period of three years. This has been extended until June 2011. During

the first three years there was no public access to the park land because of the volatile

nature of Orica’s business activity, and the need to ensure employee and public health and

safety.

In July 2008, the council took over the farming operations on Waitawa and occupation of

one of the property dwellings for farm management purposes. Since 2008, the council has

undertaken renewal works to upgrade farm roads, fencing, water supply, yards and the

woolshed. The park will be formally named and opened to the public once the Orica lease

expires and the necessary operational and visitor infrastructure is in place.

In 2010 a small parking area was developed at the main entrance to provide access via a

walking track to Pawhetau Pa. All other proposed developments and future access to the

park are outlined below.

422


The park opening date is yet to be determined and will be subject to successfully securing

funding to develop the priorities identified within the policies below.

17.20.2 Park vision

Waitawa is a farmed park that offers a wide range of family and group orientated

recreational activities and is focused on active recreation. It provides for activities not

readily available at other parks and in doing so takes pressure off some of those parks. It is

readily accessible by water and has a range of land and water based activities and facilitated

opportunities for Aucklanders to be introduced to the coast and the great outdoors in a safe

setting. It also offers a site rich in cultural heritage and natural values that is an outstanding

example of environmental and outdoor education and conservation management.


Over the long term, the park land at Waitawa will be managed as a Class III park (refer to

section 7.3). The park will provide;

A farmed and forested headland that has protected and restored riparian areas,

wetlands, native coastal forests and pa sites which the public can enjoy while

undertaking wide range of passive and active recreation activities.

A scenic setting offering panoramic views and vistas over the Tamaki Straight.




kaitiakitanga.

A place to learn about the Maori and European history of the park and surrounding area.

An expansive range of settings and facilities for a wide range of active and passive

recreation activities, including but not limited to traditional regional park activities such

as walking, tramping, and orienteering, as well as mountain biking and horse riding.

Access to the sea for water based recreation and a deep channel wharf for fishing.

Overnight accommodation opportunities in the form of:

A bach escape.

Camping at four locations to cater for sea kayak/waka trail users, horse riders, self contained campervans and vehicle based camping.

An outdoor pursuits centre for large school and group stays.

Over the next ten years the management of the park land at Waitawa will focus on:

protecting, restoring and enhancing the wetlands, riparian areas, coastal forest

ecosystems and pa sites,

harvesting forested areas with some being revegetated or returned to pasture, and

some replanted for recreational and carbon sequestration benefits,

implementation of a significant plant pest management programme,

identifying, mapping and assessing tangata whenua values associated with the park,

and creating processes and opportunities to increase tangata whenua involvement with

the park,

removing buildings and other infrastructure that are surplus to requirements,

423


developing the necessary infrastructure for opening the park,

developing and strengthening partnerships with recreation individuals and clubs,

schools, concessionaires and licensees, and

establishing and maintaining relationships with recreation groups, adjacent landowners

and volunteers to assist in the development of the park.

As a priority over the next five years the council will focus on the following park

developments:

wetland fencing,

improving livestock handling facilities,

signs and interpretation,

upgrading the bach,

upgrading the workshop to park depot, ranger house and garage,

upgrading the road to provide for two way traffic,

developing car parks (including dedicated horse riding and mountain bike car parks),

developing a certified self-contained vehicle campground,

installing new toilet blocks at Mataitai and Waitawa Bays,

installing a new bore to improve water supply,

upgrading the wharf for pedestrian use,

providing for an outdoor education centre, and

officially naming and opening the park.


IMPORTANT: The following management policies must be read in conjunction with the relevant

principles, objectives and policies contained in Parts 6 to 16 of this plan.

1. Investigate and formally name the parkland as a matter of priority, in accordance with

section 15.1, which requires research, public consultation, and Council approval. Note:

due to the research required and specific provisions of the Regional Parks

Management Plan, 2010 naming policy, the Council will determine the name for the

park separate to the management plan hearing and deliberation process.

Natural settings

2. Protect and enhance the park’s coastal forest remnants, wetland areas and the

threatened shrub Pomaderris rugosa stand identified on Map 20 through pest animal

and plant control programmes.

3. Investigate the retention of the fig trees located in Wairoa Bay as shown on Map 20.

4. Recognising the strategic location of the Waitawa peninsula and its relationship to the

inner Hauraki Gulf islands such as Pakihi and Ponui, undertake a pest management

programme that supports the biodiversity of the wider area.

424


5. Progressively revegetate the areas identified on Map 20, through the development of

a series of revegetation plans (in accordance with policy 7.2.2.2) with an emphasis on:

a) Protecting water quality through riparian and wetland planting,

b) Preventing or reduce erosion, particularly from the coastal foreshore.

1. Ensure a wider assessment in accordance with policy 7.2.2.2 to specifically:

c) protect the views and vistas into the Tamaki Straight and towards the Coromandel

and Hunua Ranges,

d) provide strategic recreation access through revegetation areas, and

e) protect pa sites and cultural values.

6. Prior to harvesting exotic woodlots, identify the areas to be reafforested based on

consideration of carbon sequestration needs and liabilities, as well as providing

recreation opportunities within the exotic forest.

7. Complete harvesting of the exotic woodlot areas identified on Map 20; ensuring

Koherurahi Point is harvested in accordance with Pawhetau and Koherurahi Pa

Conservation Management Plan (May 2009).

8. After harvesting exotic woodlots, implement a weed control programme and either

reafforest, convert to pasture, or restore to native vegetation in accordance with

policies 5 and 6 above.

Cultural settings

9. Protect and enhance the cultural values in accordance with the policies in Part 9

Tangata whenua and Part 11 Cultural heritage settings, taking into consideration the

Pawhetau and Koherurahi Pa Conservation Management Plan (May 2009).

10. Record and map cultural heritage sites on the parkland and develop methods for the

protection of sites of significant cultural values, in consultation with tangata whenua.

Farm settings



experiences).

12. Protect sensitive waterways and wetlands and erosion prone areas from livestock

intrusion.



Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines.

14. Continue pasture weed management to reduce significant weed issues.

15. Improve livestock handling facilities.

16. Develop pastures from old forest remnants to create open settings suitable for

recreational use.

425


17. Progressively replace and improve fence infrastructure in accordance with the policies

in Part 14 Infrastructure and the track network development outlined in policy 31

below.


18. Continue to provide access to Pawhetau Pa for public walking access.

19. Maintain the parkland to the east and south of the vehicle accessible campground and

arrival area as an unstructured, passive recreation area.

20. Prepare and implement a development plan for the main arrival area that provides:

a) an attractive entry to the park that introduces visitors to the vistas and

opportunities on offer

b) car parking, with sufficient space for vehicle circulation and access to the road and

track network,

c) the park office and depot,

d) park information and phone, and

e) amenity planting.

21. Prepare and progressively implement a development plan for Mataitai Bay and the

wharf area that provides for the following activities and infrastructure:

a) completion of safety works to enable safe pedestrian access onto the wharf and

fishing off the wharf,

b) hand launching of kayaks and small non-motorised boats,

c) provision of public toilets and changing facilities,

d) investigate potential uses of the magazines located inland from the beach, as

identified on Map 20, and specifically consider opportunities for:

i. public use of the buildings, including as public facilities,

ii. use of the buildings for concessionaires purposes,

iii. use of the building for an outdoor education centre if feasible.

e) removal of all storage magazines on the foreshore,

f) provision of car parking at the eastern end of the beach, when foreshore

magazines are removed as outlined in policy 21.e),

g) retain western backdrop of the beach as a car free zone and maximise provision

of open space for large group picnics and informal play,

h) investigate options to provide for safe pedestrian access to the boat ramp and

wharf along the narrow access road through Koherurahi Pa, and

i) investigate beach replenishment and foreshore restoration of the areas identified

on Map 20 to enhance pedestrianisation of the area and the create large attractive

and safe areas for informal activities, such as picnicking and water based

recreation.

22. Prohibit motorised boat launching and access from the wharf and ramp at Mataitai

Bay, and undertake a review of this policy after five years of park opening.

426


23. Implement in partnership with the Sir Peter Blake Marine and Recreation Education

Centre the provision of an outdoor education centre, in accordance with Part 14

Infrastructure. The location, design and development of infrastructure associated with

the outdoor education centre should minimise visual and environmental impacts on

the park and other park users, taking into consideration the proximity to the

campground, bach and other park activities.

24. Prepare and progressively implement (parallel with the implementation of the outdoor

education centre cited in policy 23) a development plan for Waitawa Bay that provides

for the following activities and infrastructure:

a) a day use car park and public toilets,

b) walking access to the water,

c) informal picnic areas

d) a bach escape in the existing park house,

e) a vehicle based campground,

f) open, grassed recreation areas,

g) reinstating the stream to its natural state by removing the culvert as shown on

Map 20, and investigate options for access across the stream that would provide

for public pedestrian access and light 4WD operational access, and

h) a sea kayak/waka trail campsite (refer to Map 20).

25. Investigate and include interpretation located in the bach escape that commemorates

the original inhabitants, the Castle family.

26. Upgrade the existing road to create a dual carriageway where economically viable

(otherwise single lane with good visibility), that forms a central axis through the park,

and provides safe and easy access to Mataitai and Waitawa Bays, as well as other

recreation destinations throughout the park.

27. Locate recreation structures, such as car parks, buildings and toilets, near the roading

network to minimise the sprawl of buildings and facilities throughout the park, in

accordance with Part 14 Infrastructure.

28. Install an automatic gate at the park entrance to improve security and recreational

access.

29. Install way finding signs to orientate visitors and facilitate visitor access to the

recreation destinations within the park including views and vistas, beaches and the

wharf.

30. Develop a heritage interpretation trail which includes

a) any storage magazines retained and the testing cell (as shown on Map 20),

b) sites of significant archaeological values,

c) historical tribal boundaries, and

d) sites of significant cultural values.

427


31. Work with stakeholders, including adjoining landowners to prepare and implement a

development plan for the mountain biking, horse riding and walking track network.

This plan will identify the location and level of service of tracks, in accordance with

Part 14 Infrastructure, to create a regionally important destination that provides a

diverse range of experiences and challenge levels. Note: mountain biking and horse

riding tracks will be provided for in the trail development zone identified on Map 20;

walking tracks will be provided for across the whole park.

32. Signpost the park boundary fences, where appropriate, in consultation with adjoining

landowners.

33. Investigate opportunities to cater for recreation activities on the park that align with

the vision and values outlined above, including but not limited to concessionaires and

local iwi groups who will facilitate active recreation activities on or from the park, such

as mountain bike or kayak hire, that are in accordance with the policies in this Plan.

34. Investigate use of the car park at the entrance of the park land, as identified on Map

20, as a dedicated mountain biking car park, from which the mountain bike track

network starts.

35. Develop the area shown on Map 20 as a horse loading zone.

36. Investigate and if feasible develop a campground with a holding paddock (as shown

on Map 20), to facilitate overnight stays by horse riders. To be completed in

partnership with the horse riding community.

37. Develop a certified self-contained vehicle campground at the location shown on Map

20.

38. When reviewing the existing dog control bylaws consider allowing for dogs to be

permitted under control within the boundaries of the self-contained certified vehicle

campground.

39. Retain the building shown on Map 20 as a house to offer to local iwi groups to give

effect to policy 41.

40. Work with transport organisations to facilitate public transport for visitors to the park

for events or other special occasions, or to support park visitors on the sea

kayak/waka trail.

Tangata whenua

41. Recognise tangata whenua of the park land at Waitawa through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through a range of visitor such as interpretation

and tohu tangata whenua,

b) consulting on the formal name for the regional park,


and the tangata whenua values they contain; with particular emphasis given on

Pawhetau and Koherurahi Pa,



428



for their long term health and well being while sustaining the mauri of the park’s





Note: For an up to date list of iwi, hapu and/or marae contacts please refer to the council

website.


43. Liaise with adjoining landowners and the local community to ensure the planning,

development and management of land adjoining the parkland at Waitawa:





44. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 43 above, liaise with Auckland Council

planning and regulatory teams to designate the land for regional park purposes in the

district plan and in relation to dog control.

45. Work with Orica to ensure they meet the conditions of their lease; with regards

specifically to public access, the removal of agreed buildings and remediation.




47. Continue to liaise with recreation stakeholders, such as horse riding, orienteering,

kayaking and mountain biking groups, to develop and improve recreation

opportunities.

48. Liaise with an outdoor education provider to investigate the provision of an outdoor

education centre on the park.




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Waitawa Regional park

land, once opened, as outlined in section 13.3. It also outlines any permanent restrictions

that will be applied to the permitted activities for this park.



13.6 of this plan.

429


The council may also apply temporary restrictions to any permitted activities (refer to policy


other media.


Barbecues Portable gas barbecues; fire restrictions may apply

over summer period


kayak/waka)

Beaches suitable for launching small craft such as

kayaks

Sea access to the park from the wharf and via

offshore anchorage.

Bookable camping facilities available for people in

kayaks or waka

Dogs Dogs are permitted under control on a lead but are

excluded from campgrounds. Restrictions may

apply to protect bird nesting areas and during

seasonal farming operations (lambing and calving)

Dogs are subject to dog control policies and

bylaws which are subject to change – see council

website.

Informal individual, family or group

activities

Size of group restricted to 100 persons in order to



activity consent.

Informal activities generally include, picnicking,

walking, tramping, and informal games (refer to

section 11.3 and Glossary).

Mountain biking Permitted on designated tracks and open pasture

areas but restrictions may apply to protect sites of




control.

Running, orienteering and walking Permitted on designated tracks and open pasture

areas but restrictions may apply to protect sites of




control.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on the parkland at Waitawa,


controlled activities can be found. Note: controlled activities require prior booking through

the council.



430




other media.


applicable)


Baches Upgrade of original homestead

above Waitawa Bay to a bach

escape planned.

Campervans/

Caravans

Designated certified self-

contained vehicle campground

(initially a max of 20 vehicles).

Requires self-

containment certificate;

further conditions on


and camping pass.

Camping Sea Kayak/Waka Campground

(20 people).

Vehicle accessible

campground (initially a

maximum of 40 people).

Vehicle accessible

campground for horse riders

planned.

Only available to people

accessing via kayak

/waka. Conditions on


and camping pass.



passes

Recreational horse riding Permitted on designated

tracks and open pasture areas

but restrictions may apply to

protect sites of significance to

tangata whenua, sensitive





Conditions on horse

riding pass. Access may

be restricted because of

farm operations and

ground conditions.


The table below identifies the activities that in addition to those activities listed in section

13.6 are prohibited on Waitawa Regional Parkland.


Boat access Motorised boat launching and access from the

wharf and ramp at Mataitai Bay.

Leases and licences

431


The table below identifies the leases and licences operating on the park land at Waitawa




website.


Orica NZ

Ltd

Licence 30 June 2011 Lease covering all of the park

land.

17.20.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of the park land at Waitawa in accordance with section 7.7.

432


433


17.21 Wenderholm Regional Park

17.21.1 Park values

Wenderholm Regional Park was the first land purchased as part of the regional parks

network in 1965. In 2002, an additional 34 hectares of land, known as the Schischka Block,

was purchased as an addition to the park. This land will be developed and managed as an

integral part of Wenderholm Regional Park. The park now contains 149 hectares of land.

The park is located on a coastal peninsula and cradled between the mouth of the Puhoi and

Waiwera rivers. It contains an elevated, forested headland, and salt marshes, river flats and

large sand spit extending along the Puhoi River which features an extensive grove of

pohutukawa. The Wenderholm spit, low beach ridges and the drowned river valley of Puhoi

River formed as the sea level rose during the past 20,000 years. These features are of

regional significance. The park contains Mahurangi Island after which the Mahurangi area in

named.

The Mahurangi area was favoured for its plentiful seasonal food supplies, the Waiwera and

Puhoi rivers are a prominent feature of this area and provided for the sustenance of the

tangata whenua as well as the hot springs located at the southern end of Waiwera Beach.

Puhoi, Maungatauhoro and Te Akeake make up the park now known as Wenderholm. The

land has been occupied by Māori for nearly 1000 years. Te Akeake kainga and urupa, the

rocky island pa named Mahurangi (located off the eastern tip of the headland and after

which the area is named) are some of the sites of significance for Ngāti Rongo and Te

Kawerau. Maungatauhoro is the location of an historic peace-making named ‚Mihirau‛

which took place at Te Kakaho pa between Kawerau and the Ngāti Paoa (Marutuahu) tribes

in the 1780s.

The prominent Auckland politician and entrepreneur, Robert Graham, became the first

European owner in 1868. Graham built a homestead (Wenderholm) as a winter home to use

while he spent time at his Waiwera thermal resort. It is surrounded by a historic garden that

contains large exotic trees planted in the 1880s; many of which were gifted to Graham by

his friend Sir George Grey. The house is now known as Couldrey House after its last private

owner. Couldrey House operates as both a park office and historic house managed by a

community group, the Friends of Couldrey House.

The remnant coastal native forest on the Mangatauhoro headland has been managed

through extensive pest animal control since the early 1990s. This has resulted in the

recovery of the coastal forest, the flourishing of kukupa (wood pigeons) and tui, and has

facilitated the release of rare birds, such as North Island robin. Other rare birds, such as

fernbird and banded rail occupy the salt marshes along the Puhoi River.

Wenderholm is a very popular park for picnicking and water related activities, such as

kayaking. It receives between 200,000 and 300,000 visits each year. A bus service used to

terminate at the park during the summer period but it currently stops at Waiwera.

The park has extensive bush walks around the headland and a small campground and a

number of designated picnic sites, all within a compact area. Wenderholm is on the route of

the national Te Araroa walkway. It has a bach for rent as holiday accommodation and is also

popular with campervans who stay in the car park. It has a pier with all tide pontoon access

which extends into the Puhoi River. This and a boat ramp are popular with ‚boaties‛

accessing the Hauraki Gulf and Mahurangi Harbour. The purchase of the Schischka block

has secured the south-western visual catchment of the park and creates the opportunity to

enhance the camping and river-related recreation. The Schischka block contains a house and

434


farm sheds. The house, which has multiple bedrooms, provides the opportunity for use by

community groups.

Wenderholm Regional Park is a mature coastal park with well established recreation

patterns based largely on picnicking and water- related activities. The recent purchase of the

Schischka Block enables the recreational opportunities on the park being expanded and

supplemented. The park also has a long established conservation programme on the

Mangatauhoro headland, which has enabled the re-introduction of threatened native birds.

17.21.2 Park Vision

Wenderholm Regional Park is a compact and highly scenic coastal park on the Puhoi River

which provides ready access to a range of recreational activities. The coastal sand spit with

its iconic pohutukawa grove is much used by large informal groups for picnicking and social

gatherings, while the forested headland and farmed areas along the river provide a network

of tracks to explore. Boat and kayak launching is provided for at the River and there are

extensive campgrounds and opportunities for bach stays. The park has a rich Māori and

European history, including the historic Couldrey Homestead with extensive interpretation

that provides the opportunity for visitors to learn about these layers of history. The park is

the location of a major coastal forest restoration programme.

17.21.3 Management Focus

Over the long term, Wenderholm Regional Park will be managed as a Class II park (refer to


A compact park that offers a range of traditional Regional Park experiences within easy

reach of the urban population.

A restored and protected forested coastal headland habitat with the potential for further

rare bird releases.

Protected cultural features and archaeological sites.

Protected beach frontage dunes and associated birdlife.

Interpretation of the Māori and European history of the park and locality.

Extensive beach and river-oriented recreation opportunities for day visitors.

Extensive picnic areas and facilities, including designated sites for hire.

Access to the Puhoi River, Mahurangi Harbour and Hauraki Gulf from a pier and boat

ramp with boat trailer parking.

A spectrum of accommodation, including a vehicle-based campground and bach

accommodation.

Extensive bush walks and views of the Waiwera and Puhoi rivers and surrounding

countryside.

Limited dogs walking areas.

Over the next ten years the management of Wenderholm Regional Park will focus on:

protecting and enhancing biodiversity values of the park, with particular emphasis on

the headland and the saline wetlands on the Puhoi River,

developing the Schischka block for river-related recreational opportunities, and

435


interpreting the significant heritage stories, including people, places, milestones and

events on the park.

Over the next five years the council will give priority to:

developing the Schischka Block for public use with the construction of an entrance

road, tracks and a campground.

17.21.4 Management polices



Natural settings

1. Continue to manage the remnant native forest on the Mangatauhoro headland with an

enhanced pest animal and plant control programme.

2. Protect the saline marshes extending along the Puhoi River and continue to restore

and enhance the beach dune systems.

3. Undertake pest plant and animal control in accordance with the policies in section

10.3, and protect and re-vegetate the riparian margins and wetlands on the Schischka

block in accordance with Map 21 to create ecological linkages.

4. Maintained a small nursery at the park depot to service the volunteer revegetation

programmes on the northern regional parks.

5. Maintain the viability of the pohutukawa grove on the sand spit by controlling the level

and type of activity immediately adjacent to the trees.

6. Investigate native plant and animal species missing from the park ecosystem and

continue the re-introduction of threatened bird species, in consultation with tangata

whenua and the Department of Conservation.

7. Remove structures and decommission engineered drains from areas subject to

flooding an inundation by changing sea level and allow the areas to revert to natural

watercourses.

8. Progressively underground power lines wherever practicable on the park.

9 Implement measures in areas of kauri to reduce the risk of spreading kauri dieback

disease (refer to policy 10.4.4.2).




Inventory.

11. Continue to implement the recommendations of the Couldrey House Conservation

Plan (2001), including maintaining and enhancing the historic gardens and trees

associated with Couldrey House, while retaining its use as a park office and reviewing

its potential for other community activities.

436


12. Continue to interpret the European history at Couldrey House and the Māori history

and conservation programmes on the walking tracks.

13. Prepare and implement the heritage assessment for the historic Wenderholm jetty.

14. Investigate the location of the park opening plaque and re-establish as a

commemorative plaque.

Farmed settings

15. Continue to maintain a small farming operation at the park to manage open space to

recognise its rural heritage, facilitate recreational and use, and retain key views and

vistas.

16. Retain trees in grazed areas and where necessary plant further trees for shade and




17. Extend the picnicking and river-related recreation opportunities, such as kayaking,

along the foreshore of the Schischka block.

18. Relocate the road access onto the Schischka Block as shown on Map 21 to facilitate

visitor use of the river foreshore areas.

19. Seal the entrance road to the Schischka Block.

20. Develop an all-weather car park at the entrance toilets

21. Maintain the existing bush walks, including the headland walks as part of the Te

Araroa national walkway and extend the park trails into the Schischka block as shown

on Map 21.

22. Re-route the Mangatauhoro track away from sensitive archaeological sites.

23. Develop camping on the Schischka Block for 100 people, with the opportunity to

expand this subject to a review and council approval.

24. Seek amendments to the dog control policies and bylaws to allow dogs on a lead on

the Schischka block.

25. Continue to manage access to the boat trailer parking area using allocated key access

for regular boat ramp users.

Tangata whenua

26. Recognise tangata whenua of Wenderholm Regional Park through:


infrastructures such as interpretation and tohu tangata whenua;





437



for their hauora (long-term wellbeing) while sustaining the mauri of the park’s






website.



ensure the planning, development and management of land adjoining Wenderholm

Regional Park:

a) protects and enhances the park values; including the visual integrity of the park,




29. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 28, liaise with Rodney District Council in

relation to:

a) designating Schischka Block for regional park purposes in the Rodney District

Plan, and

b) dog control.

30. Liaise with the Department of Conservation on matters relating to the management

and re-introduction of rare fauna species.

31. Liaise with the Friends of Couldrey House on the management of the museum.




The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Wenderholm Regional


applied to the permitted activities for this park.



13.6 of this plan.



other media.

Permitted

activities

Status and restrictions

Barbecues Permitted at either facilities provided at entrance road,

438


Permitted

activities

Status and restrictions

along the sand spit and Schischka block or portable gas

barbecues at picnic sites subject to fire restrictions that

may apply from time to time.

Boat access A boat launching ramp, jetty and trailer parking is available

at the park. Small boats can be launched off the beaches

and along the Puhoi River. Navigational Safety Bylaw 2008

applies.

Dogs Dogs are permitted at the park entrance and on a lead on

the walking track to the Waiwera Estuary and Kokuru Bay,

and the farmed areas west of the main entrance area.

Temporary restrictions may apply.

Dogs are prohibited at all times from the main car park,

bush headlands tracks, picnic areas and adjoining beaches,

and along the Puhoi river and wetlands, and during lambing

and calving times.

Council will seek to make dog walking permitted on the

Schischka Block (refer to policy 24 above).




Informal

individual, family

or group

activities.


manage conflict with informal recreation activities. Groups


Recreational

cycling

Permitted on park service roads but restrictions may apply

on sites of significance to tangata whenua, sensitive

archaeological sites and ecological areas; or to protect park

values and to enable park operations such as pest control

and lambing.

Walking,

tramping and

running

Permitted on track or open pasture areas but restrictions

may apply in some locations in order to protect sites of


and ecological areas, or to enable, park operations, such as

pest control and lambing.


The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Wenderholm Regional


restrictions to controlled activities can be found. Note: controlled activities require prior

booking through the council.



439




other media.

Controlled

activities


applicable)


Bach Wenderholm Beach House

(6 people)

Schischka House (10

people)

Note the Puhoi Cottage (on

Mahurangi Regional Park)

which can be accessed

from Wenderholm will

become available for holiday

accommodation once

improvements are

completed (refer also to

section 15.7 Mahurangi

Regional Park)


confirmation.

Campervans and

caravans

Campground and main car

park (20 vehicles)





camping passes.


campground (40 people).

Campground on Schischka

Block planned (100 people)



pass

Designated sites 1 activity site

1 premium site

3 standards sites


confirmation.

Meeting venues Couldrey House is available

by arrangement with

licensee.


confirmation

Leases and licenses

The table below identifies the leases and licenses operating on Wenderholm Regional Park




website.

Holder Type Expiry

date

Notes

Friends of Couldrey

House Inc.

Licence to occupy

building for a museum

2011

440


17.21.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Wenderholm Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will:

1. Encourage and support research if it contributes to the understanding of the natural

values of Wenderholm Regional Parks and contributes to the objectives of the

conservation and species re-introduction programmes on the park.

441


17.22 Whakanewha Regional Park

17.22.1 Park values

Located on the south western coast of Waiheke Island in the inner Hauraki Gulf,

Whakanewha Regional Park offers a picturesque blend of diverse settings. These support a

rich biodiversity and provide many recreation opportunities that are unique on the Island.

The park land holds the catchments of the Whakanewha Stream and two other streams to

the north which run through coastal forest and shrublands to the Poukaraka wetland and

saltmarsh, and into the sea at the sandy and shelly beach of Rocky Bay. The park is located

between the residential development to the north-west, private property and Rangihoua

Reserve to the north and farmland and vineyards to the south east.

Ngāti Kapu and Ngāti Rakura (Ngāti Paoa), Ngāti Hinerangi (Ngāti Maru), Ngai Tai and Te

Patukirikiri claim kaitiakitanga rights to Waiheke and the Whakanewha Regional Park land.

Known to the tangata whenua as Whakanewha and Poukaraka, the park land is dominated

by the maunga Te Rangihoua. Above the beach are the remains of a headland pa (fortified

site) and associated settlement area which includes a number of well-defined kumara

storage pits. There are also extensive areas of middens on the northern flats. The strategic

location of Whakanewha, alongside Tāmaki Strait, ensured that whoever settled there

would never be immune to events within the wider region. This waterway was vitally

important to both Māori and early Europeans because of the direct passage it offers

between the Hauraki Gulf and the Waitematā Harbour, and also the Tāmaki River with its

historic portages to the Manukau Harbour. The name Whakanewha means ‚to shade the

eyes from the setting sun‛.

The early European history of the land is not well known. There were at least two 19th

Century dwellings on the land, as well as a shell lime kiln on the foreshore. The land was

developed as a sheep farm, before largely reverting to scrubland. Whakanewha Regional

Park was purchased in 1994 with funds provided by the Auckland Regional Council,

Auckland City Council, the Native Forest Heritage Fund, and Forest and Bird. The entire park

is held and administered as a Scenic Reserve under the Reserves Act 1977. This places

additional obligations in relation to managing the parkland.

The 247 hectares of park land has a high diversity of habitat types and vegetation

sequences, which include: mature coastal broadleaf/podocarp remnants, kanuka forest,

kauri, regenerating scrub, streams, freshwater and saline wetlands, sandy and shelly

shoreline, sand flats and coastal mangroves. Poukaraka wetland, a raupo swamp, is one of

the best examples of its type on Waiheke Island, and an important habitat for threatened

wetland birds. The park also includes the best remaining vegetated stream catchment

currently on Waiheke Island. These habitats are known to harbour 16 threatened species,

including the Auckland green gecko and NZ dotterel. A number of other threatened species

are also likely to exist there, but have not yet been detected (eg marsh crake, Pacific gecko,

and ornate skink). As well as providing a habitat for threatened species, the park land

supports populations of more common native species such as kereru, tui, variable and pied

oystercatchers, forest gecko, and giant kokopu.

The ecological significance of the park is attributed to the diversity and quality of native

habitat types and vegetation sequences, the absence of several mammalian pests (namely

deer, possums, ferrets, and weasels) on Waiheke Island, and intensive animal and plant

pest control, which has been conducted in the park since it was purchased.

The park’s attractive settings and provision of the only managed public campground on

Waiheke Island make it a popular destination with both locals and visitors. Recently there

442


has been a significant increase in visitors to the park and there are approximately 60,000

visitors per annum. At high tide the water is shallow, warm and ideal for children and the

picnic spots on the foreshore at Poukaraka Flats are plentiful and spacious. This area is also

popular for community events and ceremonies such as weddings. The adjoining coastal area

is popular with recreational boaties and sea kayakers. The park has a wonderful track

network for walking, dog walking and horse riding. The park is also connected to Onetangi

Beach on the North Coast, Onetangi Sports Park and other smaller local reserves on

neighbouring bays via walkways.

17.22.2 Park vision

Whakanewha Regional Park, on Waiheke Island, is characterised by coastal forest and

shrublands, the large Poukaraka wetland and saltmarsh, and the sandy and shelly beach of

Whakanewha Bay. It offers a variety of regionally important restored habitats and

ecosystems that support rare species, such as the threatened New Zealand dotterel.

Visitors can explore the track network that extends to other parks on the Island by foot or on

horseback, stay overnight in the campground or just simply enjoy the popular beach-related

activities.


Over the long term, Whakanewha Regional Park will be managed as a Class I park (refer to

section 7.1) with Poukaraka Flats managed as a Special management zone. The park will

provide:

A diverse range of restored habitats including coastal forest, freshwater streams,

wetlands and salt marsh that provides refuge for threatened species.

Protected feeding and breeding areas for shorebird species, including the Northern

New Zealand dotterel and variable oystercatcher.

The opportunity for relationships to be built that will ensure significant conservation

gains beyond the footprint of the park itself.




kaitiakitanga.

An island regional park and camping experience on the doorstep of Auckland’s central

business district.

Extensive coastal and forest oriented recreation activities, including tramping, horse

riding, swimming, picnicking, dog walking, camping and sea kayaking.

Over the next ten years the management of Whakanewha Regional Park will focus on:

protecting, restoring and enhancing the diverse range of natural habitats and threatened

species within the park,

expanding and intensifying the integrated pest animal and plant control programme

throughout the park,


identifying, protecting and enhancing the cultural sites of significance,

continuing to develop and support the volunteer base that supports the park,

443


improving the connectivity of the track system,

investigating, and if appropriate developing or improving, recreation opportunities such

as mountain biking, horse riding and an extension of the sea kayak/waka trail,

developing the Poukaraka Flats Special management zone, and

protecting significant view shafts.

There will be no major capital developments on the park in the next five years.

17.22. 4 Management policies



Natural settings

1. Protect, restore and enhance the regenerating coastal forest, wetlands, salt-marsh

and wading bird breeding and feeding areas, with particular emphasis on:

a) maintaining an integrated pest plant control programme,

b) protecting the New Zealand dotterel, variable oystercatcher and banded rail

nesting areas by temporarily fencing off areas, raising public awareness and

continuing the pest animal management programme,

c) expanding and intensifying the integrated pest animal and plant management

programme to enhance and protect existing habitat and threatened species in the

Poukaraka wetland and its forested catchment,

d) developing a park restoration plan that identifies native species missing from the

park ecosystem and possible re-introduction of locally extinct bird species, and

other missing flora and fauna as appropriate in consultation with DOC and tangata

whenua, and

e) protecting identified view shafts.


kauri dieback disease, in accordance with section 10.4.4).


3. Implement the appropriate archaeological site management actions identified in the

cultural heritage inventory.

Farmed settings

There is no farming on this park.


4. Improve signs and access to public open space outside of the regional park such as

the Cross Island Walkway and the Rocky Bay walkway29 while minimising the

development of any new tracks in the northern forested half of the park.

29 This walkway goes from Whakanewha Regional Park along the coast to Mary Wilson Reserve and back around on the

Stanimoroff Walkway.

444


5. Investigate the most appropriate ways to enable the public to experience the wetland

environment.

6. Restrict public access on and near dotterel nesting areas on the foreshore during the

dotterel breeding season.

7. Investigate and develop, if in accordance with the policies in Part 14, the following

initiatives to improve the existing horse riding opportunities on the park:

a) install bollards and manage vegetation to improve the safety of the access way

from the northern car park to the beach,

b) allow seasonal access to the Cathedral Track and develop hitching rails, and

c) develop alternate beach access points that can be used during the dotterel

breeding season if the nesting areas move.

8. Re-evaluate the location of the certified self-contained campervan parking area and

develop a minimum service site for campervans on Gordons Road at location shown

on Map 22.

9. Investigate, and develop if appropriate, in partnership with mountain bike individuals

and organisations and other approved park users, whether a mountain bike track

network that utilises designated mountain bike single tracks, shared use tracks and

Gordons Road could be developed in accordance with the policies in Part 14

Infrastructure to support the development of a cycleway network on Waiheke Island

and expand the mountain biking opportunities provided at Onetangi Sports Park.

10. Investigate what additional facilities would be required to support an extension of the

southern sea kayak and waka trail out to Whakanewha Regional Park.

11. Develop additional storage space in the service area.


milestones and events in accordance with the Regional Parks Interpretation Strategy


Tangata whenua

13. Recognise tangata whenua of Whakanewha Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through a range of visitor services such as

interpretation and tohu tangata whenua,


and the tangata whenua values they contain; with particular emphasis given to the

protection and enhancement of the pa site,






445






website.


15. Liaise with Auckland City Council, the Department of Conservation, adjoining


management of land adjoining Whakanewha Regional Park:

a) protects and enhances the park values; including the visual integrity of the park,





Conservation over issues concerning the status of the reserve and specific ministerial

approvals for activities.

17. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 15, liaise with adjoining landowners on the

southern boundary in order to secure access for council staff to the southern part of

the park from Waimangu Road.

18. In addition to the matters outlined in policy 15, work with Auckland City Council to

resolve the traffic management issues on Gordons Road.

19. Work to resolve the impact of existing encroachments on the park values.




21. Liaise with the Hauraki Gulf branch of Forest and Bird over issues of mutual concern.

22. Liaise with horse riding clubs regarding their code of practice, and appropriate use of

the beach to address any conflicts between riders and other park users.

23. Liaise with Harbour Master in relation to the impact of water based recreation such as

kite surfing and boating and safety of underwater / unseen hazards.

24. Continue to support the existing strong community partnerships, local volunteer base

and restoration initiatives on adjacent private land to achieve significant conservation

gains beyond the footprint of the park itself.


Poukaraka Flats

The southern coastal end of the park offers intimate coastal camping and picnicking

opportunities that are in great demand by both Waiheke Island visitors and locals. The area

under the pohutukawa is also ideally suited for ceremonies and other community events.

446


Demand for activities in this area is likely to increase as it is the only suitable, flat, open area

in the park.

25. Maintain large open areas of grass for group activities.

26. Install two new gas barbecues at locations shown on Map 22.

27. Improving the amenity of the area through appropriate native plantings to provide

shade and shelter for park users.

28. Investigate demand for designated sites for events along the foreshore and if

appropriate, develop designated sites.

29. Enhance visitor facilities within the campground by developing a shelter with hard-

standing ground.



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Whakanewha Regional





13.6 of this plan.



other media.


Barbecues Permitted at either facilities provided or

portable gas barbecues subject to fire



kayak/waka)


Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead on inland side of

Gordons Road but prohibited on coastal side.


policies and bylaws which are subject to

change. Reference should be made to the


Informal individual, family or

group activities

Size of group restricted to 100 persons in order

to manage conflict with informal recreation



Mountain biking To be investigated and developed if

appropriate.


running

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map

22) and open pasture areas but temporary

restrictions may apply to: protect sites of

447





enable park operations such as lambing and

pest control. Phytosanitary measures may be



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Whakanewha Regional








other media.


applicable)


Campervans/

caravans

Campervans permitted

in main car park (5

vehicles) and Carson

Road (FSC) (10

vehicles).

Site relocation to be

investigated.


campground.


certificate in car park; further



pass.


campground:

Poukaraka Flats

campground (80

people)



pass.

Designated sites 1 basic site Conditions on booking

confirmation

Recreational horse

riding

Horse riding allowed on

designated tracks.



may apply to: protect sites

of significance to tangata

whenua, sensitive

archaeological sites,

ecological areas and

dotterels during breeding

season; or to enable park

operations such as lambing

and pest control or approved


448


Temporary restrictions may

also be applied to the

northern bay during the

summer months to

minimise impact on other

park visitors.

Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences operating on Whakanewha Regional Park when this




17.22.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Whakanewha Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7. In addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will:

1. Undertake specific monitoring of the impact of water based recreation on shore bird

species.

449


17.23 Whakatīwai Regional Park

17.23.1 Park values

Situated on the Firth of Thames (Tīkapa Moana) is the undeveloped Whakatīwai Regional

Park (324 hectares) that extends up and into the eastern foothills of the Hūnua Ranges. Like

Waharau Regional Park, the park provides a secondary eastern access point to the Hūnua

Ranges Regional Park.

Whakatīwai Regional Park is characterised by a series of gravel ridges which are unique to

the Auckland region, and internationally significant because of their association with the

chenier plains at Miranda. The gravel ridges extend nearly one kilometre inland and abut the

foothills of the Hūnua Ranges. They run parallel to the coastline for 5-6 kilometres from just

north of Wharekawa, to Kaiaua in the south. The gravel ridges are composed of a series of

ridges and hollows, with a height difference of approximately one metre. The gravel itself is

eroded greywacke, carried down rivers from the Hūnua Ranges. The gravel ridges have

been significantly modified through farming practices and roadworks. They now are one of

the few legally protected portions of the Whakatīwai Gravel Fields and therefore require

special management to protect and enhance the remaining area.

The ridges also support small scattered patches of remnant kowhai forest. This is the only

place that this occurs in the Auckland Ecological Region, and possibly in the North Island.

They also support a high diversity of lichens and shore skink population. The inability of

kowhai and other native plants to regenerate because of competition by weeds poses a

serious threat to the long term viability of the ecological unit that needs to be intensively

managed. Beyond this area lies the thick regenerating bush on the western steeper country

of the park that extends up into the Hūnua Ranges offers a remote bush experience.

Beilschmiedia (tawa and taraire) forest, containing high numbers of treeferns, occupies the

gullies and kauri-hard beech-tanekaha forest occupies the warm, dry slopes and ridges. This

bush, as a continuation of the Hūnua ranges supports a rich collection of bird and

invertebrate species, including thirty seven species of land snails. These upper reaches have

steeply divided topography with associated watercourses. The higher points afford major

view eastwards of the Firth of Thames with the Coromandel Peninsula beyond.

Whakatīwai Regional Park’s undeveloped shell foreshore attracts migratory birds such as

godwits (kuaka), knots (huahou) and turnstones (tikape moana). It is also the location of a

translocated threatened mistletoe population on the foreshore and one of the few legally

protected populations of the nationally threatened shrub Pomaderris hamiltonii.

Whakatīwai Regional Park takes its name from the stream and settlement of that name

which is located 1.5 kilometres to the south of the Park. Traditionally the park was referred

to Puwhenua in the lower area and Turangamiromiro in the foothills of the ranges. The area

is significant to Ngāti Paoa and Ngāti Whanaunga who jointly maintain a marae at Kaiaua and

form part of the Marutuahu iwi. The iwi settled predominantly around the mid and lower

reaches of the main stream valleys because these areas were warm, sheltered from the

prevailing westerly winds and offered the rich natural resources of both the land and the

sea. At the western extremity of the park is an important hill known as Taheremarama

(‘where the moon lies suspended’) that marked the inland boundary between the two iwi. A

strong fortified pa was located on a spur near the Mangatangi River and there are a number

of recorded archaeological sites in the area.

The majority of the land was originally purchased under the Public Works Act in 1967 for

joint water supply and Regional Park purposes.

450


The Local Government (Auckland Council) Amendment Act 2010 amended the Auckland

regional boundary. As of 1 November 2010, Waharau Regional Park will sit within

Environment Waikato (and the Hauraki District). The Auckland Council will, however,

continue to own and manage the land as part of the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park.

Whakatīwai Regional Park has stock yards, a barn and a service area used for park

operations, a park house and existing access service roads that offer tramping, walking and

mountain biking opportunities. These roads are also used to provide access for Watercare

Services Ltd to service rain gauges. The steep Whakatīwai and Workman Tracks provide

pedestrian and mountain bike access to the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park as well as

spectacular views across Tīkapa Moana to Coromandel Peninsula (Tīkapa Moana to Te Tara

o te Ika a Maui). The park is suited to people seeking remote recreation experiences,

picnicking, tramping and mountain biking. The coastal access is also suited to fishing, sea

kayaking and bird watching (it marks the northern end of the Seabird Coast, one of the

foremost wader bird areas in New Zealand).

17.23.2 Park vision

Whakatīwai Regional Park contains a series of gravel ridges unique to the Auckland region

that support small scattered patches of remnant kowhai forest. It extends from the gravelly

shores of the Tīkapa Moana (Firth of Thames) into the eastern foothills of the Hūnua

Ranges. Visitors to the park can stay overnight if in a campervan, and either enjoy the

foreshore, learn about the area’s geology or explore up into the Hūnua Ranges


Over the long term Whakatīwai Regional Park will be managed as a Class I park (refer to

section 7.1) with the main arrival area, foreshore and stonefields managed as Special

management zone. The park will provide:

Protection and enhancement of the Whakatīwai gravel ridges and kowhai forest and the

opportunity for visitors to see and understand their significance.

Forested eastern foothills of the Hūnua Ranges that support the biodiversity of the

Hūnua Ranges and the regeneration of the kowhai remnants.




kaitiakitanga.

Tracks up to viewpoints that offer panoramic views of the Firth of Thames (Tīkapa

Moana) and over to the Coromandel.

Access to the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park and remote recreation opportunities such as

mountain biking and tramping.

Areas that are kept open for their contribution to heritage landscapes, recreation and

vistas through either mowing or grazing.

A south eastern base for operational staff/contractors, students and volunteers.

Overnight opportunities for campervaners.

A coastal area for picnicking that provides access to water based recreation such as sea

kayaking and fishing.

451


Over the next ten years, the management of Whakatīwai Regional Park will focus on;

protecting and enhancing the gravel ridges, remnant kowhai forests and threatened

plant populations,

continuing riparian protection through retiring areas from grazing and revegetation,


maintaining the panoramic vistas of the Firth of Thames,

maintaining the farmed settings in context with the rural character of the surrounding

district,

building a strong working relationship with Environment Waikato and Hauraki District

Council,

expanding and enhancing the remote recreation experiences in the eastern foothills of

the Hūnua Ranges, and

developing an overnight base for students and volunteers.


developments:

improving the car park, signs and access to the coastal side of the park.




Natural settings




2. Continue to integrate Hūnua Ranges Regional Park’s comprehensive pest plant and

animal management programme in Whakatīwai Regional Park.


kauri dieback disease, in accordance with section 10.4.4.

4. Revegetate areas identified on Map 23 and give emphasis to

a) completing riparian planting to protect water quality,

b) developing forested corridor from the coast to the interior of the Hūnua Ranges,

c) restoring and enhancing sea and shore bird nesting and roosting habitats along

the Firth of Thames coastline.

d) wetland restoration and planting, and

e) protecting identified view shafts.



Heritage Inventory.

452


Farmed settings

6. Manage the existing farmland as open pasture to maintain the landscape values and

vistas. Implement sustainable farming practices and undertake revegetation where

necessary for riparian enhancement, stock shade and shelter, and for erosion control.

7. Progressively retire riparian margins and wetland areas.


8. Develop a Recreation Opportunities Plan for the park in accordance with policy

17.5.4.14 that specifically considers how Whakatīwai Regional Park could be

developed to expand and enhance tramping and mountain biking opportunities and

whether horse riding tracks that connect to the horse riding tracks in the Hūnua

Ranges and/or Waharau could be developed.

9. Improve appropriate recreation access through farmed settings by formalising tracks

and installing purpose built gates, ramps and stiles.

Tangata whenua

10. Recognise tangata whenua of Whakatīwai Regional Park through:

a) acknowledging the relationship through a range of visitor services such as

interpretation and tohu tangata whenua,




kaitiaki over sites of significance; with particular emphasis on Whakatīwai Pa, and




11. Ensure senior staff responsible for managing the park meet at least once a year




website.


12. Liaise with Franklin District Council, Environment Waikato, Hauraki District Council,

adjoining landowners and the local community to ensure the planning, development

and management of land adjoining Whakatīwai Regional Park:


b) programmes and recreation activities, and


13. Continue to liaise with Watercare Services Ltd over access to rain gauges.




453



Foreshore, main arrival area and stonefields

Whakatīwai arrival area provides another secondary access point to the Hūnua Ranges

Regional Park from the Firth of Thames. The area has a car park, that is proposed to be

made available as a certified self-contained parking area, from which tramping and mountain

biking tracks extend into the eastern foothills of the ranges.

The area is characterised by a series of gravel ridges, which are unique to the Auckland

region and internationally significant because of their association with the chenier plains at

Miranda. The gravel ridges extend nearly one kilometre inland and abut the foothills of the

Hūnua Ranges. They run parallel to the coastline for 5-6 kilometres from just north of

Wharekawa, to Kaiaua in the south. The gravel ridges are composed of a series of ridges

and hollows with a height difference of circa 1 metre. The gravel itself is eroded greywacke,

carried down rivers from the Hūnua Ranges. The gravel ridges have been significantly

modified through farming practices and roadworks and require special attention to restore

the remaining area. The ridges also support very small scattered patches of kowhai forest,

with cabbage tree swamps in the wetter sites. This is the only place that this occurs in the

Auckland Ecological Region, and possibly in the North Island. The inability of kowhai and

other native plants to regenerate because of competition by weeds poses a serious threat

to the long term viability of the ecological unit that needs to be addressed immediately.

15. Restore the ecological values and visual amenity of the stonefields and remnant

kowhai forest; with particular emphasis on:

a) maintaining a comprehensive weed control programme to minimise the impacts

of vegetation on the open stonefield habitat and encourage the regeneration of

kowhai forest and wetland,

b) maintaining integrated pest animal management to protect regenerating kowhai

forest and shore skink, and

c) progressively retiring from livestock grazing and restoring remaining stonefield

area as the management techniques trialled prove successful.

16. Protect the population of mistletoe that has been established in the area.

17. Install and maintain park signs and a noticeboard to increase awareness and

community ownership of the park.

18. Improve appropriate recreation access through farmed settings by formalising tracks

and installing purpose built gates, ramps and stiles.

19. Develop part of the esplanade reserve on the eastern side of the road so that it is an

attractive area for picnicking for people. Keep car parking to main car park on opposite

side of the road.

20. Upgrade main car park to provide year round parking and improve directional signs.

21. Develop and promote overnight campervan opportunities in the main car park at the

park entrance.


milestones and events in accordance with the Regional Parks Interpretation Strategy


454


23. Upgrade the house for operational staff/contractors, volunteers and students working

in Whakatīwai and neighbouring parks.



The table below shows the permitted activities that are allowed on Whakatīwai Regional





13.6 of this plan.



other media.


Barbecues Portable gas barbecues permitted at foreshore subject

to fire restrictions that may apply from time to time.

Boat access

(including sea

kayak/waka)

Sea kayak/waka high tide access at Whakatīwai.


Dogs Dogs are permitted on a lead but excluded from

camping and picnic areas. Dogs will also be prohibited

during lambing season.





family or group

activities

Size of group restricted to 100 persons in order to

manage conflict with informal recreation activities.


activity consent.

Mountain biking Permitted on designated tracks and park service roads

(refer to Map 23) but temporary restrictions may apply


sensitive archaeological sites and ecological areas; or to


control.

Walking, tramping

and running

Permitted on designated tracks (refer to Map 23) and



whenua, sensitive archaeological sites and ecological

areas; or to enable park operations such as lambing and

pest control. Phytosanitary measures may be required


455



The table below shows the controlled activities that are allowed on Whakatīwai Regional








other media.


applicable)


Campervans/

caravans

Planned for car park (for

both campervans and

caravans)

Require self-




confirmation and

camping pass.

Leases and licences

There were no leases or licences operating on Whakatīwai Regional Park when this




17.23.6 Monitoring

The council will monitor aspects of Whakatīwai Regional Park in accordance with section

7.7 Research. In addition to the standard monitoring programme the council will:

1. Undertake specific monitoring of the remnant kowhai forests and the skink population.

2. Integrate with the Hūnua Ranges Regional Park monitoring programme.

456


457


GLOSSARY

Term Explanation

Archaeological site A place associated with pre-1900 human activity, where there may be

evidence relating to the history of New Zealand. However, a place

associated with post-1900 human activity may be gazetted as an

archaeological site under the Historic Places Act 1993.

Atua God, demon, supernatural being, ghost.

Bach Is a dwelling on a park designated for rental by the public for short stay

‘bach escape’ holiday on the regional parks.

Biodiversity Refers to the range and diversity of the native or indigenous flora and

fauna on the parks.

Broad-acre Large scale, usually grazed, open space

Bylaws Refers to bylaws prepared and administered in terms of Section 149 of

the Local Government Act 2002 and apply to all land held for regional

park purposes under the local Government Act 2002 and the Reserves

Act 1977. Note that dog control policy and bylaws are prepared by and

administered by the relevant territorial local authority under the Dog

Control Act 1996.

Caps Limits placed on the number of discretionary activities that can occur in

selected areas within a regional park.

Coastal Marine Area The coastal marine area is all the land and water on the seaward side of

the line of mean high water springs out to a distance of 12 nautical

miles.

Concept plans Are values- based plans that prescribe the long term vision for the park

in terms of the intrinsic value to be protected and the general

development and activity intentions for the park.

Concession Is a formal approval to undertake a discretionary activity on an ongoing

basis for a specified term that is obtained from the council and may be

subject to conditions.

Concessionaire Is a group, individual or organisation registered with the council who, by

way of a conditional annual agreement, has consent to undertake

discretionary activities on parks for a fee.

Commercial activities Is any activity undertaken on a park which involves an element of

personal financial gain or benefit by the person or persons undertaking it,

over and above the benefit generally gained by the public.

Community purposes Is an activity where the local community or community of interest gains

a public good benefit but does not benefit any particular individual.

Consent Is a formal approval to undertake a one-off discretionary activity obtained

from the council and may be subject to conditions.

Conservation plan A document setting out the cultural and/or historical significance of a

place, feature or structure which includes policies to enable that

significance to be retained in its future use and development

Controlled activity

An activity which –

a) is provided for as a controlled activity, by a policy in this plan; and

b) is allowed only if a permit is obtained in respect of that activity.

458


Designated site Designated sites are specific sites identified on the park and allocated

for appropriate approved activities.

Development Plans Are plans that prescribe the detailed layout of the park as a preliminary

to developing contract architectural, engineering or landscape drawings.

Discretionary activity An activity which –

is provided for as a discretionary activity by a policy in this plan;

is allowed only if a consent, lease or licence is obtained in respect of

that activity; and

may be approved, approved with conditions or declined.

Eco-sourcing The use of indigenous species naturally occurring in the general vicinity

and the use of local genetic stock. In practice, this means sourcing

seeds and/or cuttings from as close to the planting site as possible (eg,

the same park or ecological district).

Environmental Best

Practice

Processes and actions that aim to have the least environmental impact

or minimise the effect on the environment. This is constantly changing

as we gain information on ways to improve environmental management.

Event An event is discretionary activity that is organised and designed to

attract group participation and, if it exceeds the permitted threshold of

numbers or is of a commercial nature, will require approval as a

discretionary activity.

Filming The term filming in this plan describes the use of land and facilities for

the purpose of still photo shoots, video, advertising production, screen

productions and television productions. It includes the setting up and

dismantling of film sets and associated facilities for staff.

Habitat management

area

Means an area managed in a special manner to maintain and/or enhance

the habitat for a particular animal or plant species. This does not mean

that other habitats are not suitable for these species but that special

provisions will apply to the Habitat Management Area. These only exist

on Shakespear Regional Park.

Hapū Means a Māori sub-tribe, usually containing a number of whānau with a

common ancestor.

Historic Heritage Means those natural and physical resources that contribute to an

understanding and appreciation of New Zealand's history and cultures,

deriving from any of the following qualities: archaeological, architectural,

cultural, historic, scientific, technological; and includes—

historic sites, structures, places, and areas; and

archaeological sites; and

sites of significance to Māori, including wāhi tapu; and

surroundings associated with the natural and physical resources

Human occupation

report

Provide an account of the historical associations and successive human

occupation of the land up until it became a park.

459


Informal group

activities

Are activities which:

are undertaken on a casual basis;

have a duration of less than one day;

have only minimal adverse effects on other park users;

have no adverse environmental effects detectable the following day;

have no adverse effects outside of the park;

do not involve the use of motorised equipment;

do not require the use of any services or additional facilities additional

to those provided to all park users;

are not prohibited by statute, district plan or bylaw. Activities which

may meet these criteria include, but are not restricted to swimming,

group games (such as volleyball, petanque, kilikiti.) and picnicking.

generally include, picnicking, walking, tramping, camping and informal

games

Infrastructure Means all built structures on the parks including roads, vehicle parking

areas, tracks, visitor facilities, signs, recreational furniture( such as seats)

and operational facilities.

Iwi Means a Māori tribe, usually containing a number of hapū with a

common ancestor.

Kaitiaki The tangata whenua guardian who exercises the ancestral

responsibilities of kaitiakitanga.

Kaitiakitanga The exercise of guardianship over the natural and cultural resources of

the park by tangata whenua. This is compared to ‘stewardship’ which is

exercised by the council in managing the natural and cultural resources

of the parks.

Kawa Tangata whenua protocols. Ceremonial rituals on the marae.

Kilikiti Samoan cricket.

Koiwi Bones (human).

Lease Is a formal agreement for exclusive use of part of a park or a facility on

the park for a fee. As a lease gives the holder a proprietary interest in the

land the lease occupies, existing leases will be honoured for the term of

the lease but no new leases or renewals will be issued on regional

parks.

Licence Is a formal agreement for exclusive use of part of a park, or a facility on

the park. A charge may apply (refer to the Regional Parks Pricing

Schedule).

Long Term Council

Community Plan

(LTCCP)

The council’s key strategic planning document that describes how the

local authority will fulfil its responsibilities under the Local Government

Act 2002 to promote the well-being of its community, and enable

democratic local decision making. Produced every three years for a ten

year period.

Mana Motuhake Māori self rule and self-determination.

Mahinga Kai Those places where food is produced or procured

values Are those values that tangata whenua endorse as worthy of protection

or enhancement on the parks.

460


Mana whenua The acknowledged traditional relationship, that a particular whānau, hapū

or iwi has over a particular area. This relationship means that whānau,

hapū or iwi are the kaitiaki of this particular area and have obligations to

manaaki (that is, to be generous, compassionate, kind and respectful

hosts).

Mātauranga Māori traditional knowledge.

Mauri Is the life force present in all things. Mauri generates, regenerates and

upholds creation, binding physical and spiritual elements of all things

together.

Mean High Water

Springs

MHWS is a dynamic boundary which is the average height of successive

high tides when the tidal range is the greatest (ie average height of

spring tides).

Mining The term ‚mining‛ in this plan has the same meaning as that of Crown

Minerals Act 1991. It means to take, win or extract by whatever means,

a mineral existing in its natural state in land, or a chemical substance

from that mineral, for the purpose of obtaining the mineral or chemical

substance; but does not include prospecting or exploration; and ‚to

mine‛ has a corresponding meaning (Crown Minerals Act 1991).

Mountain biking In this plan, mountain biking refers to all cycling options on the park;

including: recreational riding on poled routes over farmland and on

internal park roads; and informal mountain biking on purpose built single

and shared tracks.

Open sanctuary (or

mainland island)

These are places where intensive pest control is undertaken allowing

indigenous ecosystems to recover and locally extinct fauna to be

reintroduced.

Pathogens Any agent (usually a microbe) that causes a disease. Pathogens can

attack native flora and fauna, and spread autonomously by water or air,

or vectored by animal and human activities.

Park values The intrinsic, natural, cultural, tangata whenua and landscape values of

the parks and the values that people ascribed to the parks. These are

outlined in detail Part 1 of the plan.

Permit Is a formal approval issued on a controlled activity and is subject to

specified conditions.

Permitted activity An activity which is allowed by this plan without specific approval if it

does not violate any permanent restrictions which may be identified in

this Plan or temporary restrictions which may be publicised in park

brochures, signs or using other media as appropriate.

Pohutukawa Post Quarterly publication that celebrates regional parks achievements and

events and informs the public of upcoming events and park related

matters.

Prohibited activity An activity that this plan expressively prohibits and for which no permit,

consent, lease or licence (or other approval) will be granted.

Rāhui Is a form of tapu restricting the use of land, sea, rivers, forests, gardens

and other food resources. It can include prohibitions on people gathering

food for a specified period after a drowning, or the conservation of

species through prohibitions on the harvest of kai moana (sea food).

Recreational horse

riding

Is casual and informal horse riding and does not include commercial or

competitive ventures unless these are approved as an event by way of a

discretionary approval.

461


Recreational pricing

schedule

The pricing schedule lists charges set by the ARC for all value-added

regional park activities and facilities. The Local Government Act 2002

provides for charges to be imposed either by way of bylaw (particularly

for statutory related activities), or by way of a publicly notified Annual

Revenue and Finance Policies for services and facilities such as those on

regional parks.

Revegetation Is the deliberate planting of indigenous vegetation to restore or

supplement existing vegetation to enhance native habitats, wetlands and

forests.

Riparian planting Buffer planting along waterways to reduce erosion and sedimentation

with the objective of improving water.

Rohe Region or area

Certified self-

contained vehicle

Any vehicle that has a current council self-containment certificate.

Self-containment

certificate

Annual certificate issued by the council in terms of NZC5465: Self-

containment certificate for camping vehicles. This specifies the

requirements for water supply, sanitary plumbing and drainage

installation, and solid waste containment.

Tangata whenua ‘People of the land’ Refers to Māori with local mana whenua and can

include iwi, hapū and relevant marae.

Tangata whenua

values

Ancestral sites and landscapes of significance on regional parks,

including maunga (mountains), awa (rivers), moana (coastline), tauranga

waka (canoe landing sites), pā (fortified villages), papakāinga (villages),

māra (cultivations), urupā (burial grounds), wāhi tapu (sites that are

sacred), biodiversity and other taonga.

Taonga Means anything highly prized or treasured, tangible or intangible that

contributes to Māori hauora (long term wellbeing). The term equates

roughly to the concept of a resource, but incorporates a range of social,

economic and cultural associations. Included, for example, are te reo

(the Māori language), wāhi tapu, waterways, fishing grounds, mountains

and place names.

Tāmaki Makaurau The Māori name for the Auckland region.

Te Araroa A tramping trail being developed from Cape Reinga in the north to Bluff

in the South.

Tikanga Tangata whenua customs

Tīkapa Moana The name for sea in the Firth of Thames

Utilities Refers to network utilities such as telecommunication,

radiocommunication and electricity infrastructure.

Values Refer to Park Values

Vehicle The term ‚vehicle‛ in this plan covers all motor vehicles, motorcycles

and all off-road and all-terrain varieties of these.

Wāhi tapu Means a place sacred to Māori in the traditional, spiritual, religious, ritual

or mythological sense.

Wilderness In the context of the regional parks this refers to the relative sense of

remoteness and isolation in a natural setting that can be experienced in

some of the parks remote from the urban areas and in parts of some

parks because of the sense of separation from urbanisation afforded by

the scale and geography of the park.

462


463


APPENDICES

481

Appendix 1 Schedule of parks covered by this plan

(including land gifted for regional park purposes)

Park Area Legal status First land

acquired District Plan reference Zoning designation

Ambury 124.30ha Local Government Act 1973 Manukau District Plan 2002 Mangere Puhinui Heritage Rural

Auckland Regional Council: Ambury Regional

Park

Ātiu Creek 840.78ha Local Government Act

Subject to QEII open

space covenant

2006 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

General Rural

Āwhitu 114.24ha

0.69ha

Local Government Act

Reserves Act (Recreation)

1970 Franklin District Plan

February 2000

Rural

Regional Park land

Duder 148.23ha Local Government Act 1976 Manukau District Plan 2002 Rural 1

Regional Park: Duder Regional Park

Hūnua Ranges 16551.67 ha

928.71ha


Reserves Act (Scenic)

1926 Franklin District Plan

February 2000 (14,250 ha)

Manukau District Plan 2002

(3232 ha.)

Forest Conservation

Regional Park land

Public Open Space Zone 1 (Heritage)

Regional Park: Hūnua Ranges Regional Park land

Long Bay 116.89ha

1.27ha



1965 North Shore City District

Plan 2000

Recreation 1 (Conservation), Recreation 2

(Neighbourhood Activities), Recreation 3 (Water

Related Activities)

Long Bay ARC Regional Reserve

Mahurangi 243.46ha

2.24ha




Plan 2000

Open Space 2 (Passive and Informal)

Regional Park

Muriwai 432.05ha

0.11ha




Plan 2000

Open Space 1 (Conservation), Open Space 2

(Passive and informal), Open Space 3 (Water

Access)

Muriwai Regional Park

482

Ōmana 38.58ha

1.75ha



1970 Manukau District Plan 2002 Public Open Space Zone 2 (Passive Outdoor

Informal Recreation) and Public Open Space

Zone 5 Regional Park:

Ōmana Regional Park

Pākiri – Regional

Park land

164.83ha Local Government Act 2005 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

Open Space 1

Landscape Protection Rural

Scandrett 48.00ha Local Government Act 2001 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

Open Space 2

Scandrett Regional Park

Shakespear 369.81ha

3.09ha




Plan 2000

Open Space 2

Shakespear Regional Park

Tāpapakanga 196.87ha Local Government Act 1979 Manukau District Plan 2002 Public Open Space 2

Rural 1

Regional Park: Tāpapakanga

Tāwharanui 588.41ha Local Government Act 1973 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

Open Space 1 and 2

Tāwharanui Regional Park

Tawhitokino

and

Ōrere Point

4.07ha

4.29ha


1981 Manukau District Plan 2002 Public Open Space 5

Public Open Space 2

Regional Park: Tāwhitokino Regional Park

Te Ārai - Regional

park land

49.85ha Local Government Act 2008 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

Landscape Protection Rural

Te Rau Pūriri 274.35ha Local Government Act 2005 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

General Rural Dune Lakes

Waitākere Ranges 14,555.73ha

2542.94ha


Reserves Act (Scenic,

Scientific, Recreation)

Lake Wainamu owned by

QEII and subject to a

management agreement.

1903 Waitākere City District Plan

March 2003

Open Space

Waitākere Ranges Regional Park land

Waharau 169.26ha Local Government Act 1970 Franklin District Plan

February 2000

Forest Conservation

Regional Park land

Waitawa -

Regional park land

187.50ha Local Government Act 2004 Manukau District Plan 2002 Explosives

483

Wenderholm 148.39ha Local Government Act 1965 Proposed Rodney District

Plan 2000

Open Space 2

Wenderholm Regional Park

Whakanewha 247.11ha Reserves Act (Scenic) 1994 Proposed Auckland City

District Plan; Hauraki Gulf

Islands 2006

Recreation 1 (local parks and esplanade

reserves)

Site of ecological significance

Whakatīwai 323.75ha Local Government Act 1970 Franklin District Plan

February 2000

Forest Conservation

Regional Park land

1.1 Gifted land

Year Location Area (ha) Gifted by

1909 Cornwallis 776 ha McLaughlin family

1914 Mt Atkinson- Titirangi - H Atkinson

1924 Waiatarua (Spraggs Bush ) 20 ha W Spragg

1925 Cornwallis - A Cochrane

1925 Pukematekeo 18 ha E Vaile

1933 Anawhata 19 ha J Alexander

1937 Waiatarua 68 ha W Goodfellow

1937 Piha (incl. Lion Rock) 42ha A Thomas

1938 Huia 283 ha E Vaile

1942 CMP (Waiatarua) 3.06 W Goodfellow

1942 CMP (Waiatarua) 67.58 W Goodfellow

1948 CMP (Karekare) 26.01 Lang, Freeth & Co Ltd

1948 CMP (Karekare) 1.27 Lang, Freeth & Co Ltd

1956 CMP 8.64 A K M and KM Clark

1958 CMP (Karekare) 0.10 E D C Bathem

1960 CMP (Titirangi) 0.05 Kaurilands Ltd

484

1961 CMP (Karekare) 0.12 E W Mercer

1962 CMP (Lion Rock Piha) 3.24 NRW & AW Thomas

1963 CMP (Piha) 0.11 LR Waygood

1966 CMP (Waiatarua) 32 D E Godley

1966 CMP (Karekare) 179.81 A D Deane

1966 CMP (Karekare) 0.84 RH MacFarlane

1966 CMP (Piha) 2.66 W Laird Thomson

1970 CMP (Anawhata) 20.23 Colwill Estate

1971 Huia Point 23 Auckland Harbour Board

1975 CMP (Waiatarua) 8.94 R B Hellaby Estate

1976 CMP (Waiatarua) 0.50 M.E. Leatham

1976 CMP (Huia) 12.34 Sir H Turner and AM Tucker

1977 CMP (Piha) 0.16 E E Gordon

1981 CMP (Huia) 0.65 J B Taylor

1985 Muriwai 0.17 A B Ford

1987 CMP 0.16 F C G Irwin

2001 Waitākere- Titirangi 3.26 Mann Estate (Auckland Museum)

2003 CMP North Piha 0.32 B Waygood

2004 Waitākere - Waiatarua 0.24 Waitākere Ranges Protection Society

2004 Waitākere - North Piha 0.24 Royal Forest and Bird Protection Society

2004 Waitākere – Smith 0.20 D L Smith

2006 Ātiu Creek (Kaipara) 841.17 P and J Chatelanat

2008 CMP (Big Muddy Creek) 11.14 Waitākere Ranges Protection Society (control and management only)

485

Appendix 2 Index of relevant legislation

2.1 Introduction

The council’s role in managing the regional parks is driven by three main acts; being the

Local Government Act 2002 (LGA), Reserves Act 1977 and the Waitākere Ranges Heritage

Area Act 2008 (WRHAA). The majority (approximately 90per cent) of the regional park land

has been acquired and is managed in terms of the LGA; the remaining 10 per cent is

managed under the Reserves Act 1977 (Refer to maps in Volume 2 for land held under the

Reserves Act). In addition, the WRHAA covers the entire Waitākere Ranges Regional Park.

The management of parks also needs to take into account council’s obligations under the

Treaty of Waitangi, a range of other legislation and be guided by council’s statutory and non-

statutory strategic documents, national and regional guidelines. In turn this management

plan will inform internal operational plans and the annual planning process.

Refer to Figure 2 to see the relationship of the management plan in the legislative and policy

framework.

2.2 Te Tiriti o Waitangi / Treaty of Waitangi obligations

Te Tiriti o Waitangi/the Treaty of Waitangi (Treaty) is acknowledged by the council as a

foundation document for New Zealand. The Treaty plays a significant role for the region

beyond the signing at Waitangi on 6 February 1840 and its national application. The Treaty

was signed on at least three occasions on the Waitematā and Manukau Habours by local

rangatira. The descendants of these rangatira and tribes continue to maintain their presence

within the region today and their relationship to their ancestral lands, water, sites, wāhi tapu

and other taonga within regional parks.

The Treaty provides for exercise of kawanatanga (governance by the Crown), while actively

protecting tino rangatiratanga (full authority) of tangata whenua in respect of their natural,

physical and spiritual resources. While the council is not an agent of the Crown, it is

empowered by numerous acts, including the Local Government Act and the Resource

Management Act and does exercise kawanatanga.

In the administration of the regional parks, the council is required to recognise and provide

for, as a matter of national importance, the significant relationship of Māori and their culture

and traditions with their ancestral lands, water, wāhi tapu and other taonga. The regional

parks hold many natural and cultural resources that provide an opportunity for tangata

whenua to exercise kaitiakitanga (the exercise of guardianship) over their ancestral lands

and taonga.

The Treaty provides a framework for the council to develop more effective relationships

with tangata whenua and Māori residents within the Auckland region. This framework is

outlined in Part 2.

486

Figure 2: Relationship between legislation, strategic documents, and the implementation

of the Regional Parks Management Plan

Regional Parks Management Plan

Te Tiriti o Waitangi/The Treaty of

Waitangi

Acts of Parliament e.g. LGA, RMA,

WRHAA

Implementation documents

Park specific policy

Generic policies

Governing documents

ARC policy framework e.g ASF,

ARPS, ARP:C

Network wide policies

Part 6 Principles

Part 3Values

Part 17 Specific park management

Natural, Cultural, Farming, Recreation, Tangata Whenua and Special Management Zone policies for the next ten

years

Annual Plan

Other plans e.gRegional Parks Te Mahere Honanga Maori –

Maori Relations Plan, Asset Management Plan, Recreation Pricing Schedule

ImplementationPark, heritage and biosecurity staff

ARC Bylaws

Parts 7 – 16Integrated management frameworkTangata whenuaSettings managementRecreation and useInfrastructure

Park visionManagement

focusPark values

District Plans

Part 1Vision

487

2.3 Local Government Act 2002

The Local Government Act 1974 (Section 619) gave the council a mandate to acquire and

manage regional parks in order to protect special natural and cultural features and to provide

for the recreational needs of the people of the Auckland Region. This section of the Act also

required the council to prepare a management plan for the regional parks in consultation

with the community.

The Local Government Act 2002 (LGA) repealed this earlier section of the 1974 Act.

However, the LGA 2002 still enables the council to undertake the provision and

management of regional parks under its powers of general competence. The LGA

encourages local government to take a comprehensive approach to assisting their

communities by promoting the social, economic, environmental and cultural wellbeing of

communities, in the present and for the future. The regional parks are identified as strategic

assets in terms of Section 90(2) on the Act.

While the LGA now does not specifically require the council to prepare and maintain a

management plan for regional parks, the council must, in making any decision that affects a

strategic asset, adopt the special consultative process set out in Section 83 of the LGA. This

plan has been prepared using the special consultative procedure.

Sections 138 and 139 of the LGA make specific reference to aspects of the management of

regional parks. Section 138 obliges the council to consult on the proposed disposal of

regional park land, by sale or otherwise. Section 139 enables the council to seek, by way of

an Order in Council, to have the regional park land protected in perpetuity. Most of the

regional parks are protected by this mechanism. In effect this means that these parks are,

except for minor boundary adjustments as permitted under section 139 (3), protected from

disposal.

The LGA also provides an overarching framework regarding Māori participation in council

decision making processes. It includes the requirement to take into account the principles of

the Treaty, the relationship between Māori and land or a body of water where there is a

significant decision and to establish and maintain processes for Māori to participate in

decision-making.

Importantly too, the implementation of this management plan is reliant on funding identified

in the Long Term Council Community Plan (LTCCP) and annual planning process. The

requirement to develop the LTCCP is set out in Section 93(6) of the LGA. The LTCCP

identifies the major projects and activities that will be funded over a 10 year time frame.

2.4 Reserves Act 1977

As noted above some 10 per cent of the regional park land is held under the Reserves Act

1977. This reserve land is predominantly found in areas of the Hūnua and Waitākere Ranges,

Muriwai, Te Rau Pūriri and Whakanewha.

The purpose of the Reserves Act is to protect public land, identify, protect natural and

cultural values and ensure, as far as possible, the preservation of access for the public.

Under the Act, reserves are classified into seven types and management principles are

identified for each type. The reserves administered by the council under the Act are

identified as scenic, scientific and recreation reserves.

Management plans are mandatory under the Act for all but local purpose reserves. The plan

must incorporate and ensure compliance with the relevant management principles for the

488

reserve’s classification. While an administering body can approve management plans for

recreation reserves, both scenic and scientific reserves require the management plan to be

signed off by the Department of Conservation.

While the Reserves Act does not have a specific provision to tangata whenua or , it is

administered by the Department of Conservation and listed in schedule one of the

Conservation Act 1987. This act states that it shall be interpreted and administered as to

give effect to the principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi/the Treaty of Waitangi.

2.5 Waitākere Ranges Area Heritage Act 2008

The Waitākere Ranges Heritage Area Act 2008 establishes the Waitākere Ranges Heritage

Area (WRHA), which includes the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park, the residential areas

around Titirangi, the rural foothills on the eastern slopes of the ranges, the coastal villages

such as Piha, Karekare, Huia and parts of south-west Rodney District, namely the Te Henga

wetland and coastal walkway. Of this, the Regional Park, owned and administered by

Auckland Regional Council, forms the greatest part (approximately 63per cent on the area).

The Act recognises the national, regional and local significance of the WRHA and identifies

the heritage features to be protected, restored or enhanced. One of these features is the

historical, traditional and cultural relationships of people and tangata whenua (Te Kawerau a

Maki and Ngāti Whatua) with the area and their exercise of kaitiakitanga and stewardship.

The Act sets out objectives for the management of the area and the management

responsibilities. The Act will be implemented largely within the Resource Management Act

(RMA) framework by overlaying the Act’s purpose and objectives on the RMA process.

However, all decisions that affect the WRHA must give effect to the purpose and objectives

of the WRHA Act.

Section 8 of the Act includes a specific objective, requiring the protection in perpetuity of

the natural and historic resources of the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park.

The objectives and policies of this plan that relate to the Waitākere Ranges Regional Park

reflect the purpose and objectives of the WRHA Act. However, the council must also be

able to demonstrate that decisions made under other relevant legislation, such as the Local

Government Act, the Reserves Act or the Biosecurity Act, give effect to the purpose and

objectives of the WRHA Act.

Of note is that the Auckland Centennial Memorial Park Act 1941, which was the original

legislation that guided the management of a large portion of the Waitākere Ranges Regional

Park, was repealed by the LGA 2002. However, the historic significance of this legislation is

reflected in the management focus for the Waitākere Ranges Regional Parks in this plan.

The WRHA requires council to establish and maintain processes for tangata whenua to

participate in decision-making and states that deeds of acknowledgement that acknowledge

their historical traditional, cultural and spiritual relationship with any land in the heritage area

(s29) can be developed with Te Kawerau a Maki and Ngāti Whatua.

2.6 Other legislation

Other legislation also has implications for the management of regional parks. This

legislation includes the following:

Resource Management Act 1991


Biosecurity Act 1993

489

Historic Places Act 1993

Building Act 2004

Occupiers' Liability Act 1962

Forest and Rural Fires Act 1977, and

Health and Safety in Employment Act 1992

The Resource Management Act 1991

The Resource Management Act 1991(RMA) addresses issues relating to the management

of the natural and physical resources of the region. While this plan is not prepared under the

RMA, the council must comply with the provisions of RMA as a landowner. It therefore has

a number of implications for both the development of this plan and its implementation.

The key purpose of the RMA is to promote the sustainable management of natural and

physical resources of the region. Sections 6, 7 and 8 of the RMA identify a number of

matters that must be provided for or recognised in order to achieve the sustainable

management of resources.

Section 6 is of particular importance in that it identifies a number of matters of national

importance that must be recognised and provided for including: preservation of the

character of coastal environments, wetlands, lakes and rivers; the protection of outstanding

natural features, significant indigenous vegetation and significant habitats of indigenous

fauna; maintenance and enhancement of public access to and along the coast, rivers and

lakes; and the relationship of and their culture and traditions with their ancestral lands,

water, sites, wāhi tapu and other taonga.

Regional parks include many areas high in the values covered by Section 6 and, as publicly

owned land, are one of the means by which the council meets its obligations under the

RMA. Regional parks provide an opportunity to model and demonstrate methods for

achieving policies contained in statutory documents prepared by the council under the RMA,

such as the Regional Policy Statement.

In addition to Part 6, Part 7(a) requires council to have particular regard to kaitiakitanga and

Part 8 requires council to take into account the principles of Te Tiriti o Waitangi / Treaty of

Waitangi to guide the council in working with tangata whenua.

In addition, the RMA contains a number of specific requirements of relevance to park

management. The key requirements relevant to the council include:

a general duty to avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects of activities undertaken

by the council or individuals and groups on regional parks;

a requirement to comply with relevant district plan policy and rules when developing

park facilities unless the proposal is provided for by a designation held by the council;

a requirement to comply with the provisions of any relevant regional plan, including the

Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal and the Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water; and

an inability to issue leases over park land for a term of greater than 20 years.

general duty to keep and maintain records of each iwi and hapū within the Auckland

region (s35a (1)).

With respect to point two above the majority of the regional parks are designated in terms

of Part 8 of the RMA within the relevant district plans. Where they are not designated, the

parks are zoned and operate under those provisions of the district plans.

490


The Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act (HGMPA) recognises the national significance of the

Hauraki Gulf and the complex interrelationships between the Gulf, its islands and

catchments. The HGMPA established the Hauraki Gulf Marine Park and provides for the

integrated management of the natural, historic, and physical resources of the Hauraki Gulf,

its islands and catchments. It also recognises the historic, traditional, cultural, and spiritual

relationship of tangata whenua with the Hauraki Gulf and its islands.

The Act provides for integrated management of the Gulf across 21 statutes, including the

Resource Management Act, the Conservation Act and Fisheries Act.

Currently Whakanewha Regional Park is the only regional park on a Hauraki Gulf island, but a

number of regional parks, including parts of the Hūnua and Waitākere Ranges, are contained

within catchments that flow into the Hauraki Gulf. Under Section 34 of the HGMPA, the

council has the option of having these parks formally included within the Hauraki Gulf

Marine Park. To date, no regional parks have been formally included in the marine park.

The Biosecurity Act 1993

The Biosecurity Act 1993 enables regional councils to develop a regional pest management

strategy which provides a strategic framework for the efficient and effective management

of plant and animal pests in the region. Pest plants and animals are a major threat to the

viability of ecosystems within regional parks and consequently the council undertakes a

range of pest management programmes on parks. In doing so, the council is also meeting

its obligations under Section 6(c) of the RMA to protect areas of significant indigenous

vegetation and significant habitats of indigenous fauna.

The Historic Place Act 1993

The Historic Places Act 1993 (HPA) promotes the identification and protection of the

historical and cultural heritage of New Zealand. The HPA protects all archaeological sites

which are defined as a place associated with pre-1900 human activity, above and below

ground, where there may be evidence relating to the history of New Zealand. This includes

places of importance to tangata whenua.

It is an offence under this act to destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site, whether

or not the land on which the site is designated or a resource or building consent has been

issued. Under sections 11, 12 and 18 of the HPA, applications must be made to the New

Zealand Historic Places Trust for an authority to destroy, damage or modify an

archaeological site(s) where avoidance of effect is not practicable. These applications must

include a statement as to whether consultation with tangata whenua and any other person

has taken place; including the identity of the parties involved and the nature of the views

expressed.

The Building Act 2004

The Building Act applies to the construction of new buildings as well as the alteration and

demolition of existing buildings. It regulates all buildings and structures to safeguard the

health, safety, and amenity of people, facilitate efficient energy use, and to protect property

from damage.

Occupiers' Liability Act 1962

The Occupiers Liability Act imposes a duty on occupiers of land or buildings to take such

care in all circumstances as are reasonable to ensure that visitors are reasonably safe in

491

using the land or building for the purpose for which they are invited or permitted by the

occupier to be there.

Relationship to other council and regional documents

This plan does not exist in isolation from other plans and strategies prepared by the council

or the collective local authorities in the Auckland region. Many of these are statutory policy

documents, such as the council’s Long-Term Council Community Plan, that have been

developed under the legislation covered above. However the council has also worked with

other agencies to develop high level documents, such as the Auckland Sustainability

Framework, that address strategic matters of regional significance and provide context for

this plan.

Strategic documents (provide context for this Plan):

Statutory Policy Documents

ARC Long Term Council Community Plan – identifies the community outcomes that the

council wants to achieve over the long term (10-year timeframe), ensures public

participation in the decision-making process on the activities to be undertaken by the

council and indicates how these activities will be funded.

Auckland Regional Policy Statement (1999 – currently under review) – provides an

overview of the resource management issues of the region and policies and methods

to achieve integrated management of the natural and physical resources of the region.

Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal (2004) – this plan contains objectives and policies

which provide a management framework for the coastal environment of the Auckland

region; this includes land both above and below Mean High Water Springs. The rules of

the Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal control activities below Mean High Water Springs

(MHWS).

Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water (Proposed 2008) – this plan applies to the

management of air, land and water resources in the region including: air, soil, rivers and

streams, lakes, groundwater, wetlands and geothermal water.

Territorial Local Authority District Plans – are a requirement under the RMA and are the

primary documents that manage land use and development within territorial

boundaries. Most regional parks are covered by designations in the local authority

district plan.

Regional Pest Management Strategy (2007) - defines our priorities and goals regarding

control of animal and plant pests across the Auckland region.

ARC Annual Plan – sets out the work programme and budget for the council over the

next 12 months. Priorities and timelines for implementation (and the review of this plan)

are set through the annual planning process.

ARC Parks Bylaw 2007 – a statutory document that is used to manage the use of parks

through the regulation of the behaviour and activities of park users.

Council or Regional Policy Documents (non-statutory)

Auckland Regional Auckland Sustainability Framework (2007) – this is a collaborative

effort of all the region’s councils, central government, mana whenua and the academic,

business and community sectors. It provides a framework for the sustainable

development for the Auckland region over the long term. It is based on a 100 year

vision, and is implemented through the One Plan.

492

Growth Strategy: 2050 (1999) – provides strategic direction for managing urban growth

and development in the Auckland region.

Regional Open Space Strategy (2005) – promotes an integrated and strategic approach

to open space planning across the region (Part of the RGS)

Regional Park land Acquisition Plan (1999) – contains criteria and policy for the purchase

of land for regional park purposes.

Regional Physical Activity and Sport Strategy (2005) – promotes a co-ordinated

approach across the region to the provision of resources that support physical activity

and sport.

Auckland Regional Council Parks (Internal) Strategies, Operational Plans and Guidelines

In turn, this management plan provides direction to a variety of operational plans, strategies

and guidelines that assist in implementing the management direction provided by this plan.

Once again some of these are statutory documents and some have been initiated by the

council to improve management practice.

These include:

Asset Management Plan – a statutory document that sets out standards for asset

maintenance and replacement of buildings, structures and other assets on parks.

Recreation Pricing Schedule – prepared annually, this schedule sets out the charges

that will be applied to recover costs from individuals and groups where the benefits to

the individual or group is greater than that derived by the general public.

Farm Business and Operations Plan – identifies how the countryside landscapes will be

maintained for public good objectives, while sustaining business and operational

efficiency and improving sustainable farming practices.

Parks Interpretation Strategy and Guidelines – outlines the interpretation focus for

parks, including specific future projects.

Regional Parks Design Guidelines – outlines the design criteria and parameters to the

applied to development on the parks.

ARC Recreation Notes

ARC Discretionary Activity Procedures Manual 2008

ARC Parks Revegetation Guidelines 2008

Riparian Zone Management Guide (TP148)

Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines

Relationship to other national and regional inventories and guidelines

In addition to the raft of policy documents and guidelines mentioned above there are a

range of higher level national and regional strategies, inventories and guidelines that need to

be taken into consideration in the management of the regional parks network.

These include, for example:

NZ Biodiversity Strategy

NZ No Exceptions Strategy 2005

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design in New Zealand

493

Standards NZ HB 8630:2004 Track and Outdoor Visitor Structures

Protected Natural Areas Programme (PNAP)

Land Environments of New Zealand (LENZ) (Ministry for the Environment database) &

the Threatened Environment Classification (TEC)

National Pest Plant Accord (NPPA)

National Threatened and Uncommon Plant List (reviewed regularly by DOC)

Auckland Regional Threatened Plant List

NZ Historic Places Trust Register

Auckland Regional Cultural Heritage Inventory

NZ Geopreservation Inventory

494

Appendix 3 Model Park Care Code

a) Protect plants and animals

Treat the parks plants, forests and wildlife with care and respect. This is their home. They

are unique and vulnerable. Do not damage or remove vegetation. Please wash your

footwear when you get home to reduce the spread of weeds and disease when you visit

your next park.

b) Check whether dogs are allowed

Dogs are only allowed in the areas and times indicated on park information. They must be

on a lead unless otherwise indicated. Please remove your dog’s droppings from the park.

Keep dogs away from areas where birds are roosting or nesting.

c) Take care with fires

Check current fire restrictions on the park signs. Fires only permitted in designated fire pits.

Portable barbecues are permitted on all parks. Electric and wood barbecues are available at

some parks, but you will need to bring your own fuel. Extinguish fires and hot coals before

leaving.

d) Keep to the tracks

Have fun exploring the track network but please stay on the tracks in bush, wetland and

sand dune areas to minimise damage to fragile environments.

e) Respect cultural sites

The parks contain many site and features of cultural and historic significance; particularly to

tangata whenua. Please treat these places with respect.

f) Remove your rubbish

These are ‘rubbish free’ parks. Rubbish is ugly, can harm wildlife and attract pests such as

rats and wasps. Take your rubbish home and recycle it.

g) Help the farm ranger

Please feel free to enjoy the countryside but respect farm etiquette by leaving gates as you

find them and not harassing the farm animals; particularly when there are lambs and calves.

h) Be prepared

Check weather forecasts and plan your trip before heading to the park. Take water, food,

appropriate clothing and a map. Let a ranger or someone know if you intent to venture into

remote areas.

i) Enjoy the park but take care

Please pay attention to signs, watch your step, take care near water and look after the

people you are with. Report any damage, graffiti or inappropriate behaviour to a ranger. In an

emergency, call 111 or the park contact number on the notice board.

j) Be considerate of others

Share the park. Be considerate of others who have the right to enjoy the park too. Please

don’t smoke so that others can enjoy breathing fresh air. If you notice any damage to park

infrastructure, please report it.

k) Bury toilet waste

In areas without toilet facilities, bury your toilet waste in a shallow hole well away from

waterways, tracks, campsites, and huts.

Toitu te whenua – leave the land undisturbed

495

Appendix 4 Capital expenditure

Introduction

This appendix summarises the development actions identified in this Plan that will require

capital expenditure, prioritised over the short and medium term.

The following caveats apply:

The costings provided alongside each development action are indicative only as at 2010.

Developments have been distributed as much as is possible, whilst also recognizing the

need to invest in some of the newer parks or older parks with greater development

needs.

Capital expenditure relating to ongoing replacement, renewal or maintenance costs, or

expenditure below $5000, has not been included in this appendix.

A number of development intentions are not included and cannot be costed as they

require investigation or further operational planning. These are listed under the heading

‘Investigate the following capital developments’.

Policy 16.7.1 outlines how the policies contained in this Plan and the priorities outlined in

this appendix will be used to inform future Annual Plans and Long-Term Council Community

Plans.

Over the ten year life of this Plan, it is anticipated that new priorities for capital

developments will emerge. Where these have not been planned for the in park specific

policies outlined in Part 17, the general policies will be used to assess new developments.

Note that operational costs have not been included in this Appendix.

496

Regional Park Ambury Ātiu Creek Āwhitu

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P) Develop information kiosk/noticeboard ($20,000)

[18]

Increase parking ($50,000) [18]

Open up Wallace Road end ($100,000) [18]

Expanding track network ($66,500) [18]

Improve recreation access by installing

ramps/gates etc. ($30,000) [18]

Interpretation ($25,000) [17]

Install new gates (5000) [18]

Develop new road to the Ambury Paddock

Campground ($200,000) [18]

Develop new campground ($100,000)[17]

Develop designated campervan area ($45,000)[16]

Install auto gates ($61,000)[16]

Upgrade Brook Road House ($45,000) [14]

Develop interpretation ($25,000) [20, 35, 36]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$496,500 $206,000 $70,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

)

Develop new workshop ($50,000) [18]

Remove workshop and develop new bbq area

($90,000) [18]

Develop new campervan area ($30,000) [18]

Develop hay barn ($26,500) [11]

Fence off areas and reconfigure fencing ($35,000)

[16]

Amenity planting along edge of park ($30,000) [3]

Develop stock access lane ($10,000) [18]

Relocate pig enclosure ($5,000) [18]

Install bird watching facilities ($20,000) 32]

Relocate stockyards ($35,000) [12]

Develop: coastal track ($52,000),bush track

($30,000), and walking tracks ($54,000) [20]

Maintain farm roads ($442,000)10,19]

Install cattle stops ($36,000)[19]

Conservation and farm fencing ($81,000 year 1,

$75,000 year 2)[2,10]

Upgrade woolshed waste system ($18,500)[11]

Cover sheep race ($34,000)[11]

Expand track network ($15,000) [15,16]

Retract fence-line to south of park ($30,000) [2]

Provide hardstand for campervan parking

($32,000) [12]

Expand camping - amenity planting ($35,000) [12]



Progressively develop horse riding facilities

($10,000) [18]

Upgrade park depot ($25000) [22]

Install fish passages ($5,000) [10.3.1.4]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$331,500 $822,500 $177,000

TOTAL 10 Yrs. $828,000 $1,028,500 $247,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Horse riding tracks and facilities. [20]

Camping adjacent to horse park.

497

Park Duder Hūnua Ranges Long Bay

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Fence along race ($18,000) [10]

Develop campervan hardstand at main

arrival ($30,000) [12]

Prepare development plan for main

arrival area ($30,000) [11]

Improve main entrance ($20,000) [11]

Develop track by new campground

($8400) [17]

Hūnua Falls arrival zone development ($294,000)

[36]

Install automatic gate ($55,000) [36]

Complete Kohukohunui lookout ($30,000) [52]

Maintain and progressively upgrade tracks

($100,000) [14]

Install electric BBQs ($19,500)

Relocate southern car park ($218,000)

Re-route coastal track ($25,000)

Dual lane Beach Road entrance ($110,000)

Funding

(years 1-5)

$106,400 $479,000 $372,500

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e

LT

CC

P)

Implement development plan for main

arrival area ($120,000) [11]

Develop coastal retirement fence

($35,000) [8]


ramps/gates etc ($20,000) [14]


Develop/upgrade MTB tracks ($150,000) [46]

Relocate operational depot ($60,000) [18]

Upgrade Mangatawhiri house ($30,000) [50]

Develop new backcountry campground at

Wairoa Dam ($20,000) [42]

Upgrade Mangatawhiri campground ($18,000)

[48]

Develop fish passages ($50,000) [10.3.1.4]

Develop and extend Nature Trail loop

($117,000)[11]

Develop new northern tracks ($240,000)[20]

Develop new central roads and car parking

($710,000)[18]

Develop picnic areas ($20,000)[17]

Install new signs and notice boards

($15,000)[17]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$180,000 $328,000 $1,102,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $286,400 $807,000 $1,474,500

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Consider undergrounding utility services

[13]

Walking track between the Workman and

Mangatangi Ridge Tracks and a crossing over

Mangatawhiri Stream on Ernie’s Track. [15]

Enhancement of recreational opportunities at

Wairoa Dam and Mangatawhiri Dam [16]

Facility and service improvements to create

accessible destinations [37]

498

Park Mahurangi Muriwai

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Develop Sullivans Bay

concept plan ($35,000)[24]

Relocate camping at

Sullivans Bay ($60,000)[24]

Develop designated

campervan site

($150,000)[24]

Install Puhoi cottage waste

water ($33,000)[12]

Install new Sullivans Bay

toilets ($150,000)[24]

Implement the development plan for the end of Motutara Road ($138,000) [P.34a,c,e]

Relocating northern car park (includes consents, development of new parking area & new access road (along

golf course boundary), development of toilet facilities and services, and removal of old parking area and

reinstatement ($825,000) [P.30,31a,32]

Installation of automatic gate at Maukatia ($70,000) [P.53]

Reorientate and upgrade park depot ($382,500) [P.33]

Assist development of surf clubrooms ( includes provision of wastewater, water, electricity and phone to new

site, formed access to site) - ($210,000) [P.37a]

Removal of old surf club building - ($150,500) [P.37d]

Reconfigure Motutara Rd intersection to re-orient visitors to northern car parking ($150,000) [P.36]

Temporarily upgrade the interpretation shelter - $30,000+ [P.34b]

Provide interpretation of the end of the Hillary Trail ($5,000) [P.12]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$428,000 $1,961,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e

LT

CC

P)

Maintain Tungutu lay by

($54,000)[13]

Upgrade interpretation

($20,000)[26,27]

Upgrade track signs and

develop interpretation trail

($49,000)[6,31]

Interpret dune restoration ($10,000) [2]

Realign the intersection of Coast and Motutara Roads ($150,000)[14]

Seal Coast Rd up to the golf club entrance ($335,000) [14]

Develop lookout off Oaia Rd ($20,000) [46]

Plant along southern boundary of golf course between surf club ($30,000) [3d]

Review Otakamiro Pa conservation plan($15,000) [6]

Prepare a development plan for the Okiritoto Stream area ($15,000) [59]

Develop a new road/ entrance to the park off Coast Road ($500,000)[31b]


Funding

(years 6-10)

$123,000 $1,080,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $551,000 $3,041,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Additional toilets and car

parking at Scott Point

Removal of pines at Scott

Point

Development of pull off area on Coast Road [P15]

Provision of permanent orienteering course [P 42]

Facility and service improvements to create accessible destinations [P10]

Shower at Maukatia [P 55]

499

Park Ōmana Pākiri Scandrett

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Beachlands - Maraetai walkway ($160,000) [6]

Ōmana cliff top fence development -

retracting fence line ($20,000) [7]

Upgrade playground $112,000[20]

Install new signage on park boundaries.

($10,000)[13,14]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$292,000 $10,000 $0

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

)

Automatic security gate ($55,000) [14

Greater interpretation of wetlands and farm

($20,000)

Barbecues upgrade ($35,000)

Office upgrade ($64,000) [18]

Car park upgrade ($22,000) [13]



Develop park concept plan ($40,000)[1]

Develop central track ($15,000)[15, Map 10]

Fencing ($93,300)[10,11,12]

Upgrade farm water supply ($105,000)[11]

Install passing bays on entrance road

($250,000) [13].

Remove exotic trees ($80,000)[4]

Develop boat yard track steps ($35,000)[6]

Restore historic cowshed ($10,000)[6]

Install new interpretation ($10,000)[6,8,9]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$211,000 $253,300 $385,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $503,000 $263,300 $385,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

n/a n/a n/a

500

Park Shakespear Tāpapakanga

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(

i.e

. years

2-6

of

the L

TC

CP

) Open sanctuary development of fence ($263,000)[40] Upgrade toilets ($25,000) [17]

Fence riparian areas ($18,745) [11]

Fence coastal forest margins ($6,000) [4]

Upgrade Tāpapakanga Fisherman's car park ($6,500) [19]

Interpretation trail - Historic Loop Walk and Tāpapakanga Trail ($56,000)

[22]

New rubbish bins at campground ($10,000) [15]

Install signs at entrance ($6,000) [33]

Upgrade house on Blundell Block ($60,000) [36]

Complete and implement development plan for Blundell Block ($120,000)

[36]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$263,000 $308,245

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

) Implement SOS ($60,000 yr. 7, $639,000 yr. 8, $90,000 yr. 9)[42-44]

Remove culverts and rock groyne($45,000)[5]

Develop new Okoromai link track ($147,000)[20]

Develop entrance development plan ($35,000)[15]

Develop park entrance ($200,000)[15]

Install new interpretation ($20,000)[9,22]

Underground power ($107,000)[6]

Install campground c/w showers ($20,000)[16]

Develop new camping opportunities ($150,000)[16,17]

Install electric BBQs ($39,000)[18]


Install automatic security gate ($55,000) [36]

Install new toilets at main car park if demand ($100,000) [17]

Remediate foreshore road ($20,000) [13]

Install new BBQ's ($16,000) [18]

Develop Ashby Homestead as a bach ($55,000 yr. 1, $50,000 yr. 2,

$100,000 yr. 3) [37]

Improve recreation access by installing ramps/gates etc. ($20,000) [21]

Develop Ashby Homestead interpretation ($20,000) 37]


Funding

(years 6-10)

$1,557,000 $446,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $1,820,000 $754,245

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Toilets at Woolshed[21]

Use of park houses[26]

Camping at Okoromai Bay[16]

New road to provide access area behind the current toilet block. [13]

Expanding capacity of existing Seaview Campground from 40 to 80[14]

New certified self-contained vehicle campground and picnic areas within

their road reserve. [16]

Horse riding tracks and facilities in the southern half of the park. [24]

Facility and service improvements to create accessible destinations [12]

501

Park Tāwharanui Tawhitokino and Ōrere Point Te Ārai

Cap

ital

de

ve

lop

men

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

.

ye

ars

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Install new interpretation ($65,500)[13,14,27] Develop Orere campground ($29,000) [9]

Way-finding signs ($5,000) [7]

Funding (years 1-5) $65,500 $34,000 $0

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P (

i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

)

Develop Mangatawhiri track ($50,000)[9]

Install drinking fountains ($12,000)[8]

Relocate campground rubbish collection area

($75,000)[7]

Install stock water filters ($26,000)[4]

Upgrade waste water treatment

systems($18,000)[7]

Upgrade tracks ($50,000){10}

Fencing ($20,000)[2,7]

Funding (years 6-10) $181,000 $0 $70,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $246,500 $34,000 $70,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Expanding camping opportunities.[10]

Sealing main road and upgrading Anchor Bay

grass car parking [12]



Develop quarantine area [25]

Upgrading fence ends [25}

Small car parking area [12].

502

Park Te Rau Pūriri Waharau

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(

i.e

. years

2-6

of

the L

TC

CP

) Install new fences including for revegetation areas on riparian margins

and steep slopes ($234,000) [12]

Improve the park entrance and expand parking ($50,000) [15]

Develop low-key facilities for horse riders ($10,000) [19]

Develop coastal side of the park to make more accessible (including

road $185,000, toilets $30,000, track system $50,000) [11]

Upgrade workshop ($135,000) [22]

Enhance Waharau Hall by refreshing interpretation ($30,000) [13]

Develop hardstand areas for SCC vehicles ($60,000) [17] [24]

Funding (years 1-5) $294,000 $490,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P (

i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

) Upgrade boundary fencing to deer fence standard ($111,240) [3]

New internal fencing

($36,000) [12]

Develop human occupation report

($15,000) [6]

Prepare conservation plan for pa ($15,000) [7]

Install composting toilets ($48,000) [17]

Prepare concept plan for park

($20,000) [1]

Install automatic security gate ($55,000) [12]

Upgrade Waharau House and bring online as a bach ($50,000) [18]

Improve recreation access by installing ramps/gates etc. ($20,000) [19]

Renew sheep yards ($14,000) [9]


Funding (years 6-10) $245,240 $144,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $539,240 $634,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

503

Park Waitākere (whole park) Anawhata Arataki VC C

ap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P) Renovate Craw Homestead

($167,000) [59]

Complete link to Exhibition Drive including the

wheelchair accessible sections, lookouts and

provision for recreational cycling ($295,000)

[77a, b and 78]

Develop displays and interpretation

($60,000) [68]

Improve road signs to Arataki ($25,000) [73]

Develop cafe ($500,000) [72]

Enhance functionality of VC (implement

business plan $70,000?) [65]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$0 $167,000 $950,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts

for

ye

ars

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e

LT

CC

P)

Comprehensive human occupation report

($30,000)

Improve identification of parking areas

($130,000)

Improve safety of where tracks utilise roads

($75,000)

Fish Passages ($50,000) [10.3.1.4]

Develop link to Incline or Rangemore tracks

($100,000) [77c]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$285,000 $0 $100,000

TOTAL 10

YEARS

$285,000 $167,000 $1,050,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Develop and implement a Hillary Trail

operational plan [107]

Develop and implement a kauri dieback

operational plan [10.4.4.2]

Prepare and implement a conservation

assessment of the Piha Tramway [13]

New track on Anawhata Farm to reduce road

walking for Hillary Trail [56]

Opportunities for self-contained campervans in

the area [61]

Development of a tree canopy walkway [77d]

Use of Sth Titirangi Rd house as a bach and

track connecting to the Zig Zag track. [26]



504

Park Cascades / Pae o te Rangi Cornwallis / Kakamatua /Parau Huia / Karamatura

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts

for

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(

i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Continued development of Montana Trail

($109,500) [84]

Stairs on Cascade

Swanson Pipeline track ($53,200) [16]

Provide toilet at Kakamatua

($48,500) [124]

Provide toilet at Karamatura arrival area

($48,000)[127]

Funding (years 1-5) $162,700 $48,500 $48,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P (

i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

)

Add BBQs

($18,000)[82a,88]

Add designated site ($15,000) [88]

Install gate at Pukemateo lookout

($70,000)[216]

Improve truck loading access at Pae o Te

Rangi ($15,000) [194]

Upgrade interpretation at the end of Falls Rd

($12,000) [87]

Improve recreation access to PoT by reviewing

gates etc. ($20,000)[194,195]

Implement concept plan, including

improvement to vehicular circulation, parking ,

access to beaches and tracks, signage and

interpretation ($882,000) [93]

Conservation assessment of McLachlan

Memorial ($15,000) [97]

Manage Puponga Pt. pines &

progressively remove wilding pine ($50,000)

[96,98]

Improve interpretation at Kakamatua ($10,000)

[123]

Implement development plan for Karamatura

arrival area, including disabled access to coast

($285,000) [127]

Expand interpretation / Huia Heritage Trail

($5,000) [136]

Implement development plan for Little Huia

($331,000) [162]

Renovate Project K (potentially with partner -

$500,000) [165]

Develop a picnic area at Huia Lookout ($5,000)

[111]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$150,000 $957,000 $1,126,000

TOTAL 10 YEARS $312,700 $1,005,500 $1,174,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Removal of Puponga Point pines [96]

Options for developing tracks between Huia

and Victory Roads [210]

Upgrade the access way into Big Muddy

Creek and providing a picnic area, with

Watercare. [208]

Renovate Whare Puke for public use [116]

Renew Little Huia boat ramp in partnership

with the community and potentially remove

boat shed [163]

505

Park Karekare Lake Wainamu Piha / Mercer Bay Waitākere interior Whatipu / Pararaha

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Provide toilet

($46,500) [152c]

Prepare a development plan for Stedfast

park ($15,000)[235]

Provide camping in association with

Stedfast Outdoor Camp

($35,000) [235a]

Extend interpretation of the Piha Mill

Camp ($7,000)[236]

Install toilet at Nth Piha

($40,000) [185]

Interpretation of Te Ahua Pt.

archaeological dig ($7,000) [171]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$0 $46,500 $104,000 $0 $0

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e

LT

CC

P)

Improve

interpretation

($12,000) [139]

Support

installation of pou

($15,000) [148]

Reroute sections of Kitekite Falls Track

($210,000) [233,17b]

Prepare and implement development

plan for Mercer Bay arrival area, including

interpretation

($135,000) [168,171]

Support installation of pou at Mercer Bay

($15,000) [170]

Reconfigure Parkinson's lookout

arrival area ($25,000) [212]

Review interpretation and

conservation of Spragg cemetery

($25,000) [224]

Upgrade Old Coach Road track

($65,000) [105]

Provide interpretation of

scientific reserve ($10,000)

[204,253,271]

Improve signage in the

Whatipu arrival area

[$5,000] [252]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$12,000 $15,000 $360,000 $115,000 $15,000

TOTAL 10 YRS $12,000 $61,500 $464,000 $115,000 $15,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

All-weather

access to the surf

clubrooms

Potential to relocate the park depot and

workshop {235b]

Replacement of current bridge [235c]

Track linking Sir Algernon Thomas Green

with bush [237]

Reconfiguration or relocation of

the Fairy Falls car parks [102]

Reconfiguration of Spraggs Bush

car parking

Appropriateness of structures

and alignment of Fairy Falls Track

Design of Interpretation

shelter

Relocation of the Tunnel

Point campground toilet

506

Park Waitawa Wenderholm

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Upgrade all park houses ($180,000)

Upgrade bach ($70,000)

Develop passing bays and car parks ($1,400,000)

Develop new toilet block ($326,000)

Develop signs & Interpretation ($120,000)

Develop Sea kayak/waka campground - shelter and compost toilet

($30,000)

Install new bore to improve water supply ($45,000)

Install Waitawa Automatic Entrance Gate ($50,000)

Fence wetland ($30,150) [P.11]

Improve livestock handling facilities ($30000) [P.9]

Develop Schischka Block development plan ($33,000)[18]

Seal entrance road ($59,000)[19]

Construct Schischka Block entrance road ($123,000)[18]

Develop Schischka Block campground ($100,000)[23]

Funding (years 1-5) $2,281,150 $315,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts

for

ye

ars

6-1

0 o

f th

e

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e

LT

CC

P)

Continue to upgrade buildings ($80,000)

Continue to upgrade roading and car parks ($260,000)

Upgrade wharf ($190,000)

Install Couldrey House sprinklers ($203,000)11]

Upgrade entrance toilet block car park ($23,500)[20]

Underground power ($200,000)[14.12.1]

Re-route perimeter track ($110,000)[22]

Develop Schischka tracks ($150,000)[21]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$530,000 $686,500

TOTAL 10 YRS $2,811,150 $1,001,500

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Facility and service improvements to create accessible destinations

[19]

Commemorative plaque[14]

507

Park Whakanewha Whakatīwai C

ap

ital

de

ve

lop

men

ts f

or

ye

ars

1-5

of

the

RP

MP

(i.e

. years

2-6

of

the

LT

CC

P)

Improve signs ($5000) [4]

Interpretation ($15,000) [12]

Fence off Whakatīwai Gravels ($15,000) [15]

Metal car park ($10,000) [20]

Improve foreshore: lay bay, planting, etc ($10,000) [19]

Install new signs ($5,000) [17]

Funding

(years 1-5)

$20,000 $40,000

Cap

ital d

eve

lopm

en

ts f

or

years

6-1

0 o

f th

e R

PM

P

(i.e

. years

7-1

1 o

f th

e L

TC

CP

) Improve connectivity to track networks outside park ($30,000) [4]

Develop storage space in service depot ($30,000) [11]

Install new barbecues ($32,000) [26]

Develop shelter with hard stand ($20,000) [29]

Upgrade house for volunteer and student accommodation ($50,000)

[23]

Improve recreation access by installing ramps/gates etc. ($15,000)

[18]

Fence off riparian margins ($8,000) [[7]

Funding

(years 6-10)

$112,000 $73,000

TOTAL 10

YEARS

$132,000 $113,000

Investigate the

following capital

developments:

Options to improve access to Poukaraka wetlands [5]

Initiatives to improve the existing horse riding opportunities [7]

Mountain bike track network. [9]

Facilities to support an extension of the southern sea kayak and waka

trail out to Whakanewha Regional Park. [10]

508

Appendix 5 References

5.1 Statutory documents

Auckland Regional Plan: Farm, Dairy Discharges Plan; Operative 17 May 1999.

Auckland Regional Policy Statement; Operative 31 August 1999.

Auckland Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water (proposed); notified 23 October 2001.

Auckland Regional Plan: Sediment Control; Operative 1 November 2001.

Auckland Regional Plan: Coastal; Operative 8 October 2004.

Auckland Regional Council 1999: Auckland Regional Growth Strategy: 2050 — A vision

for managing growth in the Auckland region.

Regional Pest Management Strategy 2007 - 2012

5.2 Heritage conservation studies and plans

ICOMOS New Zealand 1993: Charter for the conservation of places of cultural

heritage value. Auckland: ICOMOS New

Zealand

Bowron, G.; Harris, J. 2000: Guidelines for preparing conservation plans.

Wellington: New Zealand Historic Places Trust.

Cairncross, D. C. 1995: Conservation study and maintenance plan:

Ashby Homestead, Tāpapakanga.

Kerr J. S. 1990: The conservation plan: A guide to the preparation of conservation plans

for places of cultural significance. Sydney,

Australia: National Trust of Australia.

Adam, J. P. and Beaumont, L: 2005; Rose Hellaby House Garden: Historical

Investigation & Planting Proposal.

2005; Brook Homestead Garden Conservation

Plan and Planting Concept

Brassey, R; 2000: Shakespear Regional Park WWII Defence

Installations: A Conservation Plan.

Cashmore & Colleagues Ltd.; 2006; Brook Homestead: A survey and policy for

the interior.

2007; Liebergreen Cottage, Auckland Centennial

Memorial Park, Whatipu: Guidelines for the

Conservation.

Law, G. and Coster, J.; 2000: Manukau Timber Company Mill, Hinge Bay, Huia

(Site Q11/472) Conservation Plan

Law Associates; 2002: Conservation Plan for the Otakamiro Point Pa

Site Q11/146 and Nearby Midden/Burial Site

Q11/148

Law, R. G.; 2002: Conservation Plan for the Ambury Park,

Mangere, Rocky Paddocks Sites

509

Matthews & Matthews Architects Ltd; 2001; The Vine House, Lagoon Bay, Mahurangi

East: Conservation Plan

2003; Sullivan Homestead, Mahurangi West:

Conservation Plan.

2003; Keddle House Conservation Plan

2003; RHR Shakespear Homestead,

Whangaparaoa: Conservation Plan

2004; Pukematekeo Summit Bridge Condition

Report

2004; Upper Nihotupu Auxiliary Dam Heritage

Assessment

2004; Jones House, Tāwharanui: Conservation

Plan.

2005; Scandrett Baches – Mullet Point: Heritage

Assessment.

2006; Barr Cottage of Little Huia: Conservation

Assessment

2006; The Woolshed of the Whakakaiwhara

Peninsula: Conservation Assessment.

2006; The Brook Bach of Āwhitu: Conservation

Assessment.

Pearson, D: 1998; Buildings and Structures in ARC Regional

Parks: A Heritage Study.

2000; Scott Homestead, Mahurangi: A

Conservation Plan.

2000; Huia Lodge (Former School, Huia): A

Conservation Plan.

2000; Whatipu Lodge Whatipu Road, Whatipu: A

Conservation Plan.

2001; Brook Homestead Brook Road, Āwhitu: A

Conservation Plan

2001; Couldrey House, Wenderholm Regional

Park: A Conservation Plan

2002; The Scandrett Farm Complex, Mullet

Point: A Conservation Plan.

2002; Schischka [Puhoi] Cottage: A Conservation

Plan

2003; Liebergreen Cottage, Whatipu, Waitākere

Ranges: A Conservation Plan.

2003; Hinge House, Huia: A Conservation Plan.

510

2003; The Ashby Homestead Tāpapakanga: A

Conservation Plan.

Phillips, C.; 2001; Mutukaroa (Hamlins Hill) Regional Park

(R11/142 & R11/2090): Archaeological

Investigation and Conservation Plan

Salmond Reed Architects; 2001; Aranui Rose Hellaby House, 515 Scenic

Drive, Waiatarua: A Conservation Plan.

2001; Te Whanga Shakespear Lodge

Whangaparaoa: A Conservation Plan.

2001; Vaughan Homestead, Long Bay Regional

Park: A Conservation Plan.

2003; Proposed Remedial Works for Whatipu

Lodge.

5.3 Natural heritage and environmental management

Denyer, K; Cutting, M; Campbell, G; Green, C; Hilton, M. 1993:

Waitākere Ecological District: Survey Report for the Protected Natural Areas Programme.

New Zealand Protected Natural Areas Programme No. 15. Auckland Regional Council,

Auckland.

Kenny, J. A.; Hayward, B.W. 1996:

Inventory and maps of important geological sites and landforms in the Auckland Region and

Kermadec Islands. Geological Society of New Zealand, Miscellaneous Publication 84. (Also

refer to on http://homepages.ihug.co.nz/~bw.hayward/NZGI

Mitchell, N.; Campbell, G. H.; Cutting, M. L. 1992:

Rodney Ecological District: Survey Report for the Protected Natural Areas Programme.

New Zealand Protected Natural Areas Programme No. 18. Department of Conservation,

Auckland.

Tyrell, M.; Cutting, M.; Green, C.; Murdoch, G.; Denyer, K.; Jamieson, A. 1999:

Hūnua Ecological District: Survey Report for the protected natural areas programme. New

Zealand Protected Natural Areas Programme No. 17. Auckland Regional Council, Auckland.

Ministry for the Environment; Preparing for climate change: A guide for local government in

New Zealand; 2008

Ministry for the Environment; Protecting Our Places; Information about the statement of

national priorities for protecting rare and threatened biodiversity on private land. 2007

5.4 Regional parks management

Auckland Regional Council 1999:

Regional Park land Acquisition Plan. Unpublished report

Auckland Regional Council Parks Bylaws, 2007

Regional Parks Recreation Pricing Schedule (reviewed annually)

Regional Parks Livestock Shelter and Shade Management Guidelines, 2007

http://homepages.ihug.co.nz/~bw.hayward/NZGI/

511

Revegetation Guidelines (unpublished ARC operational document)

Threatened Plant Guidelines (unpublished ARC operational document)

Regional Parks Management Plan; Volume 2: Resource Inventory 2003.

Muriwai Village Green Management Plan 2008, Rodney District Council.

Previous park management documents (out of print) replaced by the Regional Parks

Management Plan 2003:

Ambury Regional Park Management Plan (July 1994).

Āwhitu Regional Park Management Plan (October 1990).

Duder Regional Park Management Plan (December 1996).

Duder Regional Park Background Information (December 1996).

Hūnua Catchment Park land Management Plan (November 1993).

East Hūnua Ranges Regional Park land Management Plan (March 1993).

Long Bay Regional Park Management Plan (October 1994).

Mahurangi Regional Park Management Plan (April 1994).

Muriwai Regional Park Management Plan (July 1995).

Ōmana Regional Park Management Plan (May 1990).

Shakespear Regional Park Management Plan (September 1991).

Tāpapakanga Regional Park Management Plan (July 1993).

Tāwharanui Regional Park Management Plan (May 1992).


Waitākere Ranges Regional Park land Management Plan (1st Review, April 1992).

Wenderholm Regional Park Management Plan (July 1995).

Whakanewha Regional Park Management Plan (November 1996).

Whakanewha Regional Park Background Information (November 1996).


ARC website: www.arc.govt.nz

http://www.arc.govt.nz/

Date post:	16-Jul-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times